HomeMy WebLinkAboutJMA Roof and Drain - Specs - Conformed set 11-13-2020
JMA - Drawings - CD - 08-12-2020.pdf C:\Users\Nick Machado\Desktop\Revit_Local_Files\1931 - Cornell - Johnson Museum\Johnson Museum-10-21-19_njmKSQAS.pdf
Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca,
NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates,
Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction
DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Cover Sheet T-001 INDEX OF DRAWINGS TITLE T-001Cover Sheet T-002Symbols,
Notes & Abbreviations CIVIL C-100General Notes, Abbreviations, Legends C-101Site Plan C-102Site Details ABATEMENT HM-102Basement - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-103Second Lower
Level - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-104First Lower Level - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-105Ground Floor Level - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-106First Floor
- Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-107Second Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-108Third Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-109Fourth Floor - Hazardous Material
Abatement Plan HM-110Fifth Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-111Sixth Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan ARCHITECTURAL D-101Under Slab Removal D-102Basement Removal
D-103Second Lower Level Removal D-104First Lower Level Removal D-105Ground Floor Removal D-106First Floor Removal D-107Second Floor Removal D-108Third Floor Removal D-109Fourth Floor
Removal D-110Fifth Floor Removal D-111Sixth Floor Removal D-112Penthouse Removal D-113Roof Removal A-101Under Slab Plan A-102Basement Plan A-103Second Lower Level Plan A-104First Lower
Level Plan A-105Ground Floor Plan A-106First Floor Plan A-107Second Floor Plan A-108Third Floor Plan A-109Fourth Floor Plan A-110Fifth Floor Plan A-111Sixth Floor Plan A-112Penthouse
Plan A-113Roof Plan A-121Second Floor Roof Plan A-122Second Floor Roof Wind Uplift Plan A-123Sixth Floor Roof Plan A-124Sixth Floor Roof Wind Uplift Plan A-125Penthouse Roof Plan A-126Penthouse
Roof Wind Uplift Plan A-127Roof Plan A-128Roof Wind Uplift Plan A-207Second Floor Finish Plan A-400Roof Assembly 1 Details A-401Roof Assembly 2 Details A-402Typical Roof Details A-501Interior
Details A-502Exterior Details A-503Kitchenette Details A-600Building Sectional Elevations A-601Building Sections PLUMBING P-001Cover Sheet DP-101Under Slab - Removal DP-102Basement
- Removal DP-103Second Lower Level - Removal DP-104First Lower Level - Removal DP-105Ground Floor - Removal DP-106First Floor - Removal DP-107Second Floor - Removal DP-108Third Floor
- Removal DP-109Fourth Floor - Removal DP-110Fifth Floor - Removal DP-111Sixth Floor - Removal DP-112Penthouse - Removal DP-113Roof - Removal P-101Under Slab - Plumbing P-102Basement
- Plumbing P-103Second Lower Level - Plumbing P-104First Lower Level - Plumbing P-105Ground Floor - Plumbing P-106First Floor - Plumbing P-107Second Floor - Plumbing P-108Third Floor
- Plumbing P-109Fourth Floor - Plumbing P-110Fifth Floor - Plumbing P-111Sixth Floor - Plumbing P-112Penthouse - Plumbing P-113Roof - Plumbing P-201Storm Riser MECHANICAL M-001Cover
Page - Mechanical ELECTRICAL E-001Cover Sheet E-002Fire Alarm Riser Diagram E-102Basement - Electrical E-103Second Lower Level - Electrical E-104First Lower Level - Electrical E-105Ground
Floor - Electrical E-106First Floor - Electrical E-107Second Floor - Electrical E-108Third Floor - Electrical E-109Fourth Floor - Electrical E-110Fifth Floor - Electrical E-111Sixth
Floor - Electrical JOHNSON MUSEUM OF ART ROOF AND ROOF DRAIN REHABILITATION 114 CENTRAL AVENUE, ITHACA, NY 14853 AUGUST 7, 2020 ABBREVIATIONS: &A N D @A T AA S S O C I A T E ACALTERNATING
CURRENT/ACOUSTICAL A/CAIR CONDITIONING ACMASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL ACTACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ADAREA DRAIN ADJADJUSTABLE/ADJACENT AFACCESS FLOOR AFFABOVE FINISH FLOOR ALTALTERNATE
ALUMALUMINUM AMPAMPERE ANODANODIZED APACCESS PANEL APPDAPPROVED ARCHARCHITECT/ARCHITECTURAL ASPHASPHALT ASYMASYMMETRICAL AVBAIR & VAPOR BARRIER AVGAVERAGE BBBUILDING BOARD BDBOARD BLDGBUILDING
BLKGBLOCKING BMBEAM/BENCH MARK B.O.BY OTHERS BRKBRICK BSMTBASEMENT BTMBOTTOM BTWBETWEEN BURBUILT UP ROOFING BVLBEVEL CABCABINET C.C.CENTER TO CENTER CERCERAMIC CFMCUBIC FEET PER MINUTE
CJCONTROL JOINT CLCLOSER CLGCEILING CLRCLEAR CMUCONCRETE MASONRY UNIT C.O.CASED OPENING COL(S)COLUMN(S) COMMCOMMUNICATION CONCCONCRETE CONDCONDUIT CONFCONFERENCE CONNCONNECTION(S) CONSTRCONSTRUCTION
CONTCONTINUOUS COORDCOORDINATE CORRCORRIDOR CPCIRCUIT PANEL CPTCARPET CRCOLD ROLLED CRSCOURSE(S) CSOCASED OPENING CTCERAMIC TILE CTAICOOLING TOWER AIR INTAKE CTRCENTER CUCUBIC CWCOLD
WATER CYCOPY DDEEP/DEPTH DBLDOUBLE DCDIRECT CURRENT DCODECKPLATE CLEANOUT DEMODEMOLITION DETDETAIL DFDRINKING FOUNTAIN DIADIAMETER/DIAGONAL DIMDIMENSION DISPDISPENSER DLDEAD LOAD DNDOWN
DODOOR OPENING DRDOOR DWGDRAWING EE A S T (E)EXISTING TO REMAIN EAEACH ECEMPTY CONDUIT EECEXISTING EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION EFEXHAUST FAN EIFSEXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM ELELEVATION(S)
ELECELECTRICAL ELEVELEVATOR EMEMERGENCY EMTELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING ENCLENCLOSURE EQEQUAL (ER)EXIST. TO BE REMOVED (ERR)EXIST. TO BE REMOVED & RELOCATED EWCELECTRICAL WATER COOLER
EXHEXHAUST EXIST,EXEXISTING EXP BTEXPANSION BOLT EXP JTEXPANSION JOINT EXTEXTERIOR FF I L E FAFIRE ALARM FDFLOOR DRAIN FEFIRE EXTINGUISHER FECFIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FHCFIRE HOSE
CABINET FINFINISH FIXTFIXTURE FLRFLOOR FLUORFLUORESCENT F.O.FACE OF FPFIRE PROOF FPSCFIRE PROOF SELF CLOSING FPBFIRE PULL BOX FRFRAME FSPFIRE STANDPIPE FTFOOT FTGFOOTING FWCFABRIC WALL
COVERING GAGAUGE GALVGALVANIZED GBLKGYPSUM BLOCK GCGENERAL CONTRACTOR GFIGROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER GLGLASS GR,GDGRADE GWBGYPSUM WALLBOARD GYPGYPSUM HBHOSE BIBB HCHANDICAPPED HMHOLLOW
METAL HDWHARDWARE HDWDHARDWOOD HORIZHORIZONTAL HPHIGH POINT HPLHIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE HRHOUR HTHEIGHT HTGHEATING HVACHEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING HVPHIGH VOLTAGE PANEL HWHOT
WATER IBCINSTALL BY CONTRACTOR IBOINSTALL BY OWNER IDINSIDE DIAMETER INCLINCLUDE/INCLUDING INSULINSULATION INTINTERIOR JBOXJUNCTION BOX JSJAMB SWITCH JTJOINT KWKILOWATT LACLACQUER LAMLAMINATE
LAVLAVATORY LBSPOUNDS LFLINEAR FEET LHLEFT HAND LHRBLEFT HAND RETURN BEVEL LLLIVE LOAD LSCLOCKSET CYLINDRICAL LSMLOCKSET MORTISED LDLINEAR DIFFUSER LTLIGHT LVLOUVER LVPLOW VOLTAGE PANEL
MAGMAGNETIC MARBMARBLE MASMASONRY MAXMAXIMUM MCMAIL CHUTE MEZZMEZZANINE MFRMANUFACTURER MINMINIMUM MISCMISCELLANEOUS MLDGMOLDING M.O.MASONRY OPENING MOD-BITMODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
MPMEASURE POINT / MASONRY PAINT MTDMOUNTED MTLMETAL MULMULLION NN O R T H / N E W NATNATURAL NECNEW EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION NICNOT IN CONTRACT NONUMBER NOMNOMINAL NRNOISE REDUCTION NRCNOISE
REDUCTION COEFFICIENT NTSNOT TO SCALE OCON CENTER ODOUTSIDE DIAMETER OHOPPOSITE HAND OPPOPPOSITE PARTPARTITION PCPLPORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PGLPLATE GLASS PBOPROVIDED BY OWNER PLFPOUNDS
PER LINEAR FOOT PLAMPLASTIC LAMINATE PLASPLASTER PSIPOUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PTPAINT PTDPAINTED PTGPAINTING PTDRPAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PTRPAPER TOWEL RECEPTACLE PVCPOLYVINYL CHLORIDE PWDPLYWOOD
R/ARETURN AIR RADRADIUS RBRUBBER BASE RDROOF DRAIN (RE)RELOCATED EXISTING RCPREFLECTED CEILING PLAN REFREFRIGERATOR REINREINFORCING/REINFORCED REQDREQUIRED RHRIGHT HAND RHRBRIGHT HAND
REVERSE BEVEL RMROOM ROROUGH OPENING RUBRUBBER SSOUTH/SUPPLY SAFBSOUND ATTENUATION FIRE BATT SBSTRAIGHT BASE SCSEPARATE CIRCUIT/SELF CLOSING SCHSCHEDULE SEALSEALANT SIMSIMILAR SLCSOLID
CORE SNDSANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL SNVSANITARY NAPKIN VENDOR SPECSPECIFICATION SQSQUARE SSSTAINLESS STEEL STDSTANDARD STLSTEEL STNSTAIN STRUCTSTRUCTURE SUBSUBSTITUTE SUSPSUSPENDED SVCSERVICE
SYMSYMMETRICAL SYSSYSTEM TBTOWEL BAR TBDTO BE DETERMINED TDTRENCH DRAIN TELTELEPHONE TGLTEMPERED GLASS T>ONGUE & GROOVE THTHRESHOLD THRUTHROUGH THKTHICK/THICKNESS TLTILE T.O.TOP OF
T.O.S.TOP OF SLAB TPDTOILET PAPER DISPENSER TSTILE START TYPTYPICAL U.O.N.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VV O L T VBVINYL BASE VCTVINYL COMPOSITE TILE VERTVERTICAL VIFVERIFY IN FIELD VNRVENEER
V.PLASVENEER PLASTER VTVINYL TILE WWEST/WATT W/WITH WCWATER CLOSET WDWOOD WFWIDE FLANGE WPWATER PROOF WRWASTE RECEPTACLE WSWET STACK WWFWELDED WIRE FABRIC WWMWELDED WIRE MESH YDYARD
SYMBOLS: KEYNOTE DETAIL SECTION ELEVATIONS VERTICAL ELEVATION PARTITION TYPE ROOM NAME & NUMBER DOOR NUMBER WINDOW NUMBER REVISION NUMBER CENTERLINE ALIGN SURFACES EQUAL DIMENSIONS
GYPSUM BOARD WOOD RIGID INSULATION BATT INSULATION 1 01 A-001 01 X'-X" FINISH FL. A-001 01 A-001 24 1 3 (TYPE) 000 C L ALIGN EQ.EQ. ROOM NAME ROOM # DOOR # WINDOW # (FIRE RATING
IN HOURS) 0 0 ROOM # GENERAL NOTES: 1.CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, & LOCAL LAWS AND ORDINANCES. 2.CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RULES, REGULATIONS, AND INSTRUCTIONS OF THE OWNER. 3.DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF WORK SHALL BE DETERMINED BY WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ONLY. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FINISH SURFACES OF GWB,
INSIDE SURFACE OF GLASS, CENTERLINES OF STEEL, AND THE INSIDE EDGE OF NOMINAL DOOR OPENINGS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY
ALL DIMENSIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. 4.THE SITE SHALL BE KEPT CLEAR OF DEBRIS AND IN ORDER AT ALL TIMES. REFUSE TO BE REMOVED DAILY. 5.ANY FIREPROOFING OR PROTECTION
SYSTEMS IN EXISTING BUILDING DISTURBED BY WORK SHALL BE REPAIRED AND/OR MAINTAINED TO PROVIDE THE EXISTING RATING OR DEGREE OF PROTECTION (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). 6.ALL SERVICES AND
UTILITIES WHICH SERVE ACTIVE FACILITIES SHALL NOT BE INTERRUPTED. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: FIRE PROTECTION, WATER, AND ELECTRICAL. COORDINATE SWITCHOVERS WITH OWNER. CONFIRM IN
WRITING SCHEDULING AT LEAST 72 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF EVERY ACTIVE SHUT DOWN OR SWITCHOVER. 7.FOR REQUIRED PROJECT SCHEDULE. SEE THE PROJECT MANUAL. PROJECT DESCRIPTION: THE PROJECT ADDRESSES
ON-GOING MOISTURE ISSUES RELATED TO THE BUILDING ENVELOPE. THE PROJECT WILL REPLACE EXISTING ROOF MEMBRANES. EXISTING STORM PIPING WILL BE REPLACED AND ALL ASSOCIATED INTERIOR FINISHES
REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. APPLICABLE CODES: 2020 EXISTING BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE BASED ON THE 2018 IBC 2020 MECHANICAL CODE OF NEW YORK STATE BASED ON THE 2018 IBC 2020
PLUMBING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE BASED ON THE 2018 IBC 2020 FIRE CODE OF NEW YORK STATE BASED ON THE 2018 IBC 2020 ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE OF NEW YORK STATE BASED ON THE 2018 IBC EXISTING
CONSTRUCTION SUMMARY: JOHNSON MUSEUM OF ART IS PRIMARILY CONSTRUCTED OF CONCRETE COLUMNS, BEAMS AND FLOOR SLABS WITH CONCRETE WALLS. GIVEN THESE ELEMENTS, THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
TYPE IS ASSUMED TO BE TYPE IIB. WORK TYPE: REPAIRS (IEBC 502) USE & OCCUPANCY: OCCUPANCY GROUP: BUSINESS TYPE-B (EDUCATIONAL USES ABOVE GRADE 12) IBC 304.1 ASSEMBLY TYPE A-3 (MUSEUM)
IBC 303.4 NO CHANGE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: IIB, NONCOMBUSTIBLE (IBC 601) NO CHANGE BUILDING HEIGHT & AREA: ALL WORK IS CONFINED TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. NO CHANGES
IN THE BUILDING HEIGHT OR AREA ARE INCLUDED IN THE RENOVATION. FIRE PROTECTION & SEPARATIONS: STRUCTURAL FRAME:0 HOURS BEARING WALLS:0 HOURS FLOOR CONSTRUCTION:0 HOURS ROOF CONSTRUCTION:0
HOURS SHAFT CONSTRUCTION:2 HOURS OCCUPANCY LOAD : NO CHANGE. EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE: NO CHANGE. PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS: NO CHANGE. ZONING: NO CHANGE. LEGEND: EXISTING EXTERIOR
WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED.
EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING
FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH
THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. LOCATION OF WORK LOCATION
OF DUMPSTER ALTERNATES & UNIT PRICES: 1.ALTERNATE NO. 1 PROVIDE DRIP PANS AND MONITORING SYSTEM IN ROOMS 3B17 AND 3B30 AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 2.ALTERNATE NO. 2 NOT USED. 3.ALTERNATE
NO. 3 ROOF DRAIN INSULATION TO BE REMOVED BY ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR AT ROOF DRAINS SERVING THE 2ND FLOOR SCULPTURE TERRACE (MATERIAL IS ASSUMED TO BE ASBESTOS CONTAINING). 4.ALTERNATE
NO. 4 SCUPPER DRAIN SEALANT TO BE REMOVED BY ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR AT EAST AND WEST SCUPPER DRAINS (MATERIAL IS ASSUMED TO BE ASBESTOS CONTAINING). 5.UNIT PRICE NO. 1 PROVIDE
AN 8" DIAMETER CORE IN EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR/CEILING SLAB AND PROPERLY SEAL PIPE PENETRATION (PIPE INCLUDED IN BASE CONTRACT). 6.UNIT PRICE NO. 2 PROVIDE AN 8" DIAMETER CORE IN EXISTING
CONCRETE WALL AND PROPERLY SEAL PIPE PENETRATION (PIPE INCLUDED IN BASE CONTRACT). Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan:
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri
Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E.Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan
Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental
Design & Research As indicated Symbols, Notes & Abbreviations T-002 1/4" = 1'-0" T-002 1SITE LOCATOR PLAN N.T.S. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018
212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020
31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O.
Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental
Design & Research General Notes, Abbreviations, Legends C-100 Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 ALALUMINUM ACTACTUAL APPRAPPROXIMATE/ APPROXIMATELY BCBOTTOM OF CURB BLDGBUILDING
BMBENCHMARK BOSBOTTOM OF SLOPE BSBOTTOM OF STAIR BWBOTTOM OF WALL B&BBALLED AND BURLAPPED CALCALIPER CBCATCH BASIN CFCUBIC FEET CICAST IRON CIPCAST IN PLACE CIRCIRCLE/CIRCULAR CJCONTROL
JOINT CLFCHAIN-LINK FENCE CLLCONTRACT LIMIT LINE CLRCLEAR CMPCORRUGATED METAL PIPE COCLEANOUT COLCOLUMN CONCCONCRETE CONTCONTAINER CONTRCONTRACTOR CYCUBIC YARDS DETDETAIL DIMDIMENSION
DIADIAMETER DMHDROP MANHOLE DWGDRAWING EEAST EAEACH EJEXPANSION JOINT ELELEVATION EQEQUAL ESEND SECTION EXEXISTING EXPEXPANSION FFEFINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION FGFINISHED GRADE FINFINISH
FLFLOOR FTGFOOTING FTFOOT/FEET GAGAUGE GALGALLON GALVGALVANIZED GCGENERAL CONTRACTOR GRGUARDRAIL GVGAS VALVE HORHORIZONTAL HPHIGH POINT HTHEIGHT HWHEAD WALL HWYHIGHWAY HYDHYDRANT IDINSIDE
DIAMETER ININCH/INCHES INLINLET INVINVERT IPIRON PIPE JBJUNCTION BOX LLENGTH/LONG LALANDSCAPE ARCHITECT LATLATITUDE LFLINEAR FEET LFTLEFT LINLINEAR LPLOW POINT MMETER MAXMAXIMUM MHMANHOLE
MINMINIMUM MISCMISCELLANEOUS MONMONUMENT NNORTH NICNOT IN CONTRACT NOMNOMINAL NTSNOT TO SCALE NUMNUMBER OCON CENTER OCEWON CENTER EACH WAY ODOUTSIDE DIAMETER OPOUTLET PROTECTION PAPLANTING
AREA PCPOINT OF CURVATURE PLPROPERTY LINE PTPOINT OF TANGENT/ PERCOLATION TEST LOCATION PVCPOLYVINYL CHLORIDE RRADIUS RCPREINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE REINFREINFORCING REQDREQUIRED REVREVISION
ROWRIGHT OF WAY RTRIGHT SSOUTH SANSANITARY SECTSECTION SFSQUARE FOOT SGSUB GRADE SHSHEET SISTORM INLET SLSTREET LIGHT SPECSPECIFICATIONS/ SPECIFIED SQSQUARE SSSTAINLESS STEEL STASTATION
STLSTEEL SYSQUARE YARD TTANGENT TBTEST BORING TCTOP OF CURB TOSTOP OF SLOPE TSTOP OF STAIR TWTOP OF WALL TYPTYPICAL T>ONGUE AND GROOVE UDUNDERDRAIN USGSUNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
VARVARIES/VARIABLE VCPVITRIFIED CLAY PIPE VERTVERTICAL WWEST WEWATER ELEVATION WLWALK LIGHT WVWATER VALVE WWMWOVEN WIRE MESH W/WITH W/OWITHOUT YDYARD DRAIN ℄CENTER LINE ±PLUS OR MINUS
ΔCHANGE IN VALUE <LESS THAN >GREATER THAN ABBREVIATIONS REFERENCE NOTE LEGEND NOTE CALLOUT "X" REFERENCE NOTES EXISTING SITE WALL TO BE REMOVED SERIES SPECIFIC REFERENCE NOTE NOTE:
"X" REFERS TO DRAWING SERIES IE. "SITE DEMOLITION REFERENCE NOTES" KEYNOTE LEGEND KEYNOTE HEADING KEYNOTE CALLOUT KEYNOTE ITEM AND BRIEF DESCRIPTION PRIMARY KEYNOTE DETAIL REFERENCE
NUMBER DETAIL DRAWING NUMBER WHERE DETAIL CAN BE FOUND SPECIFICATION REFERENCE (CSI SECTION NUMBER , MASTER FORMAT (NOTE MULTIPLE SPECIFICATIONS MAY BE REFERENCED) STEPSDETAIL #SHEET
#SPEC SECTION 4.1Concrete Steps & Cheek Walls1C-601033000 4.2Concrete Steps2C-601033000 4 1 1 TYP 4.1 TYP GENERAL NOTES 1.REFER TO PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILED INFORMATION AND
COORDINATE WITH PROJECT DRAWINGS. 2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE THE WRITTEN DIMENSIONS PROVIDED WITHIN THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. SCALED DIMENSIONS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES.
3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY IF CLARIFICATION OR INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR ANY OTHER ASPECTS OF THE PROJECT, IS REQUIRED.
4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND PAY ALL FEES REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE FACILITIES AND NATURAL FEATURES FOUND ON SITE. 5.SITE
ACCESS IS RESTRICTED TO THE LOCATIONS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED ON PLAN. 6.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO ALL OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA), STATE AND LOCAL SAFETY
REGULATIONS. 7.PROMPTLY REPORT TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND ON THE SITE OR IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR REVIEW AND RESOLUTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK
IN THE AREA IN QUESTION. PROVIDE FIELD INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO THE DISCREPANCY TO EXPEDITE RESOLUTION. 8.AVOID ANY DISTURBANCE OF EXISTING VEGETATION ON THE SITE EXCEPT THE VEGETATION
SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED. 9.TAKE ALL PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY TO PREVENT EROSION AND CONTROL SEDIMENTATION AS REQUIRED BY THE AGENCIES OF GOVERNMENT HAVING JURISDICTION. 10.THIS
PROJECT DOES NOT REQUIRE COVERAGE UNDER THE NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION (NYSDEC) STATE POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (SPDES) GENERAL PERMIT FOR
STORMWATER DISCHARGES FROM CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, PERMIT NO. GP-0-20-001 (GENERAL PERMIT). 11.NO SUBSURFACE SOIL INFORMATION WAS OBTAINED ON THIS SITE FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION. 12.THE
START OF ANY ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING STRIPPING TOPSOIL, REMOVING CUT OR PLACING FILL MATERIAL ESTABLISHES THAT THE CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS ACCURATELY REPRESENTING
THE EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS. 13.ALL FACILITIES TO BE CONSTRUCTED OR INSTALLED SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL SECTIONS AND LATEST REVISIONS OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL AGENCIES OF GOVERNMENT
HAVING JURISDICTION. 14.EXISTING UTILITIES (LOCATIONS, SIZES AND INVERT ELEVATIONS) SHOWN ON THE PLANS HAVE BEEN PLOTTED FROM FIELD SURVEYS AND RECORDED MAPS AND SHALL BE INTERPRETED
AS APPROXIMATE ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING THE EXISTING INFORMATION AT LOCATIONS IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO UTILITIES UNDER CONSTRUCTION. 15.LONG LEAD
AND SCARCE MATERIALS SHALL BE ORDERED IN A TIMELY MANNER TO PREVENT AVOIDABLE CONSTRUCTION DELAYS. 16.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DAMAGE CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION TO EXISTING
UTILITIES AND FACILITIES WHICH ARE NOT INCLUDED AS PART OF THE INTENDED WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR, RESTORE AND/OR REPLACE ALL DAMAGE TO THE SATISFACTION OF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 17.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL DISTURBED SURFACES TO ORIGINAL OR BETTER CONDITION INCLUDING 6 INCHES OF TOPSOIL, SEED, FERTILIZER, AND MULCH.
OTHER SURFACES SHALL BE RESTORED AS SHOWN ON THE DETAILS. 18.THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL REVIEW THE LAYOUT OF ALL PAVEMENTS, UTILITIES, AND PLANTINGS IN THE FIELD BEFORE INSTALLATION.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE ADVANCED NOTIFICATION TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO FACILITATE TIMELY REVIEW. 19.TOP DRESS, SEED AND MULCH ALL LAWN AREAS DISTURBED BY THE CONSTRUCTION
AS SOON AS THE FINISHED GRADING OPERATION IS COMPLETE. 20.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HANDLING, CUTTING AND DISPOSAL OF ALL ASBESTOS CEMENT (AC) PIPE TO BE REMOVED OR CUT IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ALL APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. 21.MAINTAIN AN ADEQUATE SUPPLY OF EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MATERIALS AT THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AT ALL TIMES TO BE USED FOR URGENT SITUATIONS, SUCH
AS UNEXPECTED HEAVY RAINFALL. 22.MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND VEHICLES INVOLVING OIL CHANGES, HYDRAULIC SYSTEM AND FUEL TANK DRAIN DOWN, DEGREASING OPERATIONS AND OTHER
ACTIVITIES THAT MAY RESULT IN THE ACCIDENTAL RELEASE OF CONTAMINANTS MUST BE CONDUCTED OFF-SITE. ACCIDENTAL SPILLS MUST BE CLEANED UP IMMEDIATELY AND CONTAMINANTS DISPOSED OF PROPERLY.
23.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ULTIMATELY BE RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATING SOIL AND EXCESS EXCAVATED EARTH STOCK PILES AT A STABLE LOCATION. STOCK PILES SHALL BE STABILIZED PER THE DETAIL. 24.CONSTRUCTION
ROUTES SHALL BE STABILIZED PER THE NYS STANDARDS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL, AS NECESSARY BASED ON SITE CONDITIONS. 25.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PLACEMENT, DESIGN,
APPROVAL, AND OPERATION OF THE CONCRETE WASHOUTS. THE CONCRETE WASHOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 50' FROM STORM DRAINAGE OR SURFACE WATER. CONCRETE WASTE MATERIAL SHALL NOT
BE ALLOWED TO ESCAPE FROM THE CONCRETE WASHOUT. 26.SOLID WASTE SHALL BE STORED IN COVERED DUMPSTERS OR OTHER APPROPRIATE CONTAINERS. WASTE IS TO BE DISPOSED OF REGULARLY AND PROPERLY
IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE, AND/OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS. 27.THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS ARE SHOWN FOR A CONDITION WHEN ALL WORK IS OCCURRING SIMULTANEOUSLY. ACTUAL INSTALLATIONS
SHALL BE ADJUSTED BASED ON CURRENT CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY AND SITE CONDITIONS. LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD
LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD LOD UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE UGE G GG G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G
SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN D D D D D D D D D D D D D D DDDDDDDDDD D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D UGT UGT UGT UGT UGT UGT UGT UGT UGT UGT W
W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W UGD UGD UGD D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP
VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP 1 2 1 2 12'-0" MIN SEPARATION 1.2 2.1 TYP 3.1 3 9.1 9.1 D D D D D D D D D D D 102 LF OF 10" HDPE PIPE @ 3.9% 14 LF OF 10" HDPE PIPE @ 0.7% NEW 4'
DIA STORM MANHOLE SMH-02 RIM 790.30± SET RIM 2" ABOVE EXISTING GRADE INV 789.19 4 5 5 5 6 87 LF OF 10" HDPE PIPE @ 0.7% 9 INV 788.34 7 LF OF 6" HDPE PIPE @ 1.5% INV 788.45 INV 788.53
NEW 4' DIA STORM MANHOLE SMH-01 RIM 794.50± SET RIM 2" ABOVE EXISTING GRADE 7 88 LF OF 10" HDPE PIPE @ 18.7% 8 1.2 10 VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP 10 LF OF 10" HDPE PIPE @ 1%
NEW 4' DIA STORM MANHOLE SMH-03 RIM 797.80± SET RIM 2" ABOVE EXISTING GRADE 1.1 9.2 9.5 9.4 9.6 9.4 9.6 9.4 9.6 9.7 TYP 9.7 TYP 9.7 TYP 9.3 9.3 STA 1+00 STA 2+00 STA 3+00 10.1 1.1 1.1
2.1 TYP UGE G SAN D UGD UGT W 795 790 785 780 775 770 795 790 785 780 775 765765 800 800 SMH-03 4' DIA MANHOLE RIM 797.50± 10" INV IN: 789.09 10" INV OUT: 780.00 SMH-02 4' DIA MANHOLE
RIM 790.30± 10" INV IN: 785.02 10" INV OUT: 784.92 SMH-01 4' DIA MANHOLE RIM 794.50± 10" INV IN: 784.31 10" INV OUT: 784.21 6" INV IN: 788.34 EXISTING CURB INLET RIM 772.81 EX INV:767.40
10" INV IN: 767.50 3+00 2+00 1+00 0+10 FACE OF BUILDING 14 LF OF 10" HDPE PIPE @ 0.7% 102 LF OF 10" HDPE PIPE @3.9% 87 LF OF 10" HDPE PIPE @0.7% 88 LF OF 10" HDPE PIPE @18.7% 10 LF
OF 10" HDPE PIPE @ 1% UNIVERSITY AVENUE EXISTING ELECTRIC & TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINES EXISTING WATER LINE EXISTING ELECTRIC & GAS LINES EXISTING UNDERGROUND BUILDING STRUCTURE 11.25°
± 767.60± EXISTING GRADE EXISTING GRADE 0+001+881+92 781.33± EXISTING ELECTRIC LINE CONNECT TO 8" ROOF DRAIN LEADER 0+99 8" ROOF DRAIN LEADER 770 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite
1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects
LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Site Plan Scale as Noted C-101 Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 GRAPHIC SCALE (IN FEET) 0 1051020 NEW CONSTRUCTION LEGEND SYMBOL LIMIT
OF DISTURBANCE ITEM LOD INLET PROTECTION STORM DRAINAGE LINED CONCRETE PAVEMENT SILT FENCE VEGETATION PROTECTIONVPVP TEMPORARY SEDIMENT & EROSION CONTROLDETAIL #SHEET # 1.1Silt Fence4C-102
1.2Inlet Protection In Pavement3C-102 1 PLANT PROTECTIONDETAIL #SHEET # 2.1Vegetation Protection1C-102 2 DETAIL KEYNOTES PAVEMENTS, RAMPS, CURBSDETAIL #SHEET # 3.1Concrete Walk Pavement5C-102
3 SITE UTILITIESDETAIL #SHEET # 9.1Utility - Limits of Utility Work at Building7C-102 9.2Water - Crossing Water & Sewer8C-102 9.3Storm - Pipe Connection9C-102 9.4Storm Sewer Precast
Manhole10C-102 9.5Storm Pipe - Connection to Existing Manhole11C-102 9.6Storm Pipe - Connection To New Manhole12C-102 9.7Pipe Trench2C-102 9 PLANTING AND LANDSCAPEDETAIL #SHEET # 10.1Tree
Transplanting13C-102 10 OUTLINE OF BUILDING BELOW GRADE 1 2 3 REFERENCE NOTES ROOF DRAIN FROM BUILDING REMOVE CONCRETE WALK AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW STORM DRAINS. SEE PLUMBING
PLANS. SAW CUT EXISTING CONCRETE AT JOINTS. FOLLOWING DRAIN CONSTRUCTION RESTORE CONCRETE WALK. MATCH SURFACE FINISH AND JOINT PATTERN OF ORIGINAL CONCRETE WALK. MEET LINE AND GRADE
OF REMAINING ORIGINAL CONCRETE WALK. 4CONNECT 8" BUILDING LATERAL TO 10" HDPE PIPE WITH FERNCO CONNECTOR 5CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS TO DETEMINE TOP OF PIPE ELEVATIONS
FOR ALL UTILITY CROSSINGS 6TOP OF WATER LINE ESTIMATED AT 5' BELOW GRADE = 789'±. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1.5' CLEARANCE BETWEEN PIPES. 7CONNECT TO BUILDING LATERAL WITH 6" HDPE PIPE 8REMOVE
ENTIRE ROOT BALL AND REPLACE 5' NORTH OF ORIGINAL LOCATION. PROVIDE VEGETATION PROTECTION IN NEW LOCATION. 9INVERT 767.60±. PROVIDE APPROXIMATELY 11.25° VERTICAL BEND. 10CONNECT TO
EXISTING CATCH BASIN AT INVERT 767.50± 1SITE PLAN Scale: 1"=10' 2STORM SEWER PROFILE Horizontal Scale: 1"=20' Vertical Scale: 1"=5' GRAPHIC SCALE (IN FEET) 20100102040 GRAPHIC
SCALE (IN FEET) 0 5510 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062
Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY
14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Site Details 1"=10' C-102 Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 1PROTECTIVE
WOOD CONSTRUCTION FENCING FOR TREES Scale: NTSCORNELL UNIVERSITY DETAIL 2PIPE TRENCH Scale: NTSCORNELL UNIVERSITY DETAIL 4SILT FENCE Scale: NTSCORNELL UNIVERSITY DETAIL 3INLET PROTECTION
Scale: NTSTEMPORARY FLOW NOTES: 1.TUBLAR SEDIMENT CONTROL AND STORMWATER FILTRATION DEVICE SHALL BE FILTREXX FILTERSOXX, OR EQUIVALENT. 2.REPLACE AND DISPOSE OF PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS.
3.MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTING DRAINAGE AREA SHALL BE 1.0 ACRES. OVERLAP ENDS MIN 12" STORM SEWER GRATE 12" DIA TUBULAR SEDIMENT CONTROL AND STORMWATER FILTRATION DEVICE* 12" DIA TUBULAR SEDIMENT
CONTROL AND STORMWATER FILTRATION DEVICE 1'-0" MIN 4" MIN. CONTACT WITH PAVEMENT MIX OF NYSDOT #1 & #2 STONE (OPTIONAL) SECTION A-A' PLAN AA' FINISHED GRADE 5CONCRETE WALK PAVEMENT
Scale: NTSCORNELL UNIVERSITY DETAIL 6LAWN AREAS - SEEDING Scale: NTSCORNELL UNIVERSITY DETAIL PROPOSED GRADE SITE PIPING W/ TEMP PLUG INVERT (SEE NOTE 1) TRANSITION COUPLING BY BUILDING
TRADE CONTRACTOR SITE CONTRACTOR LIMIT OF WORK 5'-0" F.F.E. BUILDING FOUNDATION WALL NOTE: 1.INVERT ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE UTILITY PLAN REPRESENT THE UTILITY INVERTS 5' FROM THE BUILDING/
FOUNDATION WALL. MECHANICAL/ PLUMBING/ FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR LIMITS OF WORK 7LIMITS OF STORM WORK AT BUILDING Scale: NTS FINISHED GRADE MORE THAN 18" I WATER LINE AND SEWER LINE
SEPARATED BY MORE THAN 18" II WATER LINE AND SEWER LINE SEPARATED BY LESS THAN 18" 10' MIN. FROM C TO EXIST. PIPE WATER MAIN RELOCATION WATER MAIN TO BE LOWERED AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE
A MINIMUM OF 18" VERTICAL SEPARATION BETWEEN BOTTOM OF PROPOSED SEWER PIPE AND TOP OF WATERMAIN. FULL LENGTH OF PIPE TO BE CENTERED ON PROPOSED PIPE CONDITIONSCHEMATICREQUIREMENTS 20'
MORE THAN 12" BUT LESS THAN 18" A.THE WATER AND SEWER PIPES SHALL BE ARRANGED SO THAT THEIR JOINTS WILL BE EQUIDISTANT AND AS FAR AS POSSIBLE APART AT THE CROSSING. IN NO CASE SHALL
PIPES BE LESS THAN 12" APART. DISTANCES ARE MEASURED BETWEEN OUTSIDES OF PIPES. NOTES: A.THE WATER AND SEWER PIPES SHALL BE ARRANGED SO THAT THEIR JOINTS WILL BE EQUIDISTANT AND AS
FAR AS POSSIBLE APART AT THE CROSSING. B.IF 18" OF VERTICAL SEPARATION CANNOT BE MET, ONE OF THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE USED: B.1.THE SEWER AND WATER PIPE SHALL BE MADE OF WATER WORKS GRADE
PIPE (150 PSI MINIMUM PRESSURE RATED) MEETING THE STANDARDS OF THE AWWA, AND THE AGENCIES THAT HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THE WATER AND SEWER PIPES APPROVALS, AND CONSTRUCTION. B.2.SLEEVE
ONE OF THE PIPES (WATER OR SEWER PIPE) WITH A WATERTIGHT CARRIER PIPE THAT EXTENDS 10 FEET EACH SIDE OF THE CROSSING (MEASURED PERPENDICULAR). PROVIDE IN AN ENCASEMENT OF GRANULAR FILL
(SEE TRENCH SECTION DETAIL BELOW) . L 10' MIN. FROM C TO EXIST. PIPE L 8WATER - CROSSING WATER & SEWER Scale: NTS EXISTING PIPE SEE PIPE BEDDING REQUIREMENTS PROPOSED PIPE CARRIER PIPE
45° BEND PROPOSED WATER MAIN 45° BEND 45° BEND SEWER PIPE 18" MIN. 12STORM - PIPE CONNECTION TO MANHOLE Scale: NTSNEW MANHOLE PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURE FLEXIBLE RUBBER BOOT INSTALLED
IN CORED HOLE FASTEN TO SEWER PIPE WITH STAINLESS STEEL PIPE CLAMP INLET OR OUTLET PIPE SECURE TO MANHOLE WITH STAINLESS STEEL KORBANDS PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURE FLEXIBLE RUBBER BOOT
INSTALLED IN CORED HOLE FASTEN TO SEWER PIPE WITH STAINLESS STEEL PIPE CLAMP INLET OR OUTLET PIPE CORE DRILLED HOLE 11STORM - PIPE CONNECTION TO MANHOLE Scale: NTSEXISTING MANHOLE NOTES:
1.PROVIDE KOR-N-SEAL PIPE TO MANHOLE CONNECTOR 10STORM SEWER PRECAST MANHOLE Scale: NTSCORNELL UNIVERSITY DETAIL COVER EJ 00120329 FINISH GRADE: LAWN SEE PLANS FOR PIPING DEPTH NEW
PIPEEXISTING PIPE 12" MIN12" MIN 12" MIN 12" MIN FINISHED GRADE CONCRETE COLLAR AROUND PIPING AND FITTING FLEXIBLE COUPLING FOR DISSIMILAR PIPES, FERNCO STOCK COUPLINGS OR EQUAL STAINLESS
STEEL CLAMPS (TYP.) 9STORM - PIPE CONNECTION Scale: NTSWITH CONCRETE COLLAR NOTE: 1.SEE PIPE TRENCH DETAIL FOR TRENCH BEDDING AND BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS FINISHED GRADE 1.EXPOSE ROOT
FLARE; SET ROOT FLARE ABOVE SURROUNDING FINISHED GRADE. TOP OF ROOT MASS SHALL BE SET FLUSH WITH SURROUNDING FINISHED GRADE. 2.REMOVE BURLAP, ROPE, OR WIRE FROM TOP OF ROOT MASS ONCE
PLANT IS SET IN THE FINAL POSITION IN PLANTING PIT. 3.REMOVE ALL SYNTHETIC ROPES AND WRAPPINGS. REMOVE TEMPORARY TRUNK PROTECTION AFTER TREE IS SET IN THE FINAL POSITION IN THE PLANTING
PIT. 12" MIN 12" MIN ROOT MASS DEPTH SET TRUNK PLUMB RUBBER STRAP OR HOSE GALVANIZED WIRE (2 STRANDS PER STAKE, TWIST TO TIGHTEN) 6" HIGH MULCH RING 2" DEEP MULCH (3) WOOD STAKES AT
120° EXISTING SOIL SCARIFY BOTTOM & SIDES OF PLANTING PIT UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE NOTES: 13TREE TRANSPLANTING Scale: NTSWITH DIAGONAL STAKES GEOTEXTILE GEOTEXTILE DN UP UP 3B00UA Room
3B15A REGISTRAR'S STORAGE 3B19 STORAGE 3B18 DARK RM 3B16 PHOTOGRAPHY 3B17 STORAGE 3B14 REGISTRAR 3B15 CORRIDOR 3B12A GUARD 3B12 Room 3B00UB WATER HEATER 3B00UC TRANSFORMER VAULT 3B00UD
ELECTRICAL 3B06 PAINTS 3B05 CARPENTRY3B04 CRATES 3B00UE MECHANICAL RM 3L00UL Room 3B00EB FREIGHT ELEV. 3B00UG FREIGHT ELEV. MACHINE 3B30 STORAGE 3B00J JANITOR 3B00T MEN'S TOILET 3B23
MISC. & TEMP STORAGE 3B11 SUPER 3B00UJ Room 3B00UF Room3BOOEA PASS. ELEV. 3B07 PANTRY 3B00CB Room 3B00CA CORRIDOR 3B00SC STAIR 3B00UH Room 3B00SB STAIR N Revisions: 347 West 36 Street
Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney
Architects LLC August 7, 2020 1/8" = 1'-0" 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308
Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 Bradford Engineering, D.P.C. 7870 Camerra Way Baldwinsville, New York 13027 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588
South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Basement
- Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-102 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 Basement - Hazardous Material Abatement DN 2B17 LECTURE RM 2B16 STORAGE 2B15 STORAGE 2B19 GALLERY NO. 4 2B13 STORAGE 2B14 Room
2B00EB ELEV. 2B08 GALLERY NO. 3 2B07 STUDY GALLERY 2B06 GALLERY NO. 2 2B02 GALLERY NO. 1 2B00CC WATER FOUNTAIN 2B00TB WOMEN'S TOILET 2B00TA MEN'S TOILET 2B18B Room 2B18 STORAGE 2B00UA
FAN RM 2B10 CONSERVATION 2B12 STORAGE 2B00SC STAIR 2B00SA STAIR 2B00CB CORRIDOR 2B03 COATS 2B18A Room 2B00J JANITOR 2B00SB STAIR 2B00CE VESTIBULE 2B00SD STAIR 2B00EA ELEV. SHAFT 2B00CA
LOBBY 2B00CD CORRIDOR Second Lower Level -Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-103 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 Second Floor Level - Hazardous Material Abatement N Revisions: Key Plan: Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 August 7, 2020 1/8" = 1'-0" Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501
New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Richard McElhiney Architects LLC 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss,
Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 Bradford Engineering, D.P.C. 7870 Camerra Way Baldwinsville, New York 13027 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls,
NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research B02 MAIN
GALLERY B00EB ELEV. B00CB ELEV. LOBBY B00SB STAIR B00CA PASS. ELEV. LOBBY B00SA STAIR B00EA PASS. ELEV. First Lower Level - Hazardous Material AbatementPlan HM-104 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 First
Floor Level - Hazardous Material Abatement N Revisions: Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 August 7, 2020 1/8" =
1'-0" Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Richard McElhiney Architects LLC 31 Knight St Norwalk,
CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 Bradford Engineering, D.P.C. 7870
Camerra Way Baldwinsville, New York 13027 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point 217 Montgomery
Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research ELEV. LOBBY 76 SF G00EB ELEV. 2297 SF G00L LOBBY 123 SF G00SB STAIR 104 SF G00SA STAIR 69 SF G00EA PASS. ELEV.
95 SF G00SC STAIR N Revisions: Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 August 7, 2020 1/8" = 1'-0" Notes: Construction
DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Richard McElhiney Architects LLC 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor
Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 Bradford Engineering, D.P.C. 7870 Camerra Way Baldwinsville,
New York 13027 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Ground Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-105 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 Ground Floor Level - Hazardous Material Abatement UP UPPER PART OF LOBBY
112 WEST GALLERY 100SC STAIR 100J JANITOR 100SA STAIR 102 NORTH GALLERY 100EB ELEV. 109 SOUTH GALLERY 106 EAST GALLERY 100CC CORRIDOR 100CB LOBBY 100EA PASS. ELEV. 100CA PASS. LOBBY
100SD STAIR N Revisions: Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 August 7, 2020 1/8" = 1'-0" Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust
7, 2020 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Richard McElhiney Architects LLC 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330
Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 Bradford Engineering, D.P.C. 7870 Camerra Way Baldwinsville, New York
13027 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202
Environmental Design & Research First Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-106 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 First Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement OPEN TO SKYLIGHT BELOW PASS. ELEV. LOBBY
FGT. ELEV. LOBBY SOUTH TERRACE 201 SCULPTURE TERRACE 200EA PASS. ELEV. 200SA STAIR 200EB ELEV. 205 LOUNGE 204 GALLERY NO. 3 203 GALLERY NO. 2 202 GALLERY NO. 1 200C CORRIDOR 205A GALLERY
205B Room 200SC STAIR 200SB STAIR LOBBY OPEN TO SKYLIGHT BELOW N Revisions: Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 August
7, 2020 1/8" = 1'-0" Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Richard McElhiney Architects LLC 31
Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 Bradford Engineering,
D.P.C. 7870 Camerra Way Baldwinsville, New York 13027 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point 217
Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Second Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-107 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 Second Floor - Hazardous Material
Abatement UP 300SC STAIR 300E PASS.ELEV. 304 CONFERENCE 307 ADMIN. SECRETARY 308 ASSISTANT DIRECTOR 310 ACCOUNTANT 311 REGISTRAR 312 STAFF RM 300T TOILET 303 Room 302 Room 300SB STAIR
300SA STAIR 309 WORK RM 300C CORRIDOR N Revisions: Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 August 7, 2020 1/8" = 1'-0"
Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Richard McElhiney Architects LLC 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT
06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 Bradford Engineering, D.P.C. 7870
Camerra Way Baldwinsville, New York 13027 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point 217 Montgomery
Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Third Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement HM-108 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 Third Floor - Hazardous Material
Abatement OPEN TO BELOW 400SC STAIR 400E PASS. ELEV.403 Room 403A Room 404 Room 400C PASS.ELEV. LOBBY 409 PRINT ROOM/ OFFICES 400T TOILET 411 ELEC. RM 410A OFFICE 410 Room 400SB STAIR
400SA STAIR N Revisions: Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 August 7, 2020 1/8" = 1'-0" Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust
7, 2020 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Richard McElhiney Architects LLC 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330
Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 Bradford Engineering, D.P.C. 7870 Camerra Way Baldwinsville, New York
13027 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202
Environmental Design & Research Fourth Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-109 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 Fourth Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement 500SC STAIR 500E PASS. ELEV. 504 MODERN
GALLERY 511 KOREAN GALLERY 510 JAPANESE GALLERY 507 EAST PERIMETER GALLERY 506 COMPUTER STUDY 500CA PASS. ELEV. LOBBY 500CB CORRIDOR 500SA STAIR 500SB STAIR 514 SOUTH-EAST ASIAN GALLERY
509 WEST PERIMETER GALLERY 508 SOUTH GALLERY 879 SF 503 555 SF 502 773 SF 512 CHINESE GALLERY N Revisions: Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central
Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 August 7, 2020 1/8" = 1'-0" Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Richard
McElhiney Architects LLC 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 Bradford Engineering, D.P.C. 7870 Camerra Way Baldwinsville, New York 13027 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell,
NY 14219 Trophy Point 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Fifth Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-110 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 Fifth
Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement 600E PASS. ELEV. 600TA MEN'S TOILET 600TB WOMEN'S TOILET 602 Room 600C PASS. ELEV. LOBBY 604 PANTRY 600SA STAIR 606 CHAIRS 607 TELEPHONES 605 MEETING
RM 600SC STAIR LOBBY 600SB STAIR N Revisions: Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 August 7, 2020 1/8" = 1'-0" Notes:
Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Richard McElhiney Architects LLC 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851
Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 Bradford Engineering, D.P.C. 7870 Camerra
Way Baldwinsville, New York 13027 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point 217 Montgomery Street,
Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Sixth Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-111 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 Sixth Floor - Hazardous Material Abatement A B C
E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 LINE OF EXTERIOR WALLS ABOVE NOTE : UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE UNDERSLAB PIPING SHALL BE CAPPED AND ABANDONED IN PLACE. (NOT REMOVED). LINE OF EXTERIOR
WALLS ABOVE EX. 3"ST UP 687 SF EX. 4"ST UP 2723 SF EX. 5"ST UP 3923 SFEX. 3"ST UP 1306 SF EX. 5"ST UP 3959 SF EX. 3"ST UP 767 SF EX. 3"ST UP TO FD EX. 3"ST UP EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX.
4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 4"ST UP TO FD EX. 5"ST UP EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 6"ST CONT. TO FOOTING DRAIN BY OTHER DIV. EX. 4"ST DROP EX. 4"S UP EX. 4"S
UP TO DCO EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 2"S UP TO DCO EX. 2"W UP EX. 4"S UP EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 3"W UP EX. 4"S UP EX. 3"W UP EX. 3"S UP TO FD EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 2"W UP
EX. 5"ST FROM ANNEX EX. 4"S UP TO DCO 8"ST INV -42.19' 4"S INV -41.47' DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING
ROOF FINISH INCLUDING CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE
NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR
CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE
AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO A-123, A-125 & A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING
SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES
AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR
HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS). DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK
ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING.
CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW CURB AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE
AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES : 1. ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION.
2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF EXISTING PIPE REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL
RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS.
4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES, DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING
EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO
BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED
TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED
TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West
36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard
McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308
Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust
7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Under Slab Removal D-101 1/8" = 1'-0" D-101 1Under Slab -Removal N DN UP UP
AA BB CC EE GG NN JJ LL PP RR TT VV XX ZZ BBBB 4 4 1 1 7 7 17 17 20 20 27 27 EMER. GEN. CORRIDOR LINE OF UNDER GROUND EXTENSION 9 ' 0 " 9 ' 0 " 1 8 ' 0 " 9 ' 0 " 9 ' 0 " 9 ' 0
" 9 ' 0 " 9 ' 0 " 9 ' 0 " 9 ' 0 " 9 ' 0 " 4 ' 6 " 4 ' 6 " 13' - 6"13' - 6"44' - 11 7/8"13' - 6 1/8"31' - 6" SINK IN PANTRY 3B00UA Room 3B15A REGISTRAR'S STORAGE 3B19 STORAGE
3B18 DARK RM 3B16 PHOTOGRAPHY 3B17 STORAGE 3B14 REGISTRAR 3B15 CORRIDOR 3B12A GUARD 3B12 Room 3B00UB WATER HEATER 3B00UC TRANSFORMER VAULT 3B00UD ELECTRICAL 3B06 PAINTS 3B05 CARPENTRY3B04
CRATES 3B00UE MECHANICAL RM 3L00UL Room 3B00EB FREIGHT ELEV. 3B00UG FREIGHT ELEV. MACHINE 3B30 STORAGE 3B00J JANITOR 3B00T MEN'S TOILET 3B23 MISC. & TEMP STORAGE 3B11 SUPER 3B00UJ Room
3B00UF Room3B00EA PASS. ELEV. 3B07 PANTRY 3B00CB Room 3B00CA CORRIDOR 3B00SC STAIR 3B00UH Room 3B00SB STAIR 44 2" V UP 4" S UP&DN 1-1/2" W UP 2" V DROP 2" V UP1-1/2" W UP 1-1/2" W DROP
2" W UP 4" S DN 3" W UP 2"V UP 1-1/2" V DN DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING CONCRETE
TOPPING SLAB AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC
SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE,
INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO
A-123, A-125 & A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING
& FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN
EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS).
DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC.
REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION
OF NEW ROOFING BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING. CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION
OF NEW CURB AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES
: 1. ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE
OF EXISTING PIPE REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES,
LIGHT FIXTURES, WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED
PIPES, DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION
TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY
PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING
WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY
HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. 36 SF 3B00UJ Room 57 SF 3B00UF Room69 SF 3B00EA PASS. ELEV. EQEQEQEQ 1
' 0 " E Q E Q 4 REMOVE & REINSTALL ALL LIGHTS & CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES IN EXISTING LOCATIONS 4 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130
F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851
Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY
13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202
Environmental Design & Research As indicated Basement Removal D-102 1/8" = 1'-0" D-102 1Basement -Removal 1/4" = 1'-0" D-102 2BASEMENT PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN N DN A B C E G
N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 4 1 1 7 7 17 17 20 20 27 27 LINE OF UNDER GROUND EXTENSION 2B17 LECTURE RM 2B16 STORAGE 2B15 STORAGE 2B19 GALLERY NO. 4 2B13 STORAGE 2B14 Room 2B00EB ELEV. 2B08
GALLERY NO. 3 2B07 STUDY GALLERY 2B06 GALLERY NO. 2 2B02 GALLERY NO. 1 2B00CC WATER FOUNTAIN 2B00TB WOMEN'S TOILET 2B00TA MEN'S TOILET 2B18B Room 2B18 STORAGE 2B00UA FAN RM2B10 CONSERVATION
2B12 STORAGE 2B00SC STAIR 2B00SA STAIR 2B00CB CORRIDOR 2B03 COATS 2B18A Room 2B00J JANITOR 2B00SB STAIR 2B00CE VESTIBULE 2B00SD STAIR 2B00EA ELEV. SHAFT 2B00CA LOBBY 2B00CD CORRIDOR
4 3 5 5 4 A-501 1 A-501 1 2" V DN 4" S UP 3" V UP 4" S DN 1-1/2" W DN 1-1/2" V RISE LINE OF BUILDING ABOVE DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE
NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB.
PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH
INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION,
MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO A-123, A-125 & A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT
OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES
INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS.
DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS). DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE.
SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING
METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION
AND WATERPROOFING. CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW CURB AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL
GRILLE AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES : 1. ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF
THE CONSTRUCTION. 2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF EXISTING PIPE REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE
ALL ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING
LOCATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES, DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND:
EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING
TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED
TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED
TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. 148 SF 2B00TA MEN'S
TOILET 69 SF 2B00EA ELEV. SHAFT 117 SF 2B03 COATS 353 SF 2B18 STORAGE 1110 SF 2B00CA LOBBY EQEQ 2 ' 6 " 1 ' 0 " 1 ' 0 " 6 " EQEQ 4 REMOVE & REINSTALL ALL LIGHTS & CEILING MOUNTED
DEVICES IN EXISTING LOCATIONS REMOVE CEILING LIGHTS TO REMAIN EXISTING CEILING & 86 SF 2B00EB ELEV. 75 SF 2B00CE VESTIBULE 1876 SF 2B00UA FAN RM473 SF 2B10 CONSERVATION 378 SF 2B08
GALLERY NO. 3 E Q 1 ' 0 " E Q EQEQ 4 REMOVE & REINSTALL ALL LIGHTS & CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES IN EXISTING LOCATIONS Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195
T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St
Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles
Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Second Lower Level Removal D-103 1/8" = 1'-0" D-103 1Second Lower Level -Removal 1/4" = 1'-0" D-103 2SECOND LOWER LEVEL PARTIAL
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (2B00TA) 1/4" = 1'-0" D-103 3SECOND LOWER LEVEL PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (2B00CE) N A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 UPPER PART OF LECTURE ROOM
UPPER PART OF STORAGE UPPER PART OF STORAGE UPPER PART OF EXHIBITION GALLERY NO. 4 B02 MAIN GALLERY B00EB ELEV. B00CB ELEV. LOBBY B00SB STAIR B00CA PASS. ELEV. LOBBY B00SA STAIR B00EA
PASS. ELEV. 3 3 3"V UP&DN DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB
AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND
ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION,
AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO A-123, A-125
& A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING
TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN EXISTING LOCATIONS.
PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS). DEMOLISH EXISTING
TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC. REMOVE AND SALVAGE
EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING
BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING. CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW CURB
AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES : 1. ALL BUILDING
SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF EXISTING PIPE
REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES,
WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES,
DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION
TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY
PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING
WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY
HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195
T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St
Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles
Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated First Lower Level Removal D-104 1/8" = 1'-0" D-104 1First Lower Level -Removal N A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 PASS.
ELEV. LOBBY ELEV. LOBBY INFORMATION DESK UPPER PART OF MAIN EXHIBITION GALLERY 76 SF G00EB ELEV. 2297 SF G00L LOBBY 123 SF G00SB STAIR 104 SF G00SA STAIR 69 SF G00EA PASS. ELEV. 95
SF G00SC STAIR 3 3 3"V UP&DN 4"S UP&DN 3" V UP&DN 14 14 DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH
INCLUDING CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION,
MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH
MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS
(SEE ALSO A-123, A-125 & A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER
CEILING & FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING
DRAWINGS). DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL
OF SINK MASTIC. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED
AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING. CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE
INSTALLATION OF NEW CURB AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION
NOTES : 1. ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE
SCOPE OF EXISTING PIPE REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES,
LIGHT FIXTURES, WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED
PIPES, DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION
TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY
PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING
WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY
HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195
T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St
Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles
Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Ground Floor Removal D-105 1/8" = 1'-0" D-105 1Ground Floor -Removal N UP A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 UPPER PART
OF LOBBY WATER FOUNTAIN (ABOVE) 112 WEST GALLERY 100SC STAIR 100J JANITOR 100SA STAIR 102 NORTH GALLERY 100EB ELEV. 109 SOUTH GALLERY 106 EAST GALLERY 100CC CORRIDOR 100CB LOBBY 100EA
PASS. ELEV. 100CA PASS. LOBBY 100SD STAIR 3 3 4 4 NOTE:CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BRIDGE AND/OR ENLARGED ACCESS PANEL AS REQUIRED TO ACCESS SPACE ABOVE THE CEILING TO PERFORM THE REQUIRED
WORK. REMOVE EXIST. ACCESS PANEL IN CEILING 14 14 DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING
CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE,
TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE,
INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO
A-123, A-125 & A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING
& FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN
EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS).
DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC.
REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION
OF NEW ROOFING BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING. CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION
OF NEW CURB AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES
: 1. ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE
OF EXISTING PIPE REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES,
LIGHT FIXTURES, WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED
PIPES, DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION
TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY
PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING
WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY
HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. 4 REMOVE & REINSTALL ALL LIGHTS & CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES IN EXISTING LOCATIONS
4 REMOVE & REINSTALL ALL LIGHTS & CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES IN EXISTING LOCATIONS Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan:
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri
Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan
Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental
Design & Research As indicated First Floor Removal D-106 1/8" = 1'-0" D-106 1First Floor -Removal 1/8" = 1'-0" D-106 2EXISTING FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN N A B C E G N J L P
R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 OPEN TO SKYLIGHT BELOW PASS. ELEV. LOBBY FGT. ELEV. LOBBY SOUTH TERRACE WATER FOUNTAIN 201 SCULPTURE TERRACE 200EA PASS. ELEV. 200SA STAIR 200EB ELEV. 205 LOUNGE
204 GALLERY NO. 3 203 GALLERY NO. 2 202 GALLERY NO. 1 200C CORRIDOR 205A GALLERY 205B Room 200SC STAIR 200SB STAIR LOBBY 1 2a 1 1 1 2a 2a 2a 4 3 3 THE EXISTING FLUID-APPLIED ASPHALTIC
MEMBRANE, SEEN IN DETAILS 2 & 3/A-121 IS ASBESTOS CONTAINING AND MUST BE REMOVED ACCORDING TO ALL REQUIRED REGULATION. 7 OPEN TO SKYLIGHT BELOW 7 9 9 1 1 3" V DN 3" V UP1-1/2" W DN
4" S UP&DN 4" S UP 3" V UP 1-1/2" W UP 136 14 DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING
CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE,
TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE,
INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO
A-123, A-125 & A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING
& FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN
EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS).
DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC.
REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION
OF NEW ROOFING BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING. CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION
OF NEW CURB AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES
: 1. ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE
OF EXISTING PIPE REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES,
LIGHT FIXTURES, WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED
PIPES, DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION
TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY
PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING
WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY
HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. 55 SF 205B Room 4 4 ' 4 1 / 8 " EQEQ E Q E Q REMOVE LIGHTS & CEILING MOUNTED
DEVICES Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue,
Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner
Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes:
Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Second Floor Removal D-107 1/8" = 1'-0" D-107
1Second Floor -Removal 1/4" = 1'-0" D-107 2SECOND FLOOR PARTIAL EXISTING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN N UP S A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 PASS. ELEV. LOBBY FGT. ELEV. FILES JAN.
CLOSET SINK IN KITCHENETTE 300SC STAIR 300E PASS.ELEV. 304 CONFERENCE 307 ADMIN. SECRETARY 308 ASSISTANT DIRECTOR 310 ACCOUNTANT 311 REGISTRAR 312 STAFF RM 300T TOILET 303 Room 302
Room 300SB STAIR 300SA STAIR 309 WORK RM 300C CORRIDOR 4 3 3 8 A-503 5 A-503 1 DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH
EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO
RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST
OR CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE
AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO A-123, A-125 & A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING
SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES
AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR
HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS). DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK
ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING.
CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW CURB AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE
AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES : 1. ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION.
2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF EXISTING PIPE REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL
RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS.
4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES, DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING
EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO
BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED
TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED
TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. EQEQ 2 ' 1 1 /
8 " E Q E Q 2 ' 1 1 / 8 " 152 SF 312 STAFF RM 27 SF 312 KITCHENETTE CEILING REMOVEEXISTING CEILING & LIGHTS TO REMAIN 4 REMOVE & REINSTALL LIGHT IN EXISTING LOCATION 9' - 6" Revisions:
347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853
Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc.
6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction
DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Third Floor Removal D-108 1/8" = 1'-0" D-108 1Third Floor -Removal
1/4" = 1'-0" D-108 2THIRD FLOOR PARTIAL EXISTING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN N A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 BOOKCASES OPEN TO BELOW 400SC STAIR 400E PASS. ELEV.403 Room 403A
Room 404 Room 400C PASS.ELEV. LOBBY 409 PRINT ROOM/ OFFICES 400T TOILET 411 ELEC. RM 410A OFFICE 410 Room 400SB STAIR 400SA STAIR A-501 1 NOTE: THE 4TH FLOOR IS INACCESSIBLE. PIPE REPLACEMENT
WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED FROM THE FLOOR DIRECTLY ABOVE AND DIRECTLY BELOW. DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING
ROOF FINISH INCLUDING CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE
NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR
CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE
AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO A-123, A-125 & A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING
SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES
AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR
HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS). DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK
ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING.
CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW CURB AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE
AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES : 1. ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION.
2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF EXISTING PIPE REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL
RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS.
4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES, DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING
EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO
BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED
TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED
TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West
36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard
McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308
Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust
7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Fourth Floor Removal D-109 1/8" = 1'-0" D-109 1Fourth Level -Removal N AA B
CC EE GG NN JJ LL PP RR TT VV X Z BB 4 17172027 WEST GALLERY HIMALAYAN GALLERY INDIAN GALLERY NORTH GALLERY EAST GALLERY JAPANESE FOYER B CHINESE GALLERY B CHINESE GALLERY AWEST ASIAN
GALLERY CHINESE FOYER SOUTH-EAST ASIAN FOYER JAPANESE FOYER A 500SC STAIR 500E PASS. ELEV. 504 MODERN GALLERY 511 KOREAN GALLERY 510 JAPANESE GALLERY 507 EAST PERIMETER GALLERY 506
COMPUTER STUDY 500CA PASS. ELEV. LOBBY 500CB CORRIDOR 500SA STAIR 500SB STAIR 514 SOUTH-EAST ASIAN GALLERY 509 WEST PERIMETER GALLERY 508 SOUTH GALLERY 880 SF 503 555 SF 502 778 SF
512 CHINESE GALLERY 4 4 3 3 DISPLAYDISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY
DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAYDISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY 4 4 4 4 DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO
RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL
SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING
ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE
NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO A-123, A-125 & A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED
AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING
MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO
PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS). DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH
EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE
AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION
OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING. CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW CURB AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET.
DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES : 1. ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL
FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF EXISTING PIPE REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED,
REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES.
REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES, DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING
TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED).
STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL
HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY
DEMOLITION WORK. EXIT SIGN (TYP.) SMOKE DETECTOR (TYP.) RECESSED CAN LIGHT (TYP.)POWER FOR INTEGRALLY ILLUMINATED DISPLAY CASE (TYP.) RECESSED TRACK LIGHT (TYP.) Revisions: 347 West
36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard
McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308
Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust
7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Fifth Floor Removal D-110 1/8" = 1'-0" D-110 1Fifth Floor -Removal 1/8" = 1'-0"
D-110 2FIFTH FLOOR EXISTING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN N A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 600E PASS. ELEV. 600TA MEN'S TOILET 600TB WOMEN'S TOILET 602 Room 600C PASS. ELEV. LOBBY
604 PANTRY 600SA STAIR 606 CHAIRS 607 TELEPHONES 605 MEETING RM 600SC STAIR LOBBY 600SB STAIR 1 2b 1 1 1 3 3 4 (FULL ROOM) 4 4 9 11 9 12 1 DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF
DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN
TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO
A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE
EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO A-123, A-125 & A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS
ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE
AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR
NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS). DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING
INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM
TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING. CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW CURB AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING
WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES : 1. ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST
REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF EXISTING PIPE REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING
CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT,
AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES, DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT
THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING
BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM
WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT
DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION
TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. 54 SF 607 TELEPHONES 1540 SF 605 MEETING RM 58 SF 602 Room 49 SF 600TA MEN'S TOILET 108 SF 600C PASS. ELEV. LOBBY 69 SF 600E PASS. ELEV.
59 SF 604 PANTRY 63 SF 600SB STAIR 104 SF 600SA STAIR 127 SF 606 CHAIRS 52 SF 600TB WOMEN'S TOILET 4 REMOVE & REINSTALL ALL LIGHTS & CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES IN EXISTING LOCATIONS 4
4 REMOVE & REINSTALL CURTAINS & TRACK REMOVE & REINSTALL ALL LIGHTS & CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES IN EXISTING LOCATIONS AP AP CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR RECESSED SPEAKER (TYP.) RECESSED
PROJECTOR SCREEN REMOVE & REINSTALL ALL LIGHTS & CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES IN EXISTING LOCATIONS REMOVE & REINSTALL CURTAINS & TRACK Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York,
NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August
7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057
AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery
Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Sixth Floor Removal D-111 1/8" = 1'-0" D-111 1Sixth Floor -Removal 1/8" = 1'-0" D-111 3SIXTH FLOOR
EXISTING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN N A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 6P00UB Room 6P0S STAIR LOBBY 6P00UA FAN RM 1 2b 1 2b 2b 1 EXISTING HVAC UNIT EXISTING HVAC UNIT DEMOLITION
KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB AND TILES, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION,
AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS
ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING
STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO A-123, A-125 & A-127). DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR
WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION
OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR
CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS). DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE
ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO
ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH
EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING. CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW CURB AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR
FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES : 1. ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING
STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF EXISTING PIPE REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK.
3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK
EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES, DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING
THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED.
EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS
WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT
PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED.
PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art
Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten
Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South
Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated
Penthouse Removal D-112 1/8" = 1'-0" D-112 1Penthouse -Removal 1/8" = 1'-0" D-112 2EXISTING PENTHOUSE EQUIPMENT PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) N A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027
1 2b 1 10 10 10 DEMOLITION KEYNOTES : DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW ROOF DRAIN. DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB AND TILES,
DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER
COMPONENTS. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. (SEE ALSO A-121). DEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF FINISH INCLUDING GRAVEL BALLAST OR CONC. PAVERS, DEMOLILSH MEMBRANE, INSULATION, AND ALL OTHER
MATERIALS DOWN TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW INSULATION, MEMBRANE, TRAFFIC SURFACE AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS (SEE ALSO A-123, A-125 & A-127).
DEMOLISH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS ALL PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. DEMOLISH EXISTING SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE
PIPE REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SALVAGE AND REINSTALL ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE
NEW PENETRATION IN EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL FOR NEW PIPE ROUTE, SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOOR HYDRANT (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS). DEMOLISH EXISTING TRENCH
DRAIN & TRENCH DRAIN COVER. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS. DEMOLISH EXISTING KITCHENETTE. SEE ALSO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF SINK MASTIC. REMOVE AND SALVAGE
EXISTING THRESHOLD FOR REUSE TO ACCOMMODATE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING
BELOW (SEE ALSO A-125) DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING. CUT DOWN DOOR & FRAME TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW CURB
AND WATERPROOFING. SALVAGE DOOR FOR REUSE. DEMOLISH EXISTING WATERPROOF ELECTRIC OUTLET. DEMOLISH ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING TO BE REPLACED. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES : 1. ALL BUILDING
SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY A FUNCTIONING STORM SYSTEM, MUST REMAIN IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 2. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF EXISTING PIPE
REMOVAL AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 3. IN EXISTING CEILINGS AND WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE AND SALVAGE ALL ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, WALL/CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES,
WALL/CEILING GRILLES OR DIFFUSERS, NETWORK EQUIPMENT, AV COMPONENTS, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES. REINSTALL IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABEL ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES,
DRAINS, CLEAN OUTS, ETC. WHERE ACCESSIBLE STATING THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 1 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2b 13 14 LEGEND: EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION
TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING BEAM ABOVE TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. TEMPORARY
PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING
WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY
HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195
T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St
Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles
Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Roof Removal D-113 1/8" = 1'-0" D-113 1Roof -Removal 1/2" = 1'-0" D-113 2ROOF REFERENCE PHOTOS -MECHANICAL SHAFTS N A B C E G N
J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 LINE OF EXTERIOR WALLS ABOVE NOTE : UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE UNDERSLAB PIPING SHALL BE CAPPED AND ABANDONED IN PLACE. (NOT REMOVED). 8"ST INV -42.19'
4"S INV -41.47' EX. 3"ST UP 687 SF EX. 4"ST UP 2723 SF EX. 5"ST UP 3923 SFEX. 3"ST UP 1306 SF EX. 5"ST UP 3959 SF EX. 3"ST UP 767 SF EX. 3"ST UP TO FD EX. 3"ST UP EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO
EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 4"ST UP TO FD EX. 5"ST UP EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 6"ST CONT. TO FOOTING DRAIN BY OTHER DIV. EX. 4"ST DROP EX. 4"S UP EX.
4"S UP TO DCO EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 2"S UP TO DCO EX. 2"W UP EX. 4"S UP EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 3"W UP EX. 4"S UP EX. 3"W UP EX. 3"S UP TO FD EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 2"W
UP EX. 5"ST FROM ANNEX EX. 4"S UP TO DCO Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook,
IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell,
NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Under Slab Plan A-101
1/8" = 1'-0" A-101 1Under Slab N DN UP UP EMER. GEN. LINE OF UNDER GROUND EXTENSION AA BB CC EE GG NN JJ LL PP RR TT VV XX ZZ BBBB 4 4 1 1 7 7 9' - 0" 9' - 0" 18' - 0" 9' - 0" 9' -
0" 9' - 0" 9' - 0" 9' - 0" 9' - 0" 9' - 0" 9' - 0" 4' - 6" 4' - 6" 17 17 20 20 27 27 13' - 6"13' - 6"44' - 11 7/8"13' - 6 1/8"31' - 6" SINK IN PANTRY 308 SF 3B00UA Room 376 SF 3B15A
REGISTRAR'S STORAGE 59 SF 3B19 STORAGE 86 SF 3B18 DARK RM 294 SF 3B16 PHOTOGRAPHY 829 SF 3B17 STORAGE 55 SF 3B14 REGISTRAR 166 SF 3B15 CORRIDOR 60 SF 3B12A GUARD 58 SF 3B12 Room 100
SF 3B00UB WATER HEATER 203 SF 3B00UC TRANSFORMER VAULT 296 SF 3B00UD ELECTRICAL 317 SF 3B06 PAINTS 688 SF 3B05 CARPENTRY 706 SF 3B04 CRATES 644 SF 3B00UE MECHANICAL RM 66 SF 3L00UL
Room 76 SF 3B00EB FREIGHT ELEV. 82 SF 3B00UG FREIGHT ELEV. MACHINE 1901 SF 3B30 STORAGE 64 SF 3B00J JANITOR 140 SF 3B00T MEN'S TOILET 1323 SF 3B23 MISC. & TEMP STORAGE 103 SF 3B11 SUPER
36 SF 3B00UJ Room 57 SF 3B00UF Room 69 SF 3B00EA PASS. ELEV. 178 SF 3B07 PANTRY 1297 SF 3B00CB Room 930 SF 3B00CA CORRIDOR 27 SF 3B00SC STAIR UP 3 SF 3B00UH Room 91 SF 3B00SB STAIR
101 SF 3B00SA STAIR 2 2 2 3"ST UP&DN ABANDON IN PLACE 1 1/2"V DN 4 4 ALTERNATE 1: PROVIDE DRIP PANS IN STORAGE ROOM 3B17 & 3B30 AS SHOWN. ALTERNATE 1: PROVIDE DRIP PANS IN STORAGE ROOM
3B17 & 3B30 AS SHOWN. KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP PAN UNDER NEW PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM PIPE.
(SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL COVERING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WALL COVERING IN WORK AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED, TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. PRIME & PAINT. INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT
TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS. CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY TIE-IN. CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING
STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN. CONNECT TO STORM RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE TO THE SOUTH. NEW GUTTER AT SKYLIGHTS. NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO
REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE AROUND RACK. EXCAVATION AND IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL
SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT HIGH END AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS
ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK, FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP & WALL CABINETS) TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION
OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2' SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING PANELS AND GRID IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE DETAIL 10/A-501) PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO
ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WATERPROOFING AND INSTALL NEW LOUVER SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL
2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CURB HEIGHT. TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT BOTTOM. PROVIDE NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO
MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING LOCATION. (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE NEW WATERPROOF ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF PIPING AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF
ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT CEILING FOR ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES
ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK SPACES. INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPES ONLY. NEW SANITARY PIPE NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING
PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED
AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE
EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE
INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook,
IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell,
NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Basement Plan A-102
1/8" = 1'-0" A-102 1Basement N DN LINE OF UNDER GROUND EXTENSION A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 4 1 1 7 7 17 17 20 20 27 27 2 A-601 1284 SF 2B17 LECTURE RM 445 SF 2B16 STORAGE 532
SF 2B15 STORAGE 767 SF 2B19 GALLERY NO. 4 313 SF 2B13 STORAGE 58 SF 2B14 Room 86 SF 2B00EB ELEV. 378 SF 2B08 GALLERY NO. 3 407 SF 2B07 STUDY GALLERY 231 SF 2B06 GALLERY NO. 2 316 SF
2B02 GALLERY NO. 1 56 SF 2B00CC WATER FOUNTAIN 132 SF 2B00TB WOMEN'S TOILET 148 SF 2B00TA MEN'S TOILET 218 SF 2B18B Room 353 SF 2B18 STORAGE 1876 SF 2B00UA FAN RM 473 SF 2B10 CONSERVATION
84 SF 2B12 STORAGE 27 SF 2B00SC STAIR 105 SF 2B00SA STAIR 261 SF 2B00CB CORRIDOR 117 SF 2B03 COATS 504 SF 2B18A Room 24 SF 2B00J JANITOR 93 SF 2B00SB STAIR DISPLAY 75 SF 2B00CE VESTIBULE
DISPLAY 128 SF 2B00SD STAIR 69 SF 2B00EA ELEV. SHAFT 1110 SF 2B00CA LOBBY 41 SF 2B00CD CORRIDOR CONN TO EX STORM SEWER LINE TO THE WEST CONN TO EX STORM SEWER LINE TO THE WEST UP UP
UP 1 A-601 4 5 12 12 A-501 1 A-501 1 8 A-501 4 AP IN CEILING LINE OF BUILDING ABOVE KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP PAN UNDER NEW PIPING WITH
MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM PIPE. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL COVERING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WALL
COVERING IN WORK AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED, TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING.
PRIME & PAINT. INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS. CONNECTION TO EXISTING
SANITARY TIE-IN. CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN. CONNECT TO STORM RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE TO THE SOUTH. NEW GUTTER
AT SKYLIGHTS. NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE AROUND RACK.
EXCAVATION AND IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT HIGH END AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING
FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK, FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP & WALL CABINETS) TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL
EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2' SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING PANELS AND GRID IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE
DETAIL 10/A-501) PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WATERPROOFING AND INSTALL NEW LOUVER SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING.
PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL 2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CURB HEIGHT. TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT
BOTTOM. PROVIDE NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING LOCATION. (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE
NEW WATERPROOF ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF
PIPING AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS
PANEL AT CEILING FOR ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS
AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK SPACES. INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPES ONLY.
NEW SANITARY PIPE NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING
WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE
CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL
DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130
F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851
Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY
13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202
Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Second Lower Level Plan A-103 1/8" = 1'-0" A-103 1Second Lower Level N UPPER PART OF LECTURE ROOM UPPER PART OF STORAGE UPPER PART OF STORAGE
UPPER PART OF EXHIBITION GALLERY NO. 4 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 2 A-601 1842 SF B02 MAIN GALLERY 72 SF B00EB ELEV. 96 SF B00CB ELEV. LOBBY 106 SF B00SB STAIR 179 SF
B00CA PASS. ELEV. LOBBY 125 SF B00SA STAIR 69 SF B00EA PASS. ELEV. UP UP UP 1 A-601 5 A-501 5 A-501 5 5 15 KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP PAN
UNDER NEW PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM PIPE. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL COVERING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION
OF EXISTING WALL COVERING IN WORK AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED, TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION
OF NEW PIPING. PRIME & PAINT. INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS. CONNECTION
TO EXISTING SANITARY TIE-IN. CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN. CONNECT TO STORM RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE TO THE SOUTH.
NEW GUTTER AT SKYLIGHTS. NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE AROUND
RACK. EXCAVATION AND IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT HIGH END AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING
FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK, FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP & WALL CABINETS) TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL
EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2' SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING PANELS AND GRID IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE
DETAIL 10/A-501) PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WATERPROOFING AND INSTALL NEW LOUVER SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING.
PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL 2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CURB HEIGHT. TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT
BOTTOM. PROVIDE NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING LOCATION. (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE
NEW WATERPROOF ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF
PIPING AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS
PANEL AT CEILING FOR ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS
AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK SPACES. INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPES ONLY.
NEW SANITARY PIPE NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING
WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE
CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL
DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130
F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851
Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY
13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202
Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" First Lower Level Plan A-104 1/8" = 1'-0" A-104 1First Lower Level N PASS. ELEV. LOBBY ELEV. LOBBY INFORMATION DESK OPEN TO BELOW A B C
E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 2 A-601 76 SF G00EB ELEV. 2297 SF G00L LOBBY 123 SF G00SB STAIR 104 SF G00SA STAIR 69 SF G00EA PASS. ELEV. 95 SF G00SC STAIR UP UP UP UP 1 A-601
REMOVE EXISTING GRILLE AND PROVIDE NEW CUSTOM METAL HVAC GRILLE, MIN. 12 GAUGE ALUMINUM, FABRICATED TO FORM LOUVERS. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SIZE AND SHAPE OF LOUVERS TO MATCH ORIGINAL.
FINISH SHALL BE WHITE DURANAR OR KYNAR. 5 510 10 Photo Detail -Existing Grille 1 A-600 2 A-600 5 A-501 5 A-501 KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP
PAN UNDER NEW PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM PIPE. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL COVERING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE
PROTECTION OF EXISTING WALL COVERING IN WORK AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED, TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR
INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. PRIME & PAINT. INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS.
CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY TIE-IN. CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN. CONNECT TO STORM RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE
TO THE SOUTH. NEW GUTTER AT SKYLIGHTS. NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD
ENCLOSURE AROUND RACK. EXCAVATION AND IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT HIGH END AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE
DRILL THROUGH EXISTING FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK, FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP & WALL CABINETS)
TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2' SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING PANELS AND GRID
IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE DETAIL 10/A-501) PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WATERPROOFING AND INSTALL NEW LOUVER
SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL 2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CURB HEIGHT.
TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT BOTTOM. PROVIDE NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING LOCATION. (SEE ALSO
PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE NEW WATERPROOF ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS
FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF PIPING AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED.
4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT CEILING FOR ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION
OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK SPACES. INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF
EXISTING PIPES ONLY. NEW SANITARY PIPE NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY
PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING
WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY
HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195
T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St
Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles
Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Ground Floor Plan A-105 1/8" = 1'-0" A-105 1Ground Floor N UP OPEN TO BELOW A B C E G N J L P R T V 4 17172027 WATER FOUNTAIN (ABOVE)
2 A-601 456 SF 112 WEST GALLERY 114 SF 100SC STAIR 13 SF 100J JANITOR 102 SF 100SA STAIR 1781 SF 102 NORTH GALLERY DN 76 SF 100EB ELEV. OPEN TO BELOW OPEN TO BELOW 377 SF 109 SOUTH
GALLERY 589 SF 106 EAST GALLERY 127 SF 100CC CORRIDOR 162 SF 100CB LOBBY 69 SF 100EA PASS. ELEV. 387 SF 100CA PASS. LOBBY 61 SF 100SD STAIR 7 NEW 4" ST UP&DN NEW 3" ST UP CO NEW 3"ST
UP NEW 3" ST UP NEW 4"ST UP 5" ST DN COCO NEW 3"ST DROP NEW 3"ST DROP NEW 3"ST DROP NEW 3"ST DROP CO NEW 3"ST UP NEW 3"ST UP NEW 3"ST UP NEW 5" ST UP&DN CO NEW 4" ST UP TO DCO 4" ST
DROP 9 9 9 9 UP UP 1 A-601 5 A-501 5 A-501 5 510 10 15 . WORK IN THIS AREA TO BE ACCESSED FROM ABOVE THE FINISHED CONCRETE CEILING. CONCRETE CEILING MAY NOT BE REMOVED. NEW ACCESS PANEL
IN CEILING 4 4 NOTE:CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BRIDGE AND/OR ENLARGED ACCESS PANEL AS REQUIRED TO ACCESS SPACE ABOVE THE CEILING TO PERFORM THE REQUIRED WORK. 11 A-502 12 A-502 NEW A.P.
IN CEILING NEW A.P. IN CEILING KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP PAN UNDER NEW PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM
PIPE. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL COVERING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WALL COVERING IN WORK AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED, TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. PRIME & PAINT. INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT
TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS. CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY TIE-IN. CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING
STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN. CONNECT TO STORM RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE TO THE SOUTH. NEW GUTTER AT SKYLIGHTS. NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO
REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE AROUND RACK. EXCAVATION AND IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL
SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT HIGH END AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS
ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK, FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP & WALL CABINETS) TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION
OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2' SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING PANELS AND GRID IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE DETAIL 10/A-501) PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO
ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WATERPROOFING AND INSTALL NEW LOUVER SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL
2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CURB HEIGHT. TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT BOTTOM. PROVIDE NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO
MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING LOCATION. (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE NEW WATERPROOF ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF PIPING AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF
ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT CEILING FOR ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES
ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK SPACES. INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPES ONLY. NEW SANITARY PIPE NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING
PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED
AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE
EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE
INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. 6' - 5" 2nd FLOOR FIN. FL. EL. 32'-4" SCULPTURE TERRACE SKYLIGHT SKYLIGHT CRAWL SPACE A-502 13 A-502 14 A-502 14 A-502 13 G N J L P R T V 4 17172027
2 A-601 1 A-601 EXISTING 3'-0"x2'-6" OPENINGS. BOTTOM @ 28'-4" EXISTING 3'-0"x2'-6" OPENINGS. BOTTOM @ 28'-4" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 6' - 9" 6' - 9" CO 3"ST UP 3"ST UP 4"ST UP&DN COCO 3"ST
DROP 3"ST DROP 3"ST DROP 3"ST DROP CO CO 3"ST UP 3"ST UP CO 3"ST UP TO DCO 4"ST DROP NEW ACCESS PANEL IN CEILING 11 A-502 12 A-502 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York,
NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August
7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057
AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery
Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" First Floor Plan A-106 1/8" = 1'-0" A-106 1First Floor 1/8" = 1'-0" A-106 2Partial Section at Sculpture
Terrace 1/8" = 1'-0" A-106 3First Floor Mezzanine (Below Sculpture Terrace) N OPEN TO BELOW OPEN TO BELOW PASS. ELEV. LOBBY ELEV. LOBBY SOUTH TERRACE A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB
4 17172027 WATER FOUNTAIN 2 A-601 2785 SF 201 SCULPTURE TERRACE 69 SF 200EA PASS. ELEV. 103 SF 200SA STAIR 75 SF 200EB ELEV. 534 SF 205 LOUNGE 327 SF 204 GALLERY NO. 3 176 SF 203 GALLERY
NO. 2 362 SF 202 GALLERY NO. 1 382 SF 200C CORRIDOR 75 SF 205A GALLERY 55 SF 205B Room 98 SF 200SC STAIR 95 SF 200SB STAIR LOBBY 8 8 NEW 4"ST UP NEW 4"ST UP&DN 2549 SF NEW 4"ST DN 1839
SF 1 1/2"W DN NEW 5"ST UP&DN UP DN UP 1 A-601 5 A-501 NEW 3" ST UP&DN5 5 18 11 2 A-502 6 A-501 14 14 14 14 15 15 DISPLAY 13 13 12 A-502 11 A-502 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 NOTE:INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD
ON STUDS CUT TIGHT TO WALL AND EXTENDING ABOVE DROPPED CEILING. INSTALL SEALANT AT PERIMETER AND PAINT. DO NOT SPACKLE OR FINISH THE GYPSUM BOARD IN THIS ROOM. (THE DATA CLOSET IS SENSITIVE
AND NO GYPSUM FINISHING WORK THAT PRODUCES DUST SHALL BE PERFORMED). 22 23 10 KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP PAN UNDER NEW PIPING WITH MOISTURE
DETECTION SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM PIPE. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL COVERING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WALL COVERING
IN WORK AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED, TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. PRIME
& PAINT. INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS. CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY
TIE-IN. CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN. CONNECT TO STORM RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE TO THE SOUTH. NEW GUTTER AT SKYLIGHTS.
NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE AROUND RACK. EXCAVATION AND
IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT HIGH END AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION
TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK, FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP & WALL CABINETS) TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL EXISTING METAL
GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2' SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING PANELS AND GRID IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE DETAIL 10/A-501)
PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WATERPROOFING AND INSTALL NEW LOUVER SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ACCESS
DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL 2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CURB HEIGHT. TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT BOTTOM. PROVIDE
NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING LOCATION. (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE NEW WATERPROOF
ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF PIPING AND ADDITIONAL
PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT CEILING FOR
ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS AND DEMOLITION
OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK SPACES. INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPES ONLY. NEW SANITARY PIPE
NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS
WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT
PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED.
PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. ROOF FINISH LEGEND : INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY WITH CONC. PAVING, TO BE REPLACED. SEE DETAIL 2/A-121 FOR DEMO & 4a/A-121
FOR NEW ROOF SYSTEM ASSEMBLY DETAIL. INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY WITH TERRACOTA TILE, TO BE REPLACED. SEE DETAIL 3/A-121 FOR DEMO & 4b/A-121 FOR NEW ROOF SYSTEM ASSEMBLY DETAIL.
(TILE TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER) INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY, TO BE REPLACED. SEE A-123, A-125 AND A-127 FOR DEMO AND NEW ROOF SYSTEM DETAILS. 55 SF 205B Room EQEQ EQEQ 18 9' - 6"
19 REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING CEILING-MOUNTED MECH UNIT Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art
Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten
Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South
Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated
Second Floor Plan A-107 1/8" = 1'-0" A-107 1Second Floor 1/4" = 1'-0" A-107 2SECOND FLOOR PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN N UP PASS. ELEV. LOBBY FGT. ELEV. FILES JAN. CLOSET A B C E
G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 SINK IN KITCHENETTE 2 A-601 94 SF 300SC STAIR 69 SF 300E PASS.ELEV. 259 SF 304 CONFERENCE 182 SF 307 ADMIN. SECRETARY 181 SF 308 ASSISTANT DIRECTOR
133 SF 310 ACCOUNTANT 132 SF 311 REGISTRAR 152 SF 312 STAFF RM 25 SF 300T TOILET 67 SF 303 Room 83 SF 302 Room 114 SF 300SB STAIR 103 SF 300SA STAIR 83 SF 309 WORK RM 563 SF 300C CORRIDOR
NEW 4"ST UP NEW 4"ST UP&DN NEW 4"ST DN 1839 SF NEW 5"ST UP&DN UP UP 1 A-601 6 A-501 6 A-501 NEW 3" ST UP&DN 5 5 4 SIM. 15 15 15 16 A-503 1 KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS IN EXISTING
LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP PAN UNDER NEW PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM PIPE. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL COVERING TO REMAIN.
CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WALL COVERING IN WORK AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED, TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION
OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. PRIME & PAINT. INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF
NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS. CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY TIE-IN. CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN. CONNECT TO STORM
RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE TO THE SOUTH. NEW GUTTER AT SKYLIGHTS. NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE
TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE AROUND RACK. EXCAVATION AND IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT HIGH END AND
SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK, FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP
& WALL CABINETS) TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2' SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING
PANELS AND GRID IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE DETAIL 10/A-501) PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WATERPROOFING AND
INSTALL NEW LOUVER SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL 2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE
THE NEW CURB HEIGHT. TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT BOTTOM. PROVIDE NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING
LOCATION. (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE NEW WATERPROOF ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES:
1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF PIPING AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE
THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT CEILING FOR ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR
IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK SPACES. INDICATES ROOM
IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPES ONLY. NEW SANITARY PIPE NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING
CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS.
ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING
CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501
New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects
LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217
Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Third Floor Plan A-108 1/8" = 1'-0" A-108 1Third Floor N BOOKCASES OPEN TO BELOW A B C
E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 2 A-601 93 SF 400SC STAIR 69 SF 400E PASS. ELEV. 66 SF 403 Room 121 SF 403A Room 132 SF 404 Room 274 SF 400C PASS.ELEV. LOBBY 1104 SF 409 PRINT ROOM/
OFFICES 25 SF 400T TOILET 80 SF 411 ELEC. RM 99 SF 410A OFFICE 81 SF 410 Room 96 SF 400SB STAIR 105 SF 400SA STAIR NEW 4"ST UP&DN NEW 4"ST UP&DN 4"S DN NEW 3"ST UP&DN NEW 5"ST UP&DN
UP UP UP 1 A-601 NOTE: THE 4TH FLOOR IS INACCESSIBLE. PIPE REPLACEMENT WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED FROM THE FLOOR DIRECTLY ABOVE AND DIRECTLY BELOW. 15 15 KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS
IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP PAN UNDER NEW PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM PIPE. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL COVERING
TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WALL COVERING IN WORK AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED, TO ACCOMMODATE
DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. PRIME & PAINT. INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION
OF NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS. CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY TIE-IN. CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN. CONNECT TO STORM
RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE TO THE SOUTH. NEW GUTTER AT SKYLIGHTS. NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE
TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE AROUND RACK. EXCAVATION AND IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT HIGH END AND
SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK, FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP
& WALL CABINETS) TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2' SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING
PANELS AND GRID IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE DETAIL 10/A-501) PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WATERPROOFING AND
INSTALL NEW LOUVER SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL 2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE
THE NEW CURB HEIGHT. TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT BOTTOM. PROVIDE NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING
LOCATION. (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE NEW WATERPROOF ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES:
1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF PIPING AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE
THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT CEILING FOR ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR
IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK SPACES. INDICATES ROOM
IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPES ONLY. NEW SANITARY PIPE NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING
CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS.
ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING
CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501
New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects
LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217
Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Fourth Floor Plan A-109 1/8" = 1'-0" A-109 1Fourth Level N WEST GALLERY HIMALAYAN GALLERY
INDIAN GALLERY NORTH GALLERY EAST GALLERY JAPANESE FOYER B CHINESE GALLERY B CHINESE GALLERY A WEST ASIAN GALLERY CHINESE FOYER SOUTH-EAST ASIAN FOYER JAPANESE FOYER A AA B CC EE GG
NN JJ LL PP RR TT VV X Z BB 4 17172027 2 A-601 95 SF 500SC STAIR 69 SF 500E PASS. ELEV. 135 SF 504 MODERN GALLERY 555 SF 502 880 SF 503 172 SF 511 KOREAN GALLERY 588 SF 510 JAPANESE
GALLERY 778 SF 512 CHINESE GALLERY 438 SF 507 EAST PERIMETER GALLERY 53 SF 506 COMPUTER STUDY 263 SF 500CA PASS. ELEV. LOBBY 121 SF 500CB CORRIDOR 104 SF 500SA STAIR 96 SF 500SB STAIR
531 SF 514 SOUTH-EAST ASIAN GALLERY 376 SF 509 WEST PERIMETER GALLERY 660 SF 508 SOUTH GALLERY 2 2 NEW 4"ST UP&DN NEW 3"ST DN NEW 3"ST UP 3"ST UP 1274 SF NEW 3"ST UP NEW 3"ST UP NEW
4"ST DN CO CO CO NEW 4" ST UP 5" ST DN CO AP IN CEILING UP UP UP 1 A-601 5 A-501 5 A-501 A-501 3 A-501 3SIM.5 4 4 4 5 1515 15 15 DISPLAYDISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY
DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAYDISPLAY
DISPLAY DISPLAY A-501 2 A-501 2 AP IN CEILING AP IN CEILING AP IN CEILING A-501 2 A-501 2 A-501 2 CO AP IN CEILING 13 A-501 Typ. 13 A-501 Typ. 2 2 2 2 2 KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF
DRAINS IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP PAN UNDER NEW PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM PIPE. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL
COVERING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WALL COVERING IN WORK AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED,
TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. PRIME & PAINT. INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING
AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS. CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY TIE-IN. CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN.
CONNECT TO STORM RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE TO THE SOUTH. NEW GUTTER AT SKYLIGHTS. NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL
TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE AROUND RACK. EXCAVATION AND IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT
AT HIGH END AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK,
FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP & WALL CABINETS) TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2'
SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING PANELS AND GRID IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE DETAIL 10/A-501) PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE
NEW WATERPROOFING AND INSTALL NEW LOUVER SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL 2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT
BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CURB HEIGHT. TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT BOTTOM. PROVIDE NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW
FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING LOCATION. (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE NEW WATERPROOF ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF PIPING AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON
ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT CEILING FOR ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION
OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK
SPACES. INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPES ONLY. NEW SANITARY PIPE NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL
CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED
TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED
TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. Revisions: 347 West
36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard
McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308
Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust
7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Fifth Floor Plan A-110 1/8" = 1'-0" A-110 1Fifth Floor N A B C E G N J L P
R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 2 A-601 69 SF 600E PASS. ELEV. 49 SF 600TA MEN'S TOILET 52 SF 600TB WOMEN'S TOILET 58 SF 602 Room 108 SF 600C PASS. ELEV. LOBBY 59 SF 604 PANTRY 104 SF 600SA
STAIR 127 SF 606 CHAIRS 54 SF 607 TELEPHONES 1540 SF 605 MEETING RM ROOF 14 SF 600SC STAIR LOBBY 16 SF 600SB STAIR 1 1 11 3 NEW 3"ST UP TO AD NEW 3"S UP TO FD NEW 4"ST UP NEW 3"ST UP
NEW 4"ST DN NEW 4" ST UP NEW 4"ST DN UP DN DN 1 A-601 6 A-501 6 A-501 4 (FULL ROOM) 4 5 4 15 NOTE: MEETING RM CEILING TO BE SUSPENDED PLASTER TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION A-501 1
15 5 13 AP IN CEILING 2 A-111 20 13 21 1 NEW 3"ST UP 2 2 2 3 A-111 Typ. KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP PAN UNDER NEW PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION
SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM PIPE. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL COVERING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WALL COVERING IN WORK
AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED, TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. PRIME & PAINT.
INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS. CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY TIE-IN.
CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN. CONNECT TO STORM RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE TO THE SOUTH. NEW GUTTER AT SKYLIGHTS.
NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE AROUND RACK. EXCAVATION AND
IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT HIGH END AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION
TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK, FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP & WALL CABINETS) TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL EXISTING METAL
GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2' SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING PANELS AND GRID IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE DETAIL 10/A-501)
PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WATERPROOFING AND INSTALL NEW LOUVER SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ACCESS
DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL 2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CURB HEIGHT. TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT BOTTOM. PROVIDE
NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING LOCATION. (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE NEW WATERPROOF
ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF PIPING AND ADDITIONAL
PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT CEILING FOR
ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS AND DEMOLITION
OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK SPACES. INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPES ONLY. NEW SANITARY PIPE
NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS
WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT
PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED.
PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. ROOF FINISH LEGEND : INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY WITH CONC. PAVING, TO BE REPLACED. SEE DETAIL 2/A-121 FOR DEMO & 4a/A-121
FOR NEW ROOF SYSTEM ASSEMBLY DETAIL. INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY WITH TERRACOTA TILE, TO BE REPLACED. SEE DETAIL 3/A-121 FOR DEMO & 4b/A-121 FOR NEW ROOF SYSTEM ASSEMBLY DETAIL.
(TILE TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER) INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY, TO BE REPLACED. SEE A-123, A-125 AND A-127 FOR DEMO AND NEW ROOF SYSTEM DETAILS. NEW PRESSURE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING
TO BUILD UP HEIGHT OF CURB NEW EXTRUDED ALUMINUM STATIONARY LOUVER BLADES. BASIS OF DESIGN: ESD-435 BY GREENHECK. NEW SEALANT . SEE DETAIL 5/A-400 FOR NEW ROOFING ASSEMBLY EXISTING
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE ROOF DECK EXISTING CONCRETE CURB PROVIDE NEW LOUVERED ACCESS DOOR ON WEST SIDE 4" 1/4" 8" MIN. SEE DETAIL 5/A-400 FOR NEW FLASHING NEW 3/4" REMOVABLE ALUMINUM BIRD
SCREEN NEW SEALANT EXISTING ELASTOMERIC WATERPROOFING. REPAIR DAMAGED MEMBRANE WHERE REQUIRED. SHIMS EXISTING 2"x2-1/4" ANGLE EXISTING 2"x2-1/4" ANGLE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB . SEE DETAIL
3/A-400 FOR NEW ROOFING ASSEMBLY EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE ROOF DECK SEE DETAIL 3/A-400 FOR NEW FLASHING #3 BARS (ASTM A615 GRADE 40) @8" O.C. SET IN HILTI HY 200 EPOXY, MIN. EMBED
3-3/8" 6" NEW CONCRETE CURB AT EXISTING DOOR OPENING REINSTALL SALVAGED THRESHOLD SET IN FULL BED OF BUTYL SEALANT REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. ADJUST DOOR SIZE TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CURB
6" NEW QUARRY TILE BASE ON CEMENTITIOUS SETTING BED TO MATCH EXISTING. (TILE PROVIDED BY OWNER). NEW METAL TRIM REVEAL TO MATCH EXISTING REPLACE VENEER PLASTER CEILING REPLACE 3/4"
C REPLACE 1-1/2" C @4'-0" O.C. 1/2" EXISTING CONCRETE WALL Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art
Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten
Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South
Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated
Sixth Floor Plan A-111 1/8" = 1'-0" A-111 1Sixth Floor 3" = 1'-0" A-111 2LOUVER SHAFT DETAIL 3" = 1'-0" A-111 4SILL DETAIL @ 6th FLOOR EXTERIOR DOOR 12" = 1'-0" A-111 3CEILING TRIM
DETAIL @ CONCRETE WALL N N A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 2 A-601 78 SF 6P00UB Room 37 SF 6P0S STAIR LOBBY 2158 SF 6P00UA FAN RM NEW 4"ST DN NEW 4"ST UP 4"ST DN NEW 4"ST
UP DN 1 A-601 1 1 1 A-501 1 EXISTING HVAC UNIT EXISTING HVAC UNIT KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP PAN UNDER NEW PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION
SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM PIPE. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL COVERING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WALL COVERING IN WORK
AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED, TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. PRIME & PAINT.
INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS. CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY TIE-IN.
CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN. CONNECT TO STORM RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE TO THE SOUTH. NEW GUTTER AT SKYLIGHTS.
NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE AROUND RACK. EXCAVATION AND
IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT HIGH END AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION
TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK, FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP & WALL CABINETS) TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL EXISTING METAL
GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2' SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING PANELS AND GRID IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE DETAIL 10/A-501)
PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WATERPROOFING AND INSTALL NEW LOUVER SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ACCESS
DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL 2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CURB HEIGHT. TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT BOTTOM. PROVIDE
NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING LOCATION. (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE NEW WATERPROOF
ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF PIPING AND ADDITIONAL
PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT CEILING FOR
ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS AND DEMOLITION
OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK SPACES. INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPES ONLY. NEW SANITARY PIPE
NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS
WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT
PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED.
PROTECTION TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. ROOF FINISH LEGEND : INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY WITH CONC. PAVING, TO BE REPLACED. SEE DETAIL 2/A-121 FOR DEMO & 4a/A-121
FOR NEW ROOF SYSTEM ASSEMBLY DETAIL. INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY WITH TERRACOTA TILE, TO BE REPLACED. SEE DETAIL 3/A-121 FOR DEMO & 4b/A-121 FOR NEW ROOF SYSTEM ASSEMBLY DETAIL.
(TILE TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER) INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY, TO BE REPLACED. SEE A-123, A-125 AND A-127 FOR DEMO AND NEW ROOF SYSTEM DETAILS. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite
1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects
LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217
Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Penthouse Plan A-112 1/8" = 1'-0" A-112 1Penthouse N A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027
2 A-601 1 1 1 A-601 17 17 17 KEYNOTES : PROVIDE NEW ROOF DRAINS IN EXISTING LOCATIONS. PROVIDE DRIP PAN UNDER NEW PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. DRAIN TO NEAREST SANITARY/STORM
PIPE. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS) EXISTING WALL COVERING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WALL COVERING IN WORK AREAS. INSTALL NEW SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION & FRAMING, IN LIMITS INDICATED, TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. PRIME & PAINT. INSTALL NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT
TO REMAIN TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS. CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY TIE-IN. CONNECTION TO BE VERIFIED. DEMOLISH EXISTING
STORM PIPE UNDER SCULPTURE TERRACE. NEW TRENCH DRAIN. CONNECT TO STORM RISER LOCATED IN THE CHASE TO THE SOUTH. NEW GUTTER AT SKYLIGHTS. NEW ARCHITECTURAL GRILLE AT CEILING LEVEL TO
REPLACE EXISTING. EXISTING AV DATA RACK & ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTED PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE AROUND RACK. EXCAVATION AND IN-FILL REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION. REINSTALL
SALVAGED THRESHOLD ON NEW CONC. CURB. PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT HIGH END AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHT. CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING FLOOR/WALL CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE NEW PIPING. SEE DETAILS
ON A-501. PROVIDE NEW KITCHENETTE (BASE CABINETS WITH SINK, FITTINGS, COUNTERTOP & WALL CABINETS) TO MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL EXISTING METAL GRATING AND NETWORK ANTENNAE AFTER INSTALLATION
OF NEW ROOFING BELOW. (SEE A-125) INSTALL NEW 2'x2' SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEILING PANELS AND GRID IN LIMITS INDICATED. (SEE DETAIL 10/A-501) PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO
ELEC. DRAWINGS) BUILD UP EXISTING CURB TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WATERPROOFING AND INSTALL NEW LOUVER SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN LOUVERS TO MATCH EXISTING. (SEE DETAIL
2/A-111) REMOVE EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND CUT AT BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CURB HEIGHT. TRIM EXISTING FRAME AT BOTTOM. PROVIDE NEW HARDWOOD EDGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO
MATCH EXISTING. REINSTALL SALVAGED DOOR. PROVIDE NEW FLOOR HYDRANT IN EXISTING LOCATION. (SEE ALSO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) PROVIDE NEW WATERPROOF ELEC. OUTLET IN EXISTING LOCATION. SEE ALSO
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF PIPING AND ADDITIONAL PIPING WORK. 2. PROVIDE CAP ON ENDS OF
ALL PIPES TO BE ABANDONED. 3. PROVIDE MARKING ON ALL ABANDONED PIPES TO INDICATE THAT THEY ARE ABANDONED. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT CEILING FOR ALL NEW CLEANOUTS. 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 LEGEND : INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS OR IMPACTED BY THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPE LOCATIONS AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS. INDICATES
ROOM REQUIRING ACCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REACH WORK SPACES. INDICATES ROOM IMPACTED BY THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PIPES ONLY. NEW SANITARY PIPE NEW STORM PIPE NEW VENT PIPE EXISTING
PIPE SYSTEM NEW ROOF DRAIN NEW FLOOR DRAIN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION LIMITS TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING WORK: METAL STUD PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAPED
AT SEAMS (NOT SANDED). STUDS SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO EXISTING FLOORS OR CEILINGS. ALL FASTENINGS TO EXISTING WALLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING REMOVED WITHOUT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE
EXISTING WALLS AND ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE PREEXISTING CONDITION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH KEYED LOCKS WHERE INDICATED. PROTECTION TO BE
INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. ROOF FINISH LEGEND : INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY WITH CONC. PAVING, TO BE REPLACED. SEE DETAIL 2/A-121 FOR DEMO & 4a/A-121 FOR NEW ROOF
SYSTEM ASSEMBLY DETAIL. INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY WITH TERRACOTA TILE, TO BE REPLACED. SEE DETAIL 3/A-121 FOR DEMO & 4b/A-121 FOR NEW ROOF SYSTEM ASSEMBLY DETAIL. (TILE TO BE
PROVIDED BY OWNER) INDICATES EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY, TO BE REPLACED. SEE A-123, A-125 AND A-127 FOR DEMO AND NEW ROOF SYSTEM DETAILS. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New
York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC
August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY
13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery
Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Roof Plan A-113 1/8" = 1'-0" A-113 1Roof N G N J L P R T V 41 7 17 20 27 OPEN TO BELOW OPEN TO BELOW
PASS. ELEV. LOBBY PASS. ELEV. FGT. ELEV. FGT. ELEV. LOBBY GALLERY GALLERY NO. 2 GALLERY NO. 3 LOUNGE GALLERY SCULPTURE TERRACE SOUTH TERRACE LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL EXISTING
ROOF ASSEMBLY 2/A-121 (DEMO) WITH CONCRETE PAVING 4/A-121 (NEW) FINISHES - TO BE REPLACED EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY 3/A-121 (DEMO) WITH TERRA COTTA TILE 4/A-121 (NEW) FINISHES - TO BE
REPLACED ± 9'-0"± 31'-6"± 4'-6"± 13'-6" ± 58'-6" ± 65'-6" ± 10'-0"± 45'-6"± 10'-0" BRONZE FLOOR DRAINS TO BE REPLACED. SEE OTHER DRAWINGS EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECK TO REMAIN.
EXISTING DECK SLOPES TO EXISTING DRAINS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND WATERPROOFING CONSULTANT IF DETERIORATED DECK CONDITIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED. REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING FLUID-APPLIED ASPHALTIC
MEMBRANE REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 114" EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION BOARD REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING FILTER FABRIC REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 312" WELDED WIRE MESH REINFORCED
CONCRETE WEARING SLAB REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 312" GRAVEL FILL REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING COAL TAR MEMBRANE NOTE: EXISTING COAL TAR MEMBRANE IS KNOWN TO BE AN ASBESTOS CONTAINING
MATERIAL (ACM). ABATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING LAWS, CODES, AND REQUIREMENTS. REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING FLUID-APPLIED ASPHALTIC MEMBRANE REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 114" EXTRUDED
POLYSTYRENE INSULATION BOARD REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING FILTER FABRIC REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 312" WELDED WIRE MESH REINFORCED CONCRETE WEARING SLAB REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING
212" GRAVEL FILL REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING COAL TAR MEMBRANE EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECK TO REMAIN. EXISTING DECK SLOPES TO EXISTING DRAINS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND WATERPROOFING
CONSULTANT IF DETERIORATED DECK CONDITIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED. REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING TERRA COTTA QUARRY TILE AND CEMENTITIOUS SETTING BED NOTE: EXISTING COAL TAR MEMBRANE IS KNOWN
TO BE AN ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (ACM). ABATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING LAWS, CODES, AND REQUIREMENTS. A STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECKSLOPE TO DRAIN. PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW MEMBRANE
PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS 3-PLY TORCH-APPLIED SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE DRAINAGE BOARD (2) LAYERS 2" EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION DRAINAGE BOARD CONCRETE
PAVING - SEE 7/A-502 AT CONCRETE PAVING B STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECKSLOPE TO DRAIN. PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW MEMBRANE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS 3-PLY TORCH-APPLIED SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE DRAINAGE BOARD (2) LAYERS 2" EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION DRAINAGE BOARD CONCRETE TOPPING - SEE 8/A-502 AT TERRA COTTA TILE TERRA COTTA TILE IN CEMENTITIOUS
SETTING BED SEE 8/A-502 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062
Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY
14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Construction Documents August 7, 2020 1 SCALE:
1/4" = 1'-0" SECOND FLOOR REPAIR PLAN 2 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" SECOND FLOOR DEMO AT CONCRETE PAVING 3 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"SECOND FLOOR DEMO AT TERRA COTTA TILE 4 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"NEW
SECOND FLOOR ASSEMBLY DETAILS (ROOF TYPE 2) SECOND FLOOR ROOF PLAN A-121 N A-401 1 A-401 1 A-401 1 A-401 1 A-401 3 A-401 3 A-401 3 A-401 3 A-401 3 A-401 3 A-401 3 A-401 3 A-401 3 A-401
4 A-401 4 A-401 4 A-401 3 G N J L P R T V 41 7 17 20 27 OPEN TO BELOW OPEN TO BELOW PASS. ELEV. LOBBY PASS. ELEV. FGT. ELEV. FGT. ELEV. LOBBY GALLERY GALLERY NO. 2 GALLERY NO. 3 LOUNGE
GALLERY SCULPTURE TERRACE SOUTH TERRACE 18'18' 18' 18' LEGEND - WIND UPLIFT PRESSURES UPLIFT PRESSURE IN POUNDS SYMBOL ROOF ZONE PER SQUARE FOOT (PSF) ZONE 3 & ZONE 2 64 PSF ZONE 1
49 PSF DESIGN CRITERIA (ASCE 7-16 STRENGTH DESIGN METHOD): - MEAN ROOF HEIGHT: 30 FEET - PARAPETS GREATER THAN 36 INCHES HIGH - BUILDING CONFIGURATION: ENCLOSED - EXPOSURE C - RISK
CATEGORY II - BASIC WIND SPEED: 110 MPH (ASCE 7-16, FIGURE 26.5-1B BASIC WIND SPEED) Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key
Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri
Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan
Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Construction Documents
August 7, 2020 1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" SECOND FLOOR WIND UPLIFT PLAN SECOND FLOOR ROOF WIND UPLIFT PLAN A-122 PANTRY MEN'S TOILET MEETING ROOM TELEPHONES WOMEN'S
TOILET CHAIRS G N J L P R T V 41 7 17 20 27 PASS. ELEV. LOBBY PASS. ELEV. LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY 2/A-123 (DEMO) - TO BE REPLACED 3/A-123 (NEW) WALKPADS
± 70'-6" ± 65'-6" WALKPADS FLOOR DRAIN TO BE REPLACED. SEE OTHER DRAWINGS EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECK TO REMAIN. EXISTING DECK SLOPES TO EXISTING DRAINS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND
WATERPROOFING CONSULTANT IF DETERIORATED DECK CONDITIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED. REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING FLUID-APPLIED ASPHALTIC VAPOR BARRIER REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING REINFORCED EPDM
MEMBRANE REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING GRAVEL BALLAST REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 3" POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECK- PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE VAPOR BARRIER
PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND PROJECT SPECIFICATION TORCH-APPLIED SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN VAPOR BARRIER (3) LAYERS 2" AND (1) LAYER OF 112" POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION 5 8" COVER
BOARD 3-PLY TORCH-APPLIED SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten
Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South
Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Construction Documents
August 7, 2020 1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SIXTH FLOOR REPAIR PLAN 2 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" SIXTH FLOOR DEMOLITION DETAIL 3 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"NEW SIXTH FLOOR ASSEMBLY DETAIL (ROOF TYPE
1) SIXTH FLOOR ROOF PLAN A-123 N A-400 1 A-400 1 A-400 1 A-400 1 A-400 1 A-400 3 A-400 3 A-400 4 A-400 4 A-400 4 A-400 4 A-400 5 A-400 6 PANTRY MEN'S TOILET MEETING ROOM TELEPHONES
WOMEN'S TOILET CHAIRS G N J L P R T V 41 7 17 20 27 PASS. ELEV. LOBBY PASS. ELEV. LEGEND - WIND UPLIFT PRESSURES UPLIFT PRESSURE IN POUNDS SYMBOL ROOF ZONE PER SQUARE FOOT (PSF) ZONE
3 & ZONE 2 77 PSF DESIGN CRITERIA (ASCE 7-16 STRENGTH DESIGN METHOD): - MEAN ROOF HEIGHT: 70 FEET - PARAPETS GREATER THAN 36 INCHES HIGH - BUILDING CONFIGURATION: ENCLOSED - EXPOSURE
C - RISK CATEGORY II - BASIC WIND SPEED: 110 MPH (ASCE 7-16, FIGURE 26.5-1B BASIC WIND SPEED) Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130
F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851
Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY
13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Construction
Documents August 7, 2020 1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" SIXTH FLOOR WIND UPLIFT PLAN SIXTH FLOOR ROOF WIND UPLIFT PLAN A-124 FAN ROOM G N J L P R T V 41 7 17 20 27
± 3'-6" ± 8'-6" ± 3'-6" ± 8'-0" ± 4'-6" ± 31'-0" EXISTING ACCESS LADDER (VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD) WALKPADS LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY 2/A-125 (DEMO) -
TO BE REPLACED 3/A-125 (NEW) WALKPADS EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECK TO REMAIN. EXISTING DECK SLOPES TO EXISTING DRAINS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND WATERPROOFING CONSULTANT IF DETERIORATED
DECK CONDITIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED. REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING FLUID-APPLIED ASPHALTIC VAPOR BARRIER REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING FULLY ADHERED EPDM MEMBRANE REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING
112" POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECK- PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE VAPOR BARRIER PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND PROJECT SPECIFICATION TORCH-APPLIED
SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN VAPOR BARRIER (3) LAYERS 2" POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION 5 8" COVER BOARD 3-PLY TORCH-APPLIED SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite
1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects
LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Construction Documents August 7, 2020 1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PENTHOUSE REPAIR PLAN 2 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" PENTHOUSE
DEMOLITION DETAIL 3 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"NEW PENTHOUSE ASSEMBLY DETAIL (ROOF TYPE 1) PENTHOUSE ROOF PLAN A-125 N A-400 4 A-400 4 A-400 4 A-400 3 A-400 7 A-400 7 A-400 8 A-400 8 FAN
ROOM G N J L P R T V 41 7 17 20 27 LEGEND - WIND UPLIFT PRESSURES UPLIFT PRESSURE IN POUNDS SYMBOL ROOF ZONE PER SQUARE FOOT (PSF) ZONE 3 & ZONE 2 81 PSF DESIGN CRITERIA (ASCE 7-16
STRENGTH DESIGN METHOD): - MEAN ROOF HEIGHT: 80 FEET - PARAPETS GREATER THAN 36 INCHES HIGH - BUILDING CONFIGURATION: ENCLOSED - EXPOSURE C - RISK CATEGORY II - BASIC WIND SPEED: 110
MPH (ASCE 7-16, FIGURE 26.5-1B BASIC WIND SPEED) Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and
Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten
Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South
Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Construction Documents
August 7, 2020 1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" PENTHOUSE WIND UPLIFT PLAN PENTHOUSE ROOF WIND UPLIFT PLAN A-126 G N J L P R T V 41 7 17 20 27 EXISTING ACCESS LADDER (VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD)
WALKPADS ± 44'-0" ± 63'-0" LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECK TO REMAIN. EXISTING DECK SLOPES TO EXISTING DRAINS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND WATERPROOFING
CONSULTANT IF DETERIORATED DECK CONDITIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED. REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING REINFORCED EPDM MEMBRANE REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 412" POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION REMOVE
AND DISCARD EXISTING 12"x12" CONCRETE PAVERS EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECK- PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE VAPOR BARRIER PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND PROJECT SPECIFICATION TORCH-APPLIED
SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN VAPOR BARRIER (3) LAYERS 2" POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION 5 8" COVER BOARD 3-PLY TORCH-APPLIED SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite
1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects
LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Construction Documents August 7, 2020 1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ROOF REPAIR PLAN 2 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" ROOF DEMOLITION
DETAIL 3 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"NEW ROOF ASSEMBLY DETAIL (ROOF TYPE 1) ROOF PLAN A-127 N A-400 9 A-400 9 A-400 9 A-400 9 A-400 9 A-400 9 A-400 9 A-400 4 A-400 4 A-400 2 A-400 2 G N J
L P R T V 41 7 17 20 27 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6"4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6"4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" LEGEND - WIND UPLIFT PRESSURES UPLIFT PRESSURE IN POUNDS SYMBOL
ROOF ZONE PER SQUARE FOOT (PSF) ZONE 3 111 PSF ZONE 2 81 PSF DESIGN CRITERIA (ASCE 7-16 STRENGTH DESIGN METHOD): - MEAN ROOF HEIGHT: 90 FEET - PARAPETS GREATER THAN 36 INCHES HIGH -
BUILDING CONFIGURATION: ENCLOSED - EXPOSURE C - RISK CATEGORY II - BASIC WIND SPEED: 110 MPH (ASCE 7-16, FIGURE 26.5-1B BASIC WIND SPEED) Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501
New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects
LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Construction Documents August 7, 2020 1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" ROOF WIND UPLIFT PLAN ROOF WIND UPLIFT PLAN A-128 A B
C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 2 A-601 1 A-601 OPEN TO BELOW OPEN TO BELOW ELEV. LOBBY SOUTH TERRACE 2785 SF 201 SCULPTURE TERRACE 69 SF 200EA PASS. ELEV. 103 SF 200SA STAIR
75 SF 200EB ELEV. 534 SF 205 LOUNGE 327 SF 204 GALLERY NO. 3 176 SF 203 GALLERY NO. 2 362 SF 202 GALLERY NO. 1 382 SF 200C CORRIDOR 75 SF 205A GALLERY 55 SF 205B Room 98 SF 200SC STAIR
95 SF 200SB STAIR LOBBY UP DN UP 5 A-501 2 A-502 6 A-501 NEW CONCRETE DRAIN COVER ABOVE DRAIN. SEE DETAIL 3/A-502, TYP. ALL DRAINS NEW CONCRETE SLAB WITH RELIEF JOINTS @ +/-2'-3" O.C.
TO MATCH EXISTING (V.I.F.) NEW 6" SQUARE TERRACOTTA QUARRY TILE TO MATCH EXISTING (TILES TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER) A-502 3 A-502 3 A-502 3 A-502 3 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite
1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects
LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217
Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Second Floor Finish Plan A-207 1/8" = 1'-0" A-207 1Second Floor -Finish Plan N 4" SEE ROOF
ASSEMBLY 1 DETAILS 4" 3" 1" MODIFIED BITUMEN BASE FLASHING FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE CONCRETE CURB; f'c = 4,000 PSI 6" 6" #3 BARS (ASTM A615 GRADE 40) @8"
O.C. SET IN HILTI HY 200 EPOXY, MIN. EMBED. 338" REMOVE AND RESET EXISTING THRESHOLD IN FULL BET OF BUTYL SEALANT MODIFY DOOR TO ACCOMMODATE RAISED THRESHOLD. SEE OTHER DETAILS. 3"
8" MIN. 1" SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 1 DETAILS MODIFIED BITUMEN BASE FLASHING FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE REPAIR AND PREPARE SUBSTRATE AS REQUIRED BY ROOF MEMBRANE
MANUFACTURER 4" 4" 6" MIN. 24 GA. S.S. 2-PIECE COUNTERFLASHING WITH S.S. RIVETS @8" O.C. LEAD WEDGE @12" O.C., BACKER ROD, AND SEALANT. REUSE EXISTING REGLET. EXISTING CONCRETE PARAPET
OR WALL 4" 2" MODIFIED BITUMEN BASE FLASHING FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE 3" 8" MIN. 1" 20 GA. S.S. FLASHING FASTENED AT 8" O.C. USE NEOPRENE WASHERS AT FASTENERS
4" 4" SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 1 DETAILS 4" 8" 8" MIN. FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE SEALANT COMPATIBLE WITH ROOF MEMBRANE 4" 4" SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 1 DETAILS MODIFIED
BITUMEN BASE FLASHING FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE NEW ROOF DRAIN WITH CLAMPING RING PATCH ROOF DECK AT DRAIN AS REQUIRED 2'-0" SUMP PIT (MIN. SLOPE 1/2" PER
FOOT) C L SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 1 DETAILS 3"3" 3"3" 4" SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 1 DETAILS 4" 3" 1" MODIFIED BITUMEN BASE FLASHING FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE ±4" 3"3"
REMOVE EXISTING FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AND APPLY NEW COLD-FLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE 3" DIRECTLY TO EXISTING CONCRETE SUBSTRATE TIE-IN NEW MEMBRANE 3" ON TO EXISTING FLUIDAPPLIED MEMBRANE.
PREPARE EXISTING MEMBRANE TO RECEIVE NEW MEMBRANE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS 3" 8" MIN. 1" SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 1 DETAILS MODIFIED BITUMEN BASE FLASHING FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID
APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE REPAIR AND PREPARE SUBSTRATE AS REQUIRED BY ROOF MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER 4" 4" 6" MIN. 24 GA. S.S. 2-PIECE COUNTERFLASHING WITH S.S. RIVETS @8" O.C. LEAD WEDGE
@12" O.C., BACKER ROD, AND SEALANT. SAWCUT NEW 112" REGLET. EXISTING CMU BLOCK WALL 4" 2" 3" 8" MIN. 1" SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 1 DETAILS MODIFIED BITUMEN BASE FLASHING FABRIC-REINFORCED
COLD-FLUID APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE REPAIR AND PREPARE SUBSTRATE AS REQUIRED BY ROOF MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER 4" 4" 6" MIN. 24 GA. S.S. 2-PIECE COUNTERFLASHING WITH S.S. RIVETS @8" O.C.
1 4"Ø HEX-HEAD TAPCONS BY POWERS @8" O.C., 234" EMBED. EXISTING CONCRETE WALL 4" 2" BUTYL TAPE SILICONE SEALANT 4" SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 1 DETAILS 3" 3" 1" MODIFIED BITUMEN BASE FLASHING
FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE. REMOVE EXISTING FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AND PREPARE SUBSTRATE FOR NEW MEMBRANE ±5" (VIF) ±1'-0" (VIF) 4" 3" 5 8" COVERBOARD FASTENED
WITH 14"Ø FLAT-HEAD TAPCON BY POWERS @6" O.C. STAGGERED. MIN. 234" EMBED. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber
LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark
Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Construction Documents
August 7, 2020 ROOF ASSEMBLY 1 DETAILS A-400 3 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" RAISED DOOR CURB FLASHING1 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" BASE FLASHING AT RISING WALL OR PARAPET 5 SCALE: 3"
= 1'-0" MECHANICAL CURB FLASHING 2 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" TYPICAL PENETRATION FLASHING 4 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" TYPICAL DRAIN FLASHING 6 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" MEMBRANE TIE-IN AT SIXTH FLOOR ROOF
STAIR LANDING 7 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"BASE FLASHING AT RISING CMU BLOCK WALL 8 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"BASE FLASHING AT RISING CONCRETE WALL WITHOUT REGLET 9 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" BASE FLASHING AT
LOW PARAPET C L SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 2 DETAILS 3"3" 3"3" FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE NEW ROOF DRAIN WITH CLAMPING RING PATCH ROOF DECK AT DRAIN AS REQUIRED MODIFIED
BITUMEN BASE FLASHING WRAP FILLER FABRIC AROUND EDGE OF DRAINAGE BOARD CONCRETE PAVER MAINTENANCE HATCH AND STEEL ANGLE SUPPORT - SEE OTHER DRAWINGS 8" 8" MIN. FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID
APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 2 DETAILS 1" 24 GA. S.S. FLASHING S.S. DRAW BAND BUTYL TAPE BACKER ROD AND SILICONE SEALANT SEALANT COMPATIBLE WITH MEMBRANE FABRIC-REINFORCED
COLD-FLUID APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 2 DETAILS 4" 4" 4" MIN. 2" MODIFIED BITUMEN FLASHING PLY (2) LAYERS PROTECTION BOARD BACKER ROD AND SILICONE SEALANT (NON-STAINING)
EXISTING CONCRETE WALL OR PARAPET SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY 2 DETAILS 4" 4" MODIFIED BITUMEN FLASHING PLY FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID APPLIED FLASHING MEMBRANE REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING
THRESHOLD ON FULL BED OF BUTYL SEALANT EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of
Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330
Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis
4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Construction Documents
August 7, 2020 ROOF ASSEMBLY 2 DETAILS A-401 1 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" TYPICAL DRAIN FLASHING 2 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"TYPICAL PENETRATION FLASHING 3 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"BASE FLASHING
AT RISING WALL OR PARAPET 4 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" DOOR THRESHOLD FLASHING "L" SHAPED OUTSIDE CORNER HANDCUT FROM POLYESTER FLEECE-DEFORM INSIDE EDGE TO PROVIDE 1" MIN. UPTURN FABRIC-REINFORCED
COLDFLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE 6" MIN. 3" MIN. 6" MIN. INSIDE CORNER HANDCUT FROM POLYESTER FLEECE-DEFORM TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 1" UPTURN FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE FABRIC-REINFORCED
COLDFLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE FABRIC-REINFORCED COLD-FLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE 3" MIN. AS REQUIRED (VARIES) FABRIC-REINFORCED COLDFLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE BOTTOM OUTSIDE CORNER - SEE TYPICAL
OUTSIDE CORNER DETAIL TOP OUTSIDE CORNER - SEE TYPICAL INSIDE CORNER DETAIL FOR SIMILAR FABRICATION Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130
F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851
Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY
13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Construction
Documents August 7, 2020 TYPICAL ROOF DETAILS A-402 1 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" TYPICAL OUTSIDE CORNER FLASHING 3 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"TYPICAL INSIDE CORNER FLASHING 2
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"TYPICAL CURB OR PAD ENCAPSULATION FLASHING D1D2 PENETRATIONS OF ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS BY PIPES SHALL BE ACOUSTICALLY SEALED AS SHOWN. ANY GAP LARGER THAN 1/2" SHALL
BE COVERED WITH GYPSUM BOARD, LAPPED A MINIMUM OF 2" AND SCREWED BEFORE USING ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. FLEXIBLE DUCT, PIPE, ETC. CONNECTIONS SHOULD BE INCORPORATED BETWEEN ROOMS WHERE RESILIENTLY
ISOLATED FLOORS, WALLS OR CEILING LIDS OCCUR. STORM, VENT OR SANITARY PIPE SCALE: 3"=1'-0" PIPE @ INTERIOR PARTITIONSCALE: 3"=1'-0"PIPE @ CONCRETE SLAB NOM. 8" DIAMETER OR SMALLER
STEEL EMT, PIPE GROUTED FLUSH WITH FLOOR PIPE EXIST. CONC. SLAB, SIZE VARIES MIN. 1" THICKNESS PROFORM QUICK-SET FS-90 COMPOUND 3" THICKNESS OF 6 PCF MINERAL WOOL INSULATION FIRMLY
PACKED INTO OPENING ACOUSTIC SEALANT 1/2" MIN. CLEAR TYPICAL (PIPE SHALL NOT CONTACT WALL) PROFORM QUICK-SET FS-90 COMPOUND ACOUSTICAL SEALANT PROFORM QUICK-SET FS-90 COMPOUND 3 1/2"
THICKNESS OF 0.5 PCF GLASS FIBER INSULATION FIRMLY PACKED INTO OPENING WALL PENETRATION 1/2" GAP, MIN. (TYP.) BOTH SIDES FLOOR PENETRATION . VARIES, SEE EXISTING PARTITION TYPES 1"
EXIST. INSULATION (WHERE IT OCCURS) 1" EXIST. INSULATION (WHERE IT OCCURS) D3SCALE: 3"=1'-0" PIPE @ EXTERIOR WALL EXISTING CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL SEALANT (1" DEEP) SCHEDULE 40 STEEL
PIPE SLEEVE WITH INTEGRAL WATERSTOP PIPE AS PER DRAWINGS CORE DRILL THROUGH WALL AS REQUIRED 6" EXTEND PIPE SLEEVE 6" BEYOND EXTERIOR FACE OF WALL WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE SEALANT (1"
DEEP) INFILL WIHT NONSHRINK GROUT (TYP.) 1/2" MIN. FIRMLY PACKED MINERAL WOOL SEE ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE AT EXTERIOR WALLS EXIST. SUSPENDED
PLASTER CEILING, REMOVE & REPLACE AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPES. REPLACED CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL TO MATCH EXIST. ADJ. SEE PLANS FOR PARTITION REPLACEMENT LOCATIONS EXIST.
1" RIGID INSULATION EXIST. 4" CONC. FILL 1" EXIST.W.P. MEMBRANE EXIST. CONC. WALL 5"5" 3' - 0" NOM. 8" DIAMETER OR SMALLER STEEL EMT, PIPE GROUTED FLUSH WITH FLOOR NEW PIPE, SEE PLUMBING
DWGS. FOR DETAILS MIN. 1" THICKNESS PROFORM QUICK-SET FS-90 COMPOUND 3" THICKNESS OF 6 PCF MINERAL WOOL INSULATION FIRMLY PACKED INTO OPENING ACOUSTIC SEALANT 1" NEW W.P. MEMBRANE,
BOTH SIDES EXIST. CONC. SLAB EXIST. 2" RIGID FIBER GLASS INSULATION ( WHERE OCCURS) EX. SUSPENDED PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING. REMOVE AND REINSTALL AS INDICATED FOR NEW PIPE WORK. SEE
PLANS FOR EXTENT. PROFORM QUICKSET FS-90 COMPOUND,ON BOTH SIDES 3" THICKNESS OF 6 PCF MINERAL WOOL INSULATION FIRMLY PACKED INTO OPENING NEW PIPE, SEE PLUMBING DWGS FOR MORE DETAILS
1/8" CLEAR TYPICAL (PIPE SHALL NOT CONTACT CONC. BEAM) PROFORM QUICK-SET FS-90 COMPOUND ACOUSTICAL SEALANT BEAM PENETRATION 1/2" GAP MIN., TYP. BOTH SIDES EXIST. CONC. BEAM NEW PIPE
EXIST. CHANNEL@ 4'-0" O.C. BENT MTL CLOSURE SUSP. MTL. LATH & PL. 1/2" NEW CUSTOM PERFORATED METAL GRILLE TO REPLACE EXISTING. (SEE PHOTO ON A-105) REPLACE EXISTING CONTINUOUS RUBBER
GASKET 10 GA. STL. BENT STRAP TO BRACE STUDS @4'-0" O.C. MTL. SPLINE @ AIR PLENUM WALLS ONLY ( VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL JOINTS) 4" EXIST. WD FLOOR EXIST. WD SLEEPER 1 1/8" 3 5/8" 1 LAYER
OF EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD. SET NAILS BELOW SURFACE AND FILL HOLES. SMOOTH PLYWOOD SURFACE KEPT INTACT. STL. STUDS, @ 24" O.C. REMOVE & REPLACE EXIST. WALL CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED
ON PLAN FOR NEW PIPE INSTALLATION. SEE PLANS FOR PARTITION REPLACEMENT LOCATIONS NOTE: ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION, REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING SHALL MATCH THE ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION
TO REMAIN. EXIST. SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN EXISTING OR NEW PIPE PLASTER VENEER OVER PLYWOOD 1 3/4" 2 5/8" HARDWOOD TRIM A-501 12 EXIST. CONC. WALL EXIST. 1"RIGID INSULATION GYP BD. 2-1/2"
STL. STUD EXIST. WD BASE EXIST. CARPET EXIST. SUSP. MTL. LATH & PL. REMOVE & REPLACE EXIST. WALL CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED ON PLAN FOR NEW PIPE INSTALLATION. NOTE: ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION,
REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING SHALL MATCH THE ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. REPLACE WALL COVERING WITH NEW 4" EXIST. INSULATION EXIST. CONC. SLAB EXIST.SUSPENDED VENEER
PLASTER CEILING EXIST. MTL. CLAD PLY WD RECESS EXIST. STL. STUD @ 24" O.C. MAX EXIST. 1/8" VENEER PLASTER EXIST. 1-1/8" PLY WD PROFORM QUICKSET FS-90 COMPOUND,ON BOTH SIDES 3-1/2" THICKNESS
OF 0.5 PCF GLASS FIBER INSULATION, FIRMLY PACKED INTO OPENING, BOTH SIDES NEW PIPE, SEE PLUMBING DWGS FOR MORE DETAILS EXIST. 2 LAYER 5/8" GYP BD. 2' - 3" AIR PLENUM REMOVE & REPLACE
EXIST. WALL CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED, FOR NEW PIPE INSTALLATION NOTE: DURING NEW PIPE INSTALLATION, NEW REPLACED CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT MATERIALS. EXIST.
SUSPENDED PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING, REMOVE & REPLACE AS INDICATED ON PLANS FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPES. NEW USG DONN BRAND SL TRIM NEW SUSPENDED PLASTER CEILING & FRAMING TO MATCH
ADJACENT EXISTING CEILING EXIST. WOOD FLOOR WOOD BASE MTL. CLAD PLYWOOD DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 2-1/2" STL. STUDS, (EXTEND TO SLAB ABOVE) 2'-3" V.I.F. 2 LAYERS OF PLYWOOD (3/8" + 3/4") MTL.
CLAD PLYWOOD EXIST. CONC. BEAM EXIST. SUS. MTL. LATH & PL. 6 1/4" EXIST. CONC. WALL 2 1/2"2 1/2"1 3/4" PLASTER VENEER OVER PLYWOOD IN SLAB 1'-10" OP'NG CONTINUOUS 3/4" PLYWOOD SPLICE
AT EDGES OF PATCHED WALL EXISTING TO REMAIN WALL TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED PLYWOOD TO MATCH ADJACENT PLASTER VENEER TO MATCH ADJACENT GALLERY SIDE 1' - 0" 1/4" DIAMETER METAL ROD
OR 1/8" FLAT STRAP HANGER SECURED TO EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE BLACK IRON CARRYING CHANNELS DIRECT HANG CLIP ACOUSTIC LAY-IN CEILING PANELS (REFER TO R.C.P. FOR TYPE) EXISTING FLOOR
CONSTRUCTION ABOVE NOT TO EXCEED 4'-0" REFER TO R.C.P. CEILING HEIGHT MAIN TEE CONTINUOUS 1/2" SHADOW MOULDING PERIMETER (TYP) CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNER PARTITION -SEE PLAN A-501
11 CEILING HEIGHT REFER TO R.C.P. ANGLE MOLDING REVEAL WIDTH TO MATCH WIDTH OF TEE GRID. ACOUSTIC LAY-IN CEILING PANEL (REFER TO R.C.P. FOR TYPE) FACE OF PARTITION OR FASCIA NEW METAL
"F" TRIM REVEAL TO MATCH EXISTING REPLACE VENEER PLASTER CEILING REPLACE 3/4" C REPLACE 1-1/2" C @4'-0" O.C. CONT. RUBBER GASKET 1/2" NEW METAL "W" TRIM REVEAL TO MATCH EXISTING REPLACE
VENEER PLASTER CEILING REPLACE 3/4" C REPLACE 1-1/2" C @4'-0" O.C. 1/2" Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber
LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark
Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design &
Research As indicated Interior Details A-501 3" = 1'-0" A-501 1TYP. PIPE PENETRATION DETAILS 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-501 4PIPE PENETRATION @ PENTHOUSE SLAB 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-501 2PIPE PENETRATION
@ EXIST. CONC. BEAM 3" = 1'-0" A-501 5GALLERY WALL REPAIR DETAIL 3" = 1'-0" A-501 6WALL DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-501 3PIPE PENETRATION @ 5TH FL. WALL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-501 7CEILING TRANSITION
DETAIL 3" = 1'-0" A-501 8PLYWOOD PARTITION REPAIR DETAIL (SECTION) 3" = 1'-0" A-501 9PLYWOOD PARTITION REPAIR DETAIL (PLAN) 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-501 10ACT CEILING DETAIL 12" = 1'-0" A-501
11CEILING EDGE DETAIL 12" = 1'-0" A-501 12CEILING TRIM DETAIL 12" = 1'-0" A-501 13CEILING EDGE DETAIL (TYP. 5th & 6th FL.) 6"6" 9"3" EXIST. SUSPENDED PLASTER CEILING EXIST. DRAIN PIPE
NEW SCUPPER DRAIN NEW TRENCH DRAIN EXIST 1" RIGID INSULATION EXIST. COPPER DRIP PAN NEW PIPE CONNECTED TO NEW DRAIN, AT BOTH EAST & WEST TRENCH DRAIN LOCATIONS EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL
CONSTRUCTION NEW TRENCH DRAIN COVER REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING PARTITION CONSTRUCTION. MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. NOTE:DURING NEW GUTTER INSTALLATION, NEW REPLACED
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT MATERIALS. 1 3/4" 1/4"1 1/2" 7" 1/2"6"1/2" 2 1/4" 1 1/8" 1/8"1/2" 1/4" 1 3/4" EXIST. CONTINUOUS 1/4"x7" MTL. PLATE (CAST-IN) EXIST.
ALUMINUM EAVE SECTION (CONT) EXIST. NEOPRENE ROPE PROVIDE NEW SEALANT EXIST. ALUM. TRIM EXIST. ALUM. TRIM PROVIDE NEW SEALANT EXIST. SHIM EXIST. FACE OF CONCRETE WALL SEE DETAIL 4/A-121
FOR ASSEMBLY . NEW POLYETHYLENE SHEET (LAP JOINTS) NEW CEMENTITIOUS SETTING BED REFER TO 4/A-400 FOR DRAIN DETAIL 3"1" 9" EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECK TO REMAIN NEW 6" SQUARE TERRA
COTTA QUARRY TILE W/ 3/8" JOINTS (TILES TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER) NEW CONCRETE WEARING SLAB WITH WELDED WIRE FABRIC SEE DETAIL 4/A-121 FOR ASSEMBLY . NEW POLYETHYLENE SHEET (LAP JOINTS)
NEW CONCRETE WEARING SLAB WITH WELDED WIRE FABRIC REFER TO 4/A-400 FOR DRAIN DETAIL 4" EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECK TO REMAIN 9" 5' - 0 3/4"4 MODULES @ 4'-6" = 18'-0"4 MODULES
@ 4'-6" = 18'-0"5' - 1 1/8" 46' - 1 7/8" 78 4' - 6" PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT TOP AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHTS EXISTING SKYLIGHTS SLOPE SLOPE GUTTER BELOW HIGH POINT LINE OF BRIDGE ABOVE LOCATION
OF SCUPPER LOW POINT LOCATION OF SCUPPER LOW POINT GUTTER BELOW HIGH POINT GUTTER BELOW HIGH POINT LINE OF BRIDGE ABOVE SLOPE SLOPE 5' - 0 3/4"4 MODULES @ 4'-6" = 18'-0"4 MODULES @
4'-6" = 18'-0"5' - 1 1/8" 46' - 1 7/8" 1517 9' - 0" PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT TOP AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHTS EXISTING SKYLIGHTS GUTTER BELOW HIGH POINT LINE OF BRIDGE ABOVE LOCATION OF SCUPPER
LOW POINT GUTTER BELOW HIGH POINT LOCATION OF SCUPPER LOW POINT GUTTER BELOW HIGH POINT LINE OF BRIDGE ABOVE 6' - 5"3' - 3" +/- 7' - 3" (V.I.F.) PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT TOP AND SIDES
OF SKYLIGHTS 4' - 6" A-502 13 A-502 14 6' - 5"3' - 3" +/- 7' - 0" (V.I.F.) PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AT TOP AND SIDES OF SKYLIGHTS 9' - 0" A-502 13 A-502 14 NEW GUTTER. EL +/-27'-1/2" REMOVE
EXIST. PLYWOOD AND INSTALL NEW (2) LAYERS 3/4" MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD NEW 2" RIGID INSULATION NEW 20 GA. STAINLESS STEEL GUTTER REMOVE EXIST. SCUPPER DRAIN & PROVIDE NEW DRAIN PIPE EXIST.
MECH. DUCT EXIST. CONC. SLAB EXIST. CONCRETE EXIST. 1" RIGID INSULATION 1" WIDE x 1/4" THICK STAINLESS STEEL BRACKET @24" O.C. 8 EXISTING SKYLIGHT NEW DRAIN PIPE. SEE ALSO PLUMB. DRAWINGS
EXISTING SUPPLY DUCT FLASH & SEAL AT DRAIN PIPE CONNECTION TO MAKE WATERTIGHT. DRAIN PIPE WELDED TO GUTTER. EXIST. PLYWOOD TO REMAIN CONTINUOUS NEOPRENE PRESSURE GASKET SEALANT & BACKER
ROD NEW 20 GA. STAINLESS STEEL CLEAT WITH EXP. STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS @16" O.C. SEALANT MAINTAIN EXISTING SLOPES IN GUTTER. 1/8" PER 1'-0" MIN. SEALANT 3/16"3/16"NEOPRENE ROPE PREMOLDED
JOINT FILLER 3"1" 4" QUARRY TILECONCRETE PAVING SEE DETAIL 4/A-121 FOR ASSEMBLY . NEOPRENE ROPE 1/2" 4" 4" 1"3" 9 1/2"4" 9" SEALANT EXISTING CONCRETE WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING STRUCTURAL
CONCRETE DECK TO REMAIN EXISTING BRONZE THRESHOLD TO BE REMOVED, SALVAGED, & REPLACED AFTER POURING OF CONCRETE EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN NEW METAL CAP FLASHING NEW SEALANT EXISTING 1-3/4"
CONT. WOOD BLOCK TO REMAIN NEW FABRIC FLASHING NEW PRE-MOLDED FILLER BOARD NEW POLYETHYLENE SLIP SHEET NEW RIGID INSULATION NEW WATERPROOF MEMBRANE NEW 1/8" PROTECTION BOARD EXISTING
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DECK TO REMAIN 2' - 3" PAVING MODULE 2' - 3" PAVING MODULE 4" 4" 4"4" 1/2" 1" 1/2" 1/4"R MODULE MODULE 15 A-502 2' - 3" (SQUARE) PAVING MODULE (SEE PLAN) 8" OPENING
3" NEOPRENE SHIMS CONTINUOUS STEEL FRAMES DRAIN 4" . 9" LEAD FLASHING SEE DETAIL 4/A -121 FOR ASSEMBLY 3"1" 9" 6" SQUARE STATUARY BRONZE STRAINER HEAD LEAD FLASHING EXISTING DRAIN WITH
EXTENSION ADAPTER QUARRY TILE (TILE TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER) CONCRETE WEARING SLAB WITH WELDED WIRE FABRIC . SEE DETAIL 4/A-121 FOR ASSEMBLY Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501
New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects
LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217
Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Exterior Details A-502 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-502 2NEW PIPE @ EXISTING SHAFT 3" = 1'-0" A-502
13SKYLIGHT HEAD DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-502 8NEW SECOND FLOOR ASSEMBLY AT QUARRY TILE 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-502 7NEW SECOND FLOOR ASSEMBLY AT CONCRETE PAVING 1/4" = 1'-0" A-502 9SKYLIGHT
PLAN NO. 2 1/4" = 1'-0" A-502 10SKYLIGHT PLAN NO. 1 1/4" = 1'-0" A-502 11SKYLIGHT SECTION NO. 2 1/4" = 1'-0" A-502 12SKYLIGHT SECTION NO. 1 3" = 1'-0" A-502 14SKYLIGHT GUTTER DETAIL
3" = 1'-0" A-502 4SCULPTURE TERRACE EXPANSION JOINT 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-502 6BASE DETAIL @ SCULPTURE TERRACE 3" = 1'-0" A-502 5SECTION AT SILL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-502 3PRECAST DRAIN COVER
(TYP.) 3" = 1'-0" A-502 15TERRACE DRAIN @ CONC. PAVING 3" = 1'-0" A-502 1STATUARY BRONZE DRAIN @ QUARRY TILE STAINLESS STEEL DROP IN SINK PLASTIC LAMINATE ACCESS PANEL PLASTIC LAMINATE
PANEL MIN. 8" TOE CLR. 6" MIN. 11" M I N . 9 " MIN. 1' - 5" M I N . 2 ' 3 " 2' - 1" FAUCET WITH PADDLE TYPE LEVER HANDLES FINISH FLOOR ADA CLEARANCE (SHOWN DASHED) 9 ' 6 " ( V .
I . F . ) UNDERCABINET L.E.D. STRIP LIGHT PLASTIC LAMINATE ON ALL EXPOSED AND SEMI-EXPOSED SURFACES AND EDGES (2) ADJUSTABLE SHELVES AND SHELF PIN HOLES SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING
2 " PLASTIC LAMINATE DOOR WITH FINGER PULL PLASTIC LAMINATE BACKSPLASH 2 ' 1 0 " 1 ' 6 " 3 ' 0 " 2 ' 2 " PROVIDE BRACING AND BLOCKING AS REQUIRED PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP PANEL
ATTACHMENT CLIPS ALLOWING PANEL TO BE EASILY REMOVED FOR ACCESS. METAL OR TREATED WOOD FRAMING PROVIDE METAL FRAMING OR METAL FABRICATION PARTITION REINFORCING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT
PLASTIC LAMINATE CLAD ACCESS PANEL ASSEMBLY. HIDDEN CABINET HINGES BY HAEFELE OR EQUAL (TYP.) A-503 3 Typ. PLASTIC LAMINATE VALANCE PLASTIC LAMINATE PANEL ALIGN A-503 2 Typ. Third Floor
44' -10" STAINLESS STEEL DROP IN SINK PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP EQ2' - 0"2' - 0"EQ PLASTIC LAMINATE FILLER PANELS AT WALL AS REQUIRED 2 ' 2 " 3 ' 0 " 1 ' 6 " 2 ' 1 0 " 1 A-503
9 ' 6 " 6 A-503 7 A-503 CABINET DOORS TO SWING OUT AND SLIDE IN TO UNDERSIDE OF COUNTERTOP PLASTIC LAMINATE DOORS W/ RECESSED PULLS FAUCET WITH PADDLE TYPE LEVER HANDLES PLASTIC LAMINATE
BACKSPLASH PLASTIC LAMINATE FILLER PANELS AT WALL AS REQUIRED PLASTIC LAMINATE DOORS W/ RECESSED PULLS UNDER CABINET L.E.D. STRIP LIGHT PLASTIC LAMINATE PANEL SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER
CEILING PLASTIC LAMINATE DRAWER PROVIDE BRACING AND BLOCKING AS REQUIRED EQ1' - 0"3' - 0"EQ REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXIST. SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUIT & ELEC. RECEPTACLE AT WALL IN EXIST.
LOCATION Third Floor 44' -10" PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT BACK OF CABINET IN WALL REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXIST. ELEC. RECEPTACLE AT WALL IN EXIST. LOCATION SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CEILING
PROVIDE BRACING AND BLOCKING AS REQUIRED (2) ADJUSTABLE SHELVES AND SHELF PIN HOLES PLASTIC LAMINATE ON ALL EXPOSED AND SEMI-EXPOSED SURFACES AND EDGES ALIGN PLASTIC LAMINATE DOOR WITH
FINGER PULL (1) ADJUSTABLE PLASTIC LAMINATE SHELF; HOLES IN END PANELS PLASTIC LAMINATE DOOR W/ RECESSED PULL PLASTIC LAMINATE TOEKICK 4 " 2 ' 2 " 3 ' 0 " 1 ' 6 " 2 ' 1 0 " 9 '
6 " ( V . I . F . ) 2' - 1" 3/4" MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP HIDDEN CABINET HINGES BY HAEFELE OR EQUAL (TYP.) 3" PROVIDE METAL FRAMING OR METAL FABRICATION PARTITION
REINFORCING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT PLASTIC LAMINATE CLAD ACCESS PANEL ASSEMBLY. A-503 3 Typ. HIDDEN CABINET HINGES BY HAEFELE OR EQUAL (TYP.) PLASTIC LAMINATE DRAWER (TYP.) PLASTIC
LAMINATE BACKSPLASH UNDERCABINET L.E.D. STRIP LIGHT PLASTIC LAMINATE VALANCE PLASTIC LAMINATE PANEL 2 " A-503 2 Typ. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT BACK OF CABINET IN WALL 1/8" EASED EDGE
PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP 1 1 / 2 " 1 " FINGER PULL PLASTIC LAMINATE DOOR PLASTIC LAMINATE HARDWOOD EDGE 3/4" MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD EQ1' - 0"3' - 0"EQ STAINLESS STEEL DROP IN SINK
PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP PLASTIC LAMINATE FILLER PANELS AT WALL AS REQUIRED CABINET DOORS TO SWING OUT AND SLIDE IN TO UNDERSIDE OF COUNTERTOP PLASTIC LAMINATE DOORS W/ RECESSED
PULLS FAUCET WITH PADDLE TYPE LEVER HANDLES PLASTIC LAMINATE BACKSPLASH PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT BACK OF CABINET IN WALL 3 ' 0 " PLASTIC LAMINATE PANEL CABINET DOORS TO SLIDE IN TO
UNDERSIDE OF COUNTERTOP CABINET DOORS TO SWING OUT AND SLIDE IN TO UNDERSIDE OF COUNTERTOP CAVITY FOR CABINET DOOR ADA CLEARANCES AS PER SECTION 2 ' 6 " 4' - 0" E Q E Q LED STRIP LIGHT
MOUNTING CLIP Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central
Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney,
Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy
Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Kitchenette Details A-503 1 1/2"
= 1'-0" A-503 6ADA SINK & UPPER CABINET @ KITCHENETTE 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-503 5KITCHENETTE ELEVATION @ 3rd FLOOR 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-503 7ADA BASE & UPPER CABINET @ KITCHENETTE 6" = 1'-0"
A-503 3COUNTER EDGE DETAIL (TYP.) 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-503 1KITCHENETTE PLAN @ 3rd FLOOR 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-503 4ADA SINK CABINET PLAN 6" = 1'-0" A-503 2UNDERCABINET LIGHT DETAIL (TYP.) First
Floor 11' -11" Second Floor 32' -4" Ground Floor 0" First Lower Level -10' -5" Third Floor 44' -10" Fourth Level 57' -4" Fifth Floor 69' -10" Sixth Floor 82' -4" Roof 105' -11 1/2"
Second Lower Level -21' -5" Basement -34' -11" Penthouse 95' -10" Under Slab -38' -11" P R T V X Z BB First Floor Mezzz 22' -5" FINISHED GRADE 2 A-600 NEW WALL PENETRATION AND STORM
PIPE LOCATION. EXCAVATE AND FILL AS REQUIRED. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. First Floor 11' -11" Second Floor 32' -4" Ground Floor 0' -0" First Lower Level -10' -5" Third Floor 44' -10" Fourth
Level 57' -4" Fifth Floor 69' -10" Sixth Floor 82' -4" Roof 105' -11 1/2" Second Lower Level -21' -5" Basement -34' -11" Penthouse 95' -10" Under Slab -38' -11" P R T V X Z BB First
Floor 11' -11" Second Floor 32' -4" Ground Floor 0" First Lower Level -10' -5" Third Floor 44' -10" Fourth Level 57' -4" Fifth Floor 69' -10" Sixth Floor 82' -4" Roof 105' -11 1/2"
Second Lower Level -21' -5" Basement -34' -11" Penthouse 95' -10" Under Slab -38' -11" 41 7 17 20 27 First Floor Mezzz 22' -5" 1 A-601 FINISHED GRADE NEW WALL PENETRATION AND STORM
PIPE LOCATION. EXCAVATE AND FILL AS REQUIRED. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 1 A-503 First Floor 11' -11" Second Floor 32' -4" Ground Floor 0' -0" First Lower Level -10' -5" Third Floor 44'
-10" Fourth Level 57' -4" Fifth Floor 69' -10" Sixth Floor 82' -4" Roof 105' -11 1/2" Second Lower Level -21' -5" Basement -34' -11" Penthouse 95' -10" Under Slab -38' -11" 41 7 17
20 27 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue,
Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner
Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes:
Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Building Sectional Elevations A-600 1/8" = 1'-0"
A-600 1South Sectional Elevation 1/8" = 1'-0" A-600 2West Sectional Elevation First Floor 11' -11" Second Floor 32' -4" Ground Floor 0" First Lower Level -10' -5" Third Floor 44' -10"
Fourth Level 57' -4" Fifth Floor 69' -10" Sixth Floor 82' -4" Roof 105' -11 1/2" Second Lower Level -21' -5" Basement -34' -11" Penthouse 95' -10" Under Slab -38' -11" C E G N J L P
R T V X Z 2 A-601 First Floor Mezzz 22' -5" 1 A-503 First Floor 11' -11" Second Floor 32' -4" Ground Floor 0' -0" First Lower Level -10' -5" Third Floor 44' -10" Fourth Level 57' -4"
Fifth Floor 69' -10" Sixth Floor 82' -4" Roof 105' -11 1/2" Second Lower Level -21' -5" Basement -34' -11" Penthouse 95' -10" Under Slab -38' -11" C E G N J L P R T V X Z First Floor
11' -11" Second Floor 32' -4" Ground Floor 0" First Lower Level -10' -5" Third Floor 44' -10" Fourth Level 57' -4" Fifth Floor 69' -10" Sixth Floor 82' -4" Roof 105' -11 1/2" Second
Lower Level -21' -5" Basement -34' -11" Penthouse 95' -10" Under Slab -38' -11" 4 17172027 First Floor Mezzz 22' -5" 1 A-601 First Floor 11' -11" Second Floor 32' -4" Ground Floor 0'
-0" First Lower Level -10' -5" Third Floor 44' -10" Fourth Level 57' -4" Fifth Floor 69' -10" Sixth Floor 82' -4" Roof 105' -11 1/2" Second Lower Level -21' -5" Basement -34' -11" Penthouse
95' -10" Under Slab -38' -11" 4 17172027 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook,
IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell,
NY 14219 Trophy Point Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Building Sections
A-601 1/8" = 1'-0" A-601 1EAST-WEST SECTION LOOKING NORTH 1/8" = 1'-0" A-601 2NORTH-SOUTH SECTION LOOKING WEST SYMBOL SYMBOL LIST DESCRIPTION STORM DRAIN PIPE ST ELBOW DOWN-ELBOW UP
EXISTING PIPE TO REMAIN EXISTING PIPE TO BE REMOVED CONNECT CONN CONNECT NEW TO EXISTING ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFF BUILDING BLDG CLEANOUT CO CONTINUATION CONT DRAIN, TYPE D# DOWN DN
DRAWING DWG DECKPLATE CLEANOUT DCO ELEVATION EL FLOOR DRAIN FD FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN FFD FIRE PROTECTION FP GALLONS PER MINUTE GPM INVERT ELEVATION IE, INV ROOF DRAIN RD WALLPLATE CLEANOUT
WCO AREA DRAIN AD ACCESS PANEL AP NEW ROOF DRAIN DETAIL NTS MUSHROOM DOME FLASHING EING W/ GRAVEL STOP ADJUSTABLE EXTENSION MEMBRANE INSULATION VAPOR BARRIER REVERSIBLE DECK RING ROOF
DECK UNDERDECK CLAMP DRAIN BODY WITH FLASHING FLANGE (Outlet as specied) C L 1 _ _ NEW FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL STRAINER TOP FLASHING COLLAR WITH SEEPAGE OPENINGS SLAB SEDIMENT BUCKET DRAIN
BODYWITH FLASHING FLANGE (Outlet as specified) FLASHING NTS C L 2 _ _ PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES 1. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT AND PIPING LOCATIONS WITH OTHER
TRADES AND STRUCTURES. 2. THESE DRAWINGS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY, THE LOCATION AND ELEVATIONS OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND PIPING INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS HAS BEEN TAKEN
FROM AVAILABLE DRAWINGS AND/OR FIELD SURVEYS, BUT MAY VARY SLIGHTLY FROM ACTUAL CONDITIONS. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL TRUE SIZES, LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF EQUIPMENT
AND PIPING (INCLUDING PIPING RUN BELOW SLAB) IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. NO EXISTING SERVICE MAY BE CUT OR DAMAGED WHEN ENCOUNTERED ALONG THE ROUTE DESIGNED FOR NEW SERVICES
WITHOUT CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. ANY EXISTING SERVICE SEVERED OR DAMAGED SHALL BE REPLACED (WITH NEW OR TO ITS ORIGINAL WORKING CONDITION) AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 4. THE
PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AT THE TIME OF BID TO EXAMINE CONDITIONS AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE JOB NOTING DEGREE OF DIFFICULTY IN GETTING EQUIPMENT IN AND OUT OF
THE CONSTRUCTION AREA. 5. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL PIPING IN THE FIELD EITHER BY DYE OR FLOW TESTING BEFORE MAKING NEW CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPING. ANY DISCREPANCIES
SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER BEFORE ANY CONNECTIONS ARE MADE. 6. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING PIPING
IN THE FIELD BEFORE MAKING NEW CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPING. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER BEFORE ANY CONNECTIONS ARE MADE. 7. THE
PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL AROUND ALL NEW PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH NEW AND EXISTING STRUCTURES WITH SEALANT OF FIRE RETARDANT TYPE EQUAL IN FIRE RATING TO STRUCTURE PENETRATED.
SEALANT SHALL EXTEND FULL THICKNESS OF STRUCTURE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FIRE RATED WALLS. IF WALLS ARE NOT FIRE RATED THEN FIRE SEALANT SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
VERIFY CONDITION OF EXISTING PIPING PRIOR TO MAKING NEW CONNECTIONS. ALL PIPING FOUND TO BE DETERIORATED AND/OR UNSUITABLE FOR USE SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR EVALUATION.
9. ALL CUTTING, ROUGH PATCHING AND PRIME PAINTING REQUIRED FOR WORK OF THIS SECTION SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. ALL FINISHED PATCHING AND PAINTING SHALL
BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 10. ALL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING REQUIRED FOR WORK OF THIS SECTION SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. 11. ALL
FEES FOR PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. 12. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES
HAVING JURISDICTION AND WITH THE PROVISIONS OF ALL STATE AND FEDERAL CODES AND LAWS. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AN ALTERNATE MEANS OF STORM DRAINAGE THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING AT
ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. PROTECT AND UTILIZE EXISTING STORM INFRASTRUCTURE UNTIL CONNECTIONS CAN BE MADE TO NEW SYSTEM. NEW AREAWAY DRAIN DETAIL GRATE TOP FLASHING SLAB FLASHING
COLLAR WITH SEEPAGE OPENINGS DRAIN BODY WITH FLASHING FLANGE (Outlet as specified) C L NTS 3 _ _ TO BE REMOVED TBR Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195
T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St
Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles
Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 12" = 1'-0" Cover Sheet P-001 DRAWING LIST Sheet NumberSheet Name P-001Cover Sheet DP-101Under Slab- Removal DP-102Basement- Removal DP-103Second
Lower Level- Removal DP-104First Lower Level- Removal DP-105Ground Floor- Removal DP-106First Floor- Removal DP-107Second Floor- Removal DP-108Third Floor- Removal DP-109Fourth Floor-
Removal DP-110Fifth Floor- Removal DP-111Sixth Floor- Removal DP-112Penthouse- Removal DP-113Roof- Removal P-101Under Slab- Plumbing P-102Basement- Plumbing P-103Second Lower Level-
Plumbing P-104First Lower Level- Plumbing P-105Ground Floor- Plumbing P-106First Floor- Plumbing P-107Second Floor- Plumbing P-108Third Floor- Plumbing P-109Fourth Floor- Plumbing P-110Fifth
Floor- Plumbing P-111Sixth Floor- Plumbing P-112Penthouse- Plumbing P-113Roof- Plumbing P-201Storm Riser A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 ABANDON: EX. 3"ST UP 458 SF EX. 4"ST
UP 2723 SF EX. 5"ST UP 3475 SFEX. 3"ST UP 1993 SF ABANDON: EX. 5"ST UP 3959 SF EX. 3"ST UP 767 SF EX. 3"ST UP TO FD EX. 3"ST UP EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 4"ST UP TO
DCO EX. 4"ST UP TO FD EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 4"ST UP TO DCO EX. 6"ST CONT. TO FOOTING DRAIN BY OTHER DIV. EX. 4"ST DROP EX. 4"S UP EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 4"S UP TO
DCO EX. 2"S UP TO DCO EX. 2"W UP EX. 4"S UP EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 3"W UP EX. 4"S UP EX. 3"W UP EX. 3"S UP TO FD EX. 4"S UP TO DCO EX. 2"W UP EX. 5"ST FROM ANNEX EX. 4"S UP TO DCO 8"ST
INV-42.19' 4"S INV-41.47' BUILDING FOOTPRINT DRAWING NOTES: ALL UNDERSLAB STORM PIPING TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. PLUG ALL REMAINING STORM STUB-UPS AT FLOOR OF BASEMENT SLAB AND/OR WHERE
OTHERWISE NOTED. 1 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114
Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss,
Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219
Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Under Slab-Removal DP-101
A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 ABANDON IN PLACE: 4"ST UP&DN 2723 SF REMOVE: 5"ST UP 5"ST DN 3959 SF 3"ST UP&DN 458 SF REMOVE: 4"ST UP CAP: 5"ST DN 3465 SF 1 1/2"W UP (E)DCO
(E)DCO (E)DCO (E)DCO (E)DCO (E)FD (E)DCO (E)DCO (E)DCO (E)FD (E)DCO (E)FD (E)FD (E)FD (E)DCO (E)DCO LAVLAVURWC MR SH GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP INSULATION TO BE ABATED FIXTURE AND PIPING
ETR ABANDON IN PLACE: 3"ST UP&DN 1993 SF STORM FD TO BE ABANDONED REMOVE: 3"ST DN&OFFSET UP TO FD. REROUTE TO SANITARY. 3"ST UP TO FD'S TO BE REROUTED TO SANITARY. REMOVE: 3"ST DN 4"S
UP&DN 2"V UP REMOVE/REPLACE 3"ST FOR 3"S 2"V DROP 2"W UP 1 1/2"W UP 1 1/2"W DROP 4"S DN 3"W UP TO FD 1 1/2"V RISE (TYP FOR 2) 2"V UP CO 3"W UP 2"V UP 2"W UP 1 1/2"V DN 11/2"V 2"V 3"S
3"S ABANDON IN PLACE: 3"ST DN 767 SF 2"V Room 3B00UA REGISTRAR'S STORAGE 3B15A STORAGE 3B19 DARK RM 3B18 STORAGE 3B17 PHOTOGRAPHY 3B16 REGISTRAR 3B14 CORRIDOR 3B15 GUARD 3B12A Room
3B12 WATER HEATER 3B00UB TRANSFORMER VAULT 3B00UC ELECTRICAL 3B00UD PAINTS 3B06 CARPENTRY 3B05 CRATES 3B04 MECHANICAL RM 3B00UE Room 3L00UL FREIGHT ELEV. 3B00EB FREIGHT ELEV. MACHINE
3B00UG STORAGE 3B30 JANITOR 3B00J MEN'S TOILET 3B00T MISC. & TEMP STORAGE 3B23 SUPER 3B11 Room 3B00UJ Room 3B00UF PASS. ELEV. 3B00EA PANTRY 3B07 Room 3B00CB CORRIDOR 3B00CA STAIR 3B00SC
Room 3B00UH STAIR 3B00SB STAIR 3B00SA SANITARY FD ETR STORM FD PLUG&ABANDON STORM FD PLUG&ABANDON SANITARY CO ETR STORM FD PLUG&ABANDON SANITARY CO ETR SANITARY CO ETR SANITARY CO ETR
SANITARY CO ETR SANITARY CO ETR STORM CO TO BE ABANDONED STORM CO TO BE ABANDONED STORM CO TO BE ABANDONED STORM CO TO BE ABANDONED STORM CO TO BE ABANDONED Revisions: 347 West 36 Street
Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney
Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road,
E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust
7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Basement-Removal DP-102 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 4"ST UP 5"ST
DN ABANDON IN PLACE ABANDON IN PLACE: 3"ST UP&DN 458 SF ABANDON IN PLACE: 3"ST UP&DN 1993 SF 4"S DN 1 1/2"W DN 1 1/2"V RISE CO COCO 3"W UP 4"S UP 3"V UP 2"V DN REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST
DN FOR 3"S DN W/ VENT&TRAP REMOVAL: 3"ST UP&DN REMOVE/REROUTE: 4"ST UP 2723SF CAP&ABANDON ST DN PIPE STUB@FLOOR REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN FOR 3"S DN W/ VENT&TRAP REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST
DN FOR 3"S DN W/ VENT&TRAP REMOVE: 4"ST UP&DN 3465 SF ALL SANITARY FIXTURES AND PIPING ETR LECTURE RM 2B17 STORAGE 2B16 STORAGE 2B15 GALLERY NO. 4 2B19 STORAGE 2B13 Room 2B14 ELEV.
2B00EB GALLERY NO. 3 2B08 STUDY GALLERY 2B07 GALLERY NO. 2 2B06 GALLERY NO. 1 2B02 WATER FOUNTAIN 2B00CC WOMEN'S TOILET 2B00TB MEN'S TOILET 2B00TA Room 2B18B STORAGE 2B18 FAN RM 2B00UA
CONSERVATION 2B10 STORAGE 2B12 STAIR 2B00SC STAIR 2B00SA CORRIDOR 2B00CB COATS 2B03 Room 2B18A JANITOR 2B00J STAIR 2B00SB VESTIBULE 2B00CE STAIR 2B00SD ELEV. SHAFT 2B00EA LOBBY 2B00CA
CORRIDOR 2B00CD GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN INSULATION TO BE ABATED Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC
330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark
Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design
& Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Second Lower Level-Removal DP-103 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 3"ST UP&DN 458 SF ABANDON IN PLACE: 3"ST UP&DN 1993 SF 4"S UP&DN 3"V UP&DN 3"W UP&DN
3"V UP&DN 4"ST UP&DN 3959 SF REMOVE: 3"ST UP 3"ST DN 767 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST UP&DN 2723 SF REMOVAL: 4"ST UP&DN 3465 SF MAIN GALLERY B02 ELEV. B00EB ELEV. LOBBY B00CB STAIR B00SB
PASS. ELEV. LOBBY B00CA STAIR B00SA PASS. ELEV. B00EA UPPER PART OF EXHIBITION GALLERY NO. 4 UPPER PART OF STORAGE UPPER PART OF STORAGE UPPER PART OF LECTURE ROOM GENERATOR FLUE PIPE
UP&DN INSULATION TO BE ABATED Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062
Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY
14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" First Lower Level-Removal
DP-104 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST UP&DN 2723 SF 3"ST UP&DN 458 SF ABANDON IN PLACE: 3"ST UP&DN 1993 SF 4"S UP&DN 3"V UP&DN 3"W DN CAPPED 3"V UP&DN
4"ST UP&DN 3959 SF REMOVE: 5"ST UP&DN 3465 SF REMOVE: 3"ST UP&DN 767 SF UPPER PART OF EXHIBITION GALLERY NO. 4 UPPER PART OF STORAGE UPPER PART OF STORAGE UPPER PART OF LECTURE ROOM
OPEN TO BELOW GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN INSULATION TO BE ABATED Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC
330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark
Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design
& Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Ground Floor-Removal DP-105 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 CO REMOVE/REPLACE 3"ST UP 458 SF REMOVE/REPLACE 3"ST UP 458 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST UP&DN
3465 SF CO COCO CO REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DROP 117 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DROP 192 SF CO CO CAP&ABANDON: 3"ST DN 458 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST UP 458 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST UP&DN 767
SF 1 1/2"W DROP 4"S DN 4"S UP 3"V DN&OFFSET UP 1 1/2"S UP 3"V UP&DN ABANDON IN PLACE: 4"ST UP&DN 3959 SF CO CAP@WALL &ABANDON IN PLACE 3"ST DN 1993 SF CO REMOVE/REPLACE 3"ST DROP 192
SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DROP 117 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST UP REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST UP&DN 2723 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST UP 883 SF WEST GALLERY 112 STAIR 100SC JANITOR 100J STAIR 100SA NORTH
GALLERY 102 ELEV. 100EB SOUTH GALLERY 109 EAST GALLERY 106 CORRIDOR 100CC LOBBY 100CB PASS. ELEV. 100EA PASS. LOBBY 100CA STAIR 100SD OPEN TO BELOW OPEN TO BELOW REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST
UP 458 SF (TYP. FOR 2) GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN INSULATION TO BE ABATED Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber
LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark
Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design
& Research 1/8" = 1'-0" First Floor-Removal DP-106 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST UP REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST UP&DN 2549 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 883 SF
REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 458 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 458 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 767 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST DN 1839 SF 4"S UP&DN CO 1 1/2"W UP 4"S UP 1 1/2"W DN 4"S UP 1 1/2"W
UP CO 3"V UP 3"V DN REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 458 SF 4"ST UP&DN 3959 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 458 SF CO 4"S 3"V 3"V 4"S 3"V UP F1 SCULPTURE TERRACE 201 PASS. ELEV. 200EA STAIR 200SA
ELEV. 200EB LOUNGE 205 GALLERY NO. 3 204 GALLERY NO. 2 203 GALLERY NO. 1 202 CORRIDOR 200C Room 210 GALLERY 205A Room 205B STAIR 200SC STAIR LOBBY 200SB OPENTOBELOW OPENTOBELOW SOUTH
TERRACE REMOVE/REPLACE: 2"ST DN 458 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 2"ST DN 458 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: GROUND HYDRANT GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN INSULATION TO BE ABATED Revisions: 347 West 36 Street
Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney
Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road,
E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust
7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Second Floor-Removal DP-107 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 REMOVE/REPLACE:
4"ST UP REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST UP&DN 2549 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST DN 1839 SF 4"S UP&DN 3"V DROP 1 1/2"W UP&DN 1 1/2"V DROP CO 2"V UP 3"V UP&DN 4"ST UP&DN 3959 SF STAIR 300SC PASS.ELEV.
300E CONFERENCE 304 ADMIN. SECRETARY 307 ASSISTANT DIRECTOR 308 ACCOUNTANT 310 REGISTRAR 311 STAFF RM 312 TOILET 300T Room 303 Room 302 STAIR 300SB STAIR 300SAWORK RM 309 CORRIDOR 300C
DRAWING NOTES: EXISTING KITCHENETTE SINK TO BE REMOVED. CAP & PROTECT WASTE, VENT AND SUPPLY CONNECTIONS FOR USE WITH NEW SINK. 1 1 GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN INSULATION TO BE ABATED
Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca,
NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates,
Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction
DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Third Floor-Removal DP-108 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4
17172027 REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST UP&DN 1839 SF 4"ST UP&DN 3959 SF 4"ST UP&DN 2549 SF 4"S UP 4"S DN 3"V DROP 1 1/2"W DN 1 1/2"V DROP CO CO CO 4"S UP 4"S DN 2"V DN 3"V DN 3"V UP LAV WC STAIR
400SC PASS. ELEV. 400ERoom 403 Room 403A Room 404 PASS.ELEV. LOBBY 400C PRINT ROOM/ OFFICES 409 TOILET 400T ELEC. RM 411 OFFICE 410ARoom 410 STAIR 400SB STAIR 400SA DRAWING NOTES: IN
ORDER TO AVOID WORK AT THIS LEVEL, NEW PIPE RISERS ARE TO BE INSTALLED FROM ABOVE/BELOW SLAB. 1 GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN INSULATION TO BE ABATED Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite
1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects
LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020
217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Fourth Floor-Removal DP-109 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 REMOVE/REPLACE:
4"ST UP&DN 1839 SF REMOVE/REPLACE 3"ST UP 169 SF TO BE ABANDONED: 3"ST UP 4" ST DN 3959 SF REMOVE/REPLACE 3"ST UP 1274 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST UP 1274 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST UP 1274
SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST UP 1274 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST DN 2549 SF CO CO CO CO CO 3"S UP 4"S DN 4"S UP 3"V UP&DN 4"S UP&DN REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST CONN TO WEST RISER 2549 SF WCO STAIR
500SC PASS. ELEV. 500E MODERN GALLERY 504 Room 502 Room 503 KOREAN GALLERY 511 JAPANESE GALLERY 510CHINESE GALLERY 512 EAST PERIMETER GALLERY 507 COMPUTER STUDY 506 PASS. ELEV. LOBBY
500CA CORRIDOR 500CB STAIR 500SA STAIR 500SB SOUTH-EAST ASIAN GALLERY 514 WEST PERIMETER GALLERY 509 SOUTH GALLERY 508 CAP&ABANDON PIPE AT WALL GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN INSULATION
TO BE ABATED Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central
Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney,
Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy
Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Fifth Floor-Removal DP-110 A B
C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 1274 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 1274 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 1274 SF REMOVE/REPLACE; 3"ST DN 1274 SF REPLACE: 4"ST UP
1208 SF REMOVE/REROUTE: 3"ST UP 138 SF REMOVE/REROUTE: 3"ST UP TO AD 461 SF REMOVE/REROUTE: 3"S UP TO FD REMOVE/REROUTE: 4"ST UP 1208 SF 3"ST UP 170 SF 4"ST DN 1839 SF EX. 3"ST SEGMENT
TBR CAP&ABANDON PIPE STUB@FLOOR 4"ST DN 1241 SF 4"S DN 3"V UP 3"S CAPPED 3"S UP TO FD 2"S DROP 1 1/2"V RISE 1 1/2"W DROP 1 1/2"V RISE 3"S UP TO FD 3"S UP TO FD 3"S UP TO FD 4"S DN 3"S
DN 1 1/2"V RISE 1 1/2"W DROP 3"V DN 3"V DN 4"ST DN 1346 SF 3"ST TBR REMOVE/REPLACE; 3"ST DN 1274 SF WCLAV WC URLAV 3"V 3"S 3"S3"S PASS. ELEV. 600E MEN'S TOILET 600TA WOMEN'S TOILET
600TB Room 602 PASS. ELEV. LOBBY 600C PANTRY 604 STAIR 600SB STAIR 600SA CHAIRS 606 TELEPHONES 607 MEETING RM 605 STAIR LOBBY 600SC 3AD 169 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 169 SF GENERATOR
FLUE PIPE DN INSULATION TO BE ABATED Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook,
IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell,
NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Sixth Floor-Removal
DP-111 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST DN 1208 SF 3"V DN 4"VTR REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST UP REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST DN 1208 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 4"ST UP 3"V DN
4"VTR REMOVEREPLACE: 3"ST DN 138 SF REMOVE/REPLACE 3"ST DN 461 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 170 SF 3"AD FD FD FD FD FD 3AD FD 3AD Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York,
NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August
7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057
AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery
Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Penthouse-Removal DP-112 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 4"VTR 4"VTR REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST
DN 1208 SF REMOVE/REPLACE: 3"ST DN 1208 SF 4"RD 4"RD Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten
Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South
Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" =
1'-0" Roof-Removal DP-113 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 8"ST 4"S 8"ST INV-42.19' 4"S INV-41.47' DRAWING NOTES: ALL UNDERSLAB STORM PIPING TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. CAP ALL
REMAINING STORM STUB-UPS AT FLOOR OF BASEMENT SLAB EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED. 1 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan:
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri
Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan
Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental
Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Under Slab-Plumbing P-101 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 3"ST UP&DN ABANDON IN PLACE 3"ST UP&DN ABANDONED IN PLACE 4"ST DN 3"W UP TO FD (TYP
FOR 3) 3"S CO CO 3"W UP3"W UP REPLACE PLUG ON 3"ST FD (TYP. FOR 3) CO DRAWING NOTES: ALTERNATE NO. 1: INSTALL DRIP PAN UNDER PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAIL 1
ON SHEET P-001. 1 1 1 1 3"ST ABANDONED IN PLACE 4"ST ABANDONED IN PLACE 3"S Room 3B00UA REGISTRAR'S STORAGE 3B15A STORAGE 3B19 DARK RM 3B18 STORAGE 3B17 PHOTOGRAPHY 3B16 REGISTRAR 3B14
CORRIDOR 3B15 GUARD 3B12A Room 3B12 WATER HEATER 3B00UB TRANSFORMER VAULT 3B00UC ELECTRICAL 3B00UD PAINTS 3B06 CARPENTRY 3B05 CRATES 3B04 MECHANICAL RM 3B00UE FREIGHT ELEV. 3B00EB FREIGHT
ELEV. MACHINE 3B00UG STORAGE 3B30 JANITOR 3B00J MEN'S TOILET 3B00T MISC. & TEMP STORAGE 3B23 SUPER 3B11 PASS. ELEV. 3B00EA PANTRY 3B07 Room 3B00CB CORRIDOR 3B00CA STAIR 3B00SC STAIR
3B00SB STAIR 3B00SA 3"W DROP&SPILL TO EX. SAN. FD W/ MIN. 6" AIR GAP. 3"S GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP PROVIDE NEW FIREPROOF INSULATION CAPPED@FLOOR CAPPED@FLOOR CAPPED@FLOOR 1 Revisions:
347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853
Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc.
6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction
DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Basement-Plumbing P-102 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027
4"ST UP 5"ST DN ABANDONED IN PLACE 3"ST ABANDONED IN PLACE NEW 5"ST UP 2723 SF 4"ST DN PIPE STUB ABANDONED&CAPPED @FLOOR 3"ST UP&DN ABANDON IN PLACECO 2"V NEW 6"ST UP 4662 SF NEW 6"ST
UP 6085 SF CO CONN TO EX STORM SEWER LINE TO THE WEST CO COCO CO CONN TO EX STORM SEWER LINE TO THE WEST CO 5"ST 6"ST6"ST LECTURE RM 2B17 STORAGE 2B16 STORAGE 2B15 GALLERY NO. 4 2B19
STORAGE 2B13 ELEV. 2B00EB GALLERY NO. 3 2B08 STUDY GALLERY 2B07 GALLERY NO. 2 2B06 GALLERY NO. 1 2B02 WATER FOUNTAIN 2B00CC WOMEN'S TOILET 2B00TB MEN'S TOILET 2B00TA STORAGE 2B18 FAN
RM 2B00UA CONSERVATION 2B10 STORAGE 2B12 STAIR 2B00SC STAIR 2B00SA CORRIDOR 2B00CB COATS 2B03 JANITOR 2B00J STAIR 2B00SB VESTIBULE 2B00CE STAIR 2B00SD ELEV. SHAFT 2B00EA LOBBY 2B00CA
CORRIDOR 2B00CD Room 2B14 Room 2B18B Room 2B18A 8"ST 6"ST GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN PROVIDE NEW FIREPROOF INSULATION Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195
T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St
Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles
Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse,
NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Second Lower LevelPlumbing P-103 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 3"ST UP&DN ABANDON IN PLACE NEW 4"ST UP 5"ST DN 2723
SF 3"ST UP&DN ABANDON IN PLACE 4"ST UP&DN ABANDON IN PLACE NEW 5"ST UP 6"ST DN 4662 SF NEW 5"ST UP 6"ST DN 6085 SF MAIN GALLERY B02 ELEV. B00EB ELEV. LOBBY B00CB STAIR B00SB PASS. ELEV.
LOBBY B00CA STAIR B00SA PASS. ELEV. B00EA UPPER PART OF EXHIBITION GALLERY NO. 4 UPPER PART OF STORAGE UPPER PART OF STORAGE UPPER PART OF LECTURE ROOM GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN PROVIDE
NEW FIREPROOF INSULATION Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062
Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY
14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" First Lower Level-Plumbing
P-104 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 NEW 4"ST UP&DN 2723 SF 3"ST UP&DN ABANDONED IN PLACE 3"ST UP&DN ABANDON IN PLACE 4"ST UP&DN ABANDONED IN PLACE NEW 5"ST UP&DN 4662 SF
NEW 5"ST UP&DN 6085 SF ELEV. G00EB LOBBY G00L STAIR G00SB STAIR G00SA PASS. ELEV. G00EA STAIR G00SC OPEN TO BELOW GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN PROVIDE NEW FIREPROOF INSULATION Revisions:
347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853
Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc.
6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction
DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Ground Floor-Plumbing P-105 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB
4 17172027 NEW 4"ST UP&DN 2723 SF NEW 3"ST UP 883 SF CO NEW 3"ST UP 458 SF NEW 3"ST UP 458 SF NEW 4"ST UP 5"ST DN 6085 SF CO NEW 3"ST DROP FROM SKYLIGHT TRENCH DRAIN 117 SF NEW 3"ST
DROP FROM SKYLIGHT TRENCH DRAIN 192 SF CO 3"ST DN CAPPED&ABANDONED NEW 3"ST UP 458 SF NEW 3"ST UP 458 SF NEW 3"ST UP 767 SF 3TD3TD 3TD 3TD 4"ST ABANDONED IN PLACE NEW 5"ST UP&DN 4662
SF CO 3"ST UP&DN CAPPED&ABANDONED IN PLACE 3"ST NEW 4"ST UP TO DCO NEW 3"ST UP 169 SF CO 3"ST OPEN TO BELOW OPEN TO BELOW WEST GALLERY 112 STAIR 100SC JANITOR 100J STAIR 100SA NORTH
GALLERY 102 ELEV. 100EB SOUTH GALLERY 109 EAST GALLERY 106 CORRIDOR 100CC LOBBY 100CB PASS. ELEV. 100EA PASS. LOBBY 100CA STAIR 100SD OPEN TO BELOW 3"ST NEW 3"ST DROP FROM SKYLIGHT
TRENCH DRAIN 192 SF CO NEW 3"ST DROP FROM SKYLIGHT TRENCH DRAIN 117 SF 3"ST 3"ST 3"ST 4"ST 4"ST NEW 3"ST UP 458 SF NEW 3"ST UP 458 SF NEW 3/4"CW UP ACCESS PANEL IN CEILING ACCESS PANEL
IN CEILING GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN PROVIDE NEW FIREPROOF INSULATION Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC
330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark
Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design
& Research 1/8" = 1'-0" First Floor-Plumbing P-106 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 NEW 4"ST UP NEW 4"ST UP&DN 2549 SF 883 SF 458 SF 458 SF 458 SF 767 SF 3TD 3TD NEW 4"ST DN
1839 SF CO 458 SF 4"ST UP&DN ABANDONED IN PLACE NEW 5"ST UP&DN 3895 SF DCO NEW 3"ST UP&DN 169 SF SCULPTURE TERRACE 201 PASS. ELEV. 200EA STAIR 200SA ELEV. 200EB LOUNGE 205 GALLERY NO.
3 204 GALLERY NO. 2 203 GALLERY NO. 1 202 CORRIDOR 200C GALLERY 205A STAIR 200SC STAIR LOBBY 200SB OPENTOBELOW OPENTOBELOW SOUTH TERRACE DRAWING NOTES: INSTALL DRIP PAN UNDER PIPING
WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. TIE INTO SANITARY OR STORM SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON SHEET P-001. 1 1 3AD 3AD 3AD 3AD 458 SF 458 SF NEW GROUND HYDRANT 3/4"CW DN FPHB 3AD 3AD GENERATOR
FLUE PIPE UP&DN PROVIDE NEW FIREPROOF INSULATION Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and
Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten
Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South
Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" =
1'-0" Second Floor-Plumbing P-107 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 NEW 4"ST UP NEW 4"ST UP&DN 2549 SF NEW 4"ST DN 1839 SF 4"ST UP&DN ABANDON IN PLACE NEW 5"ST UP&DN 3895 SF
NEW 3"ST UP&DN 169 SF STAIR 300SC PASS.ELEV. 300E CONFERENCE 304 ADMIN. SECRETARY 307 ASSISTANT DIRECTOR 308 ACCOUNTANT 310 REGISTRAR 311 STAFF RM 312 TOILET 300T Room 303 Room 302
STAIR 300SB STAIR 300SAWORK RM 309 CORRIDOR 300C DRAWING NOTES: KITCHENETTE SINK TO BE REPLACED IN KIND. CONNECT TO EXISTING SUPPLY, WASTE AND VENT PIPES. 1 1 GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN
PROVIDE NEW FIRE-PROOF INSULATION Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062
Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY
14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Third Floor-Plumbing
P-108 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 NEW 4"ST UP&DN 1839 SF SEE DWG NOTE 4"ST UP&DN ABANDONED IN PLACE NEW 4"ST UP&DN 2549 SF 4"S DN NEW 3"ST UP&DN 169 SF NEW 5"ST UP&DN
3895 SF SEE DWG NOTE DRAWING NOTES: IN ORDER TO AVOID WORK AT THIS LEVEL, NEW PIPE RISERS ARE TO BE INSTALLED FROM ABOVE/BELOW SLAB. 1 1 1 STAIR 400SC PASS. ELEV. 400ERoom 403 Room
403A Room 404 PASS.ELEV. LOBBY 400C PRINT ROOM/ OFFICES 409 TOILET 400T ELEC. RM 411 OFFICE 410ARoom 410 STAIR 400SB STAIR 400SA GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN PROVIDE NEW FIREPROOF INSULATION
Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca,
NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates,
Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction
DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Fourth Floor-Plumbing P-109 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB
4 17172027 NEW 4"ST UP&DN 1839 SF 3"ST UP 169 SF 4" ST UP&DN ABANDONED IN PLACE NEW 3"ST UP 1274 SF NEW 3"ST UP 1274 SF NEW 3"ST UP 1274 SF NEW 3"ST UP 1274 SF NEW 4"ST DN 2549 SF CO
CO CO NEW 4"ST UP 5" ST DN 3895 SF 1 CO 4"ST 4"ST 4"ST AP IN CEILING 3"ST 3 " S T 3"ST DRAWING NOTES: INSTALL DRIP PAN UNDER PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAIL 1
ON SHEET P-001. 1 AP IN CEILING AP IN CEILING AP IN CEILING CAPPED&ABANDONED IN PLACE STAIR 500SC PASS. ELEV. 500E MODERN GALLERY 504 Room 502 Room 503 KOREAN GALLERY 511 JAPANESE GALLERY
510CHINESE GALLERY 512 EAST PERIMETER GALLERY 507 COMPUTER STUDY 506 PASS. ELEV. LOBBY 500CA CORRIDOR 500CB STAIR 500SA STAIR 500SB SOUTH-EAST ASIAN GALLERY 514 WEST PERIMETER GALLERY
509 SOUTH GALLERY 508 1 1 1 GENERATOR FLUE PIPE UP&DN PROVIDE NEW FIREPROOF INSULATION Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key
Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri
Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan
Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental
Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Fifth Floor-Plumbing P-110 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 NEW 4"ST UP 1208 SF NEW 3"ST UP 138 SF NEW 3"ST UP TO AD 461 SF 3"S UP TO FD NEW
4"ST UP 1208 SF NEW 3"ST UP 170 SF NEW 4"ST DN 1839 SF 4"ST DN ABANDON IN PLACE 3RD 3RD3RD CO NEW 4"ST DN 1346 SF 3"S DROP CO 1274 SF 1274 SF 1274 SF 1274 SF 3RD PASS. ELEV. 600E MEN'S
TOILET 600TA WOMEN'S TOILET 600TB PASS. ELEV. LOBBY 600C PANTRY 604 STAIR 600SB STAIR 600SA CHAIRS 606 TELEPHONES 607 MEETING RM 605 STAIR LOBBY 600SC DRAWING NOTES: INSTALL DRIP PAN
UNDER PIPING WITH MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON SHEET P-001. 1 1 Room 602 3AD 169 SF GENERATOR FLUE PIPE DN PROVIDE NEW FIREPROOF INSULATION Revisions: 347 West 36
Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard
McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308
Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust
7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Sixth Floor-Plumbing P-111 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 NEW 4"ST
DN 1208 SF NEW 4"ST UP 4"ST DN 1208 SF NEW 4"ST UP 138 SF 461 SF 170 SF Room 6P00UB STAIR LOBBY 6P0S FAN RM 6P00UA D1 D1 D1 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018
212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020
31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O.
Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street,
Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Penthouse-Plumbing P-112 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 4D4 4D4 NEW RD 1208 SF NEW RD 1208 SF Revisions:
347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853
Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc.
6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction
DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Roof-Plumbing P-113 8 " S T 29.8 GPM 3.4 GPM 4.2 GPM 31.4 GPM
62.9 GPM 31.4 GPM 100 GPM 31.4 GPM 31.4 GPM 62.9 GPM 18.9 GPM 11.3 GPM 11.3 GPM 4.74 GPM 11.3 GPM 11.3 GPM 33.9 GPM 9.48 GPM 6 " S T CO 5"ST 3"ST 3"ST 4"ST 5"ST 5"ST 4"ST4"ST4"ST 3
" S T 3"ST 4"ST 4"ST 3"ST REF. TO CIVIL DWGS. FOR CONT. INV.-13.87' 4"ST 4"ST 4 " S T 5"ST 3"ST 6"ST CO CTE CTE CO 119 GPM CTE CO 87.3 GPM 11.3 GPM 4.74 GPM 2.90 GPM 2.90 GPM 60.5 GPM
15.5 GPM26.8 GPM WCO 21.8 GPM 150 GPM REF. TO CIVIL DWGS. FOR CONT. INV.-12.70' 11.4 GPM 29.8 GPM 41.2 GPM 4.19 GPM 45.4 GPM 67.2 GPM CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO DCO CO CO CO CO CO CTE
CTE CTE 4"ST 5"ST 67.2 GPM 217 GPM PIPE CAPPED@WALL & ABANDONED PIPE CAPPED@WALL &ABANDONED CO PIPE CAPPED@6TH FLOOR SLAB&ABANDONED CAP&ABANDON @FLOOR OF 2ND LOWER LEVEL 11.3 GPM 22.6
GPM 54.7 GPM 3 " S T 3 " S T 3 " S T 3 " S T 3 " S T 4"ST 4 " S T 3 " S T 3 " S T 3 " S T 3 " S T CAP&ABANDON @FLOOR OF 2ND LOWER LEVEL LINE FROM ANNEX RE-PLUG/ABANDON RE-PLUG/ABANDON
RE-PLUG/ABANDON RE-PLUG/ABANDON PIPE CAPPED@WALL &ABANDONED PIPE CAPPED &ABANDONED CAP PIPE@UNDERSIDE OF SECOND LOWER LEVEL SLAB AND ABANDON PIPE CAPPED & ABANDONED (E)DCO (E)DCO (E)DCO
PIPE CAPPED &ABANDONED (E)DCO (E)DCO PIPE CAPPED & ABANDONED N Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of
Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330
Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis
4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research
1/8" = 1'-0" Storm Riser P-201 DRIP PAN LEAK DETECTION DETAIL SCALE: NONE 1 M001 M001 22 GAUGE SHEET METAL DRIP PAN WELDED WITH WATER TIGHT SEAMS DRIP PAN SLOPED TO DETECTOR MIN 18"
MIN 2" LEAK DETECTION CABLE NOTES: 1.REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS OF DRIP PANS BELOW PIPING. 2.LEAK DETECTION SHALL BE LIEBERT LIQUI-TECT 460 KIT ZONE LEAK-DETECTION
SENSORS WITH CABLES. 3.INSTALL CONTROL WIRING IN EMT CONDUIT. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, UP TO 36 INCHES IN LENGTH, SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO DEVICES. MC CABLE MAY BE
USED FOR 120 VOLT CONTROL WIRING WHERE RUN WITHIN CONCEALED SPACES, SUCH AS WALLS AND ABOVE HUNG OR FURRED CEILINGS. 4.LOW VOLTAGE, PLENUM-RATED CONTROL WIRING MAY BE INSTALLED WITHOUT
CONDUIT WHERE RUN IN ACCESSIBLE CONCEALED CEILING SPACES. WIRING SHALL BE RUN IN EMT IN ALL CASES WHERE STUBBED DOWN INTO WALLS AND RUN BELOW 8 FEE. 5."BRIDLE RING" TYPE SUPPORTS MAY
BE USED FOR SUPPORT OF CONTROL SYSTEM BACLES WHERE PERMITTED ABOVE TO BE RUN WITHOUT CONDUIT. "BRIDLE RINGS" SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY BOLT-ON C-CLAMPS OR TRAPEZE HANGERS. DO NOT USE "TIE
WRAPS" FOR CALBE ATTACHMENT TO OTHER SUPPORT SYSTEMS. 6.CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH 24 VOLT POWER SUPPLY FOR LEAK DETECTION CABLES. COORDINATE LOCATION OF 120 VOLT SOURCE WITH DIVISION 26.
REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 7.COORDINATE ACCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROLLERS. 3/8" ROD ONLY 3/8" ROD ONLY (TYPICAL) LOCKNUT BEAM CLAMP SIDE BEAM CLAMP RETAINING CLIP C-CLAMP WITH
BOLT & WASHER SHIELD EXPANSION 18 ga. X 1" GALV. METAL STRAP ONE CONTINUOUS METAL STRAPDRIP PAN DRIP PAN SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: NONE 2 M001 M001 DIDOAIAOAVBVSCHTREND BAS SOFTWARE POINTS
HARDWARE POINTS ALARM DESCRIPTION SHOWN ON GRAPHIC NOTES DUAL TEMPERATURE RADIANT FLOOR SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION CABLE (TYPICAL)X XXLEAK DETECTION ALARMALARM UPON DETECTION OF MOISTURE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION : LEAK DETECTION 1.LEAK DETECTION CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN DRIP PAN AND CONNECTED TO THE BMS. 2.EACH LEAK DETECTION CABLE SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE TO EACH SPECIFIC
LOCATION. 3.UPON A DETECTION OF WATER, AN ALARM SHALL BE SENT TO THE BMS. 4.ALARMS SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE TO EACH SPECIFIC LOCATION. LD DI A LEAK DETECTION CABLE LEAK DETECTION FLOW AND
CONTROL SCALE: NONE 3 M001 M001 XFJ LEAK DETECTION CONTROLLER CONNECT TO EXISTING BMS PANEL POWER SUPPLY TRANSFORMER 120V TO 24V BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR 120V J-BOX BY ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central
Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney,
Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy
Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 12" = 1'-0" Cover Page-Mechanical M-001 WATER
DETECTION CABLE DDC DIGITAL INPUT POINT DDC DIGITAL OUTPUT POINT DDC ANALOG OUTPUT POINT DDC ANALOG INPUT POINT DDC ALARM POINT DO DI AI AO A LD SYMBOL LIST SYMBOLDESCRIPTION BACNET
INTERFACE BN RS485RS485 INTERFACE TRANSFORMER XF TRANSFORMER J Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC
330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark
Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design
& Research Cover Sheet E-001 GENERAL NOTES 1.REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, RACEWAYS, AND GROUNDING SYSTEMS. 2.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL
REFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND ELEVATION DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING, AND ORIENTATION OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND OUTLETS. 3.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS
AND ELEVATION DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING OF ALL RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLETS. CONFIRM WITH ARCHITECT EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL DEVICES
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY WORK. 4.ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED IN WALLS AND ABOVE HUNG CEILINGS. STUB-OUT OF WALLS AND FLOORS AS REQUIRED FOR CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND/OR
DEVICES. 5.ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL INCLUDE A SEPARATE, INSULATED GREEN GROUND CONDUCTOR, SIZED AS INDICATED AND PER NEC REQUIREMENTS. 6.COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL, PLUMBING,
FIRE PROTECTION, ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, AND MOUNTING DETAILS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT. WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION (26) SHALL
INCLUDE ALL ELECTRICAL WORK DETAILED, SPECIFIED, OR OTHERWISE REQUIRED FOR THE SUPPORT OF OTHER TRADES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED. 7.COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR
AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 23 FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANELS, DUCT-MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS, MOTOR STARTERS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. POWER FOR THE SAME SHALL BE PROVIDED
AND INSTALLED BY DIVISION 26. 8.PROVIDE POWER TO ALL FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS (FSD'S) AND SMOKE DAMPERS. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. POWER SHALL BE FROM SOURCES AS
SCHEDULED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 9.PROVIDE POWER TO ALL VAV BOXES AND TERMINAL CONTROL UNITS. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. POWER SHALL BE FROM SOURCES AS
SCHEDULED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 10.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE POWER WIRING TO, BETWEEN, AND FROM ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND MOTOR STARTERS, WHETHER IN THE SAME ENCLOSURE
OR MOUNTED AS SEPARATE UNITS. ALL VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD'S), COMBINATION STARTERS, AND MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY DIVISION 23 AND SHALL BE INSTALLED BY DIVISION
26. REFER TO SECTION 230513. 11.ALL SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY DIVISION 26. REFER TO SECTION 260500. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR
UNIT AND DEVICE LOCATIONS. SAFETY DISCONNECTS ON THE LOAD SIDE OF VFD'S SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AUXILIARY CONTACTS AND WIRING BACK TO RUN-ALLOW TERMINALS ON THE VFD TO PREVENT DISCONNECT
FROM BEING CLOSED WITH THE VFD UNIT ACTIVATED. 12.WIRING BETWEEN MOTOR CONTROLLERS AND 2-SPEED MOTORS AND WYE/DELTA TYPE MOTORS SHALL INCLUDE 6 WIRES. WIRE SIZES SHALL MATCH FEEDER
TO CONTROLLER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 13.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 120 VOLT POWER WIRING TO ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANELS, AND OTHER CONTROLLERS SUPPLIED BY OTHER DIVISIONS.
14.DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS NOT INDICATED. CONSULT WITH ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ANY DIMENSIONS NOT INDICATED. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS RECESSED WALL WASH LIGHTING FIXTURE
CEILING MOUNTED LIGHTING OUTLET (SEE SCHEDULE) CEILING MOUNTED LIGHTING OUTLET ON EMERGENCY CIRCUIT WALL MOUNTED LIGHTING OUTLET (SEE SCHEDULE) WALL MOUNTED LIGHTING OUTLET ON EMERGENCY
CIRCUIT SURFACE/PENDANT MOUNTED LIGHTING OUTLET LIGHTING TRACK WITH JUNCTION BOX EXIT LIGHT CEILING MOUNTED, ( ARROWS AS INDICATED ) EXIT LIGHT WALL MTD. ( SHADING INDICATES LIGHTED
FACE ) EXIT LIGHT END MTD. ( SHADING INDICATES LIGHTED FACE(S) ) EMERGENCY LIGHTING BATTERY UNIT W/HEADS GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING RECEPTACLE-16"AFF U.O.N. SINGLE POLE SWITCH-48"AFF
U.O.N. S 3-WAY SWITCH-48"AFF U.O.N. 3S DIMMER ( SWITCH ) OR CONTROL-48"AFF U.O.N. DS OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH-WALL MOUNTED-48"AFF U.O.N. OS WPWEATHERPROOF CONDUIT C CHDEVICE MOUNTED
ABOVE/AT COUNTER HEIGHT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN (EX) EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN E NEW DEVICE IN EXISTING LOCATION N REPLACE EXISTING DEVICE WITH
NEW R REMOVE EXISTING DEVICE AND PATCH P REMOVE EXISTING DEVICE X RELOCATED POSITION OF EXISTING DEVICE L FLOOR BOX WITH COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET EQUIPMENT / OUTLET CONTROL GROUP WIRING
UNSWITCHED BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING LP/#HOMERUN TO PANEL (LP = PANEL NAME; # = CIRCUIT #) CEILING-MOUNTED WIRELESS ACCESS POINT WAP WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY CIRCUIT WALL MOUNTED
LIGHTING FIXTURE SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE CEILING-MOUNTED VACANCY SENSOR VC CEILING-MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR OC EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT / OUTLET CONTROL GROUP WIRING UNSWITCHED
EMERGENCY BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING xx FLOOR BOX WITH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE= TYPE-SEE 260500 1 FLOOR BOX WITH DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE= TYPE-SEE 260500 1 JWALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX DRYWALL
PARTITION FIRESTOP SEALANT SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED PIPE SLEEVE GROUT SLEEVE IN MASONRY WALL FIRE SEALANT PER 260000 CONCRETE/MASONRY WALL NOTE:FIRE STOPPING SHALL HAVE A RATING EQUAL
TO OR GREATER THAN THE WALL BEING PENETRATED-SEE 260000. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL RATINGS AND LOCATIONS. SCALE: NONE FIRE-RATED WALL PENETRATION 1 E-001 E-001 EXISTING
DEVICE TO REMAIN E NEW DEVICE IN EXISTING LOCATION N REPLACE EXISTING DEVICE WITH NEW R REMOVE EXISTING DEVICE AND PATCH P REMOVE EXISTING DEVICE X RELOCATED POSITION OF EXISTING DEVICE
L FIRE ALARM STROBE LIGHT - 80"AFF U.O.N. F RECESSED CLG-MTD FIRE ALARM VOICE COMM. SPEAKER/STROBE FS RECESSED WALL-MTD FIRE ALARM VOICE COMM. SPEAKER / STROBE FS FSFSFS FSFSFS FSFSFS
FSFSFS FSFSFS FSFSFS FSFSFS FSFSFS FSFSFS FSFSFS FSFSFS Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten
Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South
Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research Fire Alarm
Riser Diagram E-002 ~ ~~ ~~ E E E E E E E CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES EX. FACP EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN (EX) REMOVALS/MODIFICATIONS SYMBOLS 2ND FLOOR FEET
FROM AN AIR SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR RETURN AIR OPENING. INCREASE SEPARATION AS REQUIRED SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN A DIRECT AIR FLOW NOR CLOSER THAN THREE (3) ALL FIRE ALARM
DEVICES SHALL BE WIRED VIA ADDRESSABLE LOOPS FROM THE FIRE ALARM DGP'S PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. REFER TO PLANS FOR EXACT QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES. IF A DISCREPANCY
BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE RISER IS FOUND, PROVIDE THE GREATER/MORE STRINGENT ALL WIRING FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES SHALL BE RUN IN EMT CONDUIT THROUGHOUT MAINTAIN EX. FIRE ALARM
AND SIGNALLING SYSTEM INTACT THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION PHASE DUE TO CONSTANT OCCUPANCY OF THE BUILDING. COORDINATE ANY TEMPORARY SHUT DOWNS BY NFPA 72. WITH OWNER. 6. 5. 4. FIRE ALARM
NOTES: QUANTITY OF DEVICES. BUILDING. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. 2. 3. 1. 7. 1ST FLOOR FIRST LOWER LEVEL SECOND LOWER LEVEL BASEMENT GROUND FLOOR AREA SMOKE DETECTOR DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AREA
HEAT DETECTOR MANUAL PULL STATION ELEVATOR LOBBY OR MACHINE RM SMOKE DETECTOR HEAT DETECTOR IN ELEVATOR SHAFT OR MACHINE ROOM SPRINKLER WATER FLOW SWITCH SPRINKLER VALVE TAMPER SWITCH
SYSTEM TROUBLE CONDITION LOSS OF PRIMARY AC POWER DISPLAY&SOUNDEVENTATFACONTROLPANEL X INPUTS SENDSMOKE/HEATALARMSIGNALTOCENTRALSTATION ACTIVATEANNUNCIATIONDEVICES(HORN/STROBES)THROUGHOUT
SENDSIGNALTOBUILDINGMANAGEMENTSYSTEM SENDPULLSTATIONALARMSIGNALTOCENTRALSTATION SENDWATERFLOWALARMTOCENTRALSTATION SENDVALVESUPERVISORYSIGNALTOCENTRALSTATION SENDSYSTEMTROUBLETOCENTRALSTATION
RELEASESDOORHOLD-OPENDEVICES SENDSSHUTDOWNSIGNALTOAIRHANDLINGSYSTEMS SENDSUPERVISORYSIGNALTOFACONTROLPANEL EMERGENCY GENERATOR ALARM OR TROUBLE XXXX X XXXXX X XXXXX X XX XXX X SENDSIGNALTORECALLELEV
ATORSTODESIGNATEDLEVEL SENDSIGNALTOSHUTOFFPOWERTOELEVATOREQUIPMENT XX XXX X X XX XXX X X XX XXXXX X X X X FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION OUTPUTS SENDSIGNALTOFACPVIAADDRESSABLEMONITORINGMODUL
E FSM -FAN STATUS MONITOR -FAN NOT RUNNING SENDSIGNALTOCLOSEALLFSD'SVIAADDRESSABLEFARELAYS X X X X X X X X X X X PROVIDE TEMPORARY FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTION FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION AREAS
PER CORNELL STANDARDS. SMOKE DETECTORS WITHIN CONSTRUCTION AREAS. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE TAKEN OFFLINE WITH COORDINATE WITH CM & CORNELL UNIVERSITY THE PROCEDURE TO PREVENT NUISANCE
FIRE ALARMS FROM CONTRACTOR MANUALLY WATCHING FACP DURING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED. DURING DEMO WORK THE EXISTING SMOKE & HEAT DETECTORS SHALL BE REMOVED DAILY, REINSTALLED & TESTED
AT END OF EACH DAY. FSD -ADJACENT EXTERNAL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORX XXXXX X PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR NEW FIRE ALARM INITIATING OR INDICATING DEVICE LOOP WIRING DGPFIRE ALARM SYSTEM
DATA GATHERING PANEL N10: M#-##N# = FA DGP NODE NUMBER; M# = FA DEVICE ADDRESS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SYMBOLS END-OF-LINE RESISTOR (EOLR) EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMAIN FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER
-PROVIDE ADD. RELAY MODULE FSD FAN STATUS MONITOR FSM FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE 1 E401 E401 3RD FLOOR 6TH FLOOR 5TH FLOOR 4TH FLOOR PENTHOUSE ROOF ~ ~~ ~~ E E E E E E E
CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES ~ ~~ ~~ E E E E E E E CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES ~ ~~ ~~ E E E E E E E CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES CONT. TO
EXISTING DEVICES ~ ~~ ~~ E E E E E E E CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES ~ ~~ ~~ E E E E E E E CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES ~ ~~ ~~ E E E E
E E E CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES ~ ~~ ~~ E E E E E E E CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES ~ ~~ ~~ E E E E E E E CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES CONT.
TO EXISTING DEVICES ~ ~~ ~~ E E E E E E E CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES ~ ~~ ~~ E E E E E E E CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES CONT. TO EXISTING DEVICES TYPICAL EXISTING
FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION & INITIATION DEVICES THAT MAY REQUIRE TO BE REMOVED & REINSTALLED TO ALLOW FOR PLUMBING PIPING INSTALLATION. SEE FIRE ALARM NOTES BELOW. J J A B C E G N J L
P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 REFER TO NOTES 1, 2, 3, 4 NOTES: 1.AREA SHOWN INDICATES WHERE CEILING WILL BE REPLACED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, STORE, AND PROTECT
ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1.1.LIGHTING FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS, 1.2.RECEPTACLES, 1.3.FIRE DEVICES, 1.4.PA SPEAKERS, 1.5. AND TELECOM WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS
REMOVED DEVICES SHALL BE STORED AND THEN REINSTALLED AFTER THE NEW CEILING INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES IN EGRESS AREA. COORDINATE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR EGRESS PATH.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY EGRESS LIGHTING FROM EX. EMERGENCY CIRCUIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST, FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL DEVICES PRIOR TO REMOVAL ARE OPERATIONAL AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT/OWNER OF ALL
DEVICES NOT OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO ANY REMOVAL WORK. SAFE-OFF EX. POWER AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AFTER DEVICES ARE REMOVED. PROVIDE J-BOXES TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO EXPOSED LIVE CONDUCTORS.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTORS AS REQUIRED. 2.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION DURING THE CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AREA. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED
BACKENED EQUIPMENT. PROGRAM TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION ALARM SEQUENCES BY CORNELL STANDARD. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY & DOCUMENT EXISTING CONDITION OF EXISTING DEVICES PRIOR TO
START OF ANY WORK TO ENSURE EXISTING DEVICES ARE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY IF EXISTING CONDITION IS DIFFERENT FROM THE DRAWING. 4.IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILING COORDINATE
WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE RELOCATIONS OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY/IT CABLES AND CONDUITS, ETC. AS REQUIRED
FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 5.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ALL WALL OPENINGS AND RELOCATE EXISTING POWER RECEPTACLES, BRANCH CIRCUIT
WIRING, TELECOM DEVICES AND CABLES, FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNTED DEVICES, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 6.REROUTE OR RELOCATE, AS REQUIRED, ANY CONDUIT AND/OR WIRING,
PULLBOXES AND/OR JUNCTION BOXES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY DEVICES, TELECOM, ETC. WHICH ARE LAID BARE IN THE COURSE OF, OR INTERFERE WITH ALTERATIONS.
7.PROVIDE UNINTERRUPTED POWER SERVICES FOR ADJACENT AREAS NOT PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION. SCHEDULE POWER OUTAGES DURING NON-BUSINESS HOURS TO DISCONNECT/REFEED EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER. COORDINATE WORK WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER. E-102 2 REFER TO NOTES 1, 2, 3, 4 POWER FOR LEAK DETECTION. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.
XF 120V TO 24V STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER SERVING LEAK DETECTION BY DIVISION 23. XF POWER FOR LEAK DETECTION. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 120V TO 24V STEP DOWN
TRANSFORMER SERVING LEAK DETECTION BY DIVISION 23. SEE PART PLAN DETAIL # FOR EXISTING CONDITION DRAWINGS THAT ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING
SPACES. (TYPICAL) EXIT SIGNAGE, WIFI WAPS, SECURITY DEVICES NOT INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) PROVIDE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION
OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING PIPING WORK. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SEE NOTE #6. T V 17 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street
Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney
Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road,
E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust
7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Basement-Electrical E-102 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 BASEMENT PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING
PLAN A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 REFER TO NOTES 1, 2, 3, 4 NOTES: 1.AREA SHOWN INDICATES WHERE CEILING WILL BE REPLACED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE,
STORE, AND PROTECT ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1.1.LIGHTING FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS, 1.2.RECEPTACLES, 1.3.FIRE DEVICES, 1.4.PA SPEAKERS, 1.5. AND TELECOM WIRELESS
ACCESS POINTS REMOVED DEVICES SHALL BE STORED AND THEN REINSTALLED AFTER THE NEW CEILING INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES IN EGRESS AREA. COORDINATE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN
FOR EGRESS PATH. PROVIDE TEMPORARY EGRESS LIGHTING FROM EX. EMERGENCY CIRCUIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST, FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL DEVICES PRIOR TO REMOVAL ARE OPERATIONAL AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT/OWNER
OF ALL DEVICES NOT OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO ANY REMOVAL WORK. SAFE-OFF EX. POWER AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AFTER DEVICES ARE REMOVED. PROVIDE J-BOXES TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO EXPOSED LIVE CONDUCTORS.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTORS AS REQUIRED. 2.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION DURING THE CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AREA. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED
BACKENED EQUIPMENT. PROGRAM TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION ALARM SEQUENCES BY CORNELL STANDARD. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY & DOCUMENT EXISTING CONDITION OF EXISTING DEVICES PRIOR TO
START OF ANY WORK TO ENSURE EXISTING DEVICES ARE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY IF EXISTING CONDITION IS DIFFERENT FROM THE DRAWING. 4.IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILING COORDINATE
WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE RELOCATIONS OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY/IT CABLES AND CONDUITS, ETC. AS REQUIRED
FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 5.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ALL WALL OPENINGS AND RELOCATE EXISTING POWER RECEPTACLES, BRANCH CIRCUIT
WIRING, TELECOM DEVICES AND CABLES, FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNTED DEVICES, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 6.REROUTE OR RELOCATE, AS REQUIRED, ANY CONDUIT AND/OR WIRING,
PULLBOXES AND/OR JUNCTION BOXES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY DEVICES, TELECOM, ETC. WHICH ARE LAID BARE IN THE COURSE OF, OR INTERFERE WITH ALTERATIONS.
7.PROVIDE UNINTERRUPTED POWER SERVICES FOR ADJACENT AREAS NOT PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION. SCHEDULE POWER OUTAGES DURING NON-BUSINESS HOURS TO DISCONNECT/REFEED EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER. COORDINATE WORK WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER. REFER TO NOTES 1, 2, 3, 4 E-103 2 E-103 3 REFER TO NOTES 1, 2, 3, 4 REFER TO NOTES 1, 2, 3, 4 SEE PART PLAN DETAIL
# FOR EXISTING CONDITION DRAWINGS THAT ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) FIRE ALARM, EXIT SIGNAGE NOT INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING.
CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) FIRE ALARM, EXIT SIGNAGE, WIFI WAPS, SECURITY DEVICES NOT INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING
SPACES. (TYPICAL) PROVIDE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING PIPING WORK. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR.
SEE NOTE #6. PROVIDE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING PIPING WORK. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR.
SEE NOTE #6. V X 20 E G 20 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062
Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY
14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Second Lower LevelElectrical
E-103 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 SECOND LOWER LEVEL PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A 1/4" = 1'-0" 3 SECOND LOWER LEVEL PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN B A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027
REFER TO NOTE #5 REFER TO NOTE #5 NOTES: 1.AREA SHOWN INDICATES WHERE CEILING WILL BE REPLACED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, STORE, AND PROTECT ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1.1.LIGHTING FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS, 1.2.RECEPTACLES, 1.3.FIRE DEVICES, 1.4.PA SPEAKERS, 1.5. AND TELECOM WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS REMOVED DEVICES SHALL
BE STORED AND THEN REINSTALLED AFTER THE NEW CEILING INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES IN EGRESS AREA. COORDINATE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR EGRESS PATH. PROVIDE TEMPORARY
EGRESS LIGHTING FROM EX. EMERGENCY CIRCUIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST, FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL DEVICES PRIOR TO REMOVAL ARE OPERATIONAL AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT/OWNER OF ALL DEVICES NOT OPERATIONAL
PRIOR TO ANY REMOVAL WORK. SAFE-OFF EX. POWER AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AFTER DEVICES ARE REMOVED. PROVIDE J-BOXES TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO EXPOSED LIVE CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE
DETECTORS AS REQUIRED. 2.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION DURING THE CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AREA. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED BACKENED EQUIPMENT.
PROGRAM TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION ALARM SEQUENCES BY CORNELL STANDARD. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY & DOCUMENT EXISTING CONDITION OF EXISTING DEVICES PRIOR TO START OF ANY WORK TO
ENSURE EXISTING DEVICES ARE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY IF EXISTING CONDITION IS DIFFERENT FROM THE DRAWING. 4.IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILING COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING
CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE RELOCATIONS OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY/IT CABLES AND CONDUITS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION
OF NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 5.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ALL WALL OPENINGS AND RELOCATE EXISTING POWER RECEPTACLES, BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, TELECOM DEVICES
AND CABLES, FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNTED DEVICES, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 6.REROUTE OR RELOCATE, AS REQUIRED, ANY CONDUIT AND/OR WIRING, PULLBOXES AND/OR JUNCTION
BOXES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY DEVICES, TELECOM, ETC. WHICH ARE LAID BARE IN THE COURSE OF, OR INTERFERE WITH ALTERATIONS. 7.PROVIDE UNINTERRUPTED POWER
SERVICES FOR ADJACENT AREAS NOT PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION. SCHEDULE POWER OUTAGES DURING NON-BUSINESS HOURS TO DISCONNECT/REFEED EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER. COORDINATE
WORK WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062
Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY
14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" First Lower Level-Electrical
E-104 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 REFER TO NOTE #5 REFER TO NOTE #5 NOTES: 1.AREA SHOWN INDICATES WHERE CEILING WILL BE REPLACED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
REMOVE, STORE, AND PROTECT ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1.1.LIGHTING FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS, 1.2.RECEPTACLES, 1.3.FIRE DEVICES, 1.4.PA SPEAKERS, 1.5. AND TELECOM
WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS REMOVED DEVICES SHALL BE STORED AND THEN REINSTALLED AFTER THE NEW CEILING INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES IN EGRESS AREA. COORDINATE ARCHITECTURAL
PLAN FOR EGRESS PATH. PROVIDE TEMPORARY EGRESS LIGHTING FROM EX. EMERGENCY CIRCUIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST, FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL DEVICES PRIOR TO REMOVAL ARE OPERATIONAL AND NOTIFY
ARCHITECT/OWNER OF ALL DEVICES NOT OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO ANY REMOVAL WORK. SAFE-OFF EX. POWER AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AFTER DEVICES ARE REMOVED. PROVIDE J-BOXES TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO
EXPOSED LIVE CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTORS AS REQUIRED. 2.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION DURING THE CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AREA. CONTRACTOR
TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED BACKENED EQUIPMENT. PROGRAM TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION ALARM SEQUENCES BY CORNELL STANDARD. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY & DOCUMENT EXISTING CONDITION OF EXISTING
DEVICES PRIOR TO START OF ANY WORK TO ENSURE EXISTING DEVICES ARE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY IF EXISTING CONDITION IS DIFFERENT FROM THE DRAWING. 4.IN AREAS
WITHOUT CEILING COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE RELOCATIONS OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY/IT CABLES
AND CONDUITS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 5.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ALL WALL OPENINGS AND RELOCATE EXISTING POWER
RECEPTACLES, BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, TELECOM DEVICES AND CABLES, FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNTED DEVICES, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 6.REROUTE OR RELOCATE, AS REQUIRED,
ANY CONDUIT AND/OR WIRING, PULLBOXES AND/OR JUNCTION BOXES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY DEVICES, TELECOM, ETC. WHICH ARE LAID BARE IN THE COURSE OF, OR
INTERFERE WITH ALTERATIONS. 7.PROVIDE UNINTERRUPTED POWER SERVICES FOR ADJACENT AREAS NOT PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION. SCHEDULE POWER OUTAGES DURING NON-BUSINESS HOURS TO DISCONNECT/REFEED
EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER. COORDINATE WORK WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130
F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851
Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY
13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202
Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Ground Floor-Electrical E-105 A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 NOTES: 1.AREA SHOWN INDICATES WHERE CEILING WILL BE REPLACED DURING
CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, STORE, AND PROTECT ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1.1.LIGHTING FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS, 1.2.RECEPTACLES, 1.3.FIRE DEVICES,
1.4.PA SPEAKERS, 1.5. AND TELECOM WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS REMOVED DEVICES SHALL BE STORED AND THEN REINSTALLED AFTER THE NEW CEILING INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES IN
EGRESS AREA. COORDINATE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR EGRESS PATH. PROVIDE TEMPORARY EGRESS LIGHTING FROM EX. EMERGENCY CIRCUIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST, FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL DEVICES PRIOR
TO REMOVAL ARE OPERATIONAL AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT/OWNER OF ALL DEVICES NOT OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO ANY REMOVAL WORK. SAFE-OFF EX. POWER AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AFTER DEVICES ARE REMOVED.
PROVIDE J-BOXES TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO EXPOSED LIVE CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTORS AS REQUIRED. 2.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION DURING THE CONSTRUCTION
THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AREA. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED BACKENED EQUIPMENT. PROGRAM TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION ALARM SEQUENCES BY CORNELL STANDARD. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD
SURVEY & DOCUMENT EXISTING CONDITION OF EXISTING DEVICES PRIOR TO START OF ANY WORK TO ENSURE EXISTING DEVICES ARE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY IF EXISTING CONDITION
IS DIFFERENT FROM THE DRAWING. 4.IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILING COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE RELOCATIONS OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, LIGHTING FIXTURES,
FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY/IT CABLES AND CONDUITS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 5.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ALL
WALL OPENINGS AND RELOCATE EXISTING POWER RECEPTACLES, BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, TELECOM DEVICES AND CABLES, FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNTED DEVICES, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW PLUMBING PIPING.
6.REROUTE OR RELOCATE, AS REQUIRED, ANY CONDUIT AND/OR WIRING, PULLBOXES AND/OR JUNCTION BOXES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY DEVICES, TELECOM, ETC. WHICH
ARE LAID BARE IN THE COURSE OF, OR INTERFERE WITH ALTERATIONS. 7.PROVIDE UNINTERRUPTED POWER SERVICES FOR ADJACENT AREAS NOT PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION. SCHEDULE POWER OUTAGES DURING
NON-BUSINESS HOURS TO DISCONNECT/REFEED EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER. COORDINATE WORK WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER. REFER TO NOTE #5 REFER TO NOTE #5 E-106 2 E-106
3 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4 SEE PART PLAN DETAIL # FOR EXISTING CONDITION DRAWINGS THAT ARE BASED ON
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) EXIT SIGNAGE, WIFI WAPS, SECURITY DEVICES NOT INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING
SPACES. (TYPICAL) EXIT SIGNAGE, WIFI WAPS, SECURITY DEVICES NOT INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) PROVIDE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION
OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING PIPING WORK. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SEE NOTE #6. PROVIDE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION
OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING PIPING WORK. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SEE NOTE #6. G J L N L P R 47 Revisions: 347
West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853
Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc.
6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction
DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated First Floor-Electrical E-106 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 EXISTING FIRST
FLOOR EAST GALLERY REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" 3 EXISTING FIRST FLOOR SOUTH GALLERY REFLECTED CEILING PLAN J J A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 NOTES: 1.AREA SHOWN
INDICATES WHERE CEILING WILL BE REPLACED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, STORE, AND PROTECT ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1.1.LIGHTING FIXTURES
AND EXIT SIGNS, 1.2.RECEPTACLES, 1.3.FIRE DEVICES, 1.4.PA SPEAKERS, 1.5. AND TELECOM WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS REMOVED DEVICES SHALL BE STORED AND THEN REINSTALLED AFTER THE NEW CEILING
INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES IN EGRESS AREA. COORDINATE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR EGRESS PATH. PROVIDE TEMPORARY EGRESS LIGHTING FROM EX. EMERGENCY CIRCUIT. CONTRACTOR
SHALL TEST, FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL DEVICES PRIOR TO REMOVAL ARE OPERATIONAL AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT/OWNER OF ALL DEVICES NOT OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO ANY REMOVAL WORK. SAFE-OFF EX. POWER AND
LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AFTER DEVICES ARE REMOVED. PROVIDE J-BOXES TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO EXPOSED LIVE CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTORS AS REQUIRED. 2.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE
TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION DURING THE CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AREA. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED BACKENED EQUIPMENT. PROGRAM TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION ALARM SEQUENCES
BY CORNELL STANDARD. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY & DOCUMENT EXISTING CONDITION OF EXISTING DEVICES PRIOR TO START OF ANY WORK TO ENSURE EXISTING DEVICES ARE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY IF EXISTING CONDITION IS DIFFERENT FROM THE DRAWING. 4.IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILING COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE RELOCATIONS OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL
CONDUITS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY/IT CABLES AND CONDUITS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 5.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
SHALL COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ALL WALL OPENINGS AND RELOCATE EXISTING POWER RECEPTACLES, BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, TELECOM DEVICES AND CABLES, FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNTED DEVICES,
ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 6.REROUTE OR RELOCATE, AS REQUIRED, ANY CONDUIT AND/OR WIRING, PULLBOXES AND/OR JUNCTION BOXES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM
DEVICES, SECURITY DEVICES, TELECOM, ETC. WHICH ARE LAID BARE IN THE COURSE OF, OR INTERFERE WITH ALTERATIONS. 7.PROVIDE UNINTERRUPTED POWER SERVICES FOR ADJACENT AREAS NOT PART OF THE
CONSTRUCTION. SCHEDULE POWER OUTAGES DURING NON-BUSINESS HOURS TO DISCONNECT/REFEED EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER. COORDINATE WORK WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER. 8.PROTECT
ALL EXISTING IT DATA CABLES EXITING IT RACK AND IN CEILING ABOVE TO ALLOW FOR PLUMBING PIPE INSTALLATION AND FOR INSTALLATION OF TEMPORARY VENTILATED ENCLOSURE AROUND IT RACK. PROVIDE
SUBMITTAL ON HOW THE IT DATA CABLES WILL BE PROTECTED AND SHIFTED AS REQUIRED WITHOUT DISTURBANCES TO THE BUILDING NETWORK. REFER TO NOTE #5 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4 E-107 2 REFER
TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4 REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN. REFER TO NOTE #5 INSTALL NEW WALL MOUNTED LIGHT, CLX LED STRIP LIGHT BY LITHONIA (3FT). USE EXISTING
LIGHT CIRCUIT/SWITCH. REFER TO NOTE #5 POWER FOR LEAK DETECTION. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING DATA RACK. AT NO POINT THE BUILDING
NETWORK SHALL BE INTERRUPTED WITHOUT COORDINATION WITH OWNER. SEE NOTE #8. XF 120V TO 24V STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER SERVING LEAK DETECTION BY DIVISION 23. SEE PART PLAN DETAIL # FOR EXISTING
CONDITION DRAWINGS THAT ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) FIRE ALARM, EXIT SIGNAGE, WIFI WAPS, SECURITY DEVICES NOT INDICATED
ON THIS DRAWING. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) PROVIDE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING PIPING WORK. REFER
TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SEE NOTE #6. G J Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan:
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri
Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan
Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental
Design & Research As indicated Second Floor-Electrical E-107 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 SECOND FLOOR PARTIAL EXISTING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 NOTES: 1.AREA
SHOWN INDICATES WHERE CEILING WILL BE REPLACED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, STORE, AND PROTECT ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1.1.LIGHTING
FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS, 1.2.RECEPTACLES, 1.3.FIRE DEVICES, 1.4.PA SPEAKERS, 1.5. AND TELECOM WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS REMOVED DEVICES SHALL BE STORED AND THEN REINSTALLED AFTER THE NEW
CEILING INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES IN EGRESS AREA. COORDINATE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR EGRESS PATH. PROVIDE TEMPORARY EGRESS LIGHTING FROM EX. EMERGENCY CIRCUIT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST, FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL DEVICES PRIOR TO REMOVAL ARE OPERATIONAL AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT/OWNER OF ALL DEVICES NOT OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO ANY REMOVAL WORK. SAFE-OFF EX.
POWER AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AFTER DEVICES ARE REMOVED. PROVIDE J-BOXES TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO EXPOSED LIVE CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTORS AS REQUIRED. 2.CONTRACTOR TO
PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION DURING THE CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AREA. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED BACKENED EQUIPMENT. PROGRAM TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION ALARM
SEQUENCES BY CORNELL STANDARD. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY & DOCUMENT EXISTING CONDITION OF EXISTING DEVICES PRIOR TO START OF ANY WORK TO ENSURE EXISTING DEVICES ARE IN GOOD WORKING
CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY IF EXISTING CONDITION IS DIFFERENT FROM THE DRAWING. 4.IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILING COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE RELOCATIONS OF EXISTING
ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY/IT CABLES AND CONDUITS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 5.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ALL WALL OPENINGS AND RELOCATE EXISTING POWER RECEPTACLES, BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, TELECOM DEVICES AND CABLES, FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNTED
DEVICES, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 6.REROUTE OR RELOCATE, AS REQUIRED, ANY CONDUIT AND/OR WIRING, PULLBOXES AND/OR JUNCTION BOXES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, OUTLETS,
FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY DEVICES, TELECOM, ETC. WHICH ARE LAID BARE IN THE COURSE OF, OR INTERFERE WITH ALTERATIONS. 7.PROVIDE UNINTERRUPTED POWER SERVICES FOR ADJACENT AREAS NOT
PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION. SCHEDULE POWER OUTAGES DURING NON-BUSINESS HOURS TO DISCONNECT/REFEED EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER. COORDINATE WORK WITH ARCHITECT AND
OWNER. REFER TO NOTE #5 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4 E-108 2 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4 REFER TO NOTE #5 REFER TO NOTE #5 SEE PART PLAN DETAIL # FOR EXISTING CONDITION DRAWINGS THAT ARE
BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) FIRE ALARM, EXIT SIGNAGE, WIFI WAPS, SECURITY DEVICES NOT INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING. CONTRACTOR
SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) G J Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and
Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten
Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South
Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated
Third Floor-Electrical E-108 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 THIRD FLOOR PARTIAL EXISTING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 PROVIDE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING
ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING PIPING WORK. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SEE NOTE #6. PROVIDE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING
ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING PIPING WORK. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SEE NOTE #6. Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501
New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects
LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse,
NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020
217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research 1/8" = 1'-0" Fourth Floor-Electrical E-109 J J A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 NOTES:
1.AREA SHOWN INDICATES WHERE CEILING WILL BE REPLACED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, STORE, AND PROTECT ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1.1.LIGHTING
FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS, 1.2.RECEPTACLES, 1.3.FIRE DEVICES, 1.4.PA SPEAKERS, 1.5. AND TELECOM WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS REMOVED DEVICES SHALL BE STORED AND THEN REINSTALLED AFTER THE NEW
CEILING INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES IN EGRESS AREA. COORDINATE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR EGRESS PATH. PROVIDE TEMPORARY EGRESS LIGHTING FROM EX. EMERGENCY CIRCUIT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST, FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL DEVICES PRIOR TO REMOVAL ARE OPERATIONAL AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT/OWNER OF ALL DEVICES NOT OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO ANY REMOVAL WORK. SAFE-OFF EX.
POWER AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AFTER DEVICES ARE REMOVED. PROVIDE J-BOXES TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO EXPOSED LIVE CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTORS AS REQUIRED. 2.CONTRACTOR TO
PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION DURING THE CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AREA. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED BACKENED EQUIPMENT. PROGRAM TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION ALARM
SEQUENCES BY CORNELL STANDARD. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY & DOCUMENT EXISTING CONDITION OF EXISTING DEVICES PRIOR TO START OF ANY WORK TO ENSURE EXISTING DEVICES ARE IN GOOD WORKING
CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY IF EXISTING CONDITION IS DIFFERENT FROM THE DRAWING. 4.IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILING COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE RELOCATIONS OF EXISTING
ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY/IT CABLES AND CONDUITS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 5.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ALL WALL OPENINGS AND RELOCATE EXISTING POWER RECEPTACLES, BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, TELECOM DEVICES AND CABLES, FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNTED
DEVICES, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 6.REROUTE OR RELOCATE, AS REQUIRED, ANY CONDUIT AND/OR WIRING, PULLBOXES AND/OR JUNCTION BOXES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, OUTLETS,
FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY DEVICES, TELECOM, ETC. WHICH ARE LAID BARE IN THE COURSE OF, OR INTERFERE WITH ALTERATIONS. 7.PROVIDE UNINTERRUPTED POWER SERVICES FOR ADJACENT AREAS NOT
PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION. SCHEDULE POWER OUTAGES DURING NON-BUSINESS HOURS TO DISCONNECT/REFEED EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER. COORDINATE WORK WITH ARCHITECT AND
OWNER. REFER TO NOTE #5 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4E-110 2 E-110 3 E-110 4 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4
POWER FOR LEAK DETECTION. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. XF 120V TO 24V STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER SERVING LEAK DETECTION BY DIVISION 23. XF 120V TO 24V STEP DOWN
TRANSFORMER SERVING LEAK DETECTION BY DIVISION 23. POWER FOR LEAK DETECTION. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. SEE PART PLAN DETAIL # FOR EXISTING CONDITION DRAWINGS
THAT ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) TYPICAL SMOKE DETECTOR TYPICAL RECESSED TRACK LIGHT FIXTURE TYPICAL RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE
TYPICAL CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN TYPICAL DIRECTIONAL LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING CEILING RECESSED POCKET (NOT ELECTRICAL) WIFI WAPS, SECURITY DEVICES NOT INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING. CONTRACTOR
SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) WIFI WAPS, SECURITY DEVICES NOT INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) WIFI WAPS, SECURITY
DEVICES NOT INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) TYPICAL CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER STROBE TYPICAL CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER STROBE TYPICAL
CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER STROBE TYPICAL SMOKE DETECTOR TYPICAL RECESSED TRACK LIGHT FIXTURE TYPICAL CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN TYPICAL RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE T 471720 J 7 G J 4 Revisions:
347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853
Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc.
6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction
DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated Fifth Floor-Electrical E-110 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 FIFTH FLOOR EXISTING
WEST PERIMETER GALLERY REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" 3 FIFTH FLOOR EXISTING EAST PERIMETER GALLERY REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" 4 FIFTH FLOOR EXISTING SOUTH GALLERY REFLECTED
CEILING PLAN J A B C E G N J L P R T V X Z BB 4 17172027 NOTES: 1.AREA SHOWN INDICATES WHERE CEILING WILL BE REPLACED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, STORE, AND PROTECT
ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1.1.LIGHTING FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS, 1.2.RECEPTACLES, 1.3.FIRE DEVICES, 1.4.PA SPEAKERS, 1.5. AND TELECOM WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS
REMOVED DEVICES SHALL BE STORED AND THEN REINSTALLED AFTER THE NEW CEILING INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES IN EGRESS AREA. COORDINATE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR EGRESS PATH.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY EGRESS LIGHTING FROM EX. EMERGENCY CIRCUIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST, FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL DEVICES PRIOR TO REMOVAL ARE OPERATIONAL AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT/OWNER OF ALL
DEVICES NOT OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO ANY REMOVAL WORK. SAFE-OFF EX. POWER AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AFTER DEVICES ARE REMOVED. PROVIDE J-BOXES TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO EXPOSED LIVE CONDUCTORS.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTORS AS REQUIRED. 2.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION DURING THE CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AREA. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED
BACKENED EQUIPMENT. PROGRAM TEMPORARY SMOKE DETECTION ALARM SEQUENCES BY CORNELL STANDARD. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY & DOCUMENT EXISTING CONDITION OF EXISTING DEVICES PRIOR TO
START OF ANY WORK TO ENSURE EXISTING DEVICES ARE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY IF EXISTING CONDITION IS DIFFERENT FROM THE DRAWING. 4.IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILING COORDINATE
WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE RELOCATIONS OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY/IT CABLES AND CONDUITS, ETC. AS REQUIRED
FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 5.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ALL WALL OPENINGS AND RELOCATE EXISTING POWER RECEPTACLES, BRANCH CIRCUIT
WIRING, TELECOM DEVICES AND CABLES, FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNTED DEVICES, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW PLUMBING PIPING. 6.REROUTE OR RELOCATE, AS REQUIRED, ANY CONDUIT AND/OR WIRING,
PULLBOXES AND/OR JUNCTION BOXES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SECURITY DEVICES, TELECOM, ETC. WHICH ARE LAID BARE IN THE COURSE OF, OR INTERFERE WITH ALTERATIONS.
7.PROVIDE UNINTERRUPTED POWER SERVICES FOR ADJACENT AREAS NOT PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION. SCHEDULE POWER OUTAGES DURING NON-BUSINESS HOURS TO DISCONNECT/REFEED EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER. COORDINATE WORK WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER. REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4, 5 E-111 2 REFER TO NOTES #1, 2, 3, 4, 5 POWER FOR LEAK DETECTION. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION
WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. XF 120V TO 24V STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER SERVING LEAK DETECTION BY DIVISION 23. SEE PART PLAN DETAIL # FOR EXISTING CONDITION DRAWINGS THAT ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT
DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) PROJECTOR, FIRE ALARM, EXIT SIGNAGE, WIFI WAPS, SECURITY DEVICES NOT INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD
SURVEY EXISTING SPACES. (TYPICAL) TYPICAL RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE TYPICAL SMOKE DETECTOR TYPICAL SPRINKLER HEAD CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR TO BE REMOVED TO ALLOW FOR PLUMBING PIPES INSTALLATION.
SEE NOTES BELOW. TYPICAL RECESSED SPEAKERS PROVIDE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING PIPING WORK. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE
WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SEE NOTE #6. N J L P R T V 2027 Revisions: 347 West 36 Street Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 212-245-5195 T 212-239-7130 F Key Plan: Johnson Museum of Art
Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation 114 Central Avenue, Ithaca, NY 14853 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 31 Knight St Norwalk, CT 06851 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 330 Pfingsten
Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 6308 Fly Road, E. Syracuse, NY 13057 AECC P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls, NY 13153 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis 4588 South
Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Trophy Point N Notes: Construction DocumentsAugust 7, 2020 217 Montgomery Street, Suite 1100 Syracuse, NY 13202 Environmental Design & Research As indicated
Sixth Floor-Electrical E-111 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 SIXTH FLOOR EXISTING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
JMA Roof and Drain - Specs - Conformed set 11-13-2020.pdf
Richard McElhiney Architects LLC August 7, 2020 Construction Documents – Technical Specifications Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation Cornell
University Ithaca, New York 14850 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC 347 West 36 St Suite 1501 New York, NY 10018 Altieri Sebor Wieber LLC 145 Culver Rd Suite 200 Rochester, NY
14620 Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 330 Pfingsten Road Northbrook, IL 60062 AECC 6308 Fly Road E. Syracuse, NY 13057 Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis P.O. Box 217 Skaneateles Falls,
NY 13153 Environmental Design & Research 217 Montgomery Street, 9th Floor Syracuse, NY 13202 Trophy Point 4588 South Park Avenue Blasdell, NY 14219 Richard McElhiney Architects LLC
Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis Altieri Sebor Weiber LLC Wiss, Janey, Elstner Associates, Inc. Trophy Point AECC Environmental Design & Research Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents INDEX OF DRAWINGS TITLE T- 001 Cover Sheet T- 002 Symbols, Notes & Abbreviations CIVIL C-100 General Notes, Abbreviations,
Legends C-101 Site Plan C-102 Site Details ABATEMENT HM-102 Basement – Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-103 Second Lower Level – Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-104 First
Lower Level – Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-105 Ground Floor Level – Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-106 First Floor – Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-107 Second Floor
– Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-108 Third Floor – Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-109 Fourth Floor – Hazardous Material Abatement Plan HM-110 Fifth Floor – Hazardous Material
Abatement Plan HM-111 Sixth Floor – Hazardous Material Abatement Plan ARCHITECTURAL D-101 Under Slab Removal D-102 Basement Removal D-103 Second Lower Level Removal D-104 First
Lower Level Removal D-105 Ground Floor Removal D-106 First Floor Removal D-107 Second Floor Removal D-108 Third Floor Removal D-109 Fourth Floor Removal D-110 Fifth Floor Removal
D-111 Sixth Floor Removal D-112 Penthouse Removal D-113 Roof Removal A-101 Under Slab Plan A-102 Basement Plan A-103 Second Lower Level Plan A-104 First Lower Level Plan Richard
McElhiney Architects LLC Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis Altieri Sebor Weiber LLC Wiss, Janey, Elstner Associates, Inc. Trophy Point AECC Environmental Design & Research INDEX OF DRAWINGS
(cont’d) A-105 Ground Floor Plan A-106 First Floor Plan A-107 Second Floor Plan A-108 Third Floor Plan A-109 Fourth Floor Plan A-110 Fifth Floor Plan A-111 Sixth Floor Plan
A-112 Penthouse Plan A-113 Roof Plan A-121 Second Floor Roof Plan A-122 Second Floor Roof Wind Uplift Plan A-123 Sixth Floor Roof Plan A-124 Sixth Floor Roof Wind Uplift Plan
A-125 Penthouse Roof Plan A-126 Penthouse Roof Wind Uplift Plan A-127 Roof Plan A-128 Roof Wind Uplift Plan A-207 Second Floor Finish Plan A-400 Roof Assembly 1 Details A-401
Roof Assembly 2 Details A-402 Typical Roof Details A-501 Interior Details A-502 Exterior Details A-503 Kitchenette Details A-600 Building Sectional Elevations A-601 Building
Sections PLUMBING P-001 Cover Sheet DP-101 Under Slab - Removal DP-102 Basement - Removal DP-103 Second Lower Level - Removal DP-104 First Lower Level – Removal DP-105 Ground
Floor - Removal DP-106 First Floor - Removal DP-107 Second Floor - Removal DP-108 Third Floor - Removal DP-109 Fourth Floor - Removal DP-110 Fifth Floor - Removal DP-111 Sixth
Floor - Removal DP-112 Penthouse - Removal DP-113 Roof - Removal P-101 Under Slab - Plumbing P-102 Basement - Plumbing P-103 Second Lower Level - Plumbing P-104 First Lower Level
- Plumbing P-105 Ground Floor - Plumbing Richard McElhiney Architects LLC Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis Altieri Sebor Weiber LLC Wiss, Janey, Elstner Associates, Inc. Trophy Point AECC
Environmental Design & Research INDEX OF DRAWINGS (cont’d) P-106 First Floor - Plumbing P-107 Second Floor - Plumbing P-108 Third Floor - Plumbing P-109 Fourth Floor - Plumbing
P-110 Fifth Floor – Plumbing P-111 Sixth Floor - Plumbing P-112 Penthouse - Plumbing P-113 Roof - Plumbing P-201 Storm Riser MECHANICAL M-001 Cover Page - Mechanical ELECTRICAL
E-001 Cover Sheet E-002 Fire Alarm Riser Diagram E-102 Basement - Electrical E-103 Second Lower Level - Electrical E-104 First Lower Level - Electrical E-105 Ground Floor -
Electrical E-106 First Floor - Electrical E-107 Second Floor - Electrical E-108 Third Floor - Electrical E-109 Fourth Floor - Electrical E-110 Fifth Floor - Electrical E-111 Sixth
Floor - Electrical Richard McElhiney Architects LLC Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis Altieri Sebor Weiber LLC Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. Trophy Point AECC Environmental Design
& Research Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 02- EXISTING CONDITIONS
024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 028213 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028313 PCB CAULK ABATEMENT 028314 LEAD SAFE WORK PRACTICES DIVISION 05- METALS 057000 DECORATIVE METALS DIVISION 06- WOOD,
PLASTICS & COMPOSITES 062000 CARPENTRY DIVISION 07- THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 070150 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 075216 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075217 SBS-MODIFIED
BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 078412 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 079200 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08- OPENINGS 083113 ACCESS DOORS DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 092300 GYPSUM PLASTERING
092613 GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 093013 CERAMIC TILING 095113 ACOUTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 099000 PAINTING AND FINISHING DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 220000 PLUMBING
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 260000 GENERAL PROVISIONS 260050 DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS 260500 BASIC MATERIALS DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 283100 ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM
SYSTEM Richard McElhiney Architects LLC Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis Altieri Sebor Weiber LLC Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. Trophy Point AECC Environmental Design & Research
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont’d) DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 311000 SITE CLEARING 312000 EARTH MOVING DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVMENTS 321313 CONCRETE PAVING
329100 SOILS AND PLANTING PREPARATION 329200 TURFS AND GRASSES 329600 TRANSPLANTING DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES 334000 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-1 SECTION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and
general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1.
Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused on site. 3. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building or structure. 4. Repair
procedures for selective demolition operations. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for temporary erosion and sediment control measures, temporary site enclosure
fencing, site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements. 2. Section 312000 “Earth Moving” for support and protection of open excavations for removal of selected site
elements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Demolish/Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and
reinstalled. B. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or
removed and reinstalled. C. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and prepare them for reuse, deliver to Owner, or store. D. Remove
and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-2 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. 1.5
PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review and
finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 3. Review areas
where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including drawings, that indicates the
measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. B. Schedule of Selective
Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site
operations are uninterrupted. 2. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of building or existing site. C. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Submit before Work begins.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of site immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.
B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. C. Notify Owner’s Representative of discrepancies between existing
conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. Hazardous Materials: 1. If unexpected suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately
notify Owner’s Representative and Owner. E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain
in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-3 1. . Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory
Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner if available. Owner does
not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
selective demolition required. C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure
the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal
operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades
and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective
demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Protect walls, ceilings, floors and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective
demolition operations. 3. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020
Construction Documents SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-4 C. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration
and to separate areas from fumes and noise. 3.3 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Dust Control: Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt.
Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations. 1. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice,
flooding or pollutions. 2. Wet mop floors to eliminate trackable dirt and wipe down walls and doors of demolition enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations
of governing regulations. B. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Owner’s Representative,
items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations
are complete. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Using power-driven saw, cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch
at junctures with construction to remain. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete. Neatly
trim openings to dimensions indicated. B. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and remove. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General:
Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose
of them. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning:
Do not burn demolished materials. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-5 C. Disposal: Transport
demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. D. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated.
Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows. 1. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid
marring existing finished surfaces. 2. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. 3. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain condition existing before
selective demolition operation began. E. Existing Facilities: Comply with building manager’s requirements for using and protecting elevators, stairs, walkways, loading docks, building
entries, and other building facilities during selective demolition operations. F. Removed and Reinstalled Items: Comply with the following: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition
adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items
in original locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make
item functional for use indicated. G. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect,
items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
H. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent
structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.
END OF SECTION 024119 Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-1 SECTION 02 82 13 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All provisions, terms, and conditions of the Contract including all bid documents, specifications, drawings, addenda, and other contract documents.
1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Many key words appear throughout the design documents and New York State Department of Labor (NYSDOL) Industrial Code Rule 56 (ICR 56). B. Definitions of these key
words are provided to assist in the understanding of the design documents (see Appendix A: Definitions). 1.3 PRE-BID CONFERENCE A. A pre-bid conference will be conducted by the Construction
Manager and Project Designer (AECC). At the pre-bid conference, the Contractor shall acknowledge that they understand the scope of work for this project and the terms / conditions
as to how the asbestos abatement work is to be completed on this project. B. A work area walkthrough will be conducted as part of the pre-bid conference for the Contractor to satisfy
themselves with the site and the scope of work to be performed on this project. Failure to understand the scope of work shall not relieve the Contractor from completing the work, as
specified and scheduled. 1.4 SCOPE OF WORK A. In general, the asbestos abatement work shall include the removal, transportation, and disposal of the following building materials: Table
1: Base Bid, Asbestos Abatement Work Reference Drawings Description of Asbestos Abatement Work to be Performed Approximate Quantity HM-102, HM-103, HM-104, HM-105, HM-106, HM-107, HM-108,
HM-109, HM-110, HM-111 Pipe Sealant – Remove asbestos-containing pipe sealant in its entirety, including the associated fiberglass pipe insulation. 130 SF HM-107 Sink Mastic – Remove
sink basin and associated asbestos-containing mastic/undercoating in its entirety. 4 SF Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-2 Table 1: Base Bid, Asbestos Abatement Work Reference Drawings Description of Asbestos Abatement Work to be Performed Approximate Quantity HM-103 Foundation
Mastic – Remove asbestos-containing foundation mastic / weatherproofing in areas indicated to facilitate foundation penetration by others. Abatement contractor to coordinate exact location
and size of required foundation penetration with plumbing contractor. Abatement contactor to remove weatherproofing from foundation at and to a distance of 24 inches beyond perimeter
of planned foundation penetration. 12 SF HM-107 Asphaltic Roof Membrane - Remove all layers of existing roofing in areas indicated under abatement conditions, including felts, tars,
mops, pitch, vapor barriers, flashing, etc. To clean roof deck / substrate. 2,500 SF HM-102, HM-103, HM-104, HM-105, HM-106, HM-107, HM-108, HM-109, HM-110, HM-111 Breeching Insulation
- Remove asbestos-containing breaching insulation and wire jacket associated with diesel generator exhaust in its entirety. 125 LF Table Notes: SF = Square Feet LF = Linear Feet Table
2: Alternate #2, Asbestos Abatement Work Reference Drawings Description of Asbestos Abatement Work to be Performed Approximate Quantity HM-106, HM-110 Roof Drain Insulation - Remove
presumed asbestoscontaining roof drain insulation from roof drains in areas indicated on HM series drawings. 32 SF Table Notes: SF = Square Feet Table 3: Alternate #3, Asbestos Abatement
Work Reference Drawings Description of Asbestos Abatement Work to be Performed Approximate Quantity HM-107 Scupper Drain Caulk - Remove presumed asbestoscontaining scupper drain caulk
from east and west scupper drains in areas indicated on HM series drawings. 4 SF Table Notes: SF = Square Feet *Important Table Note: By submitting a bid on this project, the Contractor
acknowledges that the types, locations, and quantities of ACM listed in the tables are approximate and shall be field-verified. Variations of ±20% in the quantities listed above shall
be acknowledged by the Contractor and shall be reflected in the base bid fee for this project. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-3 C. The Contractor’s pricing shall include costs for all labor, materials, equipment, asbestos project notifications and associated fees, insurance, waste
transportation and disposal, overhead and profit, and all other costs necessary to complete the work as specified. D. The Contractor shall address any questions about the work of this
project during the pre-bid conference and up until submission of bid. The Contractor must be satisfied and agreeable to the design plans and specifications upon the submission of their
bid. E. All work shall be performed in accordance with the project design specifications and all applicable federal, state, and local regulations. If conflicts occur between the project
design documents and federal, state, and/or local regulations, the most stringent requirement shall apply. The Contractor shall comply with the following, except where more stringent
requirements are shown or specified: 1. Federal Regulations: a. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910.1001 - Asbestos b. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910.1200 - Hazard Communication c. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910.134
- Respiratory Protection d. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910.145 - Specification for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags e. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926 - Construction Industry f. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.1101
- Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite g. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.500 - Guardrails, Handrails, and Covers h. USEPA 40 CFR Part 61, Subpart A - General Provisions i. USEPA
40 CFR Part 61, Subpart M - Asbestos NESHAPs 2. New York State Regulations: a. NYSDOL 12 NYCRR Part 56 - “Asbestos” as amended 3/21/2007 b. NYSDEC 6 NYCRR Parts 360 and 364 - Waste
Disposal & Transportation c. NYSDOH 10 NYCRR Part 73 - Asbestos Safety Program Requirements 3. All Local Regulations 4. Standards and Guidance Documents: a. American National Standard
Institute (ANSI) Z88.2-80, Practices for Respiratory Protection b. ANSI Z9.2-79, Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems c. USEPA 560/585-024, Guidance
for Controlling Asbestos Containing Materials in Buildings (Purple Book) d. USEPA 530-SW-85-007, Asbestos Waste Management Guidance 5. All Building, Fire Code, and Local regulations.
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-4 F. The Contractor accepts that multiple means of clearance
criteria will be utilized for final clearance purposes based upon the applicable regulatory requirements or conditions set forth within the NYSDOL-approved site-specific variances.
Visual inspections, Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM), and/or Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) analysis of air samples will be utilized for clearance purposes on this project, as
required. 1.5 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall be responsible for meeting the insurance requirements set forth by the Building Owner. B. Contractor shall not proceed with
any work activities until the Building Owner and Construction Manager have approved the insurance certificates provided by the Contractor. 1.6 BUILDING OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES A. The
Building Owner shall be responsible for: 1. Hiring an independent, third-party asbestos project monitoring / air sampling firm. 2. Proving a source of electrical power for the Contractor
to perform asbestos abatement activities. 3. Providing a source of water for the Contractor to perform asbestos abatement activities. 1.7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor
shall be responsible for: 1. Performing the asbestos abatement work in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations including, but not limited to: all New York
State, United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) codes, rules, regulations, and standards. 2. Providing portable
/ temporary sanitary facilities at the project site for the duration of project work activities. 3. Providing and maintaining secured / controlled access to restricted and regulated
work areas for the duration of project-related activities. 4. Providing supervisors and workers who are competent, trained, and medically fit to conduct the asbestos abatement work
as well as all materials and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. 5. Collecting personal exposure assessment air samples for their employees, as required by applicable
OSHA standards. The third-party Project Monitor / Air Sampling Technician shall not perform or be responsible for the collection, shipping / delivery, or analysis of the Contractor’s
personal exposure assessment air samples on this project. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-5
6. Completing the project as specified by the design documents. The Contractor accepts that the asbestos abatement work is not complete until satisfactory final visual inspections are
made and after clearance air testing results are deemed to be acceptable and the project-related wastes have been removed from site. 7. Packaging, transporting, and disposing of all
asbestos (regulated and nonregulated) wastes generated by the work in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations. 8. Ensuring restricted and regulated work
area security during the course of the project, so that unauthorized personnel do not enter restricted and/or regulated work areas. 9. Providing emergency plans and emergency telephone
numbers to on-site abatement personnel. The emergency plans and telephone numbers shall be kept on site at all times during the project. 10. Obeying the Building Owner’s policies and
procedures pertaining to work on-site. 11. Ensuring that no employee of their company speaks to the media without written permission from the Building Owner. 12. Complying with the
contractual requirements set forth by the Building Owner. 13. Posting a notice at all building entrances notifying all persons of the Contractor’s intent to conduct asbestos abatement
work ten (10) days prior to starting any project-related activities. 14. Notifying the NYSDOL and USEPA about the asbestos abatement work and paying the applicable project notification
fees. 15. Following the direction of the Building Owner, Construction Manager, and Project Designer with respect to schedule, health / safety issues, and other site activities. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the legal means and methods of performing the work of the project in accordance with their contract. 1.8 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor
shall be responsible for providing their personnel with adequate personal protective equipment (PPE) to perform work activities on this project, as per the applicable federal and state
regulations. B. The Contractor will be responsible for collecting OSHA personal asbestos samples for their workers on this project. Representative samples shall be taken daily and
sample results shall be posted at the personal decontamination unit within forty-eight (48) hours of collection. The Contractor is responsible for providing their employees with adequate
respiratory protection based upon the sample results received. C. Street clothing is not permitted inside regulated work areas during abatement activities. D. The Contractor is responsible
for providing the Project Designer, the Project Monitor, any regulatory personnel, and/or authorized visitors with PPE upon demand, and at no cost. This may include some or all of the
following: protective clothing, respirators, Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-6 high efficiency
particulate air (HEPA) cartridges, hard hats, gloves, eye protection, and rubber disposable boots. 1.9 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Submittals - By submitting a bid for the work on
this project, the Building Owner, Construction Manager, and/or Project Designer may undertake investigations (as necessary) to select the most qualified contractor for this project.
If requested by any of the aforementioned parties, the following information shall be submitted to the Project Designer (three hard copies) for review, prior to contract award: 1. Contractor’s
Asbestos Handling License issued by the NYSDOL. 2. A notarized statement, signed by an officer of the company, containing the following information: a. Any federal, state, or local
regulatory agency citations, violations, notices, orders to comply, or penalties recorded against the asbestos abatement contractor in the last three (3) years. b. Any claims or legal
proceedings in which the Contractor has been involved in the past three (3) years. c. Any OSHA fines and/or citations, and a list of OSHA recordable accidents per year for the last
three (3) years. d. Any asbestos related projects where a contract has been terminated, including project name, client, dates, and reasons for termination. 3. A minimum of five (5)
project references for projects similar in nature to this project that have been self-performed and completed in the past three (3) years including the project name and location, scope
of work, client, and contact person’s name, telephone number, and e-mail address. 4. Failure to submit this information upon request may result in the disqualification and dismissal
of the Contractor’s bid. By submitting a bid on this project, the Contractor understands and accepts this requirement. B. Pre-Work Submittals - The Contractor shall submit the following
information to the Project Designer at least ten (10) business days prior to the commencement of work activities at the project site: 1. Contractor’s Asbestos Handling License, issued
by the NYSDOL. 2. NYSDOL Asbestos Project Notification. 3. USEPA Notification of Demolition & Renovation. 4. Asbestos Project Notice to be posted on each building / structure prior
to the start of the work, as required by ICR 56-3.6. 5. New York State Department of Environmental Conversation (NYSDEC) Waste Transporter Permit. 6. NYSDEC landfill permit(s) where
asbestos waste from the site will be disposed. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-7 7. Project
schedule showing daily activities, phases of work, and regulated work areas including, but not limited to: mobilization, work area preparation, abatement / removal, cleanings, work
area dismantlement, and demobilization. 8. Wastewater discharge permit required by state, county, or local municipality. If a permit is not required or will not be obtained, submit
a written statement describing how wastewater from this project will be collected and disposed. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying discharge procedures with the Local authority,
prior to submission of bid. 9. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all chemicals, solvents, products, and materials utilized on the project. 10. Manufacturer’s specifications/certifications
for all materials and equipment utilized on the project. 11. Written notifications to local fire, rescue, and emergency agencies informing them of the nature and schedule of the work
at the site. 12. List of contact persons and emergency phone numbers for Contractor personnel to be posted at the project site. 13. Asbestos abatement personnel / worker documentation,
including: a. NYSDOL Asbestos Handling Certificates. b. NYSDOH 2832 Asbestos Training Certificates. c. Medical examinations/evaluations. d. Respirator fit test certifications 14. The
Contractor shall not proceed with any work until the pre-work submittals have been approved by the Project Designer. C. Work Submittals - The Contractor shall submit the following information
to the Project Designer during the course of the project: 1. OSHA personal exposure assessment air sampling data. The Building Owner, Construction Manager, Project Designer, and Project
Monitor are not responsible for the interpretation of these results. The intent is only to show that the Contractor is collecting these samples, as required by OSHA. 2. A daily list
of the personnel on-site accompanied by their NYSDOL Asbestos Handling Certificate number. D. Post-Work / Project Closeout Submittals - Before final payment is made by the Building
Owner, the following information shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Project Designer for review within 30 days after completing work activities: 1. Copies of all waste disposal
manifests, disposal logs, and weight tickets. All original waste disposal records shall be submitted directly to the Building Owner by the Contractor within ten (10) calendar days
of the waste leaving site. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-8 2. Copies of the Supervisor’s daily
project log, as required by ICR 56-7.3, documenting all pertinent events that occur throughout the project, which include the following: a. Elevated air sampling result(s) shall be
noted along with the time of the work cessation, results of barrier and negative air system inspection, and a summary of any necessary repairs and the required cleaning(s). b. Manometer
readings documented twice per work shift. c. Daily (including days without work shifts) inspection results of negative-air ventilation system and any necessary repairs, if applicable.
d. Daily (including days without work shifts) inspection results of HVAC system positive pressurization and any necessary repairs, if applicable. e. Daily (including days without work
shifts) inspection results of any critical / isolation barriers and any necessary repairs, if applicable. Inspections shall be performed twice per work shift on days where work is
performed. f. Daily testing of barriers and enclosures as per ICR 56-8.2(f) and any necessary repairs, if applicable. g. Daily cleaning of decontamination system enclosures to be documented
at the end of each work shift. h. Results of each visual inspection and time of each intermediate completion, if applicable. i. Results of visual inspection by Supervisor and Project
Monitor for each asbestos abatement work area prior to clearance air sampling. 3. Entry / exit logs for each asbestos abatement regulated work area. 4. Final NYSDOL and USEPA project
notifications, as applicable. 5. Any other submittal requested by the Building Owner, Construction Manager, and/or Project Designer. 6. The Construction Manager and Project Designer
shall ensure that the Contractor has met all the contractual obligations to close out this project. Failure to provide all of the requested project closeout documentation may result
in the delay of payment to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional compensation or finance charges caused by their failure to submit the requested closeout
information in a timely manner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall be responsible for: 1. Providing all materials and equipment necessary to complete
work activities. 2. Providing safe / reliable materials and equipment. 3. Providing appropriate PPE for all abatement personnel. 4. Providing HEPA-filtered air filtration devices and
HEPA vacuums. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-9 5. Providing continuous negative air pressure
within the regulated work area for the duration of abatement activities, until which time final air samples meet clearance criteria. 6. Utilizing barrier tape and danger signs to keep
unauthorized personnel away from the restricted and regulated work areas. Danger signs shall contain the following language: DANGER CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS AVOID CREATING DUST CANCER
AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD 7. Utilizing airless sprayers to limit airborne dust / particulate within the regulated work area. 8. Utilizing flame-retardant 6-mil polyethylene sheeting for
the construction of abatement work areas, decontamination units, and the lining of waste containers. 9. Utilizing 6-mil polyethylene bags for the containerization of asbestos wastes.
10. Utilizing duct tape or approved equivalent to seal polyethylene sheeting and waste disposal bags. 11. Utilizing electrical equipment and power cords in compliance with all applicable
OSHA standards. 12. Utilizing Ground Fault Interrupters (GFIs) or Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCIs) on all power sources. B. Any miscellaneous products not covered in this specification
must have written approval from the Project Designer, prior to use on-site. C. Any miscellaneous products used at the site must be accompanied by manufacturer’s product information
and a safety data sheet (SDS). This information must be submitted to the Project Designer prior to the products arriving on site. The Contractor may not proceed until the products
have been approved for use by the Project Designer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 UTILITIES A. For asbestos abatement activities, the Building Owner shall provide the Contractor with power
and water sources; however, the Contractor shall be responsible for all interconnects, hoses, wires, etc. B. All temporary water and electrical service connections / installations shall
be conducted by a licensed plumber / electrician and be installed accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local codes, rules, and regulations. C. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the maintenance of all electrical cords and water hoses, and keeping them in a secure location to prevent unnecessary tripping and/or slipping hazards. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-10 D. The Contractor is responsible for verifying that all utilities have been
properly isolated or terminated, as required to perform work activities, prior to the start of the projectrelated activities. E. Contractor shall be responsible for providing electrical
power, as needed, to the Project Monitor / Air Sampling Technician for the collection of all project-related air samples, including power for the collection of background and final
air samples. 3.2 DECONTAMINATION FACILITIES A. All decontamination facilities shall meet the requirements of ICR 56 and shall be constructed and deemed adequate by the Project Monitor,
prior to the commencement of any work area prep activities. B. The personal decontamination unit shall be equipped with one (1) shower per six (6) full-shift abatement workers. C. Decontamination
units shall be cleaned at the beginning, during and end of each work shift. Dirt and/or debris in the decontamination unit shall not be permitted. 3.3 HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING
(HVAC) SYSTEMS A. The Contractor shall shutdown / isolate, de-energize, and seal all HVAC systems to complete abatement activities on this project. 3.4 NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENTILATION
A. Negative air pressure shall be provided and installed that, at a minimum, complies with the provisions within the NYSDOL-approved site-specific variance. B. Negative air pressure
shall be continuous for the duration of the project until final air clearance criteria have been achieved. HEPA vacuums may only be utilized for negative air pressure on minor-sized
abatement work areas. C. Manometers shall be used to document the pressure differential for all OSHA Class I large and small sized friable regulated work areas. A minimum of -0.02
column inches of water pressure differential, relative to pressure outside the regulated work area, shall be maintained within the regulated work area, as evidenced by manometric measurements.
Once installed, on a daily basis and at least twice per work shift, the Contractor shall document the manometer readings in the daily project log. The manometer shall be installed
and made operational once negative air ventilation has been established in the regulated work area. At a minimum, magnahelic manometers shall be calibrated semi-annually, and a copy
of the current calibration certification shall be posted at the work site, as required by ICR 56. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the following: 1. Monitoring of negative
air pressure equipment and records of the daily manometer readings in the Supervisor’s project log book. 2. Stoppage of activities when negative air pressure is lost or is less than
required. The Contractor shall not resume activities until constant negative air pressure is has been reestablished and maintained for at least 30 minutes. Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-11 3.5 CRITICAL / ISOLATION BARRIERS A. After pre-cleaning activities are completed, the
Contractor shall install critical and isolation barriers as per ICR 56 or the conditions found within the NYSDOL-approved site-specific variances. B. Two (2) layers of 6-mill polyethylene
sheeting shall be utilized to cover and seal windows, doors, openings, drains, ducts, corridors, etc. to isolate the work area from other areas of the building. C. All critical / isolation
barriers shall be smoke-tested and the results of these inspections recorded in the Supervisor’s daily project log book. D. The Contractor shall inspect all critical / isolation barriers
during the abatement project, as required by ICR 56 requirements, to ensure that the barriers remain in-place and in good condition. 3.6 PRE-CLEANING ACTIVITIES A. Pre-cleaning activities
will be required prior to work area preparation, as per ICR 56 or the conditions found within the NYSDOL-approved site-specific variances. B. The Contractor shall request a visual inspection
by the Project Monitor to ensure that the work areas have been successfully pre-cleaned, prior to commencement of work area preparation activities. 3.7 ASBESTOS HANDLING & CLEANING
ACTIVITIES A. The Contractor shall conduct all asbestos removal / abatement activities in accordance with ICR 56 or the conditions found within the NYSDOL-approved site-specific variances.
B. Negative air machines shall be utilized at all regulated work areas, until satisfactory air sample results have been achieved. HEPA vacuums may only be utilized to provide continuous
negative air pressure ventilation on minor-sized abatement projects. C. All asbestos materials shall be removed using wet methods. Dry removal, sweeping, wire brushing, use of pressurized
water / pressurized air, or other inappropriate techniques will not be permitted. D. Airless sprayers shall be utilized to control airborne asbestos fiber concentrations. E. The Contractor
is responsible for taking appropriate measures to reduce nuisance odors and noise from migrating to other areas of the building. F. Waste shall be immediately bagged and be transported
to the waste decontamination enclosure. Waste bags shall then be cleaned in the waste decontamination enclosure, double bagged, labeled, and transported to the waste dumpster, trailer,
etc. G. Waste bag transfer shall take place inside a cart that has been lined with two (2) layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheeting. This cart shall also be covered by polyethylene during
any waste transfer activities and be labeled with appropriate asbestos signage. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ASBESTOS
ABATEMENT 028213-12 H. As required, workers shall wear PPE during work area preparation, abatement activities, cleaning, and during any other work area activities until final air clearance
criteria has been achieved. I. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the Project Monitor / Air Sampling Technician with sufficient power to conduct air sampling at the project
site. The Contractor shall also provide the Project Monitor / Air Sampling Technician with access to the decontamination unit and hot water on days when final / clearance air sampling
is required (even when abatement work is not taking place). 3.8 WASTE DISPOSAL ACTIVITIES A. The Contractor shall ensure that all asbestos waste / debris are sufficiently wet, prior
to being bagged / containerized for disposal. B. Bags, drums, or other acceptable packages / containers used for asbestos waste shall be labeled with appropriate asbestos waste generator
tags / labels. C. Two (2) 6-mil polyethylene bags or two (2) layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheeting shall be utilized for the disposal of all asbestos waste. D. A daily count of asbestos
waste bags, drums, containers, etc. shall be recorded by the Supervisor. This count shall be provided to the Project Monitor each day. E. All asbestos and other wastes from the site
shall be sent to a properly permitted landfill or disposal facility. Waste manifests shall accompany all asbestos and all regulated wastes that are removed from the site. All original
waste manifests shall be submitted directly to the Building Owner and shall not be given to the General Contractor, Project Designer, or Project Monitor. F. Vehicles used for the transport
of all wastes shall bear all appropriate permit tags, markings, and placards. 3.9 INSPECTIONS A. The Contractor shall not interfere, impede, or delay any inspections by the Building
Owner (or their authorized visitors), Construction Manager, Project Designer, Project Monitor, or any federal, state, or local inspectors. B. The Contractor shall request inspections
from the Project Monitor at the following intervals, as applicable to the project: 1. Upon completion of the decontamination system enclosure. 2. Upon completion of the restricted /
regulated work area. 3. Upon completion of the abatement / final cleaning process. 4. Upon completion of teardown / dismantling activities. C. The Supervisor shall be responsible for
adequately documenting inspections in their daily project log book. 3.10 ASBESTOS PROJECT MONITORING / AIR SAMPLING Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7,
2020 Construction Documents ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213-13 A. The Contractor shall not include any costs in their bid for project monitoring or air sampling activities. B. The Project
Monitor / Air Sampling Technician will be responsible for the following: 1. Conducting air sampling, in accordance with ICR 56 or the conditions found within the NYSDOL-approved site-specific
variances. 2. Conducting a visual inspection for completeness of abatement and completeness of cleanup as per the provisions of the current ASTM Standard E1368 - “Standard Practice
for Visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Projects.” An entry shall be made into the daily project log by both the Supervisor and the Project Monitor performing the inspection, detailing
the findings of the visual inspection. The full name and NYSDOL asbestos handling certificate number of the certified Project Monitor performing the inspection shall also be documented
in the Supervisor’s daily project log. 3. Performing aggressive air sampling techniques during final clearance air sampling. C. The Contractor understands that the Project Monitor has
been retained by the Building Owner to oversee the asbestos abatement project and that the Building Owner has authorized the Project Monitor to stop the Contractor’s work if the Contractor
is not following the contract documents, design specifications, applicable codes, rules, regulations, and/or the conditions found within the NYSDOL-approved site-specific variance.
Work shall only be permitted to commence if allowed by the Building Owner and the Project Designer after corrective actions have been made. The Contractor acknowledges that it is
their responsibility to follow all applicable laws pertaining to asbestos abatement and job specifications, and failure to do so may result in lost time and/or dismissal from site at
no cost to the Building Owner, Construction Manager, Project Designer, or Project Monitor. The Contractor shall not be compensated for any lost time, labor, materials, etc., due to
inappropriate actions or behaviors. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PCB CAULK ABATEMENT 028313-1 SECTION
02 83 13 PCB CAULK ABATEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Specification
Sections, shall apply to this Section. 1.2 GENERAL A. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) are currently prohibited from being used in caulks, sealants, and other building components, such
as light ballasts, electrical capacitors and transformers, and other equipment. B. PCBs are a recognized health hazard, and current state and federal regulations require the implementation
of appropriate protocols while handling, transporting, and disposing of PCBs. This specification was developed to ensure the completeness of abatement procedures while ensuring the
health & safety of workers, the general public, and the environment. Any changes in laws and regulations that may be issued in the future could alter the applicability of this document.
The Building Owner and Owner Representatives (i.e. Project Architect, Construction Manager, Project Designer, Environmental Consultant, etc.) shall not be responsible for any future
regulatory changes that affect this specification. C. Building materials found to contain PCBs at a concentration at or above 50 parts per million (ppm) or presumed to contain PCBs
are considered PCB bulk wastes (hazardous) by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC). Concentrations
of PCBs in solids greater than 50 ppm must be handled and disposed of in accordance with all applicable state and federal regulations. D. The Contractor shall follow the procedures
of this specification to ensure that any activities that disturb PCB-containing materials are conducted in a manner that will minimize any potential exposure to the environment, employees,
and the general public. E. If conflicts occur between any federal, state, and/or or local regulations and this specification, the most stringent course of action shall apply. 1.3 SCOPE
OF WORK A. Pre-renovation hazardous material testing identified the presence of PCB-containing caulk along the flashing of the sculpture terrace roof. Refer to AECC’s Limited Hazardous
Material Pre-Renovation Survey Report, Johnson Museum of Art, dated July 31, 2020, for information pertaining to the scope and findings of the testing within the proposed renovation
areas. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PCB CAULK ABATEMENT 028313-2 B. Where an existing substrate is scheduled to remain,
the Contractor shall remove all visible caulk in its entirety, to a smooth / flat condition without causing damage to the existing substrate. After the removal and cleaning activities
have been completed, a visual inspection shall be performed and documented by the Environmental Consultant, to confirm completeness of the removal. C. The Contractor shall be responsible
for providing all waste containers and labels. Post containerization, the Contractor shall be responsible for completing waste manifests, and coordinating the transport and disposal
of all PCB abatement related wastes on this project. As such, these services, materials, and fees shall be included in the Contractor’s scope of work. D. Upon completion of work shift,
the Contractor shall coordinate the storage of any waste containers with the Building Owner and Owner Representatives. E. In the event that the Contractor selects a removal method that
generates any additional waste materials (brick, block, window units/door units in their entirety) other than PCB-containing caulk applications, the Contractor assumes the responsibility
for proper transportation and disposal of those components and all associated costs. F. Upon completion of all PCB abatement activities, the Contractor shall provide all abatement-related
documentation to the Project Architect and Project Designer within ten (10) business days. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Pre-Abatement Submittals. The Contractor shall submit the following information
to the Project Architect and Project Designer at least ten (10) business days prior to starting the work: 1. Contractor’s Removal Plan: a. Contractor to submit a detailed plan of the
procedures and methods to be used in the removal and disposal of PCB-containing caulks. The plan shall identify proposed locations of decontamination enclosures and waste staging areas;
personal protective measures to be employed by Contractor personnel to ensure adequate health and safety precautions; the manner in which removal areas will be segregated and secured
to minimize the potential for contaminant migration to other areas of the building during the work; the tools and methods to be used in removing the caulk from its substrate; the methods
of containing and staging the project-derived waste materials prior to transportation from the site; the process for coordinating visual inspection by the Environmental Consultant;
the proposed waste transportation contractor and waste disposal facility; and procedures for providing necessary closeout documentation. 2. Waste Transporter Permit: a. Contractor to
provide a copy of the current waste transporter permit issued by the NYSDEC to the proposed waste hauler for the project. 3. Copies of the following workers certifications: Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PCB CAULK ABATEMENT 028313-3 a. HAZMAT or HAZWOPER certificates for all personnel that shall handle
PCBcontaining materials. b. Medical evaluations to show suitably to wear respiratory protection. c. Fit test records to show respirator suitability. 2. Certification of mechanical lift
training for employees that will be removing PCB caulk at elevated levels. 3. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) shall be submitted for all materials and products to be used on-site. 4. A detailed
plan for the collection, handling, and disposal of any wastewater to be generated on the project, including any discharge permits, if applicable. 5. Manufacturers’ certifications for
all equipment to be used on the project. 6. Copy of the company’s Hazard Communication Program, Respiratory Protection Plan, and Site Emergency Response Plan. 7. Copy of notifications
to the local fire and rescue that work will be conducted at the site. 8. Copies of the emergency phone numbers that will be posted on the personal decontamination unit. 9. Proposed
Supervisor on the project, including a list of other projects that the Supervisor has worked on of similar nature. 10. Work Schedule B. Abatement-Related Submittals. During the course
of abatement activities, the Contractor shall submit the following information to the Project Architect and Project Designer for review: 1. Personal Air Sample Results for PCB Exposure
– The Contractor shall be responsible for the collection of personal air samples during the course of PCB abatement activities. The collection, analysis, and interpretation of the air
samples are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Project Architect and Project Designer shall not be responsible for the interpretation of the laboratory results, only to
verify that the Contractor has collected the samples. 2. A daily list of the abatement personnel on-site. 3. Copies of workers certifications, medical evaluations, and fit test forms.
These documents shall only be valid one (1) year from the date that they were taken. Expired certifications, evaluations, and fit tests shall not be permitted. Workers with expired
documentation will not be permitted to work on this project. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PCB CAULK ABATEMENT 028313-4
C. Project Closeout Submittals. At the conclusion of PCB caulk abatement activities, the Contractor shall submit the following information to the Project Architect and Project Designer
for review: 1. Copies of the Supervisor’s daily log book entries for the project, which must include a daily count of containerized waste, drums, or dumpsters generated during the course
of abatement activities. 2. Original waste manifests and other waste documentation related to the PCB abatement work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Polyethylene Sheeting - To prevent
dust migration, dust barriers, containments, and/or enclosures shall be constructed utilizing fire-retardant polyethylene sheeting of at least 6 mil thickness. These barriers shall
be constructed to minimize dust migration into adjacent non-work areas. B. Polyethylene Waste Bags - All caulk, polyethylene drop cloths, polyethylene barrier materials, towels, used
personal protective equipment, and other wastes generated by and during this work shall be securely containerized in polyethylene bags of at least 6 mil in thickness. C. Framing - If
framing is utilized for the construction of dust barriers/containments, all reinforcement framing/sheathing materials must be at least ⅜-inch thick. Minimum requirements for framing
materials shall be comprised of 2”x4” stud framing in accordance with all applicable building and fire codes. D. Tapes / Adhesives - Commercially available tape and spray adhesives
designed for such purposes are allowed to maintain the integrity of barriers, containments, and enclosures. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Protective Clothing - Coveralls, gloves, eye protection,
ear protection, safety footwear, hard hats, and fall protection are required during all abatement related activities, as per all applicable OSHA regulations. B. Respiratory Protection
- The Contractor shall provide workers with adequate respiratory protection based on the identified hazards. The level of respiratory protection shall be determined through personal
exposure assessment air monitoring. C. Respirator Filters - The Contractor shall provide their workers with appropriate respirator filters for the respiratory protection the workers
are utilizing as per OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910.134. D. Tools used for the removal of caulking or other PCB material shall be used in a manner that minimizes dust generation. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PCB CAULK ABATEMENT 028313-5 E. Any power tools used to drill, cut, or otherwise disturb PCB material
shall be manufacturer equipped with High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filtered local exhaust ventilation. F. Any dry vacuuming performed during the completion of the work shall
be performed with HEPA filter equipped industrial vacuums conforming to ANSI Z9.2. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PRE-ABATEMENT WORK A. The Contractor shall utilize decontamination procedures
to comply with OSHA regulations. A separate decontamination area shall be utilized for equipment. The Contractor shall create this decontamination unit/area to capture all wastewater
(including proper berms). The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper transportation and disposal of all wastewater generated during PCB abatement activities. At no time, shall
this wastewater be permitted to be disposed of in the ground or sanitary sewer. B. After the decontamination unit is deemed satisfactory by the Environmental Consultant, the Contractor
shall establish the regulated work area. This area shall comply with state and federal regulations, and shall include the following: 1. Barrier tape shall be utilized to prevent unauthorized
personnel from accessing the regulated work area. This area shall be extended 25 feet (if possible) in a horizontal direction from the furthest point of abatement activities. 2. Signage
that complies with OSHA regulations shall be placed on the decontamination unit/area, any waste dumpsters, and at frequent intervals around the perimeter of the work area boundary.
C. The Contractor shall provide their personnel with PPE to minimize employee exposure to PCBs. This PPE shall be provided to the Environmental Consultant, the Building Owner, Owner
Representatives, regulatory inspectors, and/or any authorized visitors, upon request. D. Critical barriers shall be installed, prior to the commencement of abatement activities. These
barriers shall be constructed of two (2) layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheeting and shall be secured in place utilizing duct tape and spray glue (or an approved equivalent). These barriers
shall remain in place until the work areas have met visual clearance criteria and the Environmental Consultant grants permission for these barriers to be removed. Any air intakes,
doors, or other means of air intrusion into the building within 25 feet of removal activities shall also be covered with critical barriers. E. A drop cloth made of 6-mil polyethylene
sheeting shall be utilized. This drop cloth shall be placed directly below the entire area where caulk removal is occurring. The drop cloth should extend ten (10) feet laterally from
the furthest point where removal shall take place, should extend ten (10) feet horizontally from the edge of the building, and should extend two (2) feet up the wall where removal is
taking place. The drop cloth should be firmly secured to the ground utilizing appropriate measures. The drop Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020
Construction Documents PCB CAULK ABATEMENT 028313-6 cloth shall also be constructed / situated to allow wastewater to pool for proper recovery. 3.2 ABATEMENT WORK A. A six (6) mil polyethylene
drop cloth shall be positioned directly under any abatement areas to capture any abated caulk or water being utilized. Accumulations of caulk and/or water on the drop cloth shall not
be tolerated. Any caulking, debris, and/or waste shall be handled and disposed appropriately. B. For interior removal activities, two (2) layers of polyethylene sheeting shall be placed
on the entire floor where the abatement work is being performed. The sheeting shall extend a minimum of one (1) foot up the walls and be taped to the wall surface. The interior work
area shall be contained and negative air pressure (utilizing negative air machines) shall be utilized, similar to an asbestos abatement regulated work area. C. During gross removal
activities, the caulk shall be immediately placed into approved containers, labeled accordingly, and disposed of in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. D. The Contractor
shall sufficiently abate all visible caulking utilizing wet and manual methods. Dry removal shall not be permitted. Mechanical methods shall not be permitted. Upon completion of
abatement activities, the Contractor shall clean the substrate in proximity to the areas where the caulk has been abated. This measure is required to clean any PCB oils or dusts that
may be present on the substrate post abatement. E. Excessive amounts of water shall not be utilized, but the caulking should be adequately wet to prevent any dust release during removal
operations. F. The Contractor accepts that visual inspections will be utilized to determine completeness of abatement. The Contractor understands that the Environmental Consultant
is responsible for conducting the final visual inspections and they must complete abatement to the satisfaction of the Environmental Consultant. 3.3 WASTE TRANSPORTATION & DISPOSAL
ACTIVITIES A. All PCB waste generated during abatement activities shall be transported and disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations.
3.4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Building Owner shall retain the services of a third party Environmental Consultant to observe the Contractor’s work for compliance
with applicable regulations and the project specifications. B. The Environmental Consultant will conduct final visual inspections to ensure that the PCB caulk has been satisfactorily
removed. C. The Contractor understands that the Environmental Consultant has been retained by the Building Owner to oversee the PCB abatement work and that the Building Owner has Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PCB CAULK ABATEMENT 028313-7 authorized the Environmental Consultant to stop the Contractor’s
work if the Contractor is not following the contract documents or the applicable codes, rules, and regulations. Work shall only be permitted to commence if allowed by the Building Owner
and Owner Representatives after corrective actions have been made. The Contractor acknowledges that it is their responsibility to follow all applicable rules and regulations and failure
to do so may result in lost time and/or dismissal from site at no cost to the Building Owner or Building Owner Representatives. The Contractor shall not be compensated for any lost
time, labor, materials, etc., due to inappropriate actions or behaviors related to the PCB abatement work on this project. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents LEAD SAFE WORK PRACTICES 028314-1 Section 02 83 14 LEAD SAFE WORK PRACTICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All provisions, terms, and
conditions of the Contract including all bid documents, specifications, drawings, addenda, and other contract documents. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Lead-based paint (LBP), as defined by the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), means paints / varnishes or glazed materials (i.e. ceramic tile) containing
0.5% lead or more by weight. B. Lead, as defined by OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.62 means: metallic lead, all inorganic lead compounds, and organic lead soaps. All other organic lead compounds
are excluded from this definition. C. Action Level, as defined by OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.62, means employee exposure, without regard to the use of respirators, to an airborne concentration
of lead of 30 micrograms per cubic meter (30 µg/m3) of air calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA). D. Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL), as defined by OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.62,
means employee exposure, without regard to personal protective equipment, to an airborne concentration of lead of 50 µg/m3 (calculated as a TWA). E. Competent person, as defined by
OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.62, means one who is capable of identifying lead hazards and implementing corrective measures to eliminate hazards. F. Lead-containing material (LCM) includes
LBP, lead-containing components, lead-lined walls and surfaces, and ceramic tile applications. A building material is defined as a LCM if any detectable amount of lead is present in
that building material. 1.3 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Due to the age of the building / structure, all untested painted surfaces and building materials shall be presumed to contain lead and
shall be treated as LCM in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. B. Any activity that will disturb LCM shall comply with the conditions specified herein. The Occupational
Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) regulates occupational exposure to lead under 29 CFR Part 1926.62, Lead in Construction Standard. Any Contractor disturbing LCM shall comply with
all the requirements of 29 CFR Part 1926.62 and this specification. The intent is for the Contractor to protect their Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents LEAD SAFE WORK PRACTICES 028314-2 workers, building occupants, and the general public from unnecessary exposures to lead. C. The Contractor shall provide
all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and engineering controls necessary to protect their workers, building occupants, and the general public from exposure to lead. D. Any waste products
shall be considered industrial or hazardous waste, based on the results of a Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) test. If required by the landfill receiving the wastes
from this project, the costs related to the TCLP sampling / laboratory analysis shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and included in their base bid fee for the project.
E. Exact quantities and locations of the LCM to be disturbed shall be determined by the Contractor prior to their submission of bid. F. All work shall be performed in accordance with
this specification and applicable federal, state, and/or local regulations. Dry sweeping of demolition dust containing lead is strictly prohibited. Lead-containing debris must be picked
up utilizing a highefficiency particulate air (HEPA) vacuum system, designed to collect LCM, debris, and dust. G. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that waste materials
are contained, transported, and disposed of in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations. 1.4 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS A. The Contractor shall comply with all
federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations regarding the handling, transportation, storage, and disposal of LCM. The Contractor is further responsible to conduct
all work activities in strict compliance with all applicable codes, rules, laws, and regulations including, but not limited to: 1. Worker Protection / Building Occupant Protection -
Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR Part 1910.134 - Respiratory Protection Standard 29 CFR Part 1926. 20 - General Safety and Health Provisions 29 CFR Part
1926.59 - Hazard Communication 29 CFR Part 1926.62 - Lead Exposure in Construction 29 CFR Part 1910.94 and Part 1926. 57 - Ventilation 2. Ambient Air Quality- Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) 40 CFR Part 50.6 - National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards for Particulate Matter 3. Water Quality - Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 40 CFR
Part 122 - Administered Permit Programs; The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
LEAD SAFE WORK PRACTICES 028314-3 4. Waste Disposal - Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 40 CFR Part 261 - Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste 40 CFR Part 262 - Standards
Applicable to Generators of Hazardous Waste 40 CFR Part 263 - Standards Applicable to Transporters of Hazardous Waste 5. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC)
Title 6 Parts 360-7, 364, and 370 through 374 B. The Contractor shall also comply with the following regulations and guidance documentation: 1. U.S. Department of Labor 2. Occupational
Safety and Health Administration Pub. 3126 - Working with Lead in the Construction Industry 1.5 LEAD HAZARDS A. Work practices / methods that may release lead dust or fumes into the
air and onto surrounding surfaces are strictly prohibited. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to prevent potential exposures to lead. B. Lead is a toxic substance, which travels
into the body by inhalation or ingestion due to lead dust and/or fumes that are present. Upon entering the body, lead enters the bloodstream, traveling throughout the body. The body
cannot eliminate all of the lead; therefore, it is stored in tissue and organs. Stored quantities of lead may cause irreversible damage to cells, organs, and body systems. C. Exposure
to lead affects individuals differently. Exposure may occur without any indication of exposure or symptoms developing. Symptoms of lead poisoning to be aware of include, but are not
limited to, loss of appetite, trouble sleeping, irritability, fatigue, headache, joint and muscle ache, metallic taste, decreased sex drive, lack of concentration, and moodiness. D.
Prolonged exposure may result in damage to the body’s systems including nervous, reproductive and circulatory systems. Symptoms of such exposures may include, but are not limited to,
stomach pains, high blood pressure, nausea, tremors, seizures, anemia, constipation, and convulsions. E. The Contractor’s Supervisor is responsible to monitor any workers for such symptoms
and is further responsible for ensuring affected workers are removed from the area. Affected workers shall not return until such time that the requirements outlined in the OSHA Lead
in Construction Standard (29 CFR Part 1926.62) have been met. 1.6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor is responsible for complying with the following general requirements applicable
to the project (at a minimum): 1. Respiratory protection and personnel protection Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents LEAD
SAFE WORK PRACTICES 028314-4 2. Medical examinations. 3. Utilization of engineering controls, as necessary, to reduce potential exposure. 4. Proper clean-up and disposal of all lead
related waste materials, as required. B. The Contractor is solely responsible for properly protecting their workers. Additional safety measures beyond OSHA requirements are encouraged,
but are at the implementation and discretion of the Contractor. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to commencement of any activities with the potential to disturb LCM, the Contractor shall submit
the following documentation: 1. Work Plan - The Contractor shall submit a work plan in compliance with the requirements of the OSHA Lead in Construction Standard. The plan shall include
but is not limited to: handling / removal, cleaning, containerizing, transport, and disposal activities. 2. Equipment - Information for all equipment utilized shall be submitted for
review prior to commencement of project activities. This includes, but is not necessarily limited to: manufacturer specifications and safety data sheets (SDS). 3. Training - The Contractor
shall provide proof of Lead Awareness training in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.62 for all employees that shall perform work on this project. 4. Disposal - The Contractor shall
submit documentation including all required permits, anticipated waste hauler information, and the anticipated disposal location (assuming the waste is non-hazardous). 1.8 PERSONAL
AIR SAMPLING & ANALYSIS A. The Contractor is responsible for conducting personal air sampling for their employees as required by OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.62. This includes daily 8-hour
TWA sampling. Personal air sampling shall be required on this project, regardless of any previous negative exposure assessment data. B. If requested by the Building Owner, Construction
Manager, or Project Designer, the Contractor shall prove that they are conducting OSHA personal lead exposure assessment air sampling of employees by providing laboratory results upon
request. 1.9 CLEARANCE CRITERIA A. The Building Owner shall retain a third-party Environmental Consultant to observe LCM removal activities, as part of the asbestos abatement process.
Based upon the scope of work to be performed and use of the building (commercial offices), visual clearance measures shall suffice for clearance purposes. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.1 MATERIALS
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents LEAD SAFE WORK PRACTICES 028314-5 A. Cleaning Solutions - A lead-specific cleaning solution
shall be utilized for all cleaning activities. The cleaning solution shall be an approved solution that does not contain trisodium phosphate (TSP). B. Plastic Sheeting - To prevent
dust migration during demolition activities, dust barriers, containments and/or enclosures shall be constructed utilizing 6-mil fire-retardant polyethylene sheeting. These barriers
shall be installed to prevent dust migration outside of the regulated work area. Since this work shall be performed as part of any asbestos abatement project, the critical / isolation
barriers shall need to be compliant with New York State Industrial Code Rule 56 regulations. C. Framing - If framing is utilized during the construction of any dust barriers or containments,
all reinforcement framing / sheathing materials must be at least ⅜-inch thick. Minimum requirements for framing materials shall be comprised of 2”x4” stud framing in accordance with
all applicable building codes. D. Adhesives - Commercially available duct tape and spray adhesives designed for such purposes are allowed to maintain the integrity of any barriers,
containments, and/or enclosures erected. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Protective Clothing - Coveralls, gloves, eye protection, ear protection, safety footwear, hard hats, and fall protection are
required as per all applicable OSHA regulations. The Contractor is responsible for supplying all such equipment and including these costs in their pricing. B. Respiratory Protection
- The Contractor shall provide workers with adequate respiratory protection based on the lead hazards identified at the site. The amount of respiratory protection provided to the workers
shall be determined by conducting personal air sampling. C. Respirator Filters - The Contractor shall provide their workers with appropriate respirator filters for the respiratory protection
the workers are utilizing as per OSHA regulations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LEAD COMPLIANCE PLAN A. The Contractor is required to establish and follow a lead compliance plan for the project.
The requirements, as outlined in OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.62, include written procedures for construction activities with regard to control methods and engineering controls. B. If the
Contractor fails to follow their lead compliance plan, the Building Owner may elect to hire a third-party consultant to specifically oversee the Contractor’s compliance plan and any
selective demolition-related activities. The cost for the third-party consultant shall be deducted from the Contractor’s base bid fee. 3.2 SIGNAGE Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof
Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents LEAD SAFE WORK PRACTICES 028314-6 A. Warning signs shall be posted in all areas where the potential for any lead exposure
exists. Signs shall remain in place until demolition activities have been completed and the area cleaned. B. All signage shall comply with OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.62. 3.3 WORK METHODS
A. The Contractor shall select work methods in compliance with OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.62. All work shall be performed utilizing wet methods and other engineering controls, as necessary.
B. The Contractor is prohibited from dry methods of removal, heat gun applications, mechanical methods (grinding / sanding), and/or torch-cutting lead-based paint during demolition-related
activities. 3.4 CLEANING ACTIVITIES A. Following the completion of all LBP / LCM removal activities, all surfaces within 25 feet of the disturbed material shall be adequately cleaned
of all visible paint chips and paint chip debris / dust. B. If the Contractor does not satisfactorily clean an area after demolition or removal activities, the affected areas shall
be re-cleaned by the Contractor at their own expense. The cost for re-cleaning, third-party consultant oversight, and/or additional sampling / testing associated with re-cleaning activities
shall be borne by the Contractor. 3.5 WASTE DISPOSAL A. The Contractor shall be responsible for properly containerizing all of the waste materials associated with the removal of LCM.
Waste materials include, but are not limited to the following: personal protective equipment, plastic sheeting, signage, barrier tape, LCM components, and associated materials. B.
The Contractor is responsible to coordinating the interim storage of waste containers at the project site with the Building Owner and Construction Manager. C. Lead paint chips and/or
lead paint debris shall not be comingled with regular demolition debris. Failure to do shall result in the Contractor having to pay the associated fees for comingled lead waste disposal.
3.6 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. The Contractor shall provide copies of all OSHA personal / employee lead exposure assessment air sampling data collected during the course of completing the
work. B. Failure to provide any close-out documentation shall result in the delay of payment to the Contractor. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents DECORATIVE METAL 057000 - 1 SECTION 057000 DECORATIVE METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the
Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Architectural grilles, see
drawings for material and shape B. Related Sections: 1. Painting and Finishing – Section 099000 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for decorative
metal. 1. Include plans, elevations, component details, and attachments to other work. 2. Indicate materials and profiles of each decorative metal member, fittings, joinery, finishes,
fasteners, anchorages, and accessory items. B. Qualification Data: For qualified fabricator C. Welding certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced
in producing decorative metal similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce
required units. B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural
Welding Code - Steel." D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
DECORATIVE METAL 057000 - 2 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store decorative metal in a well-ventilated area, away from uncured concrete and masonry, and protected from weather,
moisture, soiling, abrasion, extreme temperatures, and humidity. B. Deliver and store cast-metal products in wooden crates surrounded by sufficient packing material to ensure that products
will not be cracked or otherwise damaged. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with decorative metal by
field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for decorative metal items. Furnish setting
drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete
or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces
unless otherwise indicated. Provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes. 2.2 COPPER ALLOYS A. Copper and Copper Alloys,
General: Provide alloys indicated and temper to suit application and forming methods but with strength and stiffness not less than H01 (quarter-hard) for plate, sheet, strip, and bars
and H55 (light-drawn) for tube and pipe. B. Extruded Shapes, Bronze: ASTM B 455, Alloy UNS No. C38500 (architectural bronze). C. Extruded Shapes, Brass: ASTM B 249/B 249M, Alloy UNS
No. C36000 (free-cutting brass). D. Extruded Shapes, Nickel Silver: ASTM B 249/B 249M, Alloy UNS No. C79600. E. Seamless Pipe, Bronze: ASTM B 43, Alloy UNS No. C23000 (red brass,
85 percent copper). F. Seamless Tube, Bronze: ASTM B 135 (ASTM B 135M), Alloy UNS No. C23000 (red brass, 85 percent copper). Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents DECORATIVE METAL 057000 - 3 G. Seamless Tube, Brass: ASTM B 135 (ASTM B 135M), Alloy UNS No. C26000 (cartridge brass, 70 percent copper).
H. Seamless Tube, Copper: ASTM B 75 (ASTM B 75M), Alloy UNS No. C12200 (phosphorous deoxidized, high residual phosphorous copper). I. Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Bars; Bronze: ASTM B
36/B 36M, Alloy UNS No. C28000 (muntz metal, 60 percent copper). J. Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Bars; Brass: ASTM B 36/B 36M, Alloy UNS No. C26000 (cartridge brass, 70 percent copper).
K. Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Bars; Copper: ASTM B 152/B 152M, Alloy UNS No. C11000 (electrolytic tough pitch copper) or UNS No. C12200 (phosphorous deoxidized, high-residual phosphorous
copper). 2.3 STAINLESS STEEL A. Tubing: ASTM A 554, [Grade MT 304] [Grade MT 316] [Grade MT 316L]. B. Pipe: ASTM A 312/A 312M, [Grade TP 304] [Grade TP 316] [Grade TP 316L]. C. Castings:
ASTM A 743/A 743M, [Grade CF 8 or CF 20] [Grade CF 8M or CF 3M]. D. Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar: ASTM A 666, [Type 304] [Type 316] [Type 316L]. E. Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276,
[Type 304] [Type 316] [Type 316L]. 2.4 STEEL AND IRON A. Tubing: [ASTM A 500 (cold formed)] [or] [ASTM A 513, Type 5 (mandrel drawn)]. B. Bars: Hot-rolled, carbon steel complying
with ASTM A 29/A 29M, Grade 1010. C. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2.5 FASTENERS A. Fastener Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Copper-Alloy
(Bronze) Items: Silicon bronze (Alloy 651 or Alloy 655) fasteners[ where concealed, muntz metal (Alloy 280) fasteners where exposed]. 2. Copper-Alloy (Brass) Items: Silicon bronze
(Alloy 651 or Alloy 655) fasteners[ where concealed, brass (Alloy 260 or 360) fasteners where exposed]. 3. Stainless-Steel Items: [Type 304] [Type 316] stainless-steel fasteners. 4.
Uncoated-Steel Items: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating where concealed, Type 304 stainlesssteel fasteners where exposed.
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents DECORATIVE METAL 057000 - 4 5. Dissimilar Metals: [Type 304] [Type 316] stainless-steel
fasteners. B. Fasteners for Anchoring to Other Construction: Unless otherwise indicated, select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring
indicated items to other types of construction indicated. C. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting components and for attaching decorative metal items to other work. D. Anchors,
General: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in
concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. E. Post-Installed Anchors: 1. Material for Interior Locations: Stainless-steel
bolts, ASTM F 593 (ASTM F 738M), and nuts, ASTM F 594 (ASTM F 836M). 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal
alloy welded. B. Brazing Rods: For copper alloys, provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal to be brazed and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility
in fabricated items. C. Lacquer for Copper Alloys: Clear, acrylic lacquer specially developed for coating copper-alloy products. 1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily
distinguishable from zinc-rich primer. D. Polyurethane Topcoat for Steel: Complying with MPI#72 and compatible with undercoat. 2.7 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Assemble items in the shop
to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and
coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a
radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Cope or miter corner
joints. Fabricate connections in a manner to exclude water. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents DECORATIVE METAL 057000
- 5 D. Provide necessary rebates, lugs, and brackets to assemble units and to attach to other work. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as needed to receive finish hardware, screws, and
similar items unless otherwise indicated. E. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding and brazing. Weld and braze behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring
exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed joints of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 1. Where welding and brazing cannot be concealed behind finished surfaces, finish
joints to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Type 1 Welds: no evidence of a welded joint. 2.8 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual
for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping. 2.9 COPPER-ALLOY FINISHES A. Medium-Satin Finish: M32 (Mechanical Finish: directionally textured, medium satin). B. Fine-Matte Finish:
M42 (Mechanical Finish: nondirectional finish, fine matte). C. Buffed Finish, Lacquered: M21-O6x (Mechanical Finish: buffed, smooth specular; Coating: clear organic, air drying,
as specified below): 1. Clear, Organic Coating: Lacquer specified for copper alloys, applied by air spray in two coats per manufacturer's written instructions, with interim drying,
to a total thickness of 1 mil (0.025 mm). D. Hand-Rubbed Finish, Lacquered: M31-M34-O6x (Mechanical Finish: directionally textured, fine satin; Mechanical Finish: directionally textured,
hand rubbed; Coating: clear organic, air drying, as specified below): 1. Clear, Organic Coating: Lacquer specified for copper alloys, applied by air spray in two coats per manufacturer's
written instructions, with interim drying, to a total thickness of 1 mil (0.025 mm). E. Medium-Satin Finish, Lacquered: M32-O6x (Mechanical Finish: directionally textured, medium
satin; Coating: clear organic, air drying, as specified below): 1. Clear, Organic Coating: Lacquer specified for copper alloys, applied by air spray in two coats per manufacturer's
written instructions, with interim drying, to a total thickness of 1 mil (0.025 mm). Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
DECORATIVE METAL 057000 - 6 F. Fine-Matte Finish, Lacquered: M42-O6x (Mechanical Finish: nondirectional finish, fine matte; Coating: clear organic, air drying, as specified below):
1. Clear, Organic Coating: Lacquer specified for copper alloys, applied by air spray in two coats per manufacturer's written instructions, with interim drying, to a total thickness
of 1 mil (0.025 mm). G. Statuary Conversion Coating over Satin Finish: M31-C55 (Mechanical Finish: directionally textured, fine satin; Chemical Finish: conversion coating, sulfide)[,
with color matching Architect's sample]. H. Patina Conversion Coating: M36-C12-C52 (Mechanical Finish: directionally textured, uniform; Chemical Finish: nonetched cleaned, degreased;
Chemical Finish: conversion coating, ammonium sulfate)[, with color matching Architect's sample]. I. Statuary Conversion Coating, Bright Relieved and Lacquered: M12-C55-M2x-O6x (Mechanical
Finish: matte finish, as cast; Chemical Finish: conversion coating, sulfide; Mechanical Finish: buffed, as specified; Coating: clear, organic, air drying, as specified below)[,
with color matching Architect's sample]: 1. Clear, Organic Coating: Lacquer specified for copper alloys, applied by air spray in two coats per manufacturer's written instructions,
with interim drying, to a total thickness of 1 mil (0.025 mm). 2.10 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish.
B. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches. 1. Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece. C. Bright,
Cold-Rolled, Unpolished Finish: No. 2B. D. Directional Satin Finish: No. 4. E. Dull Satin Finish: No. 6. F. Reflective, Directional Polish: No. 7. G. Mirrorlike Reflective, Nondirectional
Polish: No. 8. H. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. I. Sputter-Coated Finish: Titanium
nitride coating deposited by magnetic sputter-coating process over indicated mechanical finish. J. Colored, Oxide-Film Finish: Clear, oxide interference film produced by degreasing
and then immersing in a mixture of chromic and sulfuric acids. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents DECORATIVE METAL 057000
- 7 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide INCO colored stainless-steel finish as developed and licensed by International Nickel Co., Ltd. 2. Color: [Match Architect's
sample] [As selected by Architect from finisher's full range]. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of decorative metal. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2
INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where needed to secure decorative metal to in-place construction. B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required
to install decorative metal. Set products accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels. C. Fit exposed connections accurately together
to form tight, hairline joints or, where indicated, uniform reveals and spaces for sealants and joint fillers. Where cutting, welding, and grinding are required for proper shop fitting
and jointing of decorative metal, restore finishes to eliminate evidence of such corrective work. D. Do not cut or abrade finishes that cannot be completely restored in the field.
Return items with such finishes to the shop for required alterations, followed by complete refinishing, or provide new units as required. E. Install joint fillers as work progresses.
F. Restore protective coverings that have been damaged during shipment or installation. Remove protective coverings only when there is no possibility of damage from other work yet
to be performed at same location. 1. Retain protective coverings intact; remove coverings simultaneously from similarly finished items to preclude nonuniform oxidation and discoloration.
G. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will be in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a concealed heavy coat of bituminous
paint. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Unless otherwise indicated, clean metals by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap, rinsing with clean water, and drying with soft cloths.
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents DECORATIVE METAL 057000 - 8 B. Clean copper alloys according to metal finisher's written
instructions in a manner that leaves an undamaged and uniform finish matching approved Sample. C. Protect finishes of decorative metal from damage during construction period with temporary
protective coverings approved by decorative metal fabricator. Remove protective covering at time of Substantial Completion. D. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction
period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new
units. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CARPENTRY 062000-1 SECTION 06 20 00 CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work of this
Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the carpentry work as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited
to, the following: 1. Blocking and miscellaneous wood. 2. Plywood backing panels for telephone, electrical closets, and select wall partitions. 3. Rough hardware. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Gypsum Plastering - Section 092300 B. Gypsum Board – Section 092900 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber Standard: Comply with PS 20. B. Plywood Standard: Comply with PS 1 and American
Plywood Assoc. (APA). C. Shop fabricate carpentry work to the extent feasible and where shop fabrication will result in better workmanship than feasible for on-site fabrication. D.
Grade Marks: Identify lumber and plywood by official grade mark. 1. Lumber: Grade stamp to contain symbol of grading agency certified by Board of Review, American Lumber Standards
Committee, mill number or name, grade of lumber, species grouping or combination designation, rules under which graded where applicable, and condition of seasoning at time of manufacture.
a. S-Dry: Maximum nineteen (19) percent moisture content as per ASTM D 2016. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CARPENTRY
062000-2 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Pressure Treatment: Include certification by treating plant stating chemicals and process used, net amount of salts retained and conformance with applicable
standards. B. Fire-Retardant Treatment: Include certification by treating plant that treatment material complies with governing ordinances and that treatment will not bleed through
finished surfaces. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver carpentry materials to the site ready to use with each piece of lumber clearly marked as to grade, type and mill, and place in an
area protected from the elements. B. Deliver rough hardware in sealed kegs and/or other containers which shall bear labels as to type and kind. C. Pile lumber for rough usage, when
delivered to the site in stacks to insure drainage and with a minimum clearance of six (6) inches above grade. Cover stacks with tarpaulins or other watertight coverings. Store grounds
and similar small sized lumber inside the building as soon as possible after delivery. D. Do not store seasoned lumber in wet or damp portions of the building. E. Protect fire retardant
treated materials against high humidity and moisture during storage and erection. F. Remove delivered materials which do not conform to specified grading rules or are otherwise not
suitable for installation from the job site and replace with acceptable materials. G. All items specified in Section 087100 of this specification entitled "Finish Hardware" shall be
received, accounted for, stored and applied under this Section. H. Hardware shall be sorted and stored in space assigned by Contractor and shall be kept at all times under lock and
key. The safety and preservation of all items delivered will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. Installer must examine the substrates and supporting structure
and the conditions under which the carpentry work is to be installed, and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the work. Do not proceed with the installation
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer and the Architect. B. Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as
required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow proper attachment of other work. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof
Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CARPENTRY 062000-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD MATERIAL A. General 1. All wood shall be sound, flat, straight, well seasoned,
thoroughly dry and free from all defects. Warped or twisted wood shall not be used. 2. For miscellaneous wood blocking, grounds, furring as required, use Utility Grade Coastal Douglas
Fir or Southern Pine, free from knots, shakes, rot or other defects, straight, square edges and straight grain, air seasoned with maximum moisture content of nineteen (19) percent.
Wood shall be S4S, S-Dry, complying with PS20. 3. Plywood and rough carpentry for partitions, telephone and electrical closets, provide 3/4" thick C-D EXT-APA plywood, fire retardant
treated as specified herein. B. Wood Treatment 1. All interior wood material specified herein shall be fire retardant treated to comply with the AWPA standard U1 to achieve a flame
spread rating of not more than 25 (UL Class "FR-S") when tested in accordance with UL Test 723 or ASTM E 84. The fire retardant chemicals used to treat the lumber must comply with
FR-1 of AWPA Standard P49 and be free of halogens, sulfates and ammonium phosphate. a. After treatment, kiln dry to a moisture content of fifteen (15) percent; if wood is to be painted
or finished, kiln dry to a moisture content of twelve (12) percent. Treatment shall be equal to "Dricon" made by Arch Wood Protection Inc. or approved equal. Provide UL approved identification
on treated materials. 2. For exterior blocking, roofing and sheet metal, pressure treat wood with copper azole, Type B (CA-B); ammoniacal copper quat (ACQ) or similar preservative
product that contains no arsenic or chromium. Preservative shall comply with AWPA Standard U1, (.25 lbs./cubic foot of chemical in wood). a. After treatment, kiln dry to a maximum
moisture content of fifteen (15) percent. Treatment shall be equal to "Wolmanized Natural Select" made by Arch Wood Protection Inc. or approved equal. 3. Treated wood which is cut
or otherwise damaged shall be further treated in accordance with the AWPA Standard M-4. 2.2 HARDWARE A. Rough Hardware for Treated Woods and Exterior Use: Hot-dipped galvanized or
Type 304 stainless steel. B. Nails: Common steel wire, untreated for interior work as per ASTM F 1667. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents CARPENTRY 062000-4 C. Bolts: Standard mild steel, square head machine bolts with square nuts and malleable iron or steel plate washers or carriage bolts with square nuts
and cut washers conforming to the following: 1. Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A. 2. Nuts: ASTM A 563. 3. Lag Screws and Bolts: ASME B 18.2.1. D. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve
assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times
the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components,
zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material for Treated Woods and Exterior Use: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594,
Alloy Group 1 or 2. E. Wood Screws: ASME B 18.6.1. F. Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Standard expansion-shield self-drilling type concrete anchors where so shown or noted on the drawings,
or where approved by the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions where carpentry is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to
the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work. 3.2 BLOCKING AND
MISCELLANEOUS WOOD A. General 1. Erect rough carpentry true to line, levels and dimensions required; squared, aligned, plumbed, and securely fastened in place. 2. Shim where required
to true up furring, blocking and the like. Use wood or metal shims only. 3. Do all cutting, fitting, drilling and tapping of other work as required to secure work in place and to perform
the work included herein. Do all the cutting and fitting of carpentry work, for the work of other trades as required. B. Blocking and Miscellaneous Wood Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CARPENTRY 062000-5 1. Furnish and install all wood grounds, furring, blocking, curbs, bucks, nailers, etc., that
may be necessary and required in connection with the carpentry and with the work described for any other trades and including required carpentry for electrical fixtures. All blocking
and nailers shall be continuous wherever required, whether or not so indicated. 2. Blocking shall be as required for the proper installation of the finished work and for items in mechanical
sections as required. Blocking, edgings, stops, nailing strips, etc., shall be continuous, unless distinctly noted otherwise. Provide blocking as required to install all equipment.
Provide blocking and nailers where shown or required to fasten interior sheet metal work. 3. Fastening for wood grounds, furring and blocking shall be of metal and of type and spacing
as best suited to conditions. Hardened steel nails, expansion screws, toggle bolts, self-clinching nails, metal plugs, inserts or similar fastenings shall be used, of suitable type
and size to draw the members into place and securely hold same. C. Rough Lumber for Roofing and Sheet Metal 1. Furnish and install all wood nailing strips and wood blocking required
in connection with respective types of roofing, fans, flashings, and sheet metal work, using preservative treated wood as herein before specified. 2. Wood blocking shall be of sizes
and shapes as indicated on the drawings and/or designed for the reception of curb flashings for roof ventilators and similar items. 3. All nailing strips and blocking shall be carried
out in accordance with the printed installation instructions, and/or recommendations of the accepted manufacturer of the roofing materials, and in coordination and cooperation with
the sheet metal work trades. 4. All blocking and nailing strips shall be firmly secured in place using counter bored bolt and nut fastenings, or secured by any other proposed flush
surfaced fastenings. 5. Wood nailing strips or blocking required to be embedded in concrete work shall be furnished in time due for placing, prior to start of concrete operations.
Locations and spacings of nailing strips or blocking shall be performed in coordination with the concrete trades, as required for respective installations. 3.3 PARTITION, TELEPHONE
AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MOUNTING BOARDS A. Furnish and install 3/4" thick plywood panels in partitions as detailed and walls of the telephone and electrical equipment rooms in accordance
with the requirements of the local utility company. B. Secure to wall using proper devices for substrates encountered, spaced twelve (12) inches o.c., maximum around the edges, 1-1/2"
from corners, and in three (3) rows of three (3) each in the field. Recess fastening devices flush with the plywood surface. Adjacent panels shall be butted with 1/16" space between
without lapping. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CARPENTRY 062000-6 C. See partition types for 5/8” plywood block
at select wall partitions. 3.4 ROUGH HARDWARE A. Securely fasten rough carpentry together. Nail, spike, lag screw or bolt as required by conditions encountered in the field and the
Contract Documents. B. Provide rough or framing hardware, such as nails, screws, bolts, anchors, hangers, clips, inserts, miscellaneous fastenings, and similar items of the best quality
and of the proper size and kind to adequately secure the work together and in place, in a rigid and substantial manner. C. Secure rough carpentry to masonry with countersunk bolts in
expansion sleeves or other acceptable manner, with fastenings not more than sixteen (16) inches apart. Secure woodwork to hollow masonry with toggle bolts spaced not more than sixteen
(16) inches apart. D. Countersink bolts in nailers and other rough woodwork and include washers and nuts. Cut bolts off flush with surfaces and peen as may be required to receive finished
work. E. Inserts to secure wood nailers to concrete shall be malleable iron threaded inserts with 3/8" diameter bolts of length to allow for countersinking. Locate at end of each nailer
and at intervals not exceeding thirty (30) inches o.c. F. Furnish to the mason for building into the work, or attaching the work which is to be built in, anchors, bolts, wall plates
bolted to masonry, corrugated wall plugs, nailing blocks, etc., which are required for the proper fastening and installation for the work or other items as called for in this Section.
G. Detailed instructions with sketches of necessary requirements, shall be given to the masonry trade showing the location and other details of such nailing devices. 3.5 CLEANING UP
A. General: Keep the premises in a neat, safe and orderly condition at all times during execution of this portion of the work, free from accumulation of sawdust, cut-ends and debris.
B. Sweeping 1. At the end of each working day, or more often if necessary, thoroughly sweep all surfaces where refuse from this portion of the work has settled. 2. Remove the refuse
to the area of the job site set aside for its storage. 3. Upon completion of this portion of the work, thoroughly broom clean all surfaces. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PREPERATION FOR REROOFING 070150-1 SECTION 07 01 50 PREPERATION FOR REROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.
Retain or delete this article in all Sections of Project Manual.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification
Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Full tear-off of roof systems at areas indicated on Drawings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary"
for use of premises and for phasing requirements. 2. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and environmental-protection measures for reroofing
preparation. 3. Section 075216 “SBS Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing” 4. Section 075217 “SBS Modified Bitumen Membrane Waterproofing” 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Full Roof Tear-off: Removal
of existing roofing system down to existing roof deck. B. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems" apply
to work of this Section. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting removal Work, conduct conference at the project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect/Engineer,
Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of
roof accessories and roofmounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing tear-off, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Reroofing preparation, including
roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. b. Temporary protection requirements for existing roofing system components that are to remain. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm
System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PREPERATION FOR REROOFING 070150-2 c. Existing roof drains and roof drainage during each stage of reroofing, and roof-drain plugging
and plug removal. d. Construction schedule and availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. e. Existing roof deck conditions requiring
Architect notification. f. Existing roof deck removal procedures and Owner notifications. g. Condition and acceptance of existing roof deck and base flashing substrate for reuse. h.
Structural loading limitations of roof deck during reroofing. i. Base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction
that affect reroofing. j. HVAC shutdown and sealing of air intakes. k. Shutdown of fire-suppression, -protection, and -alarm and -detection systems. l. Asbestos removal and discovery
of asbestos-containing materials. m. Governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. n. Existing conditions that may require Architect notification
before proceeding. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Temporary Roofing Submittal: Product data and description of temporary roofing system. 1. If temporary
roof remains in place, include surface preparation requirements needed to receive permanent roof, and submit a letter from roofing manufacturer stating acceptance of the temporary roof
and that its inclusion does not adversely affect the new roofing system's resistance to fire and wind or specified special warranty. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data:
For Installer. 1. Include certificate that Installer is approved by warrantor of existing roofing system. 2. Include certificate that Installer is licensed to perform asbestos abatement.
B. Field Test Reports: 1. Fastener pull-out test report. C. Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including exterior and
interior finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as having been damaged by reroofing operations. 1. Submit before Work begins. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement
October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PREPERATION FOR REROOFING 070150-3 D. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of demolished roofing materials and hazardous wastes, such
as asbestos-containing materials, by a landfill facility licensed to accept them. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certified statement from the roof membrane manufacturer stating that existing
roof warranty has not been affected by Work performed under this Section. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: [Approved by warrantor of existing roofing system to work
on existing roofing] [and] [licensed to perform asbestos abatement in the state or jurisdiction where Project is located]. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with governing EPA notification
regulations before beginning roofing removal. 2. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Existing Roofing Systems: Built-up
asphalt and EPDM B. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately below reroofing area. 1. Conduct reroofing so Owner's operations are not disrupted. 2. Provide Owner with not
less than 72 hours' written notice of activities that may affect Owner's operations. 3. Coordinate work activities daily with Owner so Owner has adequate advance notice to place protective
dust and water-leakage covers over sensitive equipment and furnishings, shut down HVAC and fire-alarm or -detection equipment if needed, and evacuate occupants from below work area.
4. Before working over structurally impaired areas of deck, notify Owner to evacuate occupants from below affected area. a. Verify that occupants below work area have been evacuated
before proceeding with work over impaired deck area. C. Protect building to be reroofed, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage
or soiling from reroofing operations. D. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. E. Conditions existing at time of inspection
for bidding will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. 1. A roof moisture survey of existing roofing system is available for Contractor's reference. Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PREPERATION FOR REROOFING 070150-4 2. The results of an analysis of test cores from existing roofing system are available
for Contractor's reference. 3. Construction Drawings and Project Manual for existing roofing system are provided for Contractor's convenience and information, but they are not a warranty
of existing conditions. They are intended to supplement rather than serve in lieu of Contractor's own investigations. Contractor is responsible for conclusions derived from existing
documents. F. Limit construction loads on existing roof areas to remain, and existing roof areas scheduled to be reroofed as to not overload the structure. G. Weather Limitations: Proceed
with reroofing preparation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering existing roofing system or building. 1. Remove only as
much roofing in one day as can be made watertight in the same day. H. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials, such as asbestoscontaining materials, will be
encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. Existing roof will be left no less watertight than before removal. 3. If materials
suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. a. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate
contract. I. Hazardous Materials: A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use. Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials
are present. 1. Hazardous material remediation is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials
except according to procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 3. Coordinate reroofing preparation with hazardous material remediation to prevent water from entering
existing roofing system or building. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY ROOFING MATERIALS A. See Sections 07 52 16 and Sections 07 52 17 2.2 AUXILIARY REROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Use
auxiliary reroofing preparation materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with components of new roofing system. Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PREPERATION FOR REROOFING 070150-5 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protection of In-Place Conditions: 1. Protect
existing roofing system that is not to be reroofed. 2. Loosely lay 1-inch- (25-mm-) minimum thick, EPS insulation over existing roofing in areas not to be reroofed. a. Loosely lay 15/32-inch
(12-mm) plywood or OSB panels over EPS. Extend EPS past edges of plywood or OSB panels a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm). 3. Limit traffic and material storage to areas of existing roofing
that have been protected. 4. Maintain temporary protection and leave in place until replacement roofing has been completed. Remove temporary protection on completion of reroofing. 5.
Comply with requirements of existing roof system manufacturer's warranty requirements. B. Seal or isolate windows that may be exposed to airborne substances created in removal of existing
materials. C. Shut off rooftop utilities and service piping before beginning the Work. D. Test existing roof drains to verify that they are not blocked or restricted. 1. Immediately
notify Architect of any blockages or restrictions. E. Coordinate with Owner to shut down air-intake equipment in the vicinity of the Work. 1. Cover air-intake louvers before proceeding
with reroofing work that could affect indoor air quality or activate smoke detectors in the ductwork. F. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to
facilitate rapid installation of temporary protection in the event of unexpected rain. G. Maintain roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday.
1. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. a. Use roof-drain plugs specifically designed for this purpose. b. Remove roof-drain plugs at end of each workday,
when no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast. 2. If roof drains are temporarily blocked or unserviceable due to roofing system removal or partial installation of new roofing
system, provide alternative drainage method to remove water and eliminate ponding. a. Do not permit water to enter into or under existing roofing system components that are to remain.
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PREPERATION FOR REROOFING 070150-6 3.2 ROOF TEAR-OFF A. Notify Owner each day of extent of
roof tear-off proposed for that day and obtain authorization to proceed. B. Lower removed roofing materials to ground and onto lower roof levels, using dust-tight chutes or other acceptable
means of removing materials from roof areas. C. Remove aggregate ballast from roofing. D. Remove pavers and accessories from roofing. E. Full Roof Tear-off: Where indicated on Drawings,
remove existing roofing and other roofing system components down to the existing roof deck. 1. Remove vapor retarder, roof insulation, and cover board. 2. Remove base flashings and
counter flashings. 3. Remove perimeter edge flashing. 4. Remove expansion-joint covers. 5. Remove flashings at pipes, curbs, mechanical equipment, and other penetrations. 6. Remove
roof drains indicated on Drawings to be removed. 7. Remove wood blocking, curbs, and nailers. 3.3 DECK PREPARATION A. Inspect deck after tear-off of roofing system. B. If deck surface
is unsuitable for receiving new roofing or if structural integrity of deck is suspect, immediately notify Architect/Engineer. 1. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Architect/Engineer
. 3.4 TEMPORARY ROOFING A. Install approved temporary roofing over area to be reroofed. B. Prepare temporary roof to receive new roofing. 1. Restore temporary roofing to watertight condition.
2. Obtain approval for temporary roof substrate from roofing manufacturer and Architect/Engineer before installing new roof. 3.5 BASE FLASHING REMOVAL A. Remove existing base flashings.
1. Clean substrates of contaminants, such as asphalt, sheet materials, dirt, and debris. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PREPERATION
FOR REROOFING 070150-7 B. Do not damage metal counterflashings that are to remain. 1. Replace metal counterflashings damaged during removal with counterflashings of same metal, weight
or thickness, and finish as existing. 3.6 DISPOSAL A. Collect demolished materials and place in containers. 1. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. 2. Do not allow demolished materials
to accumulate on-site. 3. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on-site is not permitted. B. Transport and legally dispose of demolished materials off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-1 SECTION 07 52 16 SBS-MODIFIED
BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING (ROOF TYPE 1) PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Work of this Section consists of: Surface preparation, supply, and installation of torchapplied SBS-modified-bitumen
membrane roofing and PMMA fluid-applied flashings; including roof-deck boards, base sheets, temporary roof/vapor retarder, insulation, cover boards, and sheet metal flashing and trim.
B. Scope/Location of work: Work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Sixth Floor Roof 2. Penthouse Roofs 3. Main Roof 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Square: 100
square feet. B. Reference Standards: Latest edition as of Specification date. 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/Single Ply Roofing Industry (SPRI): a. ANSI/SPRI FX-1:
Standard Field Test Procedure for Determining the Withdrawal Resistance of Roofing Fasteners. 2. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE)/Structural Engineering Institute (SEI): a.
ASCE/SEI 7: Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 3. ASTM International: a. C1177/C1177M: Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing.
b. C1289: Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board. c. D41/D41M: Standard Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing,
and Waterproofing. d. D1668: Standard Specification for Glass Fabrics (Woven and Treated) for Roofing and Waterproofing. e. D4263: Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete
by the Plastic Sheet Method. f. D4586: Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free. g. E108: Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-2 4. FM Global: a. Class Number 4450: Approval Standard for
Class 1 Insulated Steel Deck Roofs. b. Class Number 4470: Approval Standard for Single-Ply, Polymer-Modified Bitumen Sheet, Built-Up Roof (BUR) and Liquid Applied Roof Assemblies for
use in Class 1 and Noncombustible Roof Deck Construction. c. Approval Guide (online resource). 5. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA)/ Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers
Association (ARMA): 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate Work to ensure that new insulation and roofing materials and building interior are kept continuously dry; that continuous,
watertight, new roofing system is provided; and that adjacent areas are not adversely affected. Coordinate: 1. With Owner’s Representative. 2. With other trades: a. To ensure that work
done by other trades is complete and ready for roofing Work. b. To avoid or minimize work on, or in immediate vicinity of, roofing Work in progress and completed new roofing. c. To
ensure that subsequent work will not adversely affect completed roofing. B. Preliminary Roofing Meeting: 1. Conduct meeting at Site. 2. Review requirements for roofing system, including:
a. Construction schedule. b. Availability of materials, Installer’s personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. c. Site use, access, staging, and
set-up location limitations. d. Surface preparation and roof-deck condition and pretreatment. e. Installation procedures. f. Base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage,
roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. g. Testing and inspection requirements. h. Temporary protection and repair of
roofing system. i. Structural loading limitations of roof deck. j. Governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates. 3. Contractor’s Site superintendent, roofing-system
manufacturer’s technical representative, roofing Installer’s foreman, Owner’s Representative, Architect, Roofing Consultant and testing agency representative shall attend. C. Pre-installation
Meeting: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-3 1. Conduct meeting at Site. 2. Review
requirements for roofing system, including: a. Construction schedule. b. Availability of materials, Installer’s personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid
delays. c. Site use, access, staging, and set-up location limitations. d. Forecast weather conditions. e. Surface preparation and roof-deck condition and pretreatment. f. Installation
procedures. g. Base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. h. Testing
and inspection requirements. i. Temporary protection and repair of roofing system. j. Structural loading limitations of roof deck. k. Governing regulations and requirements for insurance
and certificates. 3. Contractor’s Site superintendent, roofing-system manufacturer’s technical representative, roofing Installer’s foreman, Owner’s Representative, Architect, Roofing
Consultant, and testing agency representative shall attend. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Roofing-system manufacturer’s literature, including written instructions for evaluating,
preparing, and treating substrate; technical data including tested physical and performance properties; and application instructions. 1. For membrane and base flashing materials, and
roofing cement, primer, mastic sealant, and fasteners. 2. Include temperature ranges for storage and application of materials, and special cold-weather application requirements or limitations.
3. Include Globally Harmonized System (GHS) or, if not yet available, Material Safety Data Sheets for information only. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, site-specific
details, and attachments to other work; for details and fabrications not shown on Drawings. 1. Membrane terminations and base flashings. Draw to scale. 2. Crickets, saddles, and tapered
edge strips, including slopes. 3. Insulation fastening patterns. 4. Membrane fastening (back-nailing) pattern for roof slopes in excess of 1/2 inch per foot. 5. Proposed temporary,
watertight, tie-off details for each substrate type. C. Samples: 3-inch-by-4-inch samples, of colors specified. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020
Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-4 1. Base sheet. 2. Base-ply sheet. 3. Middle-ply sheet. 4. Membrane cap sheets. 5. Flashing backer sheet. 6. Flashing
sheet. 7. Insulation. D. Manufacturer Certificate: Signed by roofing-system manufacturer, certifying that roofing system complies with specified requirements. 1. Written approval by
roofing-system manufacturer for use and performance of membrane over specified board insulation, including that materials supplied for Project comply with requirements of cited ASTM
standards. Approval should also indicate materials are suitable for FM Global 1A-90 ASTM E108, Class 1A or roof (or Class 2 for Level 10 slopped roof) and meet specified wind uplift
classification. 2. Evidence of meeting performance requirements. 3. Certify that materials are free of asbestos. 4. Provide FM Global RoofNav number for roof assembly. E. Installer
Qualifications: 1. Certification from roofing-system manufacturer, certifying that Installer complies with manufacturer’s requirements to install specified, warranted, roofing system.
2. Evidence that Installer’s existing company has minimum 5 years of continuous experience in similar roofing work; list of at least 5 representative, successfullycompleted projects
of similar scope and size, including: a. Project name. b. Owner’s name. c. Owner’s Representative name, address, and telephone number. d. Description of work. e. SBS-modified-bitumen
materials used. f. Fluid-applied flashing materials used g. Project supervisor. h. Total cost of roofing work and total cost of project. i. Completion date. F. Sample Warranty: Copy
of roofing-system manufacturer’s warranty, stating obligations, remedies, limitations, and exclusions. Submitted with bid. G. Following completion of Work: Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-5 1. Roofing-system manufacturer’s inspection report of completed roofing
installation. 2. Completed warranty from roofing-system manufacturer. 3. Completed warranty from Installer. 4. Maintenance program recommended for roofing system. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Experienced firm that has successfully completed roofing work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project; that is approved, authorized,
or licensed by roofing-system manufacturer to install roofing-system products; and that is eligible to receive roofing-system warranty. Must have successful installations of specified
materials in local area in use for minimum of 5 years. 1. Employ foreman with minimum 5 years of experience as foreman on similar projects, who is fluent in English, to be on Site at
all times during Work. Do not change foremen during course of Project except for reasons beyond control of Installer; inform Architect and Roofing Consultant in advance of any changes.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle materials according to manufacturer’s recommendations and in such manner as to prevent damage to materials and structure.
B. Deliver materials to Site in original containers and packaging with seals unbroken, labeled with manufacturer’s name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, lot number,
and directions for storing and mixing with other components. C. Keep materials dry and do not allow materials to be exposed to moisture during transportation, storage, handling, or
installation. Reject and remove from Site new materials which exhibit evidence of moisture during application or which have been exposed to moisture. D. Store materials in original,
undamaged containers in clean, dry, protected location on raised platforms with weather-protective coverings, within temperature range required by manufacturer. Use canvas tarps for
protection of moisture-sensitive roofing materials. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. Manufacturer’s standard packaging and covering is not considered adequate weather
protection. E. Store rolled materials on ends only, unless otherwise required by manufacturer’s written instructions. Discard rolls that have been flattened, creased, or otherwise damaged.
F. Do not store materials at locations where new roofing materials have been installed. G. Limit stored materials on structures to safe loading capacity of structure at time materials
are stored, and to avoid permanent deflection of deck. H. Conspicuously mark wet or damaged materials and promptly remove from Site. I. Remove and replace materials that cannot be applied
within stated shelf life Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-6 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify existing dimensions and details prior to start of roofing Work. Notify Architect and Roofing Consultant of conditions found to be different than those indicated in Contract
Documents. Architect and Roofing Consultant will review situation and inform Contractor and Installer of changes. B. Comply with Owner’s limitations and restrictions for hot work, Site
use and accessibility. C. Protect existing roofing from damage from construction activities. Repair damage to existing roofing from construction activities that result in leakage. D.
Ensure that drains are operational at end of each workday or if precipitation is forecast. E. Environmental Limitations: Install roofing when existing and forecast weather conditions
permit roofing system to be installed according to roofing-system manufacturer’s written instructions and warranty requirements. 1. Observe cold-weather precautions and guidelines recommended
by roofing-system manufacturer when applying membrane materials below 40 degrees F. 2. Do not proceed with installation during inclement weather except for temporary work necessary
to protect building interior and installed materials. Remove temporary work and Work that becomes moisture damaged. F. Handle and install materials in strict accordance with safety
requirements required by roofing-system manufacturer; GHS or Material Safety Data Sheets; and local, state, and federal rules and regulations. Maintain GHS or Material Safety Data Sheets
with materials in storage area and available for ready reference at Site. G. Maintain adequate ventilation during preparation and application of roofing materials. 1.8 WARRANTIES A.
Manufacturer’s Warranty: 1. Written warranty signed by roofing-system manufacturer, including: a. Repair or replace components of roofing system that do not comply with requirements;
that do not remain watertight; that fail in adhesion, cohesion, or general durability; or that deteriorate in manner not clearly specified by submitted roofing-system manufacturer’s
data as inherent quality of material for application indicated. b. Removal and replacement of roof-deck boards, base sheet, temporary roof/vapor retarder, insulation, cover boards,
walkway products, sheet metal and trim and other components of roofing system. c. Labor and materials to perform warranty work. 2. Warranty Period: 25 years from date of completion
of roofing system. B. Roofing Installer’s Warranty: 1. Completed warranty form at end of Section, signed by Installer, including: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement
October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-7 a. Repair or replace components of roofing system that do not comply with requirements; that do not
remain watertight; that fail in adhesion, cohesion, or general durability; or that deteriorate in manner not clearly specified by submitted roofing-system manufacturer’s data as inherent
quality of material for application indicated. Warranty includes defects such as blisters, ridging, and excessive surfacing loss. b. Removal and replacement of roof-deck boards, base
sheets, temporary roof/vapor retarder, insulation, cover boards, walkway products, and other components of roofing system. Warranty includes replacing materials as necessary. c. Labor
and materials to perform warranty work. 2. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of completion of roofing system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SBS-MODIFIED-BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM A. General:
1. Basis-of-Design System: The design of the roof system is based on the specified system and products listed below. If an alternate system is substituted, the request must be submitted
in accordance with the provisions of Division 1 – General Requirements. The substitution must include project specific shop drawings, a letter signed by the substituted product manufacturer
on their letterhead stating that they have reviewed the project, and that they approve the substitute system for use to replace the specified system including tie in details to other
roofing and waterproofing products. The substitution request must be a complete system and include all other work and all costs for additional work such as but not limited to concrete
preparation that may be required for the substitute system to function properly as solely determined by the Architect and the Roofing Consultant. 2. The roof membrane manufacturer utalized
for Roof Type 1 shall be the same manufacturer as used for Waterproofing System WP-1 as specified in Section 07 52 17. 3. FM Global Listing: Provide roofing membrane, base flashings,
and component materials that comply with requirements in FM Global Class Numbers 4450 and 4470 as part of roofing system and that are listed in FM Global Approval Guide for Class 1
or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FM Global markings. a. Fire/Windstorm Classification: ASTM E108, Class 1A-90 for application and roof slopes indicated,
based on testing by Underwriters Laboratory. Uplift pressure and zones requiring up-lift enhancements are indicated on the drawings. b. Hail Resistance: SH. 4. Roofing-system Design:
If more stringent than FM Global listing, provide roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully tested by qualified testing agency to resist uplift pressure
calculated according to SEI/ASCE 7. Up lift pressures and zones are indicated on the drawings. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No.
2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-8 5. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application
required, as demonstrated by roofing-system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 6. Asbestos-Containing Materials: Install only asbestos-free materials. Immediately remove
asbestos-containing materials inadvertently installed, in accordance with applicable regulations. 7. Source Limitations: Roofing membrane components and accessories shall be obtained
as a single-source from the membrane manufacturer to ensure total system compatibility and integrity. 8. Top ply of modified bitumen roofing membrane shall be coated with coated granules.
Granule color shall white. B. Approved SBS-Modified-Bitumen Membrane Roof Assembly: Membrane plies are installed using torch or hot air welding techniques. 1. Siplast: RoofNav No.
240114-49238-0 a. Temporary Roof/Vapor retarder: Irex 40 Paradiene 20 TG. b. Base Ply: Paradiene 20 TG EG c. Middle Ply: Paradiene 20 TG. d. Cap Sheet: Paradiene 30 FR TG BW. e. Cap
Sheet to be coated with granules. Granule color: White Standard color as selected by the Architect 2. SOPREMA, Inc. RoofNav No. 258797-50589-0 a. Temporary Roof/Vapor retarder: Elastophene
SP 3.0 b. Base Ply: Sopralene FLAM 180 c. Middle Ply: ELASTOPHENE FLAM d. Cap Sheet: Sopralene FLAM 180 FR GR (SG). e. Cap Sheet and Flashing Cap Sheet to be coated with SG Granule
granuels. Standard color as selected by the Architect Highly reflective, bright white mineral granule surfacing. Granule color: Bright White C. Base Flashing Systems: 1. Siplast:
a. Cold, fluid-applied resin. Parapro Roof Resin. b. Reinforcing: Pro Fleece c. Color: White 2. SOPREMA, Inc. a. Cold, fluid-applied resin. ALSAN RS 230 FLASH. b. Reinforcing: ALSAN
RS FLEECE c. Color: White D. Accessory products: primers, paste resin, catalysts, prep solvent, and miscellaneous materials as recommended by the Manufacturer. Johnson Museum of Art
Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-9 E. Related Modified Bitumen Materials 1. Modified bitumen cements,
adhesives, mastics, primers, ceramic granules, sealants, prefabricated accessories, fasteners, anchor bars, and other related items are to be furnished or recommended by the membrane
material manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. F. Asphalt Materials: 1. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41/D41M as recommended by the roof membrane manufacturer. a. Basis of Design: PA-1125
by Siplast b. Approved Alternate: Elastocol 500 by Soprema 2.2 OTHER ROOFING-SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Insulation: 1. General: Provide preformed insulation boards that comply with requirements
and referenced standards, selected from insulation manufacturer’s standard sizes and of thicknesses indicated on Drawings. 2. Polyisocyanurate Boards: ASTM C1289, Type II, felt or glass-fiber
mat facer on both major surfaces; 25-pounds-per-square-inch-minimum compressive strength. a. Basis of Design: Paratherm G by Siplast b. Approved Alternate: SOPRA-ISO by Soprema 3.
Insulation Accessories: a. General: Insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. b. Provide preformed saddles,
crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. 2.3 SHEET METAL FLASHING A. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM
A 240/A 240M, Type 304; No. 2D finish; 24 and 20 gage, as shown on drawings. 2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing-system manufacturer for intended
use and compatible with roofing membrane. B. Cover Boards: ASTM C1177/C1177M; glass-mat, water-resistant, gypsum substrate, 1/2 inch thick. DensDeck Prime Roof Board manufactured by
Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC, or approved equal. 1. Basis of Design: DensDeck Prime Roof Board by Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC 2. Approved Alternate: Sopraboard by Soprema Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-10 C. New Roof Drains: 1. Model 1010 by Jay R. Smtih Mfg. Co.
of Montgomery, Alabama. D. Adhesive for insulation and cover boards: Two-component, polyurethane foam insulation adhesive, applied in ribbons from cartridges or two-component bulk packaging
with pump-driven delivery system. 1. Basis of Design: Para-Stik Roofing Adhesive by Siplast 2. Approved Alternate: Duotack SPF by Soprema E. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D4586, asbestos
free, of consistency required by roofing-system manufacturer for application. Do not use unless specifically approved by roofing-system manufacturer. Do not use for sealing laps in
membrane or base flashing, surface or stripping flashing at equipment penetrations and drains, or repairs to membrane or flashing. F. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene, plain or modified
bitumen, non-hardening, nonmigrating, non-skinning, and non-drying. G. Walk Pads 1. Paratread by Siplast 2. Soprawalk by Soprema H. Self-adhering modified bitumen flashing ply: SBS
modified bitumen membrane with a non-woven polyester reinforcement with self-adhesive bitumen on the underside and a sanded topside surface for use for temporary weather tight protection
over wood blocking and plywood and where noted on the drawings and to protect wood and plywood from exposure to open flame during heat welding of membrane and flashing plies. 1. Paradiene
20 SA by Siplast 2. SOPRALENE STICK by SOPREMA, Inc. I. Termination Bars: Roofing-system manufacturer’s standard; Type-304-stainless-steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1-inch wide
by 1/8-inch thick; with predrilled holes 8 inches on center. 1. Similar to Tru-Fast TB-125 stainless steel termination bar 800-443-9602. J. Roofing Chips: granules or ceramic roofing
chips provided by roofing-system manufacturer, color to match roofing membrane. K. Clamping Bands: Adjustable stainless steel bands for securing sheet metal rain collars to equipment
penetrations: 1. Band-It (215-245-7290) SCRU-Band Clamping System. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE
ROOFING 075216-11 L. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories recommended by roofing-system manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate with Owner
to shut down air-intake equipment in the vicinity of the Work. Cover air-intake louvers or window air conditioning units before proceeding with reroofing work that could affect indoor
air quality or activate smoke detectors in the ductwork. B. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to facilitate rapid installation of temporary protection
in the event of unexpected rain. C. Do not remove more roofing materials than can be replaced with the temporary roof prior to the end of each work day and/or inclament weather. D.
Maintain roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. Use roof-drain plugs
specifically designed for this purpose. Remove roof-drain plugs at end of each workday, when no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast. E. If roof drains are temporarily blocked
or unserviceable due to roofing system removal or partial installation of new membrane roofing system, provide alternative drainage method to remove water and eliminate ponding. Do
not permit water to enter into or under existing membrane roofing system components. F. Coordinate with the Owner and verify that rooftop utilities and service piping have been shut
off before beginning the Work. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer and roofing-system manufacturer’s representative for compliance with requirements
and for other conditions affecting installation or performance of roofing system. 1. Perform testing according to ANSI/SPRI FX-1 to verify that fastener pull-out values meet or exceed
wind load requirements. 2. Ensure that work done by other trades is complete and ready for roofing Work, including: a. Roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced,
and roof drains are securely clamped in place. b. Wood, blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and nailers match thicknesses
of insulation. c. Wood or plywood deck is securely fastened with no projecting fasteners and with no adjacent units in excess of 1/16 inch out of plane relative to adjoining deck. d.
Verify that areas and conditions under which roofing Work is to be performed permit proper and timely completion of Work. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October
6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-12 e. Notify Architect and Roofing Consultant in writing of conditions which may adversely affect installation
or performance of roofing Work and recommend corrections. f. Do not proceed with roofing Work until adverse conditions have been corrected and reviewed by the Architect and Roofing
Consultant. g. Commencing roofing Work constitutes acceptance of Work surfaces and conditions. B. Prior to the start of work, the substrate shall be relatively smooth and free of debris,
sharp edges and other surface irregularities, and dry as determined by Architect/Engineer that will be detrimental to or prevent the proper installation of the system. 1. Surfaces shall
be clean, dry, smooth, and free of voids per ASTM D 5295 “Preparation of Concrete Surfaces for Adhered (Bonded) Membrane Waterproofing Systems.” Unapproved curing compounds, form release
agents, petroleum distillates and other contaminates are not allowed to come into contact with any approved substrate. C. All codes having jurisdiction shall be observed strictly in
the construction of the project, including all applicable state, city, and county building, zoning, electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fire codes. Contractor shall verify all code
requirements before commencement of construction and bring any noted discrepancies between code requirements and the construction documents to the attention of the Architect/Engineer
in writing. D. Details and sections on the drawings are shown at specific locations and are intended to show general requirements throughout. Details noted “typical” imply all conditions
treated similarly. Modifications shall be made by Contractor to accommodate minor variations. E. All areas, dimensions, and conditions shown and indicated are approximate. Contractor
shall verify existing conditions prior to the start of work. Additional compensation shall not be granted for conditions encountered after the start of work that are different from
those listed. F. All drawings and conditions shall be fully coordinated by Contractor to verify all dimensions, conditions, slopes, drains, outlets, recesses, reglets, bolt settings,
sleeves, etc. G. Contractor shall bring errors and omissions noted by the Contractor which may occur in Contract Documents to the attention of the Architect/Engineer in writing and
written instructions shall be obtained before proceeding with the affected work. H. Verify that all drains, sleeves, curbs or other roof penetrations are rigidly secured. I. The Contractor
shall verify all dimensions and job conditions at the job site sufficiently in advance of work to be performed to assure the orderly progress of the work. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Provide
temporary protection as needed if watertightness is compromised. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE
ROOFING 075216-13 B. Take precautions to ensure safety of people, including building users, passers-by, and workmen, and animals, and protection of property, including adjacent building
elements, landscaping, and motor vehicles. C. Prevent construction debris and other materials from coming into contact with pedestrians, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and
other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact. D. Protect paving and sidewalk, and adjacent building areas from mechanical damage due to scaffolding and other equipment. E. Limit
access to Work areas. F. Erect temporary protective canopies, as necessary, over walkways and at points of pedestrian and vehicular access that must remain in service during Work. G.
Comply with roofing-system manufacturer’s written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. H. Cover adjacent surfaces with
materials that are proven to resist roofing materials. I. Assume responsibility for injury to persons or damage to property due to Work, and remedy at no cost to Owner. J. Comply with
all local and Univeristy hot work rules and regulations. 3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation,
according to roofing-system manufacturer’s written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Clean and prepare concrete substrate according to roofing-system manufacturer’s written
instructions. Provide clean, dust-free, and dry substrate. 1. Verify that concrete has cured and aged for minimum time period recommended by roofing-system manufacturer. 2. Verify that
substrate is sound and is visibly dry and free of moisture. 3. Verify that concrete curbs, expansion joints, and transitions from a surface plane to another (inside and outside corners)
are cleanly formed and free of broken edges and excess concrete. 4. Remove concrete fins and projections, concrete splatter, and other irregularities which would prevent monolithic,
continuous application of roofing. 5. Properly patch substrate defects (such as voids, form tie holes, honeycombing, and cracks) with latex-modified concrete or another material acceptable
to roofingsystem manufacturer and Architect/Engineer. 6. Remove grease, oil, asphalt solids, form-release agents, paints, curing compounds, and other penetrating contaminants or film-forming
coatings from concrete. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-14 7. Thoroughly sweep
substrate and clean with oil-free compressed air. C. Clean and prepare wood substrate according to roofing-system manufacturer’s written instructions. Provide clean, dust-free, and
dry substrate for roofing application. D. Mask adjoining surfaces not receiving roofing system to prevent spillage or migration affecting other construction. E. Close off roof drains
and other penetrations to prevent materials from entering and clogging drains and conductors, and from spilling or migrating onto adjacent surfaces. Remove roof-drain plugs when no
work is taking place or when rain is forecast. F. Installer and roofing-system manufacturer’s representative shall examine substrate to ensure that it is properly prepared and ready
to receive roofing system. Roofing-system manufacturer’s representative shall report in writing to Installer, Architect, and Roofing Consultant conditions which will adversely affect
roofing-system installation or performance. Do not proceed with roofing-system installation until these conditions have been corrected and reviewed by the Architect and Roofing Consultant.
G. Adjust accessory items to proper height to be compatible with finished height of new insulation and roofing system. H. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected. Commencing installation constitutes acceptance of Work surfaces and conditions. I. Apply primer over all concrete, masonry, and sheet metal substrates to receive
new membrane materials in accordance with the recommendations of the membrane manufacturer. 3.5 ROOFING-SYSTEM INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing membrane and base flashings according
to roofing-system manufacturer’s written instructions and applicable recommendations of NRCA/ARMA Quality Control Guidelines for Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing. B.
Install materials in strict accordance with safety requirements required by roofingsystem manufacturer; GHS or Material Safety Data Sheets; and local, state, and federal rules and regulations.
1. Follow safety procedures of OSHA and other applicable governing agencies. Assume responsibility for Work area safety at all times. 2. Provide fully-charged fire extinguishers, appropriately
sized and rated, and water within 50 feet. 3. Torch Safety. a. Do not use wood-fiber cant strips or insulation. b. Install continuous, self-adhering flashing ply over combustible substrates.
c. Install metal flashings at penetrations, or protect with tight-fitting felt collar before torching. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum
No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-15 d. Torches to have safety lever (pilot only or self-igniting). Do not use full-time torches. e. Maintain fully-charged fire
extinguishers, appropriately sized and rated, within 50 feet of torch work locations. f. Walk job every day at least 1 hour after torches are out for fire watch. g. Comply with all
local and state rules and regulations. C. Maintain adequate ventilation during installation of roofing materials. Notify Owner’s Representative at least 1 week in advance of Work with
materials with noxious vapors. Review application schedule and venting precautions with Owner’s Representative prior to beginning application. D. Substrate-Joint Penetrations: Prevent
roofing asphalt from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing-system components or adjacent building construction. E. Coordinate installing roofing-system
components so polyisocyanurate insulation and coverboards are not exposed to precipitation, or left exposed at end of workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Provide tie-offs at end of
each day’s Work to cover exposed roofing membrane sheets and insulation with course of coated felt set in roofing cement or hot roofing asphalt with joints and edges sealed. 2. Complete
terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system. 3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning
Work on adjoining roofing. F. Prohibit foot traffic and equipment movement over roofing system until fluid-applied products have cured and while roofing asphalt is hot and fluid. Minimize
foot traffic and equipment movement over middle plies prior to installation of membrane top ply/cap sheet. G. Cooperate with Architect and Roofing Consultant in performing inspections
and testing of roofing system. H. Penetrations: Pipe penetrations must be securely anchored and tightly grouted, properly prepared with appropriate cleaning and abrasion of the metal
as required for a suitable surface to be flashed. Both plies of the completed roofing membrane are to be butted tightly to the penetration. Pre-cut polyester reinforcing fleece to
conform to roof terminations, transitions and penetrations being flashed. Ensure a minimum 2 inch overlap of fleece at side and end-laps. Ensure the completed liquid-applied flashing
membrane is fully reinforced. Apply the base coat of catalyzed resin onto the substrate using a brush or roller, working the material into the surface for complete coverage and full
adhesion. Immediately apply the reinforcing into the wet base coat of resin. Using a brush or roller, work the reinforcing fabric into the wet resin while applying the second coat
of catalyzed resin to completely encapsulate the fleece. The final membrane flashing installation shall extend 8” (min.) onto vertical substrates and 8” onto the SBS field membrane.
Refer to reinforced, polymethacrylate (PMA) specification section and application instructions, details drawings, product data sheets and published general requirements for installation
instructions. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-16 I. Refer to membrane manufacturer’s
installation guidelines for all detail flashing requirements. J. Do not install materials in conditions of inclement weather. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF TEMPORARY ROOF/VAPOR BARRIER A. Concrete
Substrate: Prime surface to receive roofing with asphalt primer at rate of 3/4 gallon per square, and allow primer to dry. B. Temporary Roof/Vapor Retarder Installation: 1. Apply membrane
perpendicular to the slope of the deck. 2. Fully bond the base ply to the prepared substrate, utilizing a minimum 3 inch side and end laps. Apply each sheet directly behind the torch
applicator. Cut a dog ear angle at the end laps on overlapping selvage edges. Using a clean trowel, apply top pressure to top seal T-laps immediately following sheet application.
Stagger end laps a minimum of 3 feet. 3. Completely seal at terminations, obstructions, and penetrations to prevent air movement into roofing system. 3.7 ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION
GENERAL A. Inspect and repair temporary roof. Power wash the temporary roof. Jointly inspect the existing temporary roof with the Membrane Manufacturer and Roofing Consultant. Repair
and/or replace any damaged sections of the membrane as directed by the Membrane manufacturer and the Roofing Consultant at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Ply Sheet Application:
Bond the modified bitumen ply sheet to the prepared substrate, utilizing minimum 3 inch side and end laps. Apply each sheet directly behind the torch applicator. Cut a dog ear angle
at the end laps on overlapping selvage edges. Using a clean trowel, apply pressure to top seal T-laps immediately following sheet application. Stagger end laps a minimum of 3 feet.
Follow manufacturer’s specifications regarding maximum exposure periods prior to application of the liquid-applied finish membrane. C. Preparation of Steel/Aluminum Substrates: Grind
to generate a "white-metal" surface and remove loose particles. Extend preparation area a minimum of 1/2-inch beyond the termination of the roofing/flashing system. Notch steel surfaces
to provide a rust-stop where detailed. Prime and paint all steel surfaces not coated with resin. D. Rigid Plastic Flashing Substrates: Evaluate the plastic for compatibility with
the resin materials. Lightly abrade the surface to receive the flashing system, clean plastic substrates using the specified the cleaner/solvent and allow to dry. Extend the preparation
area a minimum of 1/2 inch beyond the termination of the flashing system. E. Preparation/Mixing/Catalyzing Resin Products: Pour the desired quantity of resin into a clean container
and using a spiral mixer or mixing paddle, stir the liquid for the time period specified by the resin manufacturer. Calculate the amount of catalyst powder needed using the manufacturer's
guidelines and add the pre-measured catalyst to the resin component. Mix again for the time period specified by the resin manufacturer, Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System
Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-17 ensuring that the product is free from swirls and bubbles. Ensure that air is not entrained
into the product during the mixing process. To avoid aeration, do not use a spiral mixer unless the spiral section of the mixer can be fully contained in the liquid during the mixing
process. Mix only enough product to ensure that it can be applied before expiration of resin pot life. F. Primer Application: Apply primer resin using a roller or brush at the minimum
rate specified by the primer manufacturer over prepared substrates. Apply primer resin at the increased rate specified by the primer manufacturer. Increase application rates over
other absorbent substrates. Do not let resin pool or pond. Do not under-apply or overapply primers as this may interfere with proper primer catalyzation. Make allowances for saturation
of roller covers and application equipment. G. Paste Application: Allow the primer to set and apply catalyzed preparation paste using a trowel. Before application of resin over the
catalyzed paste surface, the specified cleaner/solvent, wipe the surface of the paste using the specified cleaner/solvent and allow to dry. Treat the surface again if not followed
up by resin application within 60 minutes. H. Base Flashing Application 1. Using masking tape, mask the perimeter of the area to receive the flashing system. Apply resin primer to
substrates requiring additional preparation and allow primer to cure. 2. Pre-cut fleece to ensure a proper fit at transitions and corners prior to membrane application. 3. Apply an
even, generous base coat of flashing resin to prepared surfaces using a roller at the rate specified by the resin manufacturer. Work the fleece into the wet, catalyzed resin using
a brush or roller to fully embed the fleece in the resin and remove trapped air. Lap fleece layers a minimum of 2 inch (5 cm) and apply an additional coat of catalyzed resin between
layers of overlapping fleece. Again using a roller, apply an even top coat of catalyzed resin immediately following embedment of the fleece at the rate specified by the resin manufacturer,
ensuring that the fleece is fully saturated. Ensure that the flashing resin is applied to extend beyond the fleece (maximum ¼-inch). Remove the tape before the catalyzed resin cures.
Make allowances for waste, including saturation of roller covers and application equipment. 4. Should work be interrupted for more than 12 hours or the surface of the cured resin becomes
dirty or contaminated by the elements, wipe the surface to be lapped with new flashing resin using the specified cleaner/solvent. Allow the surface to dry for a minimum 20 minutes
and a maximum 60 minutes before continuing work. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND COVERBOARD A. Insulation Installation: 1. Comply with roofing-system manufacturer’s written instructions
for installing insulation. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-18 2. Coordinate
installation so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of workday. 3. Install insulation with long joints in continuous, straight line; with end joints staggered
between rows; and abutting edges and ends between boards. a. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations. b. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation.
c. Neatly cut insulation boards to fit around all penetrations through the roof deck and to fit neatly around and over wood blocking, cant and any existing conduit routed over the top
of the roof deck. At locations where less than a full-sized sheet of insulation is required, use the largest size practical to fill in the area. Contractor shall not install numerous
small sections of the insulation at these locations. 4. Install 1 or more layers of insulation to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2 inches or greater,
install 2 or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer at least of 6 inches in each direction. 5. Trim surface of insulation where necessary
at roof drains so finished surface is flush with top of drain-bowl flange and does not restrict flow of water. 6. Install insulation over all indicated deck and substrate surfaces.
Closely butt insulation boards. At elevation changes between top of adjacent insulation boards and between top of insulation boards and top of wood blocking 1/4 inch or greater,
install tapered edge, strip to provide flush transition. Trim tapered edge strip as necessary to provide flush transition. Stagger the end joints by the maximum dimensions possible.
Adhere roof insulation to the temporary roof membrane/vapor barrier with adhesive, in strict accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendation. Apply at the rate and uniformity
required by the manufacturer and as required to meet wind-up lift criteria. 7. Set each layer of insulation in low-rise foam adhesive as required to meet wind-up lift criteria to
adhere to substrate or layer below. B. Cover Board Installation: Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous, straight lines, and with end joints staggered between
rows. Stagger joints from joints in insulation below at least of 6 inches in each direction. Loosely butt cover boards together. Set in low-rise foam adhesive as required to meet wind
up-lift criteria. 3.9 BASE PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE - TORCH APPLIED A. Prime surface to receive roofing with asphalt primer if required. B. Allow sufficient time for the primer to thoroughly
dry prior to the membrane installation. C. Unroll dry field base membrane/vapor retarder ply. Each strip must have min 3-inch side laps and stagger end laps a minimum of 3 feet. D.
Begin at the lowest point of the deck (drain). Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-19
E. Position membrane so side lap will be centered on drain. F. Unroll the membrane to its complete length and allow it to relax for a minimum of fifteen (15) minutes. Once relaxed,
re-roll the field membrane ply from each end (one end at a time to ensure proper alignment) creating two sub-rolls. Heat-weld onto the prepared substrate using a continuous pulling
motion combined with balanced side-toside heat-welding technique, creating an even and continuous melt; ensure there is a small bead of bitumen in front of the roll during installation.
Fully bond membrane to the roof deck and flashing substrates. G. Application shall provide a smooth surface, free of air pockets, wrinkles, fishmouths or tears. H. Seal all side laps
by heat-welding, ensuring an even and continuous ¼” bleed-out. I. At end laps, cut “dog ear” angles from underlying sheet at the finish edge and the overlapping selvage edges. Apply
additional heat at T-lap joint. J. Extend field base membrane 4 inches minimum onto walls and curbs. Seal the upper edge of the temporary roof membrane with mastic. K. Secure roof
membrane to the roof drain with the roof drain clamping ring the same day that the roof membrane is installed. L. Prepare the base ply membrane to receive new roofing membrane according
to roofing membrane manufacturer. If construction activities will be performed on the base ply membrane, restore roofing membrane to watertight condition after construction has completed
and prior to installation of cap sheet. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF MIDDLE PLY AND CAP SHEET A. General: 1. Ensure that the field base ply and flashing base ply are properly applied and do
not show any defects prior to installing the field cap membrane ply. 2. Starting at the low point of the deck, unroll the cap membrane its entire length and allow it to relax for a
minimum of fifteen (15) minutes. Ensure proper alignment is achieved. At end laps, cut “dog ear” angles from underlying sheet at the finish edge and the overlapping selvage edges
to insure a good seal between the membranes. 3. Where first field cap membranes are installed at internal drains (low points), embed the granules on finished edge to create selvage
edge 3 inch minimum lap at both longitudinal sides and end laps and stagger end laps a minimum of 3 feet. 4. Stagger side lap seams between top ply 12 to 18 inches from the side lap
seams of the bottom ply. B. Install roofing-membrane, cap-sheet stripping where metal flanges and edgings are set on membrane roofing, according to roofing-system manufacturer’s written
instructions. C. Apply the field middle ply and cap ply onto the field base membrane / laminated board. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum
No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-20 1. Unroll the field cap membrane to its full length, offsetting the side and end laps from the base ply, and allow it to relax.
Once relaxed, re-roll the cap ply from each end (one end at a time to ensure proper alignment) creating two sub-rolls. Heat-weld the field cap membrane by pulling each sub roll, simultaneously
melting the field base membrane ply and field cap membrane ply, thermally fusing them together; ensure there is a small bead of bitumen in front of the roll during installation. 2.
Seal all side laps by heat-welding, ensuring an even and continuous ¼” bleed-out. 3. Prior to installing the following roll of cap membrane, first embed surface granules on the end
laps a minimum of six inches by gently heating the granulated membrane surface and pressing the granules into the melted asphalt with a hot trowel or by using a granule embedding tool.
D. Do not burn the membranes and their respective reinforcements (evidenced by smoking). E. Ensure the two membranes are thoroughly and completely fused together, without air pockets,
wrinkles, fishmouths or tears. F. Check all lap seams on the cap ply using the edge of a hot trowel; immediately correct any defects. 3.11 WALK PAD/ROOF PROTECTION PAD A. Install new
walkpads over surface of new roof membrane at roof access ladders, at doors, at top and bottom of stairs, below downspout outlets, and as indicated on the roof plan and in these specifications.
All loose surfacing materials shall be swept from the walkpad locations. The walkpads shall be adhered to the roof membrane in accordance with the recommendations of the walk pad and
roof membrane manufacturer. Only full size sections of walk pad shall be utilized. Partial sections of walkpads may be used at corners in the layout pattern as necessary to provide
a neat finished appearance. Provide 2-inches of gap between adjacent sections of walk pad and extend pads 6 inches minimum beyond edges of equipment or supports. For roll pad material,
cut into 5 foot maximum sections to provide gaps for drainage. 3.12 SHEET METAL INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal flashings and trim according to recommendations in SMACNA’s
Architectural Sheet Metal Manual and as indicated. B. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. 1. Install true to line and levels
indicated. 2. Where exposed, install without excessive oil canning, buckling, or tool marks. 3. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, or sealant. 4. Do
not torch cut sheet metal. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-21 C. Provide for
thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Space movement joints no more than 10 feet apart, with no joint within 24 inches of corner or intersection. 2. Where lapped or bayonet-type
expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant
concealed within joints. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Roofing Consultant will inspect roofing system at various stages of construction and at completion. B. Site Visits by Roofing
Manufacturer’s Representative: Roofing manufacturer’s representative shall visit site at following times. 1. At beginning of roofing installation to establish standard of quality to
be used for remainder of roofing Work. 2. Periodically during Work at critical times, but not less than once per week during application of roofing, and/or as required to meet provisions
of roofing manufacturer’s warranty. 3. Submit written report with observations, field decisions, and request for design changes to Roofing Consultant for each site visit. 4. Coordinate
site visits with Roofing Consultant. C. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing-system manufacturer’s technical representative to inspect roofing installation on completion and submit
report to Architect and Roofing Consultant. Notify Architect, Roofing Consultant and Owner’s Representative 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection. D. When remaining construction
will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, and describe nature and extent of deterioration and damage in written report, with copies to Architect,
Roofing Consultant and Owner’s Representative. E. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where test results or inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified
requirements. F. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.14
QUALITY CONTROL A. The roof membrane and flashing systems after installation shall be free of the following defects: B. Factory splices in the top ply shall be cut out before the roll
is applied. As an alternate, the splice may be covered with a full width section of top ply membrane which extends a minimum of 6-inches beyond both sides of the splice. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-22 C. Contractor shall ensure that the top ply is continuously
and fully bonded to the bottom plies without air pockets, wrinkles, fishmouths or tears. D. Contractor shall evaluate all lap seams in the top and bottom plies to identify any deficient
conditions which require repair to ensure continuous bonding of the laps. E. Wrinkles, fish mouths, voids, loose membrane, tears or other similar deficient conditions shall be repaired
as follows: 1. Repair membrane shall extend to nearest existing end lap or a minimum of 3 feet beyond each side of deficiency to avoid appearance of patchwork. 2. Deficiencies through
multiple membrane plies shall be repaired with equal number of plies with upper plies extending a minimum of 6 inches beyond edge of lower plies. 3. Wrinkles, voids, fish mouths shall
be cut open, all moisture removed, and the loose portion of the membrane adhered in cold adhesive. Prime existing surfaces at repair area and apply adhesive at twice the normal rate
over granule surfaces. 4. Remove selvage edge of repair cap sheet membrane and abut cut edge of membrane to edge of existing membrane where deficiency does not extend to seam at cut
edge. Consult roof membrane manufacturer concerning appropriate repairs of larger deficiencies. 5. Areas of surface marring, adhesive spills or over-application, shall be resurfaced
with granules matching the membrane color set into liquid flashing resin. F. Membrane seams that buck water shall be covered with 6 inch wide resin and fleece flashing centered over
the seam. Provide heavy top coat of resin and cast granules into the wet resin. G. Contractor shall keep foot traffic and equipment movement over newly installed roof membrane top
and bottom plies to the absolute minimum during application of the roof membrane while the adhesive is fluid. H. All vertical end terminations in wall base flashings shall be covered
with metal flashing or counterflashing and secured with approved fasteners. I. All roof drains shall be cleaned out and free of roofing debris and tested for watertightness and free
flowing operation prior to acceptance of roof. J. Owner shall reject any work not found to be in conformance with good roofing practice or these specifications. K. Roof cement, unless
specifically approved by the roof membrane manufacturer, shall not be incorporated into the roof membrane or flashing. L. All unacceptable roof cement found on the exposed roof shall
be removed and area repaired at no additional cost to the Owner. M. Resin and fleece flashing installed without masking shall receive additional resin and granules after masking to
provide neat finished appearance. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-23 3.15 CLEANING
A. At end of each workday, clean Site and Work areas and place rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials in appropriate containers. B. After completing roofing Work:
1. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent surfaces using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected surface. Exercise care to avoid scratching or damage
to surfaces. 2. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during roofing Work. 3. Clean up debris and surplus materials and remove from Site. 4. Upon completion of the work,
clean out all drain lines to remove debris, to a minimum of 50 feet from the roof drain. C. Waste Management: 1. Collect surplus roofing materials that cannot be reused and deliver
to recycling or disposal facility. 2. Treat materials that cannot be reused as hazardous waste and dispose of in appropriate manner. 3.16 PROTECTION A. Schedule sequence of work so
that traffic over new membrane is minimized. Institute required procedures for protection of completed membrane during installation of work over membrane and throughout remainder of
construction period. Contractor shall not allow excessive or concentrated traffic over unprotected membrane. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020
Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-24 ROOFING INSTALLER’S WARRANTY WHEREAS <Insert name> of <Insert address>, herein called Roofing Installer, has performed
roofing and associated work, designated Work, on following project: Owner: <Insert name of Owner.> Address: <Insert address.> Building Name/Type: <Insert information.> Address: <Insert
address.> Area of Work: <Insert information.> Acceptance Date: <Insert date.> Warranty Period: 2 years. Expiration Date: <Insert date.> AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted,
either directly with Owner or indirectly as subcontractor, to warrant said Work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period, NOW
THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein set forth, that during Warranty Period it will, at its own cost and expense, make or cause to be
made such repairs to or replacement of said Work as necessary to correct faulty and defective Work and as are necessary to maintain said Work in watertight condition and warrants against
following: 1. Components of roofing system that do not comply with requirements; that do not remain watertight; that fail in adhesion, cohesion, or general durability; or that deteriorate
in manner not clearly specified by submitted roofing-system manufacturer’s data as inherent quality of material for application indicated, regardless of whether Work was previously
accepted by Owner. Warranty includes defects such as blisters, ridging, and excessive surfacing loss. 2. Damage by exposure to foreseeable weather; damage from leaks in roof system
or related components; and damage by intrusion of foreseeable wind-borne moisture. Damage is understood to include accumulation of subsurface roof system moisture (i.e. wet insulation
board), even if no other visible interior damage or moisture exists. Warranty is made subject to following terms and conditions: 1. Specifically excluded from Warranty are damages
to Work and other parts of building, and to building contents, caused by: a. lightning; b. peak gust wind speed exceeding <Insert wind speed> miles per hour; c. fire; d. failure of
roof structure; e. faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights, vents, equipment supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of Work; f. activity on
roofing by others, including construction contractors and maintenance personnel, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner. 2. When Work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes,
Warranty shall be null and void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum
No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-25 and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated. 3. Roofing Installer is responsible
for damage to Work covered by Warranty but is not liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults or defects of Work. 4. During Warranty
Period, if Owner allows alteration of Work by anyone other than Roofing Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations, attachment of other
work, and positioning of anything on roof, Warranty will become null and void on date of said alterations, but only to extent said alterations affect Work covered by Warranty. If Owner
engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting said work, shall have notified Owner in writing,
showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations would likely damage or deteriorate Work, thereby reasonably justifying limitation or termination of Warranty. 5. During Warranty
Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but was not originally specified for, promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface, flooded basin, or other use or
service more severe than originally specified, Warranty will become null and void on date of said change, but only to extent said change affects Work covered by Warranty. 6. Owner will
promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks, defects, or deterioration and will afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect Work and
to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration. Roofing Installer shall inspect leak, defect, or deterioration within 24 hours of notification. 7. If permanent repair
or replacement of warranted condition cannot be made immediately, due to weather conditions, availability of appropriate labor or materials, building occupancy, etc., Roofing Installer
must make, or cause to be made, immediate temporary repairs to prevent any further damage, deterioration, or unsafe conditions. Permanent repair or replacement of warranted condition
shall be scheduled as soon thereafter as practical, and with Owner's consent and approval. 8. If Owner notifies Roofing Installer of warranted condition that requires immediate attention
to prevent potential injury or damage, and Roofing Installer cannot or does not promptly inspect and repair same, either permanently or temporarily, then Owner may make, or cause to
be made, such temporary repairs as may be essential and Roofing Installer will reimburse Owner for cost of such repairs. Such action will not relieve Roofing Installer of its obligation
to perform any necessary permanent repairs, and Warranty shall remain in full force and effect for remaining portion of its original term. 9. Roofing Installer shall provide equipment,
labor, and material required to remedy warranted conditions, including repair or replacement of damage to other work resulting therefrom, and removal and replacement of other work required
to access warranted condition. Additional required work will be at Roofing Installer’s sole Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2
SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 075216-26 expense for full term of Warranty. Warranty includes removal and replacement of roof-deck boards, base sheets, temporary roof/vapor
retarder, insulation, cover boards, walkway products, and work that conceals defect, for all components of roofing system. 10. Roofing Installer shall perform a thorough inspection
of roof system and other Work, within 30 day period preceding first and second anniversaries of start of Warranty period, in presence of roofing-system manufacturer's representative
and Owner's Representative. Roofing Installer shall make, or cause to be made, necessary repairs or replacement to remedy conditions noted during inspections, under the terms of this
Warranty. Repairs to be made within 30 days of inspection date or as otherwise agreed by Owner, even if such time extends beyond Warranty period. 11. Warranty is recognized to be only
Warranty of Roofing Installer on said Work and shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure.
Specifically, Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original Work according to requirements of Contract Documents, regardless
of whether Contract was directly with Owner or with Owner’s General Contractor. IN WITNESS THEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Roofing Installer has caused this document
to be executed by undersigned, duly-authorized officer. Corporate Seal: (Roofing Installer) By: (Signature) (Name) (Date) Subscribed
and sworn to before me this day of , 20__ Notary Public My commission expires _____________ END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement
October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-1 SECTION 07 52 17 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING (ROOF TYPE 2) PART 1 GENERAL 1.1
SUMMARY A. Section Includes: torch-applied, multi-layer SBS modified bitumen waterproofing membrane, protection course materials, primers, flashing, drainage boards, reinforcing fabric,
rigid insulation board, and roof drains. B. Scope/Location of work - Work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Roof system replacement at the following museum roof
area(s): a. Second Floor Roof 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Latest edition as of Specification date. 1. ASTM International: a. C578: Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular
Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. b. D41/D41M: Standard Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Damp-proofing, and Roofing. c. D3617: Standard Practice for Sampling and Analysis
of Built-up Roof Systems During Application. d. D4263: Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method. e. E108: Standard Test Methods for Fire
Tests of Roof Coverings. 2. FM Global: a. Class Number 4450: Approval Standard for Class 1 Insulated Steel Deck Roofs. b. Class Number 4470: Approval Standard for Single-Ply, Polymer-Modified
Bitumen Sheet, Built-Up Roof (BUR) and Liquid Applied Roof Assemblies for use in Class 1 and Noncombustible Roof Deck Construction. c. Approval Guide (online resource). 3. National
Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA)/ Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (ARMA): a. Quality Control Guidelines for Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing (Quality
Control Guidelines). 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate Work to ensure that new insulation and roofing materials and building interior are kept continuously dry; that continuous,
watertight, new roofing system is provided; and that adjacent areas are not adversely affected. Coordinate: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020
Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-2 1. With Owner’s Representative. 2. With other trades: a. To ensure that work done by other trades is complete
and ready for roofing Work. b. To avoid or minimize work on, or in immediate vicinity of, roofing Work in progress and completed new roofing. c. To ensure that subsequent work will
not adversely affect completed roofing. B. Preliminary Roofing Meeting: 1. Conduct meeting at Site. 2. Review requirements for roofing system, including: a. Construction schedule. b.
Availability of materials, Installer’s personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. c. Site use, access, staging, and set-up location limitations.
d. Surface preparation and deck condition and pretreatment. e. Installation procedures. f. Base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, and condition of other construction
that will affect roofing system. g. Testing and inspection requirements. h. Temporary protection and repair of roofing system. i. Structural loading limitations of concrete deck. j.
Governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates. 3. Contractor’s Site superintendent, roofing-system manufacturer’s technical representative, roofing Installer’s
foreman, Owner’s Representative, Architect/Engineer, and testing agency representative shall attend. C. Pre-installation Meeting: 1. Conduct meeting at Site. 2. Review requirements
for roofing system, including: a. Construction schedule. b. Availability of materials, Installer’s personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. c.
Site use, access, staging, and set-up location limitations. d. Forecast weather conditions. e. Surface preparation and deck condition and pretreatment. f. Installation procedures. g.
Base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. h. Testing and inspection requirements.
i. Temporary protection and repair of roofing system. j. Structural loading limitations of deck. k. Governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-3 3. Contractor’s Site superintendent, roofing-system
manufacturer’s technical representative, roofing Installer’s foreman, Owner’s Representative, Architect/Engineer, and testing agency representative shall attend. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Specimen
copy of Manufacturer’s roofing and roofing system warranty proposed for the Work. Submit prior to commencement of the Work. 1. Fully executed warranty, which shall be issued upon Manufacturer’s
approval of the installation. In no event shall the effective date of the warranty predate the completion and acceptance by Owner of the roofing membrane system and all associated
work. B. Product Data: Roofing-system manufacturer’s literature, including written instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating substrate; technical data including tested physical
and performance properties; and application instructions. 1. For membrane and base flashing materials, and flashing cement, primer, mastic sealant, and fasteners, insulation and pavers
2. Include temperature ranges for storage and application of materials, and special cold-weather application requirements or limitations. 3. Include Globally Harmonized System (GHS)
or, if not yet available, Material Safety Data Sheets for information only. C. Submit project specific shop drawings for approval by the Architect/Engineer prior to start of work.
Shop drawings shall include: Outline of roof and roof size, location and type of all penetrations, perimeter and penetration details, special details and list of materials. Provide
site specific drawing showing all conditions and all penetrations. Shop drawings shall bear the approval stamp of the roofing material manufacturer. D. Prior to start of work submit
proposed detail for temporary watertight night cutoffs for review and approval, clearly indicating tie-in of new modified roofing to existing substrates at temporary daily terminations
during the progress of the work. E. The current published product and installation literature of the materials manufacturer shall be considered part of this specification. Any revisions
to the published literature, prior to the date of installation of the product shall also be considered part of this specification. F. Manufacturer Certificate: Signed by roofing-system
manufacturer, certifying that roofing system complies with specified requirements. 1. Written approval by roofing-system manufacturer for use and performance of membrane including that
materials supplied for Project comply with requirements of cited ASTM standards. Approval should also indicate materials are suitable for FM Global 1A-90 and meet specified wind uplift
classification. 2. Evidence of meeting performance requirements. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE
WATERPROOFING 075217-4 3. Provide FM Global RoofNav number for waterproofing assembly. 4. Certify that materials are free of asbestos. G. Installer Qualifications: 1. Certification
from roofing-system manufacturer, certifying that Installer complies with manufacturer’s requirements to install specified, warranted, roofing system. 2. Evidence that Installer’s existing
company has minimum 5 years of continuous experience in similar roofing work; list of at least 5 representative, successfullycompleted projects of similar scope and size, including:
a. Project name. b. Owner’s name. c. Owner’s Representative name, address, and telephone number. d. Description of work. e. SBS-modified-bitumen materials used. f. Project supervisor.
g. Total cost of roofing work and total cost of project. h. Completion date. H. Low-Voltage Integrity Testing 1. Contractor to submit plan drawings of low-voltage integrity testing
grids for Architect/Engineer review that includes the location of junction box(es). 2. Clear visible benchmarks are to be provided in visual locations on top of the overburden. 3. Refer
to Paragraph 3.13 of this section for additional requirements. I. Sample Warranty: Copy of roofing-system manufacturer’s warranty, stating obligations, remedies, limitations, and exclusions.
Submitted with bid. J. Following completion of Work: 1. Roofing-system manufacturer’s inspection report of completed roofing installation. 2. Completed warranty from roofing-system
manufacturer. 3. Completed warranty from Installer. 4. Maintenance program recommended for roofing system. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor Requirements 1. Contractor shall be approved
by the manufacturer of the roofing materials and authorized to install the specified warranty system. 2. Portions of these specifications may exceed the minimum requirements of the
membrane material manufacturer. In no event shall less quality, less weight or a Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED
BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-5 lesser number of plies or any other lesser requirements be acceptable than at least the minimum of such required by this Specification Section
and those of the manufacturer. 3. Maintain one copy of project documents on site at all times during work activities. 4. Acceptable Applicator: Contractor shall be approved by the
roofing materials manufacturer with a minimum of three (3) years’ experience installing the specified product. The Contractor shall submit written evidence, from the membrane manufacturer
that they are an Approved Applicator and have been for three (3) years (minimum) and that they are eligible to install the specified system as necessary to qualify for the specified
warranty. A copy of the guarantee proposal shall be submitted with the Bid. 5. Technical Assistance: The contractor shall arrange for all required manufacturer support required to
maintain eligibility for specified manufacturer’s warranty. 6. Field Quality Control by Roofing Manufacturer: The contractor shall arrange for the manufacturer’s representative to
visit the site at a minimum of twice a week during the duration of the project to conduct site observations. Submit written report with observations, field decisions, and request for
design changes to Architect/Engineer for each site visit. Coordinate site visits with Owner. Architect/Engineer is to be notified of scheduled visit. B. Installer Qualifications: Experienced
firm that has successfully completed roofing work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project; that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing-system
manufacturer to install roofing-system products; and that is eligible to receive roofing-system warranty. Must have successful installations of specified materials in local area in
use for minimum of 5 years. 1. Employ foreman with minimum 5 years of experience as foreman on similar projects, who is fluent in English, to be on Site at all times during Work. Do
not change foremen during course of Project except for reasons beyond control of Installer; inform Architect/Engineer in advance of any changes. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle materials according to manufacturer’s recommendations and in such manner as to prevent damage to materials and structure. B. Deliver materials to Site
in original containers and packaging with seals unbroken, labeled with manufacturer’s name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, lot number, and directions for storing
and mixing with other components. C. All products that have a shelf life shall be clearly marked with expiration dates. D. Keep materials dry and do not allow materials to be exposed
to moisture during transportation, storage, handling, or installation. Reject and remove from Site new materials which exhibit evidence of moisture during application or which have
been exposed to moisture. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-6 E. Store materials
in original, undamaged containers in clean, dry, protected location on raised platforms with weather-protective coverings, within temperature range required by manufacturer. Use canvas
tarps for protection of moisture-sensitive roofing materials. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. Manufacturer’s standard packaging and covering is not considered adequate
weather protection. F. Store all temperature sensitive materials in a heated location with a 50° F minimum temperature and remove only as much as is needed for immediate use; certain
adhesives might require conditioning at temperatures greater than 50° F prior to use to ensure the proper rate of application and/or ease of use (see product data sheets). Keep all
materials away from open flame or welding sparks. G. Deliver materials in sufficient quantity to assure continuity of work. Handle rolled goods in a manner to prevent damage to edges
or ends. Select and utilize handling equipment so as to avoid damage to materials handled, to apply roofing or to other construction. H. Store rolled materials on ends only, unless
otherwise required by manufacturer’s written instructions. Discard rolls that have been flattened, creased, or otherwise damaged. I. Do not store materials at locations where new roofing
materials have been installed. J. Limit stored materials on structures to safe loading capacity of structure at time materials are stored, and to avoid permanent deflection of deck.
K. Conspicuously mark wet or damaged materials and promptly remove from Site. L. Remove and replace materials that cannot be applied within stated shelf life 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify existing dimensions and details prior to start of roofing Work. Notify Architect/Engineer of conditions found to be different than those indicated in Contract Documents. Architect/Engineer
will review situation and inform Contractor and Installer of changes. B. Comply with Owner’s limitations and restrictions for Site use and accessibility. C. Protect existing roofing
from damage from construction activities. Repair damage to existing roofing from construction activities that result in leakage. D. Ensure that drains are operational at end of each
workday and if precipitation is forecast. E. Do not install roofing during inclement weather, below the minimum ambient or surface temperatures recommended by the membrane manufacturer,
or when relative humidity or wind speed is not within the range acceptable to the membrane manufacturer. 1. Observe cold-weather precautions and guidelines recommended by roofing-system
manufacturer when applying membrane materials below 40 degrees F. 2. Allow concrete, where exposed, to properly dry in accordance with the roofing manufacturers recommendations. Check
moisture content of substrate on a daily Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-7
basis. Do not apply roofing to a damp or wet substrate, or when temperature is below 0 deg. F. Do not apply roofing to substrates that have a moisture content above the level recommended
by the roofing membrane manufacturer. F. Contractor shall not proceed with or install roofing during inclement weather, except for temporary work necessary during inclement weather
to protect materials that are already installed. Remove all temporary work and Work that becomes moisture damaged before installing permanent materials. G. Surfaces on which the insulation
or membrane is to be applied shall be clean, smooth, dry, and free of projections or contaminants that would prevent proper installation. H. Waste products (petroleum, grease, oil and
solvents - vegetable or mineral oil and animal fat -direct contact with steam venting) shall not be allowed to come in contact with the roofing membrane system. I. Daily Seal: Care
shall be exercised to ensure that moisture does not penetrate beneath any completed sections of the roofing by temporarily sealing the loose edge of the membrane at the end of each
work day and prior to the arrival of inclement weather. The manufacturer's requirements shall be followed closely. Contractor shall inspect existing components for moisture intrusion
along the tie-in after opening the daily seal on the next work day. J. Handle and install materials in strict accordance with safety requirements required by roofing-system manufacturer;
GHS or Material Safety Data Sheets; and local, state, and federal rules and regulations. Maintain GHS or Material Safety Data Sheets with materials in storage area and available for
ready reference at Site. K. Maintain adequate ventilation during preparation and application of roofing materials. 1.8 CHANGES IN WORK A. During rehabilitation work, existing conditions
may be encountered which are not known or are at variance with Contract Documents. Such conditions may interfere with Work and may consist of damage or deterioration of substrate or
surrounding materials that could jeopardize integrity or performance of Work. 1. Notify Architect/Engineer of conditions that may interfere with proper execution of Work or jeopardize
performance of Work prior to proceeding with Work. 1.9 WARRANTIES A. Manufacturer’s Warranty: Written warranty, signed by roofing manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace roofing
and sheet flashings that do not comply with requirements or that do not remain watertight within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty includes removing and reinstalling protection,
drainage panels, insulation, filter fabric, and pavers. 2. Warranty Period: Twenty-five (25) years after date of Substantial Completion. B. Roofing Installer’s Warranty: Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-8 1. Completed warranty form at end of Section, signed
by Installer, including: a. Repair or replace components of roofing system that do not comply with requirements; that do not remain watertight; that fail in adhesion, cohesion, or general
durability; or that deteriorate in manner not clearly specified by submitted roofing-system manufacturer’s data as inherent quality of material for application indicated. Warranty includes
defects such as blisters, ridging, and excessive surfacing loss. b. Warranty includes removing and reinstalling drainage panels, insulation, filter fabric and pavers. c. The guaranty
includes responsibility for removal and replacement of other work which conceals roofing membranes. This guaranty shall include all work installed under this contract including membranes,
flashings, drainage systems, metal work, insulation, fasteners and miscellaneous items. d. Labor and materials to perform warranty work. 2. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of completion
of roofing system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SBS-MODIFIED-BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM A. General: 1. Contractor shall comply with product requirements of the roofing membrane manufacturer
as necessary to ensure that the completed roofing system qualifies for the 20 year full system warranty. 2. The waterproofing membrane manufacturer utalized for Roofing Type 2 shall
be the same manufacturer as used for Roof System R-1 as specified in Section 07 52 16. 3. FM Global Listing: Provide roofing membrane, base flashings, and component materials that comply
with requirements in FM Global Class Numbers 4450 and 4470 as part of roofing system and that are listed in FM Global Approval Guide for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable.
Identify materials with FM Global markings. a. Fire/Windstorm Classification: ASTM E108, Class 1A-90 for application and roof slopes indicated, based on testing by Underwriters Laboratory.
Uplift pressure and zones requiring up-lift enhancements are indicated on the drawings. b. Hail Resistance: SH. 3. Roofing-system manufacturer with at least 10-years documented experience
and for roofing system identical to that specified for Project. 4. All materials to be used in the work, including temporary cut-offs and tie-ins, shall be certified by the manufacturer
to be free of asbestos. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-9 5. Any asbestos
containing material inadvertently installed under this contract by the Contractor, or their subcontractors, shall be removed and replaced with asbestosfree products at no additional
cost to the Owner. 6. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by
roofing-system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 7. Source Limitations: Roofing membrane components and accessories shall be obtained as a single-source from the membrane
manufacturer to ensure total system compatibility and integrity. B. Approved SBS-Modified-Bitumen Membrane Roof Assembly: Membrane plies are installed using torch or hot air welding
techniques. 1. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Siplast RoofNav Number 243487-242297-0 Temporary Roof/Base Ply: Paradiene 20 TG EG Middle Ply: Paradiene 20 TG Top Ply/Cap Sheet:
Teranap 1M Sand Base Flashing (2-ply): Parapro 123 Flashing System 2. Approved Alternate Manufacturer: Soprema RoofNav Number 395728-391984-0 Temporary Roof/Base Ply: Colphene
Flam 180 Middle Ply: Colphene Flam 180 Top Ply/Cap Sheet: Colphene Flam 180 FR GR Base Flashing (2-ply): Alsan RS 230 C. Liquid Flashing Membrane 1. Polyester fleece reinforcement
encapsulated by a flexible resin: Parapro 123 Flashing System, by Siplast/Icopal. a. Approved Alternate: Alsan RS 230 Roof and Flashing System, by Soprema. D. Related Modified Bitumen
Materials 1. Modified bitumen cements, adhesives, mastics, primers, ceramic granules, sealants, prefabricated accessories, fasteners, anchor bars, and other related items are to be
furnished or recommended by the membrane material manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2
SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-10 2.2 OTHER ROOFING-SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Primer and Surface Conditioner 1. An asphalt/solvent blend meeting ASTM D 41, complying
with New York State VOC requirements a. Basis of Design: PA-1125 by Siplast b. Approved Alternate: Elastocol 500 by Soprema B. Sealants 1. A moisture-curing, non-slump elastomeric sealant
designed for sealing edge of roofing membrane and flashing membrane terminations. The sealant shall be approved by the roofing membrane manufacturer for use in conjunction with the
roofing membrane materials. a. Per membrane manufacturer C. Prefabricated Drainage Panel: 1. Shall be a composite drainage board consisting of a two-part prefabricated sheet drain
and protection board consisting of a formed polystyrene core covered on one side with a woven polypropylene filter fabric, designed for high compression applications: a. Basis of Design:
Paradrain Drainage Mat by Siplast b. Approved Alternate: Sopradrain 104 by Soprema D. Filter Fabric: 1. A filter fabric used for placement between the polystyrene insulation system
and the paver ballast, consisting of a non woven polypropylene geotextile fabric with a random three-dimensional pore structure, approved by roof membrane manufacturer. 2.3 INSULATION
A. Insulation: 1. General: Provide preformed insulation boards that comply with requirements and referenced standards, selected from insulation manufacturer’s standard sizes and of
thicknesses indicated on Drawings. 2. Extruded-Polystyrene Boards: A continuous closed-cell, high compression strength polystyrene foam panel conforming to ASTM C 578. Panels to be
constructed for use in protected roofing membrane assemblies Provide panels having a minimum compression strength of 60 psi nominal. a. DOW Plaza Mate Extruded Polystyrene Insulation
Board b. SOPRA-XPS Extruded Polystyrene Insulation Board 3. Insulation Accessories: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED
BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-11 a. General: Insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. 2.4 AUXILIARY
MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing-system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing membrane. B. Asphalt Flashing Cement: ASTM D4586, asbestos
free, of consistency required by roofing-system manufacturer for application. Do not use unless specifically approved by roofing-system manufacturer. Do not use for sealing laps in
membrane or base flashing, surface or stripping flashing at equipment penetrations and drains, or repairs to membrane or flashing. C. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene, plain or modified
bitumen, non-hardening, nonmigrating, non-skinning, and non-drying. D. New Roof Drains: 1. Model 1011 by Jay R. Smtih Mfg. Co. of Montgomery, Alabama. E. Filter Fabric: Non-woven Polypropylene
geotextile fabric with random threedimensional pore structure F. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories recommended by roofing-system manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer and roofing-system manufacturer’s representative for compliance with requirements and for other conditions affecting
installation or performance of roofing system. 1. Ensure that work done by other trades is complete and ready for roofing Work, including: a. Openings and penetrations are in place
and set and braced, and drains are securely clamped in place. 2. The installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which the roofing is to be installed, and notify the Architect/Engineer,
in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of this phase of the work. Contractor shall not begin work until the substrates have been prepared as specified
and as necessary, and are ready and acceptable to have materials installed. By beginning work, the Contractor acknowledges that the substrates are satisfactory. 3. Do not proceed with
roofing Work until adverse conditions have been corrected and reviewed by Architect/Engineer. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2
SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-12 4. Commencing roofing Work constitutes acceptance of Work surfaces and conditions. B. Prior to the start of work, the substrate
shall be relatively smooth and free of debris, sharp edges and other surface irregularities, and dry as determined by Architect/Engineer that will be detrimental to or prevent the proper
installation of the system. C. All codes having jurisdiction shall be observed strictly in the construction of the project, including all applicable state, city, and county building,
zoning, electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fire codes. Contractor shall verify all code requirements before commencement of construction and bring any noted discrepancies between
code requirements and the construction documents or the planned scope of work to the attention of the Architect/Engineer in writing. D. All areas, dimensions, and conditions shown and
indicated are approximate. Contractor shall verify existing conditions prior to the start of work. Additional compensation shall not be granted for conditions encountered after the
start of work that are different from those listed. E. All drawings and conditions shall be fully coordinated by Contractor to verify all dimensions, conditions, slopes, drains, outlets,
recesses, reglets, bolt settings, sleeves, etc. F. Contractor shall bring errors and omissions noted by the Contractor which may occur in Contract Documents to the attention of the
Architect/Engineer in writing and written instructions shall be obtained before proceeding with the affected work. G. Verify that all drains, sleeves, curbs or other penetrations
are rigidly secured. H. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and job conditions at the job site sufficiently in advance of work to be performed to assure the orderly progress
of the work. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Take precautions to ensure safety of people, including building users, passers-by, and workmen, and animals, and protection of property, including adjacent
building elements, landscaping, and motor vehicles. B. Prevent construction debris and other materials from coming into contact with pedestrians, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings,
and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact. C. Protect paving and sidewalk, and adjacent building areas from mechanical damage due to scaffolding and other equipment. D.
Limit access to Work areas. E. Comply with roofing-system manufacturer’s written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products.
F. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist roofing materials. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED
BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-13 G. Do not remove more roofing materials than can be replaced with the temporary roof prior to the end of each work day and/or inclament weather.
H. Assume responsibility for injury to persons or damage to property due to Work, and remedy at no cost to Owner. 3.3 ROOFING-SYSTEM INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing membrane
and base flashings according to roofing-system manufacturer’s written instructions and applicable recommendations of NRCA/ARMA Quality Control Guidelines for Application of Polymer
Modified Bitumen Roofing. Comply with all local jurisdiction and fire department rules and regulations. B. Install materials in strict accordance with safety requirements required by
roofingsystem manufacturer; GHS or Material Safety Data Sheets; and local, state, and federal rules and regulations. 1. Follow safety procedures of OSHA and other applicable governing
agencies. Assume responsibility for Work area safety at all times. 2. Torch Safety for areas where torches are approved for use. a. Do not use wood-fiber cant strips or insulation.
b. Install metal flashings at penetrations, or protect with tight-fitting felt collar before torching. c. Torches to have safety lever (pilot only or self-igniting). Do not use full-time
torches. d. Maintain fully-charged fire extinguishers, appropriately sized and rated, within 50 feet of torch work locations. e. Walk job every day at least 1 hour after torches are
out for fire watch or as required by the local jurisdiction and fire department. f. Store and transport propane cylinders in accordance with the local jurisdiction and fire department.
C. Maintain adequate ventilation during installation of roofing materials. Notify Owner’s Representative at least 1 week in advance of Work with materials with noxious vapors. Review
application schedule and venting precautions with Owner’s Representative prior to beginning application. D. Substrate-Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt or resinous flashings
from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing-system components or adjacent building construction. E. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide
temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning Work on adjoining roofing. F. Prohibit foot
traffic and equipment movement over roofing system while roofing asphalt is hot and fluid. Minimize foot traffic and equipment movement over installed plies prior to installation of
subsequent membrane plies. G. Cooperate with Architect/Engineer in performing inspections and testing of roofing system. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October
6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-14 H. Do not install materials in conditions of inclement weather. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply
with manufacturer's instructions for handling and installation of roofing materials except where more stringent requirements are indicated in the specifications and drawings. Any changes
to these specifications, based on recommendations by the material manufacturer, shall be approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer prior to the start of work. 2. Schedule installation
to minimize period of exposure of substrates. 3. The Contractor shall not phase in the installation of the base ply, middle ply, and top ply membranes. 4. Contractor shall not use
the existing or newly waterproofed areas as work or storage platforms, without adequate protection. 5. Daily Seal: Provide temporary watertight cut-offs and tie-ins prior to arrival
of inclement weather and at the end of each work day, as necessary to prevent moisture intrusion below the new and existing membrane and into the new membrane and/or building. Remove
all temporary work at the beginning of the next work day and verify that water has not breached the permanent work. 6. Should conditions be uncovered or created which would be detrimental
to the proper conduct of specified work, immediately notify the Owner Representative of these conditions for resolution. 7. Extend roofing membranes and flashings as shown to provide
complete membrane over area(s) indicated to be waterproofed. Ensure complete bonding to vertical surfaces and, where shown or recommended by material manufacturer, to horizontal surfaces.
a. Contractor shall perform all testing and other examination of substrate as recommended by the roofing materials manufacturer. Responsibility for determination of the deck being
suitable for application of roofing materials shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The proposed roofing membrane manufacturer shall confirm the determination substrate
suitability. b. Contractor shall follow manufacturer's recommendations for unrolling the membrane to allow to “relax” and flatten at application temperatures below 50ºF to assure that
the top and bottom plies have stabilized and are ready for installation. c. Except as otherwise required by unusual circumstances or as otherwise may be indicated in these specifications,
begin installation of the roofing membrane system at the low point of the roof and proceed upslope. Install membrane plies shingle style, perpendicular to the slope. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-15 3.5 BASE FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A. General:
Install base flashing and other stripping and vertical surfaces, and at penetrations, and secure to substrate according to roofing-system manufacturer’s written instructions. 1. Accurately
align base flashing sheets without stretching, and maintain uniform side and end laps required by roofing-system manufacturer for selvage and non-selvage laps. a. Start wall and curb
base flashing at low point of deck and shingle with slope of deck. b. Extend base flashing plies to top of curbs, to within 1 inch of counterflashing reglets, and 4 inches onto field
of roofing membrane. At locations where height of wall exceeds height acceptable to roofing-system manufacturer, comply with recommendations of roofing-system manufacturer for flashing
high walls. Recommendations may include flashing in 2 stages: bottom half to recommended maximum height preceded by top half over remainder of wall. c. Bond and seal laps, leaving no
voids. Repair wrinkles and voids in laps and lapped seams. Prepare and prime non-selvage laps as recommended by roofing-system manufacturer. 2. Install at least 1 ply of base flashing
membrane same day that roofing membrane is installed to provide temporary watertight seal. B. Flashing Sheet Application: Torch apply flashing sheet to substrate. 1. Cut sheets off
end of roll and install vertically, working to selvage edge. 2. For sheets without selvage edges or where selvage edge cannot be provided, limit length of sheets to 5 feet maximum.
Prepare and prime non-selvage edges as recommended by roofing-system manufacturer. 3. Stagger end lap seams in top ply at least 6 inches from lap seams in bottom plies. C. Temporarily
seal top termination of base flashing with strip of glass-fiber fabric set in modified-bitumen mastic. D. Drains: 1. Install membrane bottom plies. Extend 1 inch beyond inside edge
of drain bowl flange. 2. Install membrane cap sheet over base flashing. Extend 1 inch beyond inside edge of drain bowl flange. 3. Trim flashing as necessary to 1 inch from inside edge
of drain bowl flange. 4. Install clamping ring and drain strainer. a. Install clamping ring same day that base flashing installed to prevent water back-up under membrane. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-16 b. Remove and reinstall clamping ring when membrane
top-ply installed, if installed at later time. c. Securely fasten clamping ring to provide continuous compression of drain flashings. d. Install strainer dome. 5. At end of Project,
test drains for watertightness and ensure that drains flow freely. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF TEMPORARY ROOF/BASE PLY A. Concrete Substrate: Prime surface to receive roofing with asphalt primer
at rate of 3/4 gallon per square, and allow primer to dry. B. Temporary Roof/Base Ply Installation: 1. Apply membrane perpendicular to the slope of the deck. 2. Fully bond the base
ply to the prepared substrate, utilizing a minimum 3 inch side and end laps. Apply each sheet directly behind the torch applicator. Cut a dog ear angle at the end laps on overlapping
selvage edges. Using a clean trowel, apply top pressure to top seal T-laps immediately following sheet application. Stagger end laps a minimum of 3 feet. 3. Completely seal at terminations,
obstructions, and penetrations to prevent air movement into roofing system. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF MIDDLE PLY AND TOP PLY A. Inspect and repair temporary roof. Power wash the temporary
roof. Jointly inspect the existing temporary roof with the Membrane Manufacturer and Architect/Engineer. Repair and/or replace any damaged sections of the membrane as directed by the
Membrane manufacturer and the Architect/Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Priming: Prime temporary roof, concrete, and masonry surfaces with a uniform coating of the specified
asphalt primer. C. Apply all layers of membrane free of wrinkles, creases or fishmouths. Exert sufficient pressure on the roll during application to ensure prevention of air pockets.
D. Apply all layers of membrane perpendicular to the slope of the deck. E. Fully bond the middle ply to the temporary roof, utilizing a minimum 3 inch side and end laps. Apply each
sheet directly behind the torch applicator. Cut a dog ear angle at the end laps on overlapping selvage edges. Using a clean trowel, apply top pressure to top seal T-laps immediately
following sheet application. Stagger end laps a minimum of 3 feet. F. Fully bond the finish-ply to the middle base-ply, utilizing a minimum of 6-inch side and end laps. Apply each
sheet directly behind the torch applicator. Cut a dog ear angle at the end laps on overlapping selvage edges. Prepare the surface area of the finish ply end lap by burning off the
protective surface film using a torch. Using a clean trowel, apply top pressure to top seal T-laps immediately following sheet application. Stagger end laps a minimum of 3 feet. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-17 3.8 LIQUID APPLIED FLASHING A. Ensure that
the roofing base plies fit tightly around the penetrations. Fill any voids with sealant. B. Remove all foreign materials from the penetration to receive new flashing (including rust,
sealants, grout, mastics, bitumen, etc.), by wire brush, scraping and grinding. C. Wipe the penetration with a clean cotton rag and as recommended by the roofing manufacturer. 1. Prepare
metal surfaces to near white finish by abrasion. Prime metal surfaces with specified metal primer and allow to dry prior to proceeding. Wipe clean with cleaner recommended by roofing
manufacturer. Extend preparation a maximum of 1/8 inch beyond termination of liquid membrane flashing. D. Mask off the termination of the flashing 6 inches high on the penetration and
4 inches onto the base ply. Apply base coat of liquid membrane flashing over surfaces to receive new flashing. E. Apply pre-cut reinforcement strip to vertical penetration surfaces
by embedding the reinforcement in liquid membrane flashing. Extend 2 inches minimum onto the base membrane plies and 6 inches minimum onto the penetration. F. Saturate reinforcement
surfaces at lap with liquid membrane flashing and apply pre-cut reinforcement to the horizontal surface by embedding the reinforcement in liquid membrane flashing, extending a minimum
of 4 inches or as otherwise indicated onto the base membrane plies and extend up the side of the penetration 2 inches minimum or as otherwise indicated. G. Apply a top coat of liquid
membrane flashing over the reinforcement and remove the masking tape before the liquid membrane flashing sets. 3.9 DRAINAGE COURSE AND INSULATION PLACEMENT A. General: 1. Examine all
areas to receive topping materials. Insure that all areas are free from defect. Verify that all components of the system are properly installed, fully completed, undamaged, and intact.
2. Verify the installed areas have successfully completed an integrity test prior to overburden installation. 3. The drainage course, insulation, and all other topping materials shall
be installed as each area is completed. B. Drainage Course Installation: 1. Place drainage panels to substrate according to roofing manufacturer’s written instructions. Loose-lay drainage
course on top of roofing membrane. Lap edges and ends of geotextile to maintain continuity. Protect installed drainage panels during subsequent construction. Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-18 a. Splice panels together per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
b. Neatly trim drainage panels to fit closely at base of projections. Cut core around penetrations; cut “X” in filter fabric and tape fabric to sides of penetration. c. Trim drainage
panel edge to ensure that water will flow freely from panel into drain. Extend fabric over drain cover. d. Cover cut edges of drainage panels with integral fabric flap by tucking fabric
over edge of core and adhering to bottom of core. e. Do not use tape to seal joints between drainage panels or to secure lapping fabric. C. Insulation General: 1. Comply with roofing-system
manufacturer’s written instructions for installing insulation. 2. Install insulation with long joints in continuous, straight line; with end joints staggered between rows; and abutting
edges and ends between boards. 3. Stagger the end joints by the maximum dimensions possible for each adjacent row. 4. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections,
and penetrations. 5. Neatly cut insulation boards to fit around all penetrations through the deck and to fit neatly around and over wood blocking, cant and any existing conduit routed
over the top of the deck. At locations where less than a full-sized sheet of insulation is required, use the largest size practical to fill in the area. Contractor shall not install
numerous small sections of the insulation at these locations. 6. All gaps between insulation boards and between insulation boards and walls, curbs, blocking and equipment 1/4 inch wide
or greater shall be filled in with additional insulation material. 7. Install three layers of insulation to achieve required thickness. Install layers with joints of each succeeding
layer staggered from joints of previous layer at least of 6 inches in each direction. 8. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at drains so finished surface is flush with top of
drain-bowl flange and does not restrict flow of water. D. Insulation Installation: 1. Install two layers of rigid insulation to required thickness and/or R-value. Stagger all joints,
cut and fit to within 3/4 inch of all projections, perimeter walls and penetrations. Insulation is to be loose laid and tightly butted with joints not greater than 3/8 inch. E. Filter
Fabric: 1. Install filter fabric at roofing in accordance with roofing manufacturer’s written instructions. a. Overlap edges at least 12 inches. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm
System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-19 b. Install filter fabric so that no joints will exist between sheets parallel
to and within 6 feet of perimeter. c. Extend filter fabric to 3 inches above insulation at perimeter and penetrations. d. Install filter fabric at other locations shown on Drawings.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Visits by Roofing Manufacturer’s Representative: Roofing manufacturer’s representative shall visit site at following times. 1. At beginning of roofing
installation to establish standard of quality to be used for remainder of roofing Work. 2. Periodically during Work at critical times, but not less than twice per week during application
of roofing, and/or as required to meet provisions of roofing manufacturer’s warranty. 3. Submit written report with observations, field decisions, and request for design changes to
Architect/Engineer for each site visit. 4. Coordinate site visits with Architect/Engineer. B. Architect/Engineer will inspect roofing system at various stages of construction and at
completion. C. If indicated by inspections, test cuts may be made to evaluate observed problems with roofing system. 1. Approximate quantities of components within roofing membrane
will be determined according to ASTM D3617. 2. Test specimens will be examined for interply voids according to ASTM D3617 and to comply with criteria established in Appendix 3 of NRCA/ARMA
Quality Control Guidelines for Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing. D. Final Inspection: Arrange for roofing-system manufacturer’s technical representative to inspect roofing
installation on completion and submit report to Architect/Engineer. Notify Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Representative 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection. E. When
remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, and describe nature and extent of deterioration and damage in written report,
with copies to Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Representative. F. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where test results or inspections indicate that they do not
comply with specified requirements. G. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified
requirements. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-20 3.11 QUALITY CONTROL
A. The roofing membrane and flashing systems after installation shall be free of the following defects: 1. Factory splices in the top ply shall be cut out before the roll is applied.
As an alternate, the splice may be covered with a full width section of top ply membrane which extends a minimum of 6-inches beyond both sides of the splice. 2. Contractor shall ensure
that the top ply is continuously and fully bonded to the bottom plies without air pockets, wrinkles, fishmouths or tears. 3. Contractor shall evaluate all lap seams in the top and bottom
plies to identify any deficient conditions which require repair to ensure continuous bonding of the laps. 4. Membrane seams that buck water shall be covered with 6 inch wide resin and
fleece flashing centered over the seam. 5. Contractor shall keep foot traffic and equipment movement over newly installed membrane top and bottom plies to the absolute minimum during
application of the membrane while the adhesive is fluid. 6. All vertical end terminations in wall base flashings shall be covered with metal flashing or counterflashing and secured
with approved fasteners. 7. All drains shall be cleaned out and free of debris and tested for watertightness and free flowing operation prior to acceptance of roofing installation.
8. Owner shall reject any work not found to be in conformance with good roofing practice or these specifications. 9. Flashing cement, unless specifically approved by the membrane manufacturer,
shall not be incorporated into the membrane or flashing. 10. All unacceptable flashing cement found on the exposed membrane shall be removed and area repaired at no additional cost
to the Owner. 11. Resin and fleece flashing installed without masking shall receive additional resin after masking to provide neat finished appearance. 3.12 PERFORMANCE TESTING A. ASTM
D 7877 Low-Voltage Integrity Testing: 1. The Contractor shall retain a qualified testing agency acceptable to the Architect/Engineer, Roofing Manufacturer, and Owner to perform Low-Voltage
Integrity Testing at each completed area of roofing installation immediately prior to placing overburden. Testing loops are to remain in place at the membrane level for future testing.
Contractor to provide means to perform tests after placement of overburden. Testing agency shall have at least 5 years successful experience in performing Low-Voltage Integrity Testing.
a. Loops are to encircle no more than 2,500 sf per loop. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING
075217-21 b. Wires shall be seven strand stainless steel incorporated within a polypropylene rope. c. Wires shall run to a waterproof junction box with all leads insulated and labeled.
Junction boxes shall be clearly marked and be placed in an accessible location for future use. The mapping grids shall remain in place and the Contractor shall provide both initial
shop drawings for review and asbuilt drawings indicating the locations of the grids for future use by the Owner. Clear visible benchmarks are to be provided in visual locations on
top of the overburden. d. Perform Low-voltage Integrity Testing: If breaches are found in the membrane, remove overburden, repair roofing. Repeat Low-Voltage Integrity Testing procedure
and repairs until no breaches are found. B. Flood Testing: Flood test the roofing at each drain location and any other penetration and/or area of the roofing that cannot be tested
via the low-voltage integrity testing. The test shall extend a minimum of 3 feet past the drain, other tested penetration, or other area of roofing installation. Test each area for
leaks, according to recommendations in ASTM D 5957. Repeat flood testing, repair and re-test as necessary. Install temporary containment assemblies, plug or dam drains, and flood
with potable water. 1. Flood to an average depth of 2-1/2 inches with a minimum depth of 1 inch and not exceeding a depth of 4 inches over the roofing membrane. Maintain 2 inches of
clearance from top of sheet flashings. 2. Flood each area for a time period of 24 hours minimum. 3. If leaks occur, the water must be drained completely, and concrete, insulation, air
layer, drainage mat, and/or protection (cap) sheet removed and the membrane repaired. Replace the concrete, insulation, air layer, drainage mat, and/or protection (cap) sheet and retest.
4. Repeat flood testing process and repairs until no leaks occur. C. Notify Architect/Engineer a minimum of 48 hours and Owner a minimum of one week in advance of testing. Architect/Engineer
will periodically observe the performance testing. D. Provide continuous site presence during the test. E. Submit written reports documenting all testing activities. 3.13 CLEANING A.
At end of each workday, clean Site and Work areas and place rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials in appropriate containers. B. After completing roofing Work: 1.
Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent surfaces using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected surface. Exercise care to avoid scratching or damage to
surfaces. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-22 2. Repair surfaces stained,
marred, or otherwise damaged during roofing Work. 3. Clean up debris and surplus materials and remove from Site. 4. Upon completion of the work, clean out all drain lines to remove
debris, to a minimum of 50 feet from the drain. C. Waste Management: 1. Collect surplus roofing materials that cannot be reused and deliver to recycling or disposal facility. 2. Treat
materials that cannot be reused as hazardous waste and dispose of in appropriate manner. 3.14 PROTECTION A. Schedule sequence of work so that traffic over new membrane is minimized.
Institute required procedures for protection of completed membrane during installation of work over membrane and throughout remainder of construction period. Contractor shall not
allow excessive or concentrated traffic over unprotected membrane. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE
WATERPROOFING 075217-23 ROOFING INSTALLER’S WARRANTY WHEREAS <Insert name> of <Insert address>, herein called Roofing Installer, has performed roofing and associated work, designated
Work, on following project: Owner: <Insert name of Owner.> Address: <Insert address.> Building Name/Type: <Insert information.> Address: <Insert address.> Area of Work: <Insert information.>
Acceptance Date: <Insert date.> Warranty Period: 2 years. Expiration Date: <Insert date.> AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted, either directly with Owner or indirectly as
subcontractor, to warrant said Work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period, NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants,
subject to terms and conditions herein set forth, that during Warranty Period it will, at its own cost and expense, make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacement of said Work
as necessary to correct faulty and defective Work and as are necessary to maintain said Work in watertight condition and warrants against following: 1. Components of roofing system
that do not comply with requirements; that do not remain watertight; that fail in adhesion, cohesion, or general durability; or that deteriorate in manner not clearly specified by submitted
roofing-system manufacturer’s data as inherent quality of material for application indicated, regardless of whether Work was previously accepted by Owner. Warranty includes defects
such as blisters, ridging, and excessive surfacing loss. 2. Damage by exposure to foreseeable weather; damage from leaks in roofing system or related components; and damage by intrusion
of foreseeable wind-borne moisture. Damage is understood to include accumulation of subsurface roofing system moisture (i.e. wet insulation board), even if no other visible interior
damage or moisture exists. Warranty is made subject to following terms and conditions: 1. Specifically excluded from Warranty are damages to Work and other parts of building, and to
building contents, caused by: a. lightning; b. peak gust wind speed exceeding 100 miles per hour; c. fire; d. failure of structure; e. faulty construction of parapet walls, copings,
chimneys, skylights, vents, equipment supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of Work; f. activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors and maintenance
personnel, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner. 2. When Work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty shall be null and void until such damage has been repaired
by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement
October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-24 3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to Work covered by Warranty but is not liable
for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults or defects of Work. 4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of Work by anyone
other than Roofing Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations, attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, Warranty will
become null and void on date of said alterations, but only to extent said alterations affect Work covered by Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations,
Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting said work, shall have notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations
would likely damage or deteriorate Work, thereby reasonably justifying limitation or termination of Warranty. 5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes
used for, but was not originally specified for, promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface, flooded basin, or other use or service more severe than originally specified, Warranty will
become null and void on date of said change, but only to extent said change affects Work covered by Warranty. 6. Owner will promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or
suspected leaks, defects, or deterioration and will afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect Work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration.
Roofing Installer shall inspect leak, defect, or deterioration within 24 hours of notification. 7. If permanent repair or replacement of warranted condition cannot be made immediately,
due to weather conditions, availability of appropriate labor or materials, building occupancy, etc., Roofing Installer must make, or cause to be made, immediate temporary repairs to
prevent any further damage, deterioration, or unsafe conditions. Permanent repair or replacement of warranted condition shall be scheduled as soon thereafter as practical, and with
Owner's consent and approval. 8. If Owner notifies Roofing Installer of warranted condition that requires immediate attention to prevent potential injury or damage, and Roofing Installer
cannot or does not promptly inspect and repair same, either permanently or temporarily, then Owner may make, or cause to be made, such temporary repairs as may be essential and Roofing
Installer will reimburse Owner for cost of such repairs. Such action will not relieve Roofing Installer of its obligation to perform any necessary permanent repairs, and Warranty shall
remain in full force and effect for remaining portion of its original term. 9. Roofing Installer shall provide equipment, labor, and material required to remedy warranted conditions,
including repair or replacement of damage to other work resulting therefrom, and removal and replacement of other work required to access warranted condition. Additional required work
will be at Roofing Installer’s sole expense for full term of Warranty. Warranty includes removal and replacement of deck boards, base sheets, temporary vapor retarder, insulation, cover
boards, Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 075217-25 walkway products, and work
that conceals defect, for all components of roofing system. 10. Roofing Installer shall perform a thorough inspection of roofing system and other Work, within 30 day period preceding
first and second anniversaries of start of Warranty period, in presence of roofing-system manufacturer's representative and Owner's Representative. Roofing Installer shall make, or
cause to be made, necessary repairs or replacement to remedy conditions noted during inspections, under the terms of this Warranty. Repairs to be made within 30 days of inspection date
or as otherwise agreed by Owner, even if such time extends beyond Warranty period. 11. Warranty is recognized to be only Warranty of Roofing Installer on said Work and shall not operate
to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer
of responsibility for performance of original Work according to requirements of Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract was directly with Owner or with Owner’s General Contractor.
IN WITNESS THEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Roofing Installer has caused this document to be executed by undersigned, duly-authorized officer. Corporate Seal:
(Roofing Installer) By: (Signature) (Name) (Date) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20__ Notary Public My
commission expires _____________ END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413-1
SECTION 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general and supplementary conditions
and division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Penetrations in fire-resistance-rated walls. 2. Penetrations in horizontal assemblies.
1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: for each type of product indicated. B. Product schedule: for each penetration firestopping system. include location and design designation of qualified
testing and inspecting agency. C. Qualification data: for qualified installer. D. Installer certificates: from installer indicating penetration firestopping has been installed in
compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Product test reports: based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency,
for penetration firestopping. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: a firm experienced in installing penetration firestopping similar in material, design, and extent to
that indicated for this project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful performance. qualifications include having the necessary experience, staff, and
training to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. manufacturer's willingness to sell its penetration firestopping products to contractor or to installer engaged
by contractor does not in itself confer qualification on buyer. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
078413-2 B. Fire-test-response characteristics: penetration firestopping shall comply with the following requirements: 1. Penetration firestopping tests are performed by a qualified
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Penetration firestopping is identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Penetration Firestopping"
Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Penetration firestopping products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency.
b. Classification markings on penetration firestopping correspond to designations listed by the following: 1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory." C. Preinstallation conference:
conduct conference at project site. Project conditions D. Environmental limitations: do not install penetration firestopping when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits
permitted by penetration firestopping manufacturers or when substrates are wet. E. Install and cure penetration firestopping per manufacturer's written instructions using natural means
of ventilations or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that penetration firestopping
is installed according to specified requirements. B. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate penetration firestopping. C. Notify testing
agency at least seven days in advance of penetration firestopping installations; confirm dates and times on day preceding each series of installations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc. 2. Grace Construction Products. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
078413-3 3. Hilti, Inc. 4. Johns Manville. 5. Nelson Firestop Products. 6. NUCO Inc. 7. Passive Fire Protection Partners. 8. RectorSeal Corporation. 9. Specified Technologies Inc.
10. 3M Fire Protection Products. 11. Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Fire Protection Systems Group. 12. USG Corporation. 2.2 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING A. Provide penetration firestopping that is
produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction
penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items if any. B. Penetrations in fire-resistance-rated
walls: provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per astm e 814 or ul 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg (2.49 pa). 1. Fire-resistance-rated
walls include fire walls, fire-barrier walls, and fire partitions. 2. F-Rating: Not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated. C. Penetrations in horizontal
assemblies: provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per astm e 814 or ul 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg (2.49 pa). 1. Horizontal
assemblies include floors and floor/ceiling assemblies. 2. F-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 3. T-Rating: At least
1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall. D. W-rating: provide penetration firestopping
showing no evidence of water leakage when tested according to ul 1479. E. Exposed penetration firestopping: provide products with flame-spread and smokedeveloped indexes of less than
25 and 450, respectively, as determined per astm e 84. F. Voc content: provide penetration firestopping that complies with the following limits for voc content when calculated according
to 40 cfr 59, subpart d (epa method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413-4 G. Accessories: provide components for each penetration
firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved
by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestopping indicated. 1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, including the following: a. Slag-wool-fiber or rock-wool-fiber
insulation. b. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. c. Fire-rated form board. d. Fillers for
sealants. 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves. 2.3 FILL MATERIALS A. Latex sealants: single-component latex formulations that do not
re-emulsify after cure during exposure to moisture. B. Firestop devices: factory-assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with intumescent material sized to fit specific
diameter of penetrant. C. Intumescent putties: nonhardening dielectric, water-resistant putties containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds. D. Intumescent wrap
strips: single-component intumescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum foil on one side. E. Mortars: prepackaged dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement,
fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at project site to form a nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar. F. Pillows/bags: reusable heat-expanding pillows/bags
consisting of glass-fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents, and fire-retardant additives. Where exposed, cover openings with
steel-reinforcing wire mesh to protect pillows/bags from being easily removed. G. Silicone foams: multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure
in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. H. Silicone sealants: single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below: 1. Grade:
Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces, and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and sloped Johnson Museum of Art Roof and
Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413-5 surfaces, unless indicated firestopping limits use of nonsag grade for both opening
conditions. 2.4 MIXING A. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with penetration firestopping manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning
of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform
quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with installer present, for compliance
with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface cleaning: clean out openings immediately before installing penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written
instructions and with the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of penetration
firestopping. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with penetration firestopping. Remove loose particles
remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. B. Priming: prime substrates where recommended in writing by manufacturer using that manufacturer's
recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking tape: use masking tape to prevent penetration
firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of the work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning
methods used to remove stains. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413-6 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation
instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their
application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. 1. After installing fill materials and allowing them
to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestopping. C. Install fill materials for firestopping by proven
techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire-resistance
ratings indicated. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing
the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify penetration firestopping with preprinted metal or plastic
labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches (150 mm) of firestopping edge so labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items
or firestopping. Use mechanical fasteners or self-adhering-type labels with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following
information on labels: 1. The words "Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number.
3. Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 4. Date of installation. 5. Manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's name. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Engage a qualified testing
agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Where deficiencies are found or penetration firestopping is damaged or removed because of testing, repair or replace penetration firestopping
to comply with requirements. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413-7 C. Proceed with enclosing
penetration firestopping with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess
fill materials adjacent to openings as the work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by penetration firestopping manufacturers and that do
not damage materials in which openings occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that penetration firestopping is without
damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, immediately cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated penetration
firestopping and install new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements. 3.7 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE A. Where ul-classified systems are indicated,
they refer to system numbers in ul's "fire resistance directory". B. Firestopping with no penetrating items: 1. UL-Classified Systems. C. Firestopping for metallic pipes, conduit, or
tubing: 1. UL-Classified Systems D. Firestopping for nonmetallic pipe, conduit, or tubing: 1. UL-Classified Systems E. Firestopping for electrical cables: 1. UL-Classified Systems F.
Firestopping for insulated pipes: 1. UL-Classified Systems G. Firestopping For Miscellaneous Electrical Penetrants 1. UL-Classified Systems H. Firestopping for miscellaneous mechanical
penetrants: 1. UL-Classified Systems I. Firestopping for groupings of penetrants: 1. UL-Classified Systems END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents JOINT SEALANTS 079200-1 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified,
shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary
to complete the joint sealers work as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including but not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Flashing reglets and retainers. 2. Exterior
wall joints not specified to be sealed in other Sections of work. 3. Interior wall joints not specified to be sealed in other Sections of work, including caulking to fill between architectural
woodwork and any wall, floor and/or ceiling imperfections. 4. Control and expansion joints in walls. 5. Joints at wall penetrations. 6. Joints between items of equipment and other construction.
7. All other joints required to be sealed to provide a positive barrier against penetration of air and moisture. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Firestop sealants - Section 078413. B. Sealant
within drywall construction - Section 092900. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualification of Installers: Use only personnel who are thoroughly familiar, skilled and specially trained in
the techniques of sealant work, and who are completely familiar with the published recommendations of the sealant manufacturer. B. Pre-Construction Field Adhesion Testing: Before installing
elastomeric sealants, field test their adhesion to project joint substrates according to the method in ASTM C 794 and C 1521 that is appropriate for the types of Project joints. C.
Perform testing per ASTM C 1248 on interior and exterior sealants to determine if sealants or primers will stain adjacent surfaces. No sealant work shall start until results Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents JOINT SEALANTS 079200-2 of these tests have been submitted to the Architect and he has given
his written approval to proceed with the work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing all joint conditions, indicating relation of adjacent materials, all sealant
materials (sealant, bond breakers, backing, primers, etc.), and method of installation. 1. Submit joint sizing calculations certifying that movement capability of sealant is not being
exceeded. B. Samples: Submit the following: 1. Color samples of sealants, submit physical samples (not color chart). 2. Sealant bond breaker and joint backing. C. Product Data: Submit
manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for: 1. Sealant materials, indicating that material meets standards specified herein. 2. Backing rods. D. Submit manufacturer's
certification as required by Article 1.6 herein. E. Submit results of testing required in Article 1.4 herein. 1.6 MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITY AND CERTIFICATION A. Contractor shall
require sealant manufacturer to review the Project joint conditions and details for this Section of the work. Contractor shall submit to the Architect written certification from the
sealant manufacturer that joints are of the proper size and design, that the materials supplied are compatible with adjacent materials and backing, that the materials will properly
perform to provide permanent watertight, airtight or vaportight seals (as applicable), and that materials supplied meet specified performance requirements. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Temperature: Install all work of this Section when air temperature is above forty (40) degrees F. and below eighty (80) degrees F., unless manufacturer submits written instructions
permitting sealant use outside of this temperature range. B. Moisture: Do not apply work of this Section on surfaces which are wet, damp, or have frost. 1.8 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection:
Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section, before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents JOINT SEALANTS 079200-3 B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs
and replacements necessary. C. Storage 1. Store sealant materials and equipment under conditions recommended by their manufacturer. 2. Do not use materials stored for a period of time
exceeding the maximum recommended shelf life of the material. 3. Material shall be stored in unopened containers with manufacturers’ name, batch number and date when shelf life expires.
1.9 GUARANTEE A. Provide a written, notarized guarantee from the manufacturer stating that the applied sealants shall show no material failure for a period of ten (10) years. B. Contractor
to provide a written, notarized, guarantee stating that the applied sealants shall show no failure due to improper installation for a period of five (5) years. C. Guarantee shall be
in a form acceptable to the Owner and executed by an authorized individual. D. Include in guarantee provision, agreement to repair and/or replace, at Contractor's expense, sealant defects
which develop during guarantee period, because of faulty labor and/or materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Exterior Wall Sealant: Provide one (1) part non-sag sealant
equal to No. 790 or 795 made by Dow Corning, "Silpruf SCS 2000" or "LM SCS 2700" made by G.E., "Spectrem 1" or "Spectrem 3" made by Tremco, "Sonolastic 150" made by Sonneborn, or "Sikasil
WS-295" or "Sikasil WS-290" made by Sika conforming to the minimum standards of ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50. B. Interior Sealant: Provide a one (1) part acrylic based sealant
conforming to ASTM C 834, equal to "AC-20+ Silicone" made by Pecora or equal made by Tremco, Sherwin Williams or approved equal. C. Colors: Colors selected from manufacturer's standard
selection. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Back-Up Materials: Provide back-up materials and preformed joint fillers, non-staining, non-absorbent, compatible with sealant and primer,
and of a resilient nature, equal to "HBR" made by Nomaco Inc. or approved equal, twenty-five (25) percent wider than joint width. Materials impregnated with oil, bitumen or similar
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents JOINT SEALANTS 079200-4 materials shall not be used. Provide back-up materials
only as recommended by sealant manufacturer in writing. B. Provide bond breakers, where required, of polyethylene tape as recommended by manufacturer of sealant. C. Provide primers
recommended by the sealant manufacturer for each material to receive sealant. Note that each exterior joint must be primed prior to sealing. D. Provide solvent, cleaning agents and
other accessory materials as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. E. Materials shall be delivered to the job in sealed containers with manufacturer's original labels attached.
Materials shall be used per manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions where joint sealers are to be installed and correct
any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation
of the work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer and in accordance with ASTM C 1193 for use of joint
sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions required by this Project where more stringent installation requirements are specified herein, such requirements shall
apply. B. Sample Section of Sealant 1. During sealant installation work in exterior wall, the manufacturer of sealant shall send his representative to the site, under whose supervision
a section of the wall (used as "control section") shall be completed for purposes of determining performance characteristics of sealant in joints. Architect shall be informed of time
and place of such installation of control section. 2. Control section shall be installed according to specification given herein and shall not be considered as acceptable until written
acceptance is provided by the Architect. 3. Accepted control section shall be standard to which all other sealant work must conform. C. Supervision: The Contractor shall submit to
the Architect written certification from the sealant manufacturer that the applicators have been instructed in the proper application of their materials. The Contractor shall use only
skilled and experienced workmen for installation of sealant. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents JOINT SEALANTS 079200-5
D. Apply sealant under pressure with a hand or power actuated gun or other appropriate means. Gun shall have nozzle of proper size and provide sufficient pressure to completely fill
joints as detailed. Neatly point or tool joint to provide the contour as indicated on the drawings. E. Preparation and Application 1. Thoroughly clean all joints, removing all foreign
matter such as dust, oil, grease, water, surface dirt and frost. Sealant must be applied to the base surface. Previously applied film must be entirely removed. 2. Stone, masonry and
concrete surfaces to receive sealant shall be cleaned where necessary by grinding, water blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or combination of these methods as required to provide
a clean, sound base surface for sealant adhesion. a. Do not use any acid or other material which might stain surfaces. b. Remove laitance by grinding or mechanical abrading. c. Remove
loose particles present or resulting from grinding, abrading, or blast cleaning by blowing out joints with compressed air, oil and water free, or vacuuming joints prior to application
of primer or sealant. 3. Clean non-porous surfaces such as metal and glass chemically. Remove protective coatings on metallic surfaces by solvent that leaves no residue and is compatible
with sealant. Use solvent and wipe dry with clean, dry lint free paper towels. Do not allow solvent to air dry without wiping. Clean joint areas protected with masking tape or strippable
films as above after removal of tape film. 4. Do not seal joints until they are in compliance with drawings, or meet with the control section standard. 5. Joint Size and Sealant Size:
Joints to receive sealant shall be at least 1/4" wide. In joint 1/4" to 3/8" wide, sealant shall be 1/4" deep. In joints wider than 3/8" and up to 1" wide, sealant depth shall be
one half the joint width. For joints wider than 1", sealant depth shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Depth of joint is defined as distance from outside face of joint
to closest point of the filler. 6. Primer: Thoroughly clean joints and apply primer to all surfaces that will receive sealant. Apply primer on clean, dry surfaces, and prior to installation
of joint backing. Completely wet both inner faces of the joint with primer. Mask adjacent surfaces of joint with non-staining masking tape prior to priming. Apply primer with clean
brush and only when temperature is above 45 deg. F. 7. Joint Backing: In joints where depth of joint exceeds required depth of sealant, install joint backing (after primer is dry)
in joints to provide backing and proper joint shape for sealant. Proper shape for sealant is a very slight "hourglass" shape, with back and front face having slight concave curvature.
Use special blunt Tshaped tool or roller to install joint backing to the proper and uniform depth required for the sealant. Joint backing shall be installed with approximately Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents JOINT SEALANTS 079200-6 twenty-five (25) percent compressions. Do not stretch, twist, braid,
puncture, or tear joint backing. Butt joint backing at intersections. 8. Bond Breaker: Install bond breaker smoothly over joint backing so that sealant adheres only to the sides of
the joint and not backing. 9. Sealant Application: Apply sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's application manual and manufacturer's instructions, using hand guns or pressure
equipment, on clean, dry, properly prepared substrates, completely filling joints to eliminate air pockets and voids. Mask adjacent surfaces of joint with non-staining masking tape.
Force sealant into joint in front of the tip of the "caulking gun" (not pulled after it) and force sealant against sides to make uniform contact with sides of joint and to prevent
entrapped air or pulling of sealant off of sides. Fill sealant space solid with sealant. 10. Tooling: Tool exposed joints to form smooth and uniform beds, with slightly concave surface
conforming to joint configuration per Figure 4A in ASTM C 1193. Finished joints shall be straight, uniform, smooth and neatly finished. Remove masking tape immediately after tooling
of sealant and before sealant face starts to "skin" over. Neatly remove any excess sealant from adjacent surfaces of joint, leaving the work in a neat, clean condition. 11. Replace
sealant which is damaged during construction process. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ACCESS DOORS
083113-1 SECTION 08 31 13 ACCESS DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the access doors as indicated on the drawings
and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Frameless recessed panel access doors at drywall ceilings and walls. 2. Framed flush panel access doors at
tile walls. 3. Provide access doors and frames for access from occupied spaces to the following, where indicated or required, and as directed in other Divisions. a. All shutoff or balancing
valves. b. Storm and sanitary pipe cleanouts c. Points of duct access. d. Pull boxes. e. Controls of mechanical and electrical items. f. Pipe spaces, if required. g. Inlets of fans.
h. Fusible link and splitter damper at filter bank. i. Automatic damper and motor. j. Equipment not otherwise accessible. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Gypsum Drywall - Section 092900. B.
Plumbing - Section 220000. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For actual installation of the work of this Section, use only personnel who are thoroughly familiar with the manufacturer's recommended
methods of installation and who are completely trained in the skills required. B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Wherever a fire-resistance classification is shown, or for construction where
access doors are installed, provide required access door assembly Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ACCESS DOORS 083113-2
with panel door, frame, hinge and latch from manufacturers listed in Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. "Classified Building Materials Index" for the rating shown. 1. Provide UL label
on each access panel. 2. Provide flush, key operated cylinder lock. C. Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard size units which may vary slightly
from sizes shown or scheduled. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Before any materials of this Section are delivered to the job site, submit complete manufacturer's literature to the Architect. Submit
plans and schedules showing size and location of each and every access door for Architect's acceptance prior to installation. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary
to protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation, and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements: In the event
of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Provide access door assembly manufactured by Milcor Inc, or equal
made by Nystrom Inc., Karp Associates, Inc. or approved equal. Assembly shall be an integral unit complete with all parts and ready for installation. B. Fabricate units of continuous
welded steel construction. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Provide attachment devices and fasteners of the type required to secure access panels to the types
of supports shown. C. Frames for masonry walls not located in public spaces (Flush Panel Units): Fabricate frame from sixteen (16) gauge steel. Provide frame with exposed flange not
less than one (1) inch wide around perimeter of frame. Finish with manufacturer's factory applied baked enamel prime coat applied over phosphate protective coating on steel. D. Frameless
Units for finished drywall or plaster surfaces (Recessed Panel Units) located in public spaces: Provide access doors without exposed frames for drywall or plaster adhered to recessed
panel. E. Panels: Fabricate from fourteen (14) gauge steel, with concealed spring hinges set to open to 175 degrees. Provide removable pin type hinges of the quantity required to
support the access panel sizes used in the work. Finish with manufacturer's factory applied baked enamel prime coat applied over phosphate protective coating on steel. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ACCESS DOORS 083113-3 F. Locking Devices: For non-rated access doors, provide flush, screwdriver
operated cam locks of number required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed. For fire rated doors, provide locks as described in paragraph 1.4, B. herein. PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions where access doors are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do
not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work. 3.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate all work with the mechanical trades
to insure proper locations and in a timely manner to permit orderly progress of the total work. B. Set frames accurately in position and securely attach to supports with face panels
plumb or level in relation to adjacent finish surfaces. C. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. D. Remove and replace panels or frames which are warped,
bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM PLASTERING 092300 - 1 SECTION
092300 GYPSUM PLASTERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification
Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gypsum plasterwork on expanded-metal lath and unit masonry B. Related Sections: 1. Section 092900 "Gypsum Board"
for structural, load-bearing (transverse and axial) steel studs and joists that support lath and gypsum plaster. 2. Section 062000 "Carpentry" for wood framing and furring that support
lath and gypsum plaster. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations and installation of control and expansion joints including
plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide gypsum plaster assemblies
identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. B. Sound Transmission Characteristics: Where indicated,
provide gypsum plaster assemblies identical to those of assemblies tested for STC ratings per ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified testing agency. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM PLASTERING 092300 - 2 C. Mockups: Before plastering, install mockups of at least 50
sq ft in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. Mockups should include trim repair and addition as shown. 1. Install mockups
for the following applications: a. Troweled Finishes: Surfaces shall match all adjacent existing to remain surfaces. 2. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups.
3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover
and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply
with ASTM C 842 requirements or gypsum plaster manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Room Temperatures: Maintain temperatures at not less than 55
deg F or greater than 80 deg F for at least seven days before application of gypsum plaster, continuously during application, and for seven days after plaster has set or until plaster
has dried. C. Avoid conditions that result in gypsum plaster drying out too quickly. 1. Distribute heat evenly; prevent concentrated or uneven heat on plaster. 2. Maintain relative
humidity levels for prevailing ambient temperature that produce normal drying conditions. 3. Ventilate building spaces in a manner that prevents drafts of air from contacting surfaces
during plaster application and until plaster is dry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EXPANDED-METAL LATH A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation; a Gibraltar Industries company. 2. CEMCO. 3.
Clark Western Building Systems. 4. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries company. 5. MarinoWARE. 6. Phillips Manufacturing Co. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM PLASTERING 092300 - 3 7. Other mfr’s provided equal products B. Expanded-Metal Lath: ASTM C 847, cold-rolled carbon-steel sheet, ASTM
A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc coated. 1. Recycled Content: Provide steel products with average recycled content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half
of preconsumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent. 2. Paper Backing: Kraft paper factory bonded to back of lath. 3. Diamond-Mesh Lath: 3.4 lb/sq. yd. (1.8 kg/sq. m) 4. Flat
Rib Lath: Rib depth of not more than 1/8 inch (3.1 mm), 3.4 lb/sq. yd. (1.8 kg/sq. m). 5. 3/8-Inch (9.5-mm) Rib Lath: 4 lb/sq. yd. (2.2 kg/sq. m). 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply
with ASTM C 841 and coordinate depth of trim and accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required. B. Metal Accessories: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with
requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation;
a Gibraltar Industries company. b. CEMCO. c. Clark Western Building Systems. d. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries company. e. MarinoWARE. f. Phillips Manufacturing Co.
2. Cornerite: Fabricated from expanded-metal lath with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc coating. 3. Striplath: Fabricated from expanded-metal lath with ASTM
A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc coating. 4. Cornerbeads: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel. a. Small nose cornerbead with expanded flanges; use
unless otherwise indicated. b. Small nose cornerbead with perforated flanges; use on curved corners. c. Small nose cornerbead with expanded flanges reinforced by perforated stiffening
rib; use on columns and for finishing unit masonry corners. d. Bull nose cornerbead, radius 3/4 inch minimum, with expanded flanges; use at locations indicated on Drawings. 5. Casing
Beads: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; square-edged style; with expanded flanges. 6. Control Joints: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel;
one-piece-type, folded pair of unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with perforated flanges and removable protective tape on plaster face of control joint. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM PLASTERING 092300 - 4 7. Expansion Joints: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized)
steel; folded pair of unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with expanded flanges. 8. Two-Piece Expansion Joints: Fabricated from [zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel;
formed to produce slip-joint and square-edged reveal that is adjustable from 1/4 to 5/8 inch wide; with perforated flanges. C. Plastic Accessories: Fabricated from high-impact PVC.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation; a Gibraltar Industries company. b. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries company. c. Phillips Manufacturing Co. d. Plastic Components,
Inc. e. Vinyl Corp. 2. Cornerbeads: With perforated flanges. a. Small nose cornerbead; use unless otherwise indicated. b. Bull nose cornerbead, radius 3/4 inch minimum; use at locations
indicated on Drawings. 3. Casing Beads: With perforated flanges in depth required to suit plaster bases indicated and flange length required to suit applications indicated. a. Square-edge
style; use unless otherwise indicated. b. Bull-nose style, radius 3/4 inch minimum; use at locations indicated on Drawings. 4. Control Joints: One-piece-type, folded pair of unperforated
screeds in M-shaped configuration; with perforated flanges and removable protective tape on plaster face of control joint. 5. Expansion Joints: Two-piece type, formed to produce slip-joint
and square-edged with perforated concealed flanges. D. Aluminum Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated on Drawings. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance
with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fry Reglet Corporation. b. Gordon,
Inc. c. MM Systems Corporation. d. Pittcon Industries. 2. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), Alloy 6063-T5.
3. Finish: Chemical-conversion coating, ASTM D 1730, Type B, compatible with fieldapplied finish coatings specified Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM PLASTERING 092300 - 5 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable and free of substances capable of affecting
plaster set or of damaging plaster, lath, or accessories. B. Bonding Compound: ASTM C 631. C. Steel Drill Screws: For metal-to-metal fastening, ASTM C 1002 or ASTM C 954, as required
by thickness of metal being fastened; with pan head that is suitable for application; in lengths required to achieve penetration through joined materials of no fewer than three exposed
threads. D. Fasteners for Attaching Metal Lath to Substrates: Complying with ASTM C 841. E. Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, not less than 0.0475-inch diameter,
unless otherwise indicated. F. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured
from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of rated assembly. 2. Recycled Content: Provide blankets with recycled
content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of 15 percent by weight. G. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in
Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." 1. Provide sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.4 BASE-COAT
PLASTER MATERIALS A. Base-Coat Plasters, General: ASTM C 28/C 28M. B. Lightweight Gypsum Ready-Mixed Plaster: With mill-mixed perlite aggregate. 1. Products: Subject to compliance
with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Gypsolite. b. USG
Corporation; Structo-Lite. C. Gypsum Neat Plaster: For use with job-mixed aggregates. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Two-Way Hardwall Plaster. b. USG Corporation; Red Top Gypsum Plaster. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM PLASTERING 092300 - 6 D. Gypsum Wood-Fibered Plaster: 1. Products: Subject to compliance
with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. USG Corporation; Red Top Wood Fiber Plaster. E. High-Strength
Gypsum Neat Plaster: With a minimum, average, dry compressive strength of 2800 psi per ASTM C 472 for a mix of 100 lb of plaster and 2 cu. ft. of sand. 1. Products: Subject to compliance
with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. USG Corporation; Structo-Base. F. Aggregates for Base-Coat
Plasters: ASTM C 35, sand and perlite. 2.5 FINISH-COAT PLASTER MATERIALS A. Gypsum Gaging Plaster: ASTM C 28/C 28M. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. National Gypsum Company; Gauging Plaster. b. USG Corporation c. Or equal B. Gypsum
Ready-Mixed Finish Plaster: Manufacturer's standard, mill-mixed, gaged, interior finish. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. National Gypsum Company b. USG Corporation c. Or equal C. High-Strength Gypsum Gaging Plaster: ASTM C 28/C 28M, with
a minimum, average, dry compressive strength of 5000 psi per ASTM C 472 for a neat mix. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. USG Corporation; Structo-Gauge. D. Gypsum Keene's Cement: ASTM C 61/C 61M. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with
requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM PLASTERING 092300 - 7 a. USG Corporation; Red Top Keene's Cement. E. Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S, special finishing hydrated lime. 1. Products:
Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. USG Corporation; Ivory or Snowdrift
Finish Lime. F. Lime: ASTM C 206, Type N, normal finishing hydrated lime. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the
Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. USG Corporation; Grand Prize Finish Lime. G. Aggregates for Float Finishes: ASTM C 35, sand or perlite; graded per ASTM C 842.
2.6 PLASTER MIXES A. Mixing: Comply with ASTM C 842 and manufacturer's written instructions for applications indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine nonstructural
and structural metal framing, substrates, and hollow-metal frames, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation
only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration, and other harmful effects caused
by plastering. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Install components according to requirements for design designations from listing organization and publication
indicated on Drawings. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: Install components according to requirements for design designations from listing organization and publication indicated on Drawings.
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM PLASTERING 092300 - 8 1. Seal construction at perimeters, behind control and
expansion joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations.
2. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's written recommendations for locating edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions
above acoustical ceilings. C. Sound Attenuation Blankets: Where required, install blankets before installing lath unless blankets are readily installed after lath has been installed
on one side. D. Acoustical Sealant: Where required, seal joints between edges of plasterwork and abutting construction with acoustical sealant. 3.4 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR SOLID-PLASTER
PARTITIONS A. Install according to ASTM C 841. B. Framing for Solid-Plaster Partitions: Provide channel stud to support expanded-metal lath construction. 1. Space channel studs at
16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 INSTALLING EXPANDED-METAL LATH A. Expanded-Metal Lath: Install according to ASTM C 841. 1. Partition Framing and Vertical Furring: Install
flat diamond-mesh or flat rib lath. 2. Flat-Ceiling and Horizontal Framing: Install flat diamond-mesh or flat rib lath. 3. Curved-Ceiling Framing: Install flat diamond-mesh lath.
4. On Solid Surfaces, Not Otherwise Furred: Install self-furring, diamond-mesh lath. 5. Solid-Plaster Partitions: Where supported by channel studs, install flat rib or flat diamond-mesh
lath. 6. Studless Solid-Plaster Partitions: Install 3/8-inch rib lath. 3.6 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES A. General: Install according to ASTM C 841. B. Cornerbeads: Install at external
corners. C. Casing Beads: Install at terminations of plasterwork, except where plaster passes behind and is concealed by other work and where metal screeds, bases, or frames act as
casing beads. D. Control Joints: Install control joints with spacing between joints in either direction not exceeding the following and in specific locations approved by Architect
for visual effect: 1. Partitions: 30 feet 2. Ceilings: 30 feet Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM PLASTERING
092300 - 9 3.7 PLASTER APPLICATION A. General: Comply with ASTM C 842. 1. Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces,
as measured by a 10-foot straightedge placed on surface. 2. Grout hollow-metal frames, bases, and similar work occurring in plastered areas, with base-coat plaster material, before
lathing where necessary. Except where full grouting is indicated or required for fire-resistance rating, grout at least 6 inches at each jamb anchor. 3. Finish plaster flush with metal
frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground unless otherwise indicated. Where casing bead does not terminate plaster at metal frame, cut base
coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal. 4. Provide plaster surfaces that are ready to receive field-applied finishes indicated.
B. Bonding Compound: Apply on unit masonry and concrete plaster bases. C. Base Coats: 1. Base Coats over Expanded-Metal Lath: High-strength gypsum plaster with job-mixed sand for
scratch and brown coats. D. Finish Coats: 1. Finish-Coat Mix for Smooth-Troweled Finishes: Gypsum gaging plaster, Gypsum readymixed finish plaster, High-strength gypsum gaging plaster,
Gypsum Keene's cement as required to match existing adjacent surfaces to remain. 2. Finish-Coat Mix for Float Finishes: Gypsum gaging plaster or Gypsum Keene's cement E. Plaster Finishes:
1. Provide troweled finish unless otherwise indicated. F. Concealed Plaster: 1. Where plaster application will be concealed behind built-in cabinets, similar furnishings, and equipment,
apply finish coat. 2. Where plaster application will be concealed above suspended ceilings and in similar locations, finish coat may be omitted. 3. Where plaster application will be
used as a base for adhesive application of tile and similar finishes, finish coat may be omitted. 3.8 PLASTER REPAIRS A. Repair or replace work to eliminate cracks, dents, blisters,
buckles, crazing and check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to substrate has failed. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM PLASTERING 092300 - 10 3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly remove plaster
from door frames, windows, and other surfaces not indicated to be plastered. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during plastering. END
OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING 092613 - 1 SECTION 092613 GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING
1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gypsum veneer plaster and gypsum base for interior veneer plaster. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 092900 Gypsum Board for non-load-bearing steel
framing. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations, fabrication, and installation of control joints, reveals, and trim; include
plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each trim accessory and textured finish on rigid backing. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.
Mockups: Provide mockups of ceilings and partitions in sizes of at least 50 sq. ft. Mockups shall be installed adjacent to existing plaster surfaces to remain for comparison. PART
2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in
assembly indicated according to ASTM E119 by an independent testing agency. 2.2 GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER A. Two-Component Gypsum Veneer Plaster: ASTM C587, with separate formulations;
one for base-coat application and one for finish-coat application over substrates. 1. Base Coat: a. Gold Bond Kal-Kote Base Plater by National Gypsum Company or approved equal by U.S.
Gypsum Co., Georgia Pacific, CertainTeed Corporation, Lafarge North America, or National Gypsum Co. meeting the specification requirements. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System
Replacement August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING 092613 - 2 b. Physical characteristics: Complies with requirements of ASTM C 587 Standard Specification
for Gypsum Veneer Plaster 2. Smooth or Textured Finish Coat: a. Gold Bond Kal-Kote Finish Plater by National Gypsum Company or approved equal by U.S. Gypsum Co., Georgia Pacific, CertainTeed
Corporation, Lafarge North America, or National Gypsum Co. meeting the specification requirements. b. Physical characteristics: Complies with requirements of ASTM C 587 Standard Specification
for Gypsum Veneer Plaster 2.3 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Gypsum Base for Veneer Plaster: ASTM C1396/C1396M. 1. Gold Bond Kal-Kore Plaster Base by National Gypsum Company or approved equal by
U.S. Gypsum Co., Georgia Pacific, CertainTeed Corporation, Lafarge North America, or National Gypsum Co. meeting the specification requirements. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch 3. Surface Paper:
Absorptive paper on front and long edges 4. Panel complies with ASTM C 1396 Standard Specification for Gypsum Board 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Standard Trim: ASTM C1047, approved for use
in gypsum veneer plaster applications indicated. 1. Material: Galvanized-steel sheet or aluminum-coated steel sheet; rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced galvanized-steel sheet. B.
Aluminum Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated and required for a complete installation. 2.5 JOINT-REINFORCING MATERIALS A. General: Comply with joint strength
requirements in ASTM C587 and with gypsum veneer plaster manufacturer's written recommendations for each application indicated. B. Joint Tape: As recommended by gypsum veneer plaster
manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Embedding Material for Joint Tape: As recommended by gypsum veneer plaster manufacturer for use with joint-tape material and gypsum veneer
plaster applications indicated. 2.6 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Bonding Agent: ASTM C631 polyvinyl acetate. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended by manufacturer
for directly adhering gypsum-base, face-layer panels to backing-layer panels in multilayer construction. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement August 7, 2020
Construction Documents GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING 092613 - 3 C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C1002 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C954 for fastening panels
to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick. D. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. E. Sound
Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C665, Type I; Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly. F. Acoustical Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant,
complying with ASTM C834. G. Patching Mortar: Dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve, using only
enough water for handling and placing. H. Silica Sand: Complying with ASTM C 35 Specification for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster I. Water: Potable. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLING PANELS, GENERAL A. Gypsum Base for Veneer Plaster: Apply according to ASTM C844 unless manufacturer's written recommendations are more stringent. 1. Erection Tolerance:
No more than 1/16-inch (1.6-mm) offsets between planes of gypsum base panels, and 1/8 inch in 8 feet (3 mm in 2.4 m) noncumulative, for level, plumb, warp, and bow. B. Examine panels
before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum base for veneer plaster. D. Cementitious
Backer Units: Install according to ANSI A108.11. 1. Where cementitious backer units abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces.
E. Trim: Install trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, and attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written
instructions. F. Control Joints: Install according to ASTM C844 and in specific locations approved by Architect. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Replacement August 7,
2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING 092613 - 4 G. Gypsum Base: Reinforce interior angles and flat joints with joint tape and embedding material to comply with ASTM
C843 and with gypsum veneer plaster manufacturer's written recommendations. H. Abuse-Resistant Base: Reinforce joints between abuse-resistant panels with joint tape and embedding material
according to panel manufacturer's written recommendations. I. Glass-Mat Interior Gypsum Board: Reinforce joints between moisture- and mold-resistant panels with joint tape and embedding
material according to panel manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.2 GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING A. Bonding Agent: Apply bonding agent on dry base panels according to gypsum veneer
plaster manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Mixing: Mechanically mix gypsum veneer plaster materials to comply with ASTM C843 and with gypsum veneer plaster
manufacturer's written recommendations. C. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Application: Comply with ASTM C843 and with veneer plaster manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Two-Component
Gypsum Veneer Plaster: a. Base Coat: Hand trowel or machine apply base coat over substrate to a uniform thickness of 1/16 to 3/32 inch (1.6 to 2.4 mm). Fill voids and imperfections.
b. Finish Coat: Trowel apply finish-coat plaster over base-coat plaster to a uniform thickness of 1/16 to 3/32 inch (1.6 to 2.4 mm). 2. Where gypsum veneer plaster abuts metal, including
doorframes, windows and other units, groove finish coat to eliminate spalling. 3. Do not apply veneer plaster to gypsum base if paper facing has degraded from exposure to sunlight.
Before applying veneer plaster, use remedial methods to restore bonding capability to degraded paper facing according to manufacturer's written recommendations. D. Concealed Surfaces:
Do not omit gypsum veneer plaster behind cabinets, furniture, furnishings, and similar removable items. Omit veneer plaster in the following areas where it will be concealed from view
in the completed Work unless otherwise indicated or required to maintain fire-resistance and STC ratings: 1. Above suspended ceilings. 2. Behind wood paneling. 3. Above or behind built-in
casework E. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Finish: surface finish to match adjacent plaster surfaces to remain. END OF SECTION 092613 Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-1 SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM DRYWALL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified,
shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the gypsum
drywall as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Gypsum board work for partitions, ceilings, column enclosures, furring, and
elsewhere where gypsum drywall work is shown on drawings. 2. Metal supports for gypsum drywall construction, interior and exterior. 3. Acoustical insulation for gypsum drywall work.
4. Sealant for gypsum drywall work. 5. Taping and finishing of drywall joints. 6. Installing rings and frames in drywall surfaces for grilles, registers and lighting fixtures. 7. Bracing
and connections. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Painting and Finishing- Section 099000. B. Rings for grilles, registers and light fixtures - Division 23 and 26. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The
following standards, as well as other standards which may be referred to in this Section, shall apply to the work of this Section: 1. The Gypsum Construction Handbook, latest edition,
USG. 2. Construction Guide, latest edition, National Gypsum. 3. ASTM A 568 "Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and HighStrength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled,
General Requirements For" Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-2 4. ASTM C 475 "Standard Specification
for Joint Treatment Materials For Gypsum Wallboard Construction" 5. ASTM C 645 "Standard Specification for Non-Structural Steel Framing Members" 6. ASTM C 754 "Standard Specification
for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Panel Products" 7. ASTM C 840 "Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board" 8. ASTM
C 919 "Standard Specification for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications" 9. ASTM C 954 "Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws For the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal
Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. to 0.112 in. in Thickness" 10. ASTM C 1002 "Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws For the Application of Gypsum Board"
11. ASTM C 1177 "Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing" 12. ASTM C 1178 "Standard Specification for Glass Mat Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board"
13. ASTM C 1278 "Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Gypsum Panel" 14. ASTM C 1396 "Standard Specification for Gypsum Board" 15. ASTM D 3273 "Standard Test Method for Resistance
to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber" B. Allowable Tolerances: 1/32" offsets between planes of board faces, and 1/16" in 8'-0" for plumb,
level, warp and bow. C. System Design Load 1. Provide standard drywall wall assemblies designed and tested by manufacturer to withstand a lateral load of 5 lbs. per sq. ft. for the
maximum wall height required, and with deflection limited to L/240 of partition height. 2. Provide drywall ceiling assemblies designed, fabricated and installed to have a deflection
not to exceed L/360. D. Fire-Resistance Rating: Where gypsum drywall with fire resistance ratings are indicated, provide materials and installations which are identical with those
of applicable assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by fire testing laboratories, or to design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in listing of other testing agencies acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction, and compliant with UL Test #2079; criteria for cycle movement for all field height wall sections requiring allowance for vertical deflection within
framing details. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-3 E. Installer: Firm with not less than 5 years
of successful experience in the installation of specified materials. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawing for each drywall partition, furring and ceiling system showing size and gauges
of framing members, hanger and anchorage devices, wallboard types, insulation, sealant, methods of assembly and fastening, control joints indicating column lines, corner details, joint
finishing and relationship of drywall work to adjacent work. B. Samples: Each material specified herein, 12" x 12", or 12" long, or in manufacturer's container, as applicable for type
of material submitted. C. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit technical and installation instructions for each drywall partition, furring and ceiling system specified herein, and for
each fire-rated and sound-rated gypsum board assembly. Submit other data as required to show compliance with these specifications, including data for mold resistant joint compound.
D. Test Reports: This Contractor shall submit test report, obtained by drywall manufacturer, indicating conformance of drywall assemblies to required fire ratings and sound ratings.
1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING AND PROTECTION A. Deliver, store and handle drywall work materials to prevent damage. Deliver materials in their original, unopened containers or bundles, and
store where protected from moisture, damage and from exposure to the elements. Store wallboard in flat stacks. B. Protect wallboard from becoming wet. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Provide and maintain minimum temperature of fifty-five (55) degrees F. and adequate ventilation to eliminate excessive moisture within the building in the area of the drywall work
for at least twenty-four (24) hours, prior to, during and after installation of drywall work. Installation shall not start until windows are glazed and doors are installed, unless
openings are temporarily closed. Space above suspended ceilings shall be vented sufficiently to prevent temperature and pressure build up. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable
Manufacturers for Gypsum Drywall Panels and Accessories: U.S. Gypsum Co., Georgia Pacific, CertainTeed Corporation, Lafarge North America, or National Gypsum Co. meeting specification
requirements are acceptable. 1. All drywall products must be manufactured in North America. B. Acceptable Manufacturers for Metal Supports of Drywall Assemblies: Unless otherwise noted,
provide products manufactured by ClarkDietrich Building Systems, Super Stud Building Products, Marino/Ware, or approved equal. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-4 2.2 METAL SUPPORTS A. Metal Floor and Ceiling Runners 1. Channel Type: Formed from 20 U.S. Std. gauge (unless otherwise
noted) galvanized steel, width to suit channel type metal studs. Use 20 ga. top runners with 1-1/4" minimum flanges. 2. Ceiling runners and head of wall connections at rated partitions
shall conform to UL #2079 for cycle movement. Provide positive mechanical connection of framing to structure, allowing for vertical movement within connections. Minimum of 20 ga.
galvanized steel for clips, 25 ga. galvanized steel for ceiling runners. Providing a friction free – anti-seizure movement capacity. a. As manufactured by the Steel Network, VertiClip
or VertiTrack or equal made by Metal-Lite Inc. b. FireTrak (including stud clips) by FireTrak Corp. or equal made by Metal-Lite Inc. 3. "J" Type: Formed from 20 U.S. Std. gauge galvanized
steel, 1" x 2-1/2" or 4" wide (to suit detail). 4. Deflection track as detailed at shaft wall locations. B. Metal Studs, Framing and Furring 1. For each type of metal framing required,
interior and exterior, provide manufacturer’s stand steel runner, tracks, blocking, lintels, clip angles, shoes, reinforcements, fasteners and accessories, as recommended by the manufacturer
for applications indicated, as needed to provide a complete metal framing system. 2. Channel Type Studs: Channel type with holes for passage of conduit formed from minimum 20 U.S.
Std. gauge (unless heavier gauge is required to meet deflection limits) galvanized steel, width as shown on drawings. 3. Furring Channels: Hat shaped, formed from galvanized steel,
25 U.S. Std. gauge. 4. Continuous 16 gauge x 8" wide steel wall plate screwed to studs as required for support of railings and other items supported on drywall partitions and walls.
C. Suspended Ceiling and Fascia Supports 1. Main Runners: 1-1/2" steel channels, cold rolled at 0.475 lbs. per ft., rust-inhibitive paint finish. 2. Furring Members: Screw-type hat-shaped
furring channels of 25 ga. zinc-coated steel; comply with ASTM C 645. 3. Hangers: Galvanized, 1" x 3/16" flat steel slats capable of supporting 5x calculated load supported. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-5 4. Hanger Anchorages: Provide inserts, clips, bolts, screws and other
devices applicable to the required method of structural anchorage for ceiling hangers. Size devices for 5x calculated load supported. 5. Furring Anchorages: 16 ga. galvanized wire
ties, manufacturer's standard clips, bolts or screws as recommended by furring manufacturer. D. All galvanized steel members shall have coating conforming to ASTM A 653, G60. 2.3 GYPSUM
WALLBOARD TYPES A. Gypsum Wall Board: 5/8" thick "Sheetrock" by USG, "Gold Bond" by National Gypsum, or "Regular Gypsum" by CertainTeed Corp., 48" wide, in maximum lengths available
to minimize end-to-end butt joints. B. Fire Rated Gypsum Wall Board: 5/8" thick "Sheetrock Firecode C" by USG, "Firecheck Type C" by Lafarge/Continental, or "Gold Bond Fireshield"
by National Gypsum, 48" wide, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. C. Moisture/Mold Resistant Gypsum Wall Board at locations listed below, unless otherwise
shown on drawings: 5/8" thick "Mold Tough" or "Mold Tough FR" by U.S. Gypsum, "DensArmor Plus" by Georgia Pacific, "Mold Defense" and/or "Mold Defense Type X" by Lafarge/Continental,
or "Gold Bond EXP Interior Extreme Gypsum Board" by National Gypsum, 48" wide, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. Board must have a rating of 10 per ASTM
D 3273 with a core that meets ASTM C 1396, Section 6 or ASTM C 1658. 1. Areas in toilet rooms, lockers, janitor's closets not scheduled to receive ceramic tile, or where fire rating
is required. 2. Walls and ceilings of spaces containing condensers, wet equipment such as ice makers, water tanks, water pumps and pressure reduction valves. 3. Portions of walls within
2 feet of sinks to a height of 4 feet above the floor. 4. All perimeter walls and wet shafts. D. Impact Resistant Wallboard: 5/8" thick as indicated on drawings, "Fiberock Brand VHI
Abuse Resistant Panel" by USG, "DensArmor Plus Impact-Resistant Panels" by Georgia-Pacific, "EXP Interior Extreme IR" or "Gold Bond Brand Hi-Impact XP" by National Gypsum, "Protecta
HIR 300" by Lafarge/Continental, or "AirRenew Extreme Impact" by CertainTeed Corp., 48" wide, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustical
Insulation: Paper-less, non-combustible, semi-rigid mineral fiber mat, 2" thick, in walls (unless otherwise indicated), 3 lb./cu. ft. maximum density; Thermafiber LLC "Thermafiber,"
or approved equal. B. Fasteners for Wall Board: USG Brand Screws; Type S Bugle Head for fastening wallboard to lighter gauge interior metal framing (up to 20 ga.). Type S-12 Bugle
Head for fastening wallboard to heavier gauge interior metal framing (20 ga. to 12 ga.); Type Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
GYPSUM BOARD 092900-6 S and Type S-12 Pan Head for attaching metal studs to door frames and runners; and Type G Bugle Head for fastening wallboard to wall board. Lengths specified
below under "Part 3 - Execution" Articles and as recommended by drywall manufacturer. C. Laminating Adhesive: "Sheetrock Brand Joint Compound." D. Metal Trim - Corner Beads: For 90
degree External Corners - "Dur-A-Bead" No. 103, 27 U.S. Std. ga. galvanized steel, 1-1/4" x 1-1/4", for 90 degree external corners. E. Metal Trim - Edge Beads: "Sheetrock Brand Paper
Faced Metal Bead and Trim." F. Metal Trim Treatment Materials and Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Drywall Boards: Paper tape for joint reinforcing; Setting Type (Durabond 90)
or Lightweight Setting Type Joint Compound for taping and topping; and Ready Mix Compound for finishing. 1. For mold-resistant drywall, water resistant drywall, and tile backer board,
use glass mesh tape with setting joint compound that is rated 10 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3273 and evaluated in accordance with ASTM D 3274. Acceptable joint compound
is "Rapid Set One Pass" made by CTS Cement Manufacturing Corp. or "Rapid Joint" manufactured by Lafarge North America or approved equal meeting standards noted herein. G. Control Joints:
No. 0.093, USG. H. Acoustical Sealant: USG "Acoustical Sealant" or "Tremco Acoustical Caulking" of Tremco Mfg. Co., or approved equal. I. Neoprene Gaskets: Conform to ASTM D 1056.
PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions where gypsum drywall is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion
of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. General
1. Install drywall work in accordance with drywall manufacturer's printed instructions and as indicated on drawings and specified herein. 2. All metal framing for drywall partitions
shall extend from floor to underside of structural deck above. Provide for vertical deflection with positive mechanical connections of framing members to structure. 3. Provide concealed
reinforcement, 16 ga. thick by eight (8) inches wide or as detailed or as recommended by manufacturer, for attachment of railings and other Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-7 items to be supported on the partitions which cannot be attached to the metal framing members. Concealed
reinforcement shall span between metal studs and be attached thereto using two (2) self-tapping pan head screws at each stud. a. Back of drywall shall be scored or notched to prevent
bulging out where reinforcement plate occurs. B. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install fire-rated assemblies in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, Underwriters'
Laboratories and test results obtained and published by the drywall manufacturer, for the fire-rated drywall assembly types indicated on the drawings. C. Acoustical Assemblies: Install
acoustically-rated assemblies to achieve a minimum STC as noted on drawings, in accordance with test results obtained and published by the drywall manufacturer, for the drywall assembly
type indicated on the drawings. D. Sealant 1. Install continuous acoustical sealant bead at top and bottom edges of wallboard where indicated or required for sound rating as wallboard
is installed, and between metal trim edge beads and abutting construction. 2. Install acoustical sealant in 1/8" wide vertical control joints within the length of the wall or partitions,
and in all other joints, specified below under "Control Joints." Install bead of acoustical sealant around electric switch and outlet boxes, piping, ducts, and around any other penetration
in the wallboard; place sealant bead between penetrations and edge of wallboard. 3. Where sealant is exposed to view, protect adjacent surfaces from damage and from sealant material,
and tool sealant flush with and in same plane as wallboard surface. Sealant beads shall be 1/4" to 3/8" diameter. E. Wall Board Application 1. Do not install wallboard panels until
steel door frames are in place; coordinate work with Section 081113, "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames." 2. See drawings for all board types. Use fire-rated wallboard for fire-rated assemblies.
Use sag-resistant board for ceilings. Use water-resistant wallboard where indicated on drawings and where wallboard would be subject to moisture. Install water-resistant wallboard
in full, large sheets (no scraps) to limit number of butt joints. 3. Apply wallboard with long dimension parallel to stud framing members, and with abutting edges occurring over stud
flanges. 4. Install wallboard for partitions from floor to underside of structure above and secure rigidly in place by screw attachment, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Provide "Thermafiber"
safing insulation meeting standards of Section 078413 at flutes of metal deck where partitions carry up to bottom of metal deck. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-8 6. Neatly cut wallboard to fit around outlets, switch boxes, framed openings, piping, ducts, and other items which penetrate
wallboard; fill gaps with acoustic sealant. 7. Where wallboard is to be applied to curved surfaces, dampen wallboard on back side as required to obtain required curve. Finish surface
shall present smooth, even curve without fluting or other imperfections. 8. Screw fasten wallboard with power-driven electric screw driver, screw heads to slightly depress surface of
wallboard without cutting paper, screws not closer than 3/8" from ends and edges of wallboard. 9. Where studs are doubled-up, screw fasten wallboard to both studs in a staggered pattern.
F. Cementitious Backer Board 1. General: Furnish cementitious backer board in maximum available lengths. Install horizontally, with end joints over framing members. 2. Fastening:
Secure cementitious backer board to each framing member with screws spaced not more than 12 inches on center and not closer than 1/2" from the edge. Install screws with a conventional
screw gun so that the screw heads are flush with the surface of the board. 3. Joint Treatment: Fill space between edge of backer and receptor with dry-set Portland cement or latex-Portland
cement mortar. Fill all horizontal and vertical joints and corners with dry-set Portland cement or latex-Portland cement mortar. Apply fiberglass tape over joints and corners and
embed with same mortar. G. Metal Trim: Install and mechanically secure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; and finish with three (3) coats of joint compound, feathered
and finish sanded smooth with adjacent wallboard surface, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Corner Beads: Install specified corner beads in single lengths at all external
corners, unless corner lengths exceed standard stock lengths. 2. Edge Beads: Install specified edge beads in single lengths at all terminating edges of wallboard exposed to view, where
edges abut dissimilar materials, where edges would be exposed to view, and elsewhere where shown on drawings. Where indicated on drawings, seal joint between metal edge bead and adjoining
surface with specified gasket, 1/8" wide minimum and set back 1/8" from face of wallboard, unless other size and profile indicated on drawings. 3. Casing beads shall be set in long
lengths, neatly butted at joints. Provide casing beads at juncture of board and vertical surfaces and at exposed perimeters. H. Control Joint Locations: Gypsum board surfaces shall
be isolated with control joints where: 1. Ceiling abuts a structural element, dissimilar wall or other vertical penetration. 2. Construction changes within the plane of the partition
or ceiling. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-9 3. Shown on approved shop drawings. 4. Ceiling dimensions
exceed thirty (30) feet in either direction. 5. Wings of "L," "U," and "T" shaped ceiling areas are joined. 6. Expansion or control joints occur in the structural elements of the building.
7. Shaftwall runs exceed 30' without interruption. 8. Partition or furring abuts a structural element or dissimilar wall or ceiling. 9. Partition or furring runs exceed 30' without
interruption. 10. Where control joints are required, ceiling height door frames may be used as control joints. Less than ceiling height frames shall have control joints extending to
the ceiling from both corners. I. Joint Treatment and Spackling 1. Joints between face wallboards in the same plane, joints at internal corners of intersecting partitions and joints
at internal corners of intersections between ceilings and walls or partitions shall be filled with joint compound. 2. Screw heads and other depressions shall be filled with joint compound.
Joint compound shall be applied in three (3) coats, feathered and finish surface sanded smooth with adjacent wallboard surface, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Treatment
of joints and screw heads with joint compound is also required where wallboard will be covered by finish materials which require a smooth surface, such as vinyl wall coverings. 3.3
METAL STUD PARTITIONS A. Unless otherwise noted, steel framing members shall be installed in accordance with ASTM C 754. B. Runner Installation: Use channel type. Align accurately
at floor according to partition layout. Anchor runners securely sixteen (16) inches o.c. maximum with power-driven anchors to floor slab, with power-driven anchors to structural slab
above. See "Stud Installation" below for runners over heads of metal door frames. Where required, carefully remove sprayed-on fireproofing to allow partition to be properly installed.
C. Stud Installation 1. Use channel type, positioned vertically in runners, spaced as noted on drawings, but not more than sixteen (16) inches o.c. 2. Anchor studs to floor runners
with screw fasteners. Provide snap-in or slotted hole slip joint bolt connections of studs to ceiling runners leaving space for movement. Anchor studs at partition intersections,
partition corners and where partition abuts other construction to floor and ceiling runners with sheet metal screws through each stud flange and runner flange. Johnson Museum of Art
Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-10 3. Connection at ceiling runner for non-rated partitions shall be snap-in or slotted
hole slip joint bolt connection that shall allow for movement. Seal studs abutting other construction with 1/8" thick neoprene gasket continuously between stud and abutting construction.
4. Connections for fire rated partitions at ceiling runners shall conform to UL Design #2079. 5. Install metal stud horizontal bracing wherever vertical studs are cut or wallboard is
cut for passage of pipes, ducts or other penetrations, and anchor horizontal bracing to vertical studs with sheet metal screws. 6. At jambs of door frames and borrowed light frames,
install doubled-up studs (not back to back) from floor to underside of structural deck, and securely anchor studs to jamb anchors of frames and to runners with screws. Provide cross
braces from hollow metal frames to underside of slab. 7. Over heads of door frames, install cut-to-length section of runner with flanges slit and web bent to allow flanges to overlap
adjacent vertical studs, and securely anchor runner to adjacent vertical studs with sheet metal screws. Install cut-tolength vertical studs from runner (over heads of door frame) to
ceiling runner sixteen (16) inches maximum o.c. and at vertical joints of wallboard, and securely anchor studs to runners with sheet metal screws. 8. At control joints, in field of
partition, install double-up studs (back to back) from floor to ceiling runner, with 1/4" thick continuous compressible gasket between studs. When necessary, splice studs with eight
(8) inches minimum nested laps and attach flanges together with two (2) sheet metal screws in each flange. All screws shall be self-tapping sheet metal screws. D. Runners and Studs
at Chase Wall: As specified above for "Runners" and "Studs" and as specified herein. Chase walls shall have either a single or double row of floor and ceiling runners with metal studs
sixteen (16) inches o.c. maximum and positioned vertically in the runners so that the studs are opposite each other in pairs with the flanges pointing in the same direction. Anchor
all studs to runner flanges with sheet metal screws through each stud flange and runner flange following requirements of paragraph 3.4, B. Provide cross bracing between the rows of
studs by attaching runner channels or studs set full width of chase attached to vertical studs with one self-tapping screw at each end. Space cross bracing not over thirty-six (36)
inches o.c. vertically. E. Wallboard Installation - Single Layer Application (Screw Attached) 1. Install wallboard with long dimension parallel to framing member and with abutting edge
joints over web of framing member. Install wallboard with long dimension perpendicular to framing members above and below openings in drywall extending to second stud at each side
of opening. Joints on opposite sides of wall shall be arranged so as to occur on different studs. 2. Boards shall be fastened securely to metal studs with screws as specified. Where
a free end occurs between studs, back blocking shall be required. Center abutting ends over studs. Correct work as necessary so that faces of boards are flush, smooth, true. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-11 3. Wallboard screws shall be applied with an electric screw gun. Screws
shall be driven not less than 3/8" from ends or edges of board to provide uniform dimple not over 1/32" deep. Screws shall be spaced twelve (12) inches o.c. in the field of the board
and 8" o.c. staggered along the abutting edges. 4. All ends and edges of wallboard shall occur over screwing members (studs or furring channels). Boards shall be brought into contact
but shall not be forced into place. Where ends or edges abut, they shall be staggered. Joints on opposite sides of a partition shall be so arranged as to occur on different studs.
5. At locations where piping receptacles, conduit, switches, etc., penetrate drywall partitions, provide non-drying sealant and an approved sealant stop at cut board locations inside
partition. F. Wallboard Installation - Double-Layer Application 1. General: See drawings for wallboard partition types required. 2. First Layer (Screw Attached): Install as described
above for single layer application. 3. Second Layer (Screw Attached): Screw attach second layer, unless laminating method of attachment indicated on drawings or necessary to obtain
required sound rating or fire rating. Install wallboard vertically with vertical joints offset thirtytwo (32) inches from first layer joints and staggered on opposite sides of wall.
Attach wallboard with 1-5/8" screws sixteen (16) inches o.c. along vertical joints and sixteen (16) inches o.c. in the field of the wallboard. Screw through first layer into metal
framing members. 4. Second Layer (Laminated): Install wallboard vertically. Stagger joints of second layer from first layer joints. Laminate second layer with specified laminating
adhesive in beads or strips running continuously from floor to ceiling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. After laminating, screw wallboard to framing members with 1-5/8"
screws, spaced twelve (12) inches o.c. around perimeter of wallboard. G. Wallboard Installation - Laminated Application: Where laminated wallboard is indicated, use specified laminating
adhesive, install wallboard vertically and maintain tolerances as specified for screw attached wallboard. H. Insulation Installation: Install where indicated on drawings. Place blanket
tightly between studs. I. Deflection of Structure Above: To allow for possible deflection of structure above partitions, provide top runners for non-rated partitions with 1-1/4" minimum
flanges and do not screw studs or drywall to top runner. Where positive anchorage of studs to top runner is required, anchorage device shall be by means of slotted hole (in clip connection
with screw attachment to web of steel through bushings located in slots of clips), or other anchorage device approved by Architect. J. Control Joints 1. Leave a 1/2" continuous opening
between gypsum boards for insertion of surface mounted joint. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-12
2. Back by double framing members. 3. Attach control joint to face layer with 9/16" galvanized staples six (6) inches o.c. at both flanges along entire length of joint. 4. Provide
two (2) inch wide gypsum panel strip or other adequate seal behind control joint in fire rated partitions and partitions with safing insulation. 3.4 DRYWALL FASCIAS AND CEILINGS A.
Furnish and install inserts, hanger clips and similar devices in coordination with other work. B. Secure hangers to inserts and clips. Clamp or bolt hangers to main runners. C. Space
main runners 4'-0" o.c. and space hangers 4'-0" o.c. along runners, except as otherwise shown. D. Level main runners to a tolerance of 1/4" in 12'-0", measured both lengthwise on each
runner and transversely between parallel runners. E. Metal Furring Channels: Space sixteen (16) inches o.c. maximum. Attach to 1-1/2" main runner channels with furring channel clips
(on alternate sides of main runner channels). Furring channels shall not be let into or come in contact with abutting masonry walls. End splices shall be provided by nesting furring
channels no less than eight (8) inches and securely wire tying. At any openings that interrupt the furring channels, install additional cross reinforcing to restore lateral stability.
F. Mechanical accessories, hangers, splices, runner channels and other members used in suspension system shall be of metal, zinc coated, or coated with rust inhibitive paint, of suitable
design and of adequate strength to support units securely without sagging, and such as to bring unit faces to finished indicated lines and levels. 1. Provide special furring where ducts
are over two (2) feet wide. G. Apply board with its long dimension at right angles to channels. Locate board butt joints over center of furring channels. Attach board with one (1)
inch self-drilling drywall screws twelve (12) inches o.c. in field of board at each furring channel; eight (8) inches o.c. at butt joints located not less than 3/8" from edges. 3.5
FINISHING A. Taping: A thin, uniform layer of compound shall be applied to all joints and angles to be reinforced. Reinforcing tape shall be applied immediately, centered over the
joint, seated into the compound. A skim coat shall follow immediately, but shall not function as a fill or second coat. Tape shall be properly folded and embedded in all angles to
provide a true angle. B. Filling: After initial coat of compound has hardened, additional compound shall be applied, filling the board taper flush with the surface. The fill coat
shall cover the tape and feather out slightly beyond the tape. On joints with no taper, the fill coat shall cover the tape and feather out at least four (4) inches on either side of
the tape. No fill coat is necessary on interior angles. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GYPSUM BOARD 092900-13 C.
After compound has hardened, a finishing coat of compound shall be spread evenly over and extending slightly beyond the fill coat on all joints and feathered to a smooth, uniform finish.
Over tapered edges, the finished joint shall not protrude beyond the plane of the surface. All taped angles shall receive a finish coat to cover the tape and taping compound, and
provide a true angle. Where necessary, sanding shall be done between coats and following the final application of compound to provide a smooth surface, ready for painting. D. Fastener
Depressions: Compound shall be applied to all fastener depressions followed, when hardened by at least two (2) coats of compound, leaving all depressions level with the plane of the
surface. E. Finishing Beads and Trim: Compound shall be applied to all bead and trim and shall be feathered out from the ground to the plane of the surface. When hardened, this shall
be followed by two (2) coats of compound each extending slightly beyond the previous coat. The finish coat shall be feathered from the ground to the plane of the surface and sanded
as necessary to provide a flat, smooth surface ready for decoration. F. Except as otherwise noted, level of finish for surface exposed to view shall conform to Level 4 of ASTM C 840
and GA-214 of the Gypsum Association. G. Drywall construction with defects of such character which will mar appearance of finished work, or which is otherwise defective, will be rejected
and shall be removed and replaced at no expense to the Owner. 3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENT A. At the completion of installation of the work, all rubbish shall be removed from the building
leaving floors broom clean. Excess material, scaffolding, tools and other equipment shall be removed from the building. B. Work shall be left in clean condition ready for painting
or wall covering. All work shall be as approved by Architect. C. Cutting and Repairing: Include all cutting, fitting and repairing of the work included herein in connection with all
mechanical trades and all other trades which come in conjunction with any part of the work, and leave all work complete and perfect after all trades have completed their work. 3.7 PROTECTION
OF WORK A. Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for protecting drywall work from damage and deterioration during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CERAMIC TILING 093013-1 SECTION 093013 CERAMIC TILING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials,
equipment, and services necessary to complete the ceramic tiling work as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Ceramic quarry
tile floor and base. 2. Setting beds, grout, sealant and waterproofing membrane. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Gypsum Drywall - Section 092900. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series
- American National Standards for Installation of Ceramic Tile. B. ANSI A136.1 - American National Standards for Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile. C. ASTM C 144 -
Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. D. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. E. TCNA - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass and Stone Tile Installation;
Tile Council of North America. F. ISO 13007 - International Standards Organization; Classification for Grout and Adhesives. G. Large Format Tile (LFT): Tile 15" or larger in any direction
and/or 144 sq. in. in size. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Installers: For cutting, installing and grouting of ceramic tile, use only thoroughly trained and experienced
journeyman tile setters who are completely familiar with the requirements of this work, and the recommendations contained in the Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CERAMIC TILING 093013-2 referenced standards, and the installers are Certified Ceramic Tile Installer (CTI) through the Ceramic Tile Education
Foundation (CTEF) or Tile Installer Thin Set Standards (ITS) verification through the University of Ceramic Tile and Stone. B. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying with all
pertinent codes and regulations, comply with the following: 1. Manufacture all ceramic tile in accordance with Standard Grade Requirements of ANSI A-137.1. 2. Install all ceramic tile
in accordance with the recommendations contained in "Tile Council of North America Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation (TCNA)," latest edition. 3. Glass tile shall
meet ANSI A137.2. C. All surfaces shall have a minimum wet DCOF AcuTest value of 0.42. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Submit product data for all setting beds and grouts and all
required accessories for a complete install 2. Submit physical grout color samples 3. Submit 12" x 12" samples of waterproofing membrane. B. Master Grade Certificates: Prior to opening
ceramic tile containers, submit to the Architect a Master Grade Certificate, signed by an officer of the firm manufacturing the ceramic tile used, and issued when the shipment is made,
stating the grade, kind of tile, identification marks for tile containers, and the name and location of the project. C. Mock-Ups 1. At an area on the site where approved by the Architect,
provide a mock-up ceramic tile installation. a. Make the mock-up approximately 36" x 36" in dimension. b. Provide one mock-up for each type, class, and color of installation required
under this Section. c. The mock-ups may be used as part of the Work, and may be included in the finished Work when so approved by the Architect. d. Revise as necessary to secure the
Architect's approval. 2. The mock-ups, when approved by the Architect, will be used as datum for comparison with the remainder of the work of this Section for the purposes of acceptance
or rejection. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CERAMIC TILING 093013-3 3. If the mock-up panels are not permitted
to be part of the finished Work, completely demolish and remove them from the job site upon completion and acceptance of the work of this Section. 1.7 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery and
Storage 1. Deliver all materials of this Section to the job site in their original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use. 2. Store all materials under
cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination; store only the specified materials at the job site. B. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section
before, during, and after installation, and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and
replacements necessary. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's
printed recommendations. B. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tile work from carbon dioxide buildup. C. Maintain temperatures at not less than 50 deg. F. in tiled
areas during installation and for 7 days after completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLOOR AND BASE TILE A. 6”x6” quarry tile to be provided by the Owner for installation by the Contractor.
2.2 SETTING BEDS AND GROUT A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Sand: ASTM C 144, clean and graded natural sand. D. Reinforcing for Mud
Set Systems: 2" x 2" x 16/16 ga. welded wire mesh. E. Latex Admixture for Mortar Bed 1. MAPEI, Planicrete AC, blended with a 3:1 site mix. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CERAMIC TILING 093013-4 2. Laticrete 333. 3. Pro Spec; Acrylic Additive. 4. Custom Building Products; Custom Crete Thin Set
Additive. F. Latex-Portland Cement Bond Coat, complying with ANSI A118.4 and ISO 13007, C2ES2P2 with minimum compressive strength of 400 psi. 1. MAPEI, Keralastic System thin set mortar,
consisting of Kerabond dry-set mortar and Keralastic latex admixture. 2. Laticrete; 211 dry-set mortar and 4237 latex admixture. 3. Pro Spec; Permalastic System consisting of Permalastic
Dryset Mortar and Permalastic Admixture 4. Custom Building Products; Pro-Lite. G. Improved Modified Cement Mortars for use with LFT, complying with ANSI 118.15 and ISO 13007, CSES2PS.
1. Custom Building Products; Mega-Lite Crack Prevention Mortar (650-725 psi). 2. Laticrete; 220 Stone Granite Mortar (500-540 psi). 3. Mapei; Kerabond T Keralastic (400-600 psi). 4.
Pro Spec; StayFlex 590 (460 psi). H. Wall and Base Tile 1. Over drywall, use ANSI A136.1-1967 Organic Adhesive for installation of Ceramic Tile, Type I and ISO 13007 D2TE. Shear strength
shall be 50 psi minimum. Adhesive primer as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. Manufacturer shall certify, in writing, that adhesive and primer used are proper types for the intended
tile types and application. Conform to TCA Detail W-242. a. MAPEI Type 1 Mastic. b. Laticrete Type 1 Adhesive. c. ProSpec B-1000 Tile Adhesive. d. Custom Building Products' Reliabond
Adhesive Type 1. 2. Over cement board, use a Latex Portland cement mortar bond coat, MAPEI, Kerabond/Keralastic System, Custom Mega Flex or equal by Laticrete or Pro Spec, conforming
to ANSI A118.4, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2, and TCA Detail W-244; coat back of board with waterproof membrane as specified below. 3. Over glass mat water resistant gypsum backer board, use a
Latex Portland cement mortar bond coat, MAPEI, Kerabond/Keralastic System, conforming to ANSI A118.4, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2, and TCA Detail W-245. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CERAMIC TILING 093013-5 I. Floor Tile and Cove Base - Mud Set: Set floor tile and stone saddle using Portland Cement mortar
setting bed conforming to ANSI A108.1A and latex modified Portland cement bond coat. Basis of Design: Mapei, Kerabond/Keralastic System, conforming to ANSI A118.4, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2,
and TCA Detail F-112. 1. For installation of LFT, Improved Modified Cement Mortars and medium bed; Basis of Design: Custom Building Products, MegaLite Crack Prevention Medium Bed Mortar
conforming to ANSI 118.15, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2. J. Floor Tile and Cove Base - Thin Set: Set floor tile and stone saddle using latex modified Portland Cement mortar, Basis of Design,
Mapei, Kerabond/Keralastic System, conforming to ANSI A118.4, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2, and TCA Detail F-113. 1. For installation of LFT, Improved Modified Cement Mortars and medium bed; Basis
of Design: Custom Building Products, MegaLite Crack Prevention Medium Bed Mortar conforming to ANSI 118.15, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2. K. Floor Tile and Cove Base - Waterproof Setting Bed:
Set floor tile and stone saddle using thin set latex Portland cement bond coat, Basis of Design: Mapei, Kerabond/Keralastic System, conforming to ANSI A118.4, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2, and
waterproofing membrane conforming to TCA Detail F-122/122A. Use this system where toilet room occurs over occupied space other than another toilet room and wherever else noted on drawings.
1. For installation of LFT, Improved Modified Cement Mortars and medium bed; Basis of Design: Custom Building Products, MegaLite Crack Prevention Medium Bed Mortar conforming to ANSI
118.15, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2. L. Waterproofing Membrane: Complying with ANSI A118.10 and ANSI A118.12; and having IAPMO certification as a shower pan liner; provide "Mapelastic 400" by
Mapei with factory blended "Bio-Block" antimicrobial protection, "Laticrete 9235 with Mircoban" made by Laticrete International," ProSpec "B6000," Custom Building Products' "9240,"
or approved equal. 1. Reinforce membrane with polyester fabric. M. Water: Clean, fresh and suitable for drinking. N. Grout: Complying with A118.7; and ISO 13007, CG2WAF; for grouting
ceramic tile, provide a commercial Portland cement grout "Ultracolor Plus" (additive not required) made by Mapei, Laticrete "Permacolor," or approved equal; color as selected by the
Architect. Add latex additive to grout made by same manufacturer as grout. 1. Provide unsanded grout where glass tile is used. O. Physical Properties: The setting beds and grouts
must meet the following physical requirements: 1. Compressive Strength: 3000 psi min. 2. Shear Bond Strength: 500 psi min. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CERAMIC TILING 093013-6 3. Water Absorption: 4.0% max. 4. Service Rating (ASTM C 627): Extra Heavy Duty. P. Sealer: Seal all grout joints
and all unglazed tile using "Sealer’s Choice 15 Gold" as manufactured by Aqua Mix Inc., or approved equal. Q. Temporary Protective Coating: Either product indicated below that is applied
in the tile manufacturer's factory and formulated to protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout; compatible with tile, mortar, and grout products; and easily
removable after grouting is completed without damaging grout or tile. 1. Petroleum paraffin wax, applied hot, fully refined and odorless, containing at least 0.5 percent oil with a
melting point of 120 to 140 deg. F. per ASTM D 87. 2. Grout release in form of manufacturer’s standard proprietary liquid coating that is specially formulated and recommended for use
as temporary protective coating for tile. R. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for
materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. 2.3 SEALANT A. Joint Backing: Preformed, compressible, resilient, non-extruding, non-staining strips of foam
neoprene, foam polyethylene, or other material recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Bond Breaker: Polyethylene tape, 3 mils thick, or other material recommended by sealant manufacturer.
C. Sealant Primer: Colorless, non-staining, or type to suit substrate surface, as recommended by sealant manufacturer. D. Sealant: One-part silicone based sanitary sealant, conforming
to ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. Sealant hardness upon full cure shall be between 20-30 Shore "A" Durometer. Color of sealant to blend with or match adjacent materials,
and as selected by the Architect. Sealant shall be equivalent to 1700 Sanitary Sealant made by General Electric or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas
and conditions where ceramic tile is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory
conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CERAMIC TILING
093013-7 3.2 CONDITION OF SURFACES A. Allowable Variations in Substrate Levels in Floors: + 1/8" in 10'-0" distance and 1/4" total max. variation from levels shown. B. Grind or fill
concrete and masonry substrates as required to comply with allowable variations. C. Concrete substrates must meet ANSI A108.01 tolerances and surface textures in preparation for tile
work. Coordinate with concrete trades. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Etch concrete substrate as may be required to remove curing compounds or other substances that would interfere with proper
bond of setting bed. Rinse with water to remove all traces of treatment. B. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged
so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer
or blend tiles at project site before installing. C. Field Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Pre-coat tile with continuous film of temporary protective coating, taking care not
to coat unexposed tile surfaces. 3.4 JOINTS IN TILE WORK A. Joint Widths: Match existing tile. Verify prior to demolition. B. Alignment: Wall, base and floor joints shall align through
the field and trim. Direction and location of all joints as directed by Architect. C. Movement Joints: Conform to TCA Detail EJ171. Locate where movement joints are in back-up material.
Provide movement joint at joints between mop receptors and ceramic tile. Provide movement joint at all vertical internal joints of wall tile. Movement joints 1/8" wide in ceramic
tile. Fill all movement joints with specified backing and sealant. Use bond breaker where sufficient space for joint backing does not exist. 1. Provide sealant between ceramic tile
and plumbing fixtures, mirrors, pipes, countertops and other dissimilar materials penetrating or adjacent to ceramic tile. 3.5 INSTALLATION A. Comply with the following installation
standards: 1. Wall tile over drywall using organic adhesive - ANSI A136.1 and ISO 13007, D2TE. 2. Wall tile over cement board or glass mat backer board using dry set mortar with latex
additive - ANSI A118.4 and ISO 13007, C2ES2P2. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CERAMIC TILING 093013-8 3. Floor tile
using full mud set mortar - ANSI A118.4, A228.15, and ISO 13007, C2ES2P2. 4. Floor tile using dry set mortar with latex additive - ANSI A118.4, A118.15, and ISO 13007, C2ES2P2. 5. Floor
tile over waterproofing membrane - ANSI A118.4, 118.5, and ISO 13007, C2ES2P2. B. Backs of tile must be cleaned before installation. C. All setting beds and/or adhesives shall provide
for an average contact area of not less than 95% coverage. D. Allowable Variations in Finished Work: Do not exceed the following deviations from level and plumb, and from elevations,
locations, slopes and alignment shown. 1. Floors: 1/8" in 10'-0" run, any direction; +/- 1/8" at any location; 1/32" offset at any location. 2. Walls: 1/8" in 8'-0" run, any direction;
1/8" at any location; offset at any location, 1/32". 3. Joints: +/- 1/32" joint width variation of any location; 1/16" in 3'-0" run deviation from plumb and true. E. Waterproofing
Membrane 1. Install the membrane in strict accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. 2. Upon completion of work, test horizontal membrane for leaks by flood testing per
ASTM D 5957. Inspect for leakage. Make necessary adjustments to stop all leakage and retest until watertight. If membrane is not immediately covered by another surface, provide protection
until membrane is covered. F. Handle, store, mix and apply setting and grouting materials in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. G. Extend tile work into recesses and under
equipment and fixtures, to form a complete covering without interruptions. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges and corners without disruption of pattern or joint alignment.
H. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or builtin
items for straight, aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping and fixtures so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. I. Lay tile in grid pattern. Align
joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls and trim are the same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to
minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CERAMIC TILING 093013-9 3.6
CLEANING AND PROTECTION OF CERAMIC TILE A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove grout residue
from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation.
Use cleaners only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from
effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning to insure removal of all cleaning material. 3. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended
by coating manufacturer and that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent drain clogging. B. Protect installed tile work with Kraft paper or
other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. Apply coat of sealer to all grout joints and all unglazed tile. C. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic
from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings from tile surfaces. E. Leave finished installation clean
and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded or otherwise defective tile work. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113-1 SECTION 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall
be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete
the acoustical panel ceilings as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Acoustical panel units. 2. Exposed "T" suspension system,
including hangers and inserts. 3. Provisions for the installation of lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles and similar items provided under other Sections. 4. Cutting, drilling, scribing
and fitting as required for electro-mechanical penetrations. 5. Perimeter and column moldings, trim and accessories for acoustical ceilings. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Drywall ceilings
- Section 092900. B. Diffusers, grilles and related frames - Division 23. C. Lighting fixtures - Division 26. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying
with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations published by the Ceilings and Interior Systems Contractor’s Association. B. Qualifications of Installers
1. The suspended ceiling subcontractor shall have a record of successful installation of similar ceilings acceptable to Architect and shall be currently approved by the manufacturer
of the ceiling suspension system. 2. For the actual fabrication and installation of all components of the system, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
skills required and completely familiar with the requirements established for this work. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113-2 C. The work is subject to the following standards: 1. ASTM C 635 "Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In
Panel Ceilings," American Society for Testing and Materials. 2. ASTM C 636 "Standard Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and
Lay-In Panels," American Society for Testing and Materials. D. In addition to suspension system specified, provide seismic struts and seismic clips to meet seismic standards as required
by prevailing Codes and Ordinances. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit completely dimensioned ceiling layouts for all areas where acoustical ceilings are required, showing: 1.
Any deviations from Architect’s reflected ceiling plan layouts, especially lighting fixture and dimensions. Also indicate if any light fixtures will not fit into Architect’s ceiling
layout due to dimensional restrictions or field conditions. 2. Direction and spacing of suspension members and location of hangers for carrying suspension members. 3. Direction, sizes
and types of acoustical units, showing suspension grid members, and starting point for each individual ceiling area. 4. Moldings at perimeter of ceiling, at columns and elsewhere as
required due to penetrations or exposure at edge of ceiling tiles. 5. Location and direction of lights, air diffusers, air slots, and similar items in the ceiling plane. 6. Details
of construction and installation at all conditions. 7. Materials, gauges, thickness and finishes. 8. Especially showing the layout of the suspended cloud ceiling with edge trims located
in the Maker Space. B. Samples and Product Literature: Submit the following samples and related manufacturer’s descriptive literature. 1. Twelve (12) inch long components of suspension
systems, including moldings. 2. Acoustical units — full size. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and
store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination or other causes. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and
Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113-3 B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature
and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install acoustical
ceilings until wet-work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings has been completed, and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained
at values near those indicated for final occupancy. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other work
supported by or penetrating through ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire suppression system components, and partition system. 1.9 EXTRA STOCK A. Extra Stock: Deliver
stock of maintenance material to Owner. Furnish maintenance material matching products installed, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with appropriate labels.
1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quantity of full size units equal to 2.0% of amount installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Provide mineral fiber panels with square
tegular edges, manufactured by Armstrong World Industries USG Interiors, Inc., Roxul Rockfon, or approved equal. Panels shall meet ASTM E 1264, Class A, with minimum flame spread of
25 and smoke developed of 50 per ASTM E 84. 2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Provide Prelude XL (15/16”) steel suspenesion system with low sheen white baked enamel finish as manufactured by
Armstrong World Industries, USG Interiors, Inc., Chicago Metallic Corp., or approved equal. B. The suspension system shall support the ceiling assembly shown on the drawings and specified
herein, with a maximum deflection of 1/360 of the span, in accordance with ASTM C 635. C. Provide min. 12 ga. galvanized wire hangers, soft annealed steel conforming to ASTM A 641,
prestretched, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, size so that stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113-4 D. Provide ceiling clips and inserts to receive hangers,
type as recommended by suspension system manufacturer, sizes for pull-out resistance of not less than five (5) times the hanger design load, as indicated in ASTM C 635. E. Suspension
systems shall conform to ASTM C 635, intermediate duty. F. Provide manufacturer’s permitted angle moulding, in profile to be approved by architect with off-white baked enamel finish
to match suspension systems. For circular penetrations of ceilings, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine the areas where acoustical panel ceilings are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with
the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected to permit proper installation of the layout. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for inserts, clips, or other
supports required to be installed by other trades for support of acoustical ceilings. B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths
at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less-than-half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Codes and Standards: Install materials
in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions, and to comply with governing regulations and industry standards. B. Install suspension systems to comply with ASTM C 636, with
wire hangers supported only from building structural members. Locate hangers not more than 6" from each end and spaced 4'-0" along direct-hung runner, leveling to tolerance of 1/8"
in 12'-0". C. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye-screws, or other devices which are secure and appropriate for substrate,
and which will not deteriorate or fail with age or elevated temperatures. D. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum which
are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal force by bracing, reinforcing,
countersplaying or other equally effective means. E. Install edge moldings at edges of each acoustical ceiling area, and at locations where edge of acoustical units would otherwise
be exposed after completion of the work. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113-5 1. Secure
moldings to building construction by fastening through vertical leg. Space holes not more than 3" from each end and not more than sixteen (16) inches o.c. between end holes. Fasten
tight against vertical surfaces. 2. Level moldings with ceiling suspension system, to a level tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0". F. Install acoustical units in coordination with suspension
system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations. G. Install hold-down clips in toilet areas, and
in areas where required by governing regulations; space 2'-0" o.c. on all cross tees. H. Light fixtures or other ceiling apparatus shall not be supported from main beams or cross tees
if their weight causes the total load to exceed the deflection capability of the ceiling suspension system. In such cases the load shall be supported by supplemental hangers furnished
and installed by this Section of work. I. Where fixture or ceiling apparatus installation causes eccentric loading on runners, provide stabilizer bars to prevent rotation. 3.4 ADJUST
AND CLEAN A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge molding, and suspension members; comply with manufacturer’s instructions for cleaning and touchup of
minor finish damage. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-1 SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING AND FINISHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work of this Section includes all labor,
materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the painting and finishing as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following: 1.
Prime painting unprimed surfaces to be painted under this Section. 2. Painting all items furnished with a prime coat of paint, including touching up of or repairing of abraded, damaged
or rusted prime coats applied by others. 3. Painting all ferrous metal (except stainless steel) exposed to view. 4. Painting all galvanized ferrous metals exposed to view. 5. Painting
gypsum drywall exposed to view. 6. Painting of wood exposed to view, except items which are specified to be painted or finished under other Sections of these specifications. Back painting
of all wood in contact with concrete, masonry or other moisture areas. 7. Painting pipes, pipe coverings, conduit, ducts, insulation, hangers, supports and other mechanical and electrical
items and equipment exposed to view. 8. Painting surfaces above, behind or below grilles, gratings, diffusers, louvers, lighting fixtures, and the like, which are exposed to view through
these items. 9. Incidental painting and touching up as required to produce proper finish for painted surfaces, including touching up of factory finished items. 10. Painting of any surface
not specifically mentioned to be painted herein or on drawings, but for which painting is obviously necessary to complete the job, or work which comes within the intent of these specifications,
shall be included as though specified. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Shop priming is required on some, but not all of the items scheduled to be field painted. Refer to other Sections of
work for complete description. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-2 B. Shop Coat on Machinery
and Equipment: Refer to the Sections under which various items of manufactured equipment with factory applied shop prime coats are furnished, including, but not necessarily limited
to, the following Sections. All items of equipment furnished with prime coat finish shall be finish painted under this Section. 1. Plumbing - Division 22. 2. Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning – Division 23. C. Color Coding of Mechanical Piping and Electrical Conduits – Divisions 22 and 26. 1. This Color Coding consists of an adhesive tape system and is in
addition to painting of piping and conduits under this Section, as specified above. 1.4 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Items of equipment furnished with complete factory
finish, except for items specified to be given a finish coat under this Section. B. Non-ferrous metals, except for items specified and/or indicated to be painted. C. Finished hardware,
excepting hardware that is factory primed. D. Surfaces not to be painted shall be left completely free of droppings and accidentally applied materials resulting from the work of this
Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Job Mock-Up 1. In addition to the samples specified herein to be submitted for approval, apply in the field, at their final location, each type and
color of approved paint materials, applied 10 feet wide, floor to ceiling of wall surfaces, before proceeding with the remainder of the work, for approval by the Architect. Paint mock-ups
to include door and frame assembly. 2. These applications when approved will establish the quality and workmanship for the work of this Section. 3. Repaint individual areas which are
not approved, as determined by the Architect, until approval is received. Assume at least two paint mock-ups of each color and gloss for approval. B. Qualification of Painters: Use
only qualified journeyman painters for the mixing and application of paint on exposed surfaces. C. Paint Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime paints
used. Review other Sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of the total coatings system for the various substrates. Upon
request from other subcontractors, furnish information on the characteristics of the finish materials proposed to be used, to ensure that compatible prime coats are used. Provide barrier
coats over incompatible primers or remove and re-prime as Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-3
required. Notify the Architect in writing of any anticipated problems using the coating systems as specified with substrates primed by others. D. All paints must conform to the Volatile
Organic Compounds (VOC) standards of prevailing codes and ordinances. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List 1. Before any paint materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect
a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of the work. 2. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution of materials
for those specified or accepted for this work by the Architect. B. Samples 1. Accompanying the materials list, submit to the Architect copies of the full range of colors available in
each of the proposed products. 2. Upon direction of the Architect, prepare and deliver to the Architect two (2) identical sets of Samples of each of the selected colors and glosses
painted onto 8-1/2" x 11" x 1/4" thick material; whenever possible, the material for Samples shall be the same material as that on which the coating will be applied in the work. C.
Manufacturer's Recommendations: In each case where material proposed is not the material specified or specifically described as an acceptable alternate in this Section of these specifications,
submit for the Architect's review the current recommended method of application published by the manufacturer of the proposed material. D. Closeout Submittal - Coating Maintenance Manual:
Upon conclusion of the project, the Contractor or plant manufacturer/supplier shall furnish a coating maintenance manual such as Sherwin Williams "Custodian Project Color and Product
Information" report or equal. Manual shall include an Area Summary with finish schedule, Area Detail designating where each product/color/finish was used, product data pages, MSDS,
care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, and color samples of each color and finish used. 1.7 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver all paint materials to the job site in their original
unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use. B. Protection 1. Store only the approved materials at the job site, and store only in a suitable and designated
area restricted to the storage of paint materials and related equipment. 2. Use all means necessary to ensure the safe storage and use of paint materials and the prompt and safe disposal
of waste. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-4 3. Use all means necessary to protect paint
materials before, during and after application and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs
and replacements necessary. 1.8 EXTRA STOCK A. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, deliver to the Owner an extra stock of paint equaling approximately ten (10) percent of each
color and gloss used and each coating material used, with all such extra stock tightly sealed in clearly labeled containers. 1.9 JOB CONDITIONS A. Apply water-based paints only when
the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F. and 90 degrees F., unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed
instructions. B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F. and 95 degrees F. unless
otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds eighty-five (85) percent;
or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions. D. Painting may be continued during inclement weather only if the areas and
surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within the temperature limits specified by the paint manufacturer during application and drying periods. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINT MANUFACTURERS
A. Except as otherwise noted, provide the painting products listed for all required painting made by one of the manufacturers listed in the paint schedule (Section 2.4). These companies
are Benjamin Moore, Akzo Nobel Paint (Glidden Professional), and Sherwin Williams (S-W). Comply with number of coats and required minimum mil thicknesses as specified herein. 2.2
MATERIALS A. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only to recommended limits.
B. Colors and Glosses: All colors and glosses shall be as selected by the Architect. Certain colors will require paint manufacturer to prepare special factory mixes to match colors
selected by the Architect. Color schedule (with gloss) shall be furnished by the Architect. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-5 C. Coloring Pigment: Products of or furnished by the manufacturer of the paint or enamel approved for the work. D. Linseed Oil: Raw or boiled, as
required, of approved manufacture, per ASTM D 234 and D 260, respectively. E. Turpentine: Pure distilled gum spirits of turpentine, per ASTM D 13. F. Shellac: Pure gum shellac (white
or orange) cut in pure denatured alcohol using not less than four (4) lbs. of gum per gallon of alcohol. G. Driers, Putty, Spackling Compound, Patching Plaster, etc.: Best quality,
of approved manufacture. H. Heat Resistant Paint: Where required, use heat resistant paint when applying paint to heating lines and equipment. 2.3 GENERAL STANDARDS A. The various
surfaces shall be painted or finished as specified below in Article 2.4. However, the Architect reserves the right to change the finishes within the range of flat, semi-gloss or gloss,
without additional cost to the Owner. B. All paints, varnishes, enamels, lacquers, stains and similar materials must be delivered in the original containers with the seals unbroken
and label intact and with the manufacturer's instructions printed thereon. C. All painting materials shall bear identifying labels on the containers with the manufacturer's instructions
printed thereon. D. Paint shall not be badly settled, caked or thickened in the container, shall be readily dispersed with a paddle to a smooth consistency and shall have excellent
application properties. E. Paint shall arrive on the job color-mixed except for tinting of under-coats and possible thinning. F. All thinning and tinting materials shall be as recommended
by the manufacturer for the particular material thinned or tinted. G. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to see that all mixed colors match the color selection made by
the Architect prior to application of the coating. 2.4 SCHEDULE OF FINISHES A. High Performance Coating On Exterior Galvanized Ferrous Metals First Coat: "27 Typoxy" or "N69 Epoxoline
II" by Tnemec; "Intergard 345" by International Protective Coatings; "Carboguard 893 SG" or "Carboguard 888" by Carboline; "Devran 203 WB Epoxy Primer" by Akzo; Epoxy Mastic Coating
V 160 Series by Cortech/Moore or "Recoatable Epoxy Primer 867-45" by Sherwin Williams. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-6 Second Coat: "V73 Endura Shield" or "1074/1075" by Tnemec; "Interthane 870UHS" or "990 UHS" by International Protective Coatings; "Carbothane 133
LH" by Carboline; "Devthane 379UH Aliphatic Vizethne" by Akzo; Acrylic Aliphatic Urethane V 500 (Gloss) or V 510 (Semi-Gloss) by Corotech/Moore or "Hi-Solids Urethane B65300/350" by
Sherwin Williams. B. High Performance Coating On Exterior Non-Galvanized Ferrous Metals Prime Coat: "Tneme-Zinc 90/97" by Tnemec; "Interzinc 52" or "315" by International Protective
Coatings; "Carbozinc 859, Class B" by Carboline; "Cathacoat 302V Reinforced Inorganic Zinc Primer" by Akzo; Organic Zinc Rich Primer V 170 by Corotech/Moore or "Zinc Clad II Plus Inorganic
Zinc Rich Coating B69V212" by Sherwin Williams. Second Coat: "27 Typoxy" or "N69 Epoxoline II" by Tnemec; "Intergard 345" by International Protective Coatings; "Carboguard 893 SG" or
"Carboguard 888" by Carboline; "Bar-Rust 231V Multi Purpose Epoxy Mastic" by Akzo; Epoxy Mastic Coating V 160 Series by Corotech/Moore or "Macropoxy 646 I.C. Epoxy B58-600" by Sherwin
Williams. Third Coat: "V73 Endura Shield" or "1074/1075" by Tnemec; "Interthane 870UHS" or "990 UHS" by International Protective Coatings; "Carbothane 133 LH" by Carboline; "Devthane
379 UH Aliphatic Urethane" by Akzo; Acrylic Aliphatic Urethane V 500 (Gloss) or V 510 (Semi-Gloss) by Corotech/Moore or "Hi-Solids Polyurethane B65300/350" by Sherwin Williams. C.
Interior Ferrous Metal Satin Finish/Latex Primer: 1 coat Ben Moore Alkyd Metal Primer (Z06) 1 coat Akzo Devflex 4020 PF DTM Prime/Flat Finish or touch-up shop primer 1 coat Sherwin-Williams
Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer B66-310 First Coat: 1 coat Ben Moore Ultra Spec-HP DTM Acrylic Low Luster P25 1 coat Akzo: Glidden Professional Diamond 350 Acrylic Eggshell
GP1403 1 coat S-W Pro-Classic Waterborne Acrylic Satin, B20 Second Coat: 1 coat Ben Moore Ultra Spec-HP DTM Acrylic Low Luster P25 1 coat Akzo: Glidden Professional Diamond 350
Acrylic Eggshell GP1403 1 coat S-W Pro-Classic Waterborne Acrylic Satin, B20 a. Total DFT not less than: 3.9 mils Semi-Gloss Finish/Latex Primer: 1 coat Ben Moore Super Spec-HP
Acrylic Metal Primer (P04) 1 coat Akzo Devflex 4020 PF DTM Primer/Flat Finish or touch-up shop primer. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-7 1 coat Sherwin-Williams, Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer B66-310 First Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec HP DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss
(P29) 1 coat Akzo: Glidden Professional Diamond 350 Acrylic S/G 6P1407 1 coat S-W Pro-Classic Waterborne Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B31 Second Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec HP DTM Acrylic
Semi-Gloss (P29) 1 coat Akzo: Glidden Professional Diamond 350 Acrylic S/G 6P1407 1 coat S-W Pro-Classic Waterborne Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B31 a. Total DFT not less than: 4.0 mils
D. Interior Drywall Flat Finish/Vinyl Acrylic Latex Primer: 1 coat Ben Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Primer (N534) 1 coat Akzo Glidden Professional Gripper GP 3210 1 coat S-W
Promar 200 Interior Latex Primer First Coat: 1 coat Ben Moore Ultra Spec 500 Latex Flat (N536) 1 coat Akzo Glidden Professional Diamond 350 Flat GP 1201 1 coat S-W Promar 200 Zero
VOC Interior Latex Flat, B30-2600 Second Coat: 1 coat Ben Moore Ultra Spec 500 Latex Flat (N536) 1 coat Akzo Glidden Professional Diamond 350 Flat GP 1201 1 coat S-W Promar 200 Zero
VOC Interior Latex Flat, B30-2600 a. Total DFT not less than: 3.6 mils Eggshell Finish/Vinyl Acrylic Latex Primer: 1 coat Ben Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Primer (N534)
1 coat Akzo Glidden Professional Gripper GP 3210 1 coat S-W Promar 200 Interior Latex Primer, First Coat: 1 coat Ben Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Eggshell (N538) 1 coat Akzo
Glidden Professional Diamond 350 Acrylic Eggshell GP 1403 1 coat S-W Promar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Egg-Shell, B20-2600 Second Coat: 1 coat Ben Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex
Eggshell (N538) 1 coat Akzo Glidden Professional Diamond 350 Acrylic Eggshell GP 1403 1 coat S-W Promar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Egg-Shell B20-2600 a. Total DFT not less than:
3.8 mils E. Drywall Surfaces to Receive High-Performance Polyamide Epoxy Coating: Where epoxy paint is indicated for application to gypsum drywall surfaces, provide the following
over primer recommended by manufacturer of paint: 1. Provide 2 coats of high-performance polyamide epoxy, total dry film thickness not less than 4 mils. F. Interior Painted Wood Satin
Finish/Latex Primer: 1 coat Ben Moore Advance Waterborne Int. Alkyd Primer (790) 1 coat Akzo Glidden Professional Gripper GP 3210 1 coat S-W Premium Wall and Wood Primer B28W111 Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-8 First Coat: 1 coat Moore Advance Waterborne Int. Alkyd Satin
(792) 1 coat Akzo Glidden Professional Diamond 350 Acrylic Eggshell GP 1403 1 coat S-W Pro Classic Interior WB, Acrylic/Alkyd Classic B20. Second Coat: 1 coat Ben Moore Advance Waterborne
Int. Alkyd Satin (792) 1 coat Akzo Glidden Professional Diamond 350 Acrylic Eggshell GP 1403 1 coat S-W Pro Classic Interior WB, Acrylic/Alkyd Classic B20. a. Total DFT not less
than: 4.0 mils Semi-Gloss Finish/Latex Primer: 1 coat Ben Moore Advance Waterborne Int. Alkyd Primer (790) 1 coat Akzo Glidden Professional Gripper GP 3210 1 coat S-W Premium Wall
and Wood Primer B28W111 First Coat: 1 coat Ben Moore Advance Waterborne Int. Alkyd (793) 1 coat Akzo Glidden Professional Diamond 350 Acrylic S/G GP 1407 1 coat S-W Pro Classic Interior
WB, Acrylic/Alkyd Classic Semi-Gloss B31 Second Coat: 1 coat Ben Moore Advance Waterborne Int. Alkyd (793) 1 coat Akzo Glidden Professional Diamond 350 Acrylic S/G GP 1407 1 coat
S-W Pro Classic Interior WB, Acrylic/Alkyd Classic Semi-Gloss B31 a. Total DFT not less than: 3.8 mils 2.5 PIPING AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EXPOSED TO VIEW A. Paint all exposed piping,
conduits, ductwork and mechanical and electrical equipment. Use heat resisting paint when applied to heating lines and equipment. The Contractor is cautioned not to paint or otherwise
disturb moving parts in the mechanical systems. Mask or otherwise protect all parts as required to prevent damage. B. Exposed Uncovered Ductwork, Piping, Hangers and Equipment: Latex
Enamel Undercoater and one (1) coat Acrylic Latex Flat. C. Exposed Covered Piping, Duct Work and Equipment: Primer/Sealer and one (1) coat Acrylic Latex Flat. D. Panel Boards, Grilles
and Exposed Surfaces of Electrical Equipment: Latex Enamel Undercoater and two (2) coats Latex Semi-Gloss. E. Equipment or Apparatus with Factory-Applied Paint: Refinish any damaged
surfaces to match original finish. Do not paint over name plates and labels. F. All surfaces of insulation and all other work to be painted shall be wiped or washed clean before any
painting is started. G. All conduit, boxes, distribution boxes, light and power panels, hangers, clamps, etc., are included where painting is required. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and
Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-9 H. All items of Mechanical and Electrical trades which are furnished painted under
their respective Contracts shall be carefully coordinated with the work of this Section so as to leave no doubt as to what items are scheduled to be painted under this Section. PART
3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions where painting and finishing are to be applied and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion
of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work. 3.2 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP REQUIREMENTS A. Only skilled
mechanics shall be employed. Application may be by brush or roller. Spray application only upon acceptance from the Architect in writing. B. The Contractor shall furnish the Architect
a schedule showing when he expects to have completed the respective coats of paint for the various areas and surfaces. This schedule shall be kept current as the job progresses. C.
The Contractor shall protect his work at all times, and shall protect all adjacent work and materials by suitable covering or other method during progress of his work. Upon completion
of the work, he shall remove all paint and varnish spots from floors, glass and other surfaces. He shall remove from the premises all rubbish and accumulated materials of whatever
nature not caused by others and shall leave his part of the work in clean, orderly and acceptable condition. D. Remove and protect hardware, accessories, device plates, lighting fixtures,
and factory finished work, and similar items, or provide ample in place protection. Upon completion of each space, carefully replace all removed items by workmen skilled in the trades
involved. E. Remove electrical panel box covers and doors before painting walls. Paint separately and re-install after all paint is dry. F. All materials shall be applied under adequate
illumination, evenly spread and flowed on smoothly to avoid runs, sags, holidays, brush marks, air bubbles and excessive roller stipple. G. Coverage and hide shall be complete. When
color, stain, dirt or undercoats show through final coat of paint, the surface shall be covered by additional coats until the paint film is of uniform finish, color, appearance and
coverage, at no additional cost to the Owner. H. All coats shall be dry to manufacturer’s recommendations before applying succeeding coats. I. Do not apply paint behind frameless mirrors
that use mastic for adhering to wall surface. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-10 3.3
PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. General 1. The Contractor shall be held wholly responsible for the finished appearance and satisfactory completion of painting work. Properly prepare all
surfaces to receive paint, which includes cleaning, sanding, and touching-up of all prime coats applied under other Sections of the work. Broom clean all spaces before painting is
started. All surfaces to be painted or finished shall be perfectly dry, clean and smooth. 2. Perform all preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer’s
instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. 3. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease with
clean cloths and cleaning solvents prior to mechanical cleaning. Program the cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall in wet,
newly painted surfaces. B. Metal Surfaces 1. Weld Fluxes: Remove weld fluxes, splatters, and alkali contaminants from metal surfaces in an approved manner and leave surface ready to
receive painting. 2. Bare Metal: Thoroughly clean off all foreign matter such as grease, rust, scale and dirt before priming coat is applied. Clean surfaces, where solder flux has
been used, with benzene. Clean surfaces by flushing with mineral spirits. For aluminum surfaces, wipe down with an oil free solvent prior to application of any pre-treatment. a. Bare
metal to receive high performance coating specified herein must be blast cleaned SSPC SP-6 prior to application if field applied primer; coordinate with steel trades furnishing ferrous
metals to receive this coating to insure that this cleaning method is followed. 3. Shop Primed Metal: Clean off foreign matter as specified for "Bare Metal." Prime bare, rusted,
abraded and marred surfaces with approved primer after proper cleaning of surfaces. Sandpaper all rough surfaces smooth. 4. Galvanized Metal: Prepare surface as per the requirements
of ASTM D 6386. 5. Metal Filler: Fill dents, cracks, hollow places, open joints and other irregularities in metal work to be painted with an approved metal filler suitable for the
purpose and meeting the requirements of the related Section of work; after setting, sand to a smooth, hard finish, flush with adjoining surface. C. Gypsum Drywall Surfaces: Scrape
off all projections and splatters, spackles all holes or depressions, including taped and spackled joints, sand smooth. Conform to standards established in Section 092900, "Gypsum
Drywall." Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-11 D. Wood Surfaces: Sand to remove all roughness,
loose edges, slivers, or splinters and then brush to remove dust. Wash off grease or dirt with an approved cleaner. Fill all cracks, splits, nail holes, screw holes, and surface defects
with putty after the priming coat has been applied. Putty shall be brought up flush with the surface and sanded smooth and touched-up with primer when dry. E. Touch-Up: Prime paint
all patched portions in addition to all other specified coats. 3.4 MATERIALS PREPARATION A. Mix and prepare painting materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s directions.
B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing, and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials
and residue. C. Stir all materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and as required during the application of the materials. Do not stir any film which may
form on the surface into the material. Remove the film and, if necessary, strain the material before using. D. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each
coat where multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to
distinguish each separate coat. 3.5 APPLICATION A. General 1. Apply paint by brush or roller in accordance with the manufacturer’s directions. Use brushes best suited for the type
of material being applied. Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high pile sheep's wool as recommended by the paint manufacturer for material and texture required. 2. The number of
coats and paint film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has completely dried. Sand between
each enamel or varnish coat application with fine sandpaper, or rub surfaces with pumice stone where required to produce an even, smooth surface in accordance with the coating manufacturer’s
directions. 3. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance.
Give special attention to insure that all surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4.
Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PAINTING AND FINISHING 099000-12 a. "Exposed surfaces" is defined as those areas visible when
permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, etc., are in place in areas scheduled to be painted. 5. Paint interior surfaces of ducts,
where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, non-specular black paint, before final installation of equipment. 6. Paint the back sides of access panels, removable or hinged
covers to match the exposed surfaces. 7. Finish doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as the faces, unless otherwise indicated. 8. Enamel finish applied to wood or metal shall
be sanded with fine sandpaper and then cleaned between coats to produce an even surface. 9. Paste wood filler applied on open grained wood after beginning to flatten, shall be wiped
across the grain of the wood, then with a circular motion, to secure a smooth, filled, clean surface with filler remaining in open grain only. After overnight dry, sand surface with
the grain until smooth before applying specified coat. B. Scheduling Painting 1. Apply the first coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pre-treated or otherwise prepared
for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 2. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do
not re-coat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and the application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting
or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. C. Prime Coats: Re-coat primed and sealed walls and ceilings where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure
a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. D. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish,
color, appearance and coverage. E. Touching-Up of Factory Finishes: Unless otherwise specified or shown, materials with a factory finish shall not be painted at the project site.
To touchup, the Contractor shall use the factory finished material manufacturer’s recommended paint materials to repair abraded, chipped, or otherwise defective surfaces. 3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by the painting and finishing work. Leave all such work undamaged. Correct any damages by cleaning, repairing
or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to the Architect. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents PAINTING AND FINISHING
099000-13 B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after
completion of painting operations. 3.7 CLEAN UP A. During the progress of the work, remove from the site all discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at the end of each work
day. B. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to
scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. C. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-1 SECTION 22 00 00 PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Work of this section
shall be governed by the Contract Documents. Provide materials, labor, equipment and services necessary to furnish, deliver and install all work of this Section as shown on the drawings,
as specified herein, and/or as required by job conditions. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract General Conditions, Section 230000
General Provisions, and with the provisions of all applicable Local, State, and Federal Codes and laws. 1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work under this Section shall include all incidentals,
labor, material, equipment, appliances, services, hoisting, scaffolding, supports, tools, consumable items, fees, licenses, and administrative tasks required to complete and make operable
the plumbing work shown on the drawings and specified herein. B. The Contractor shall furnish and install all equipment as necessary to provide a complete installation including system
check out and start up on each item and system. The following equipment shall be provided: 1. Storm and roof drainage systems. 2. Building storm drain to 5'-0" outside building.. 3.
Pipe materials, hangers and supports. 4. Insulation. 5. Pipe sleeves and seals. 6. Drains. 7. Cleanouts. 8. Miscellaneous plumbing specialties. 9. Access panels. 1.4 WORK BY OTHERS
A. Division 26 shall provide power wiring to electrical devices. Section 220000 shall provide and install all control wiring required for equipment operation. B. Excavating, backfilling,
and compacting shall be provided under other divisions of this specification. Coordinate requirements. 1.5 MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Factory wiring of components shall conform
to all State, Local, and Federal Codes and Laws. B. The criteria of design and performance to produce the required operation is based on equipment of the named manufacturers. Equipment
of other manufacturers shall be considered, subject to its acceptability in the Engineer's judgment and opinion. The equipment must conform to the operational characteristics and dimensions
established by specified item and the drawings for mechanical spaces and other clearances. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2
PLUMBING 220000-2 C. The following manufacturers, vendors or materials, when provided in accordance with requirements of this Division, are approved for use. Materials supplied shall
comply with specification requirements and be of a product of approved manufacturers. No deviations from this list shall be permitted unless specifically approved, in writing, after
submission of satisfactory evidence relative to compliance with specification requirements. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Procedure 1. Prepare and make the submissions listed below and in Section
230000. 2. Shop drawings shall be submitted for each item listed in each specification Section of this Division or specified on plans. Required submittals shall be grouped by Paragraph
number of the relevant Section of this Division and shall be provided with separate shop drawing submittal numbers. A single submission of all plumbing equipment and components is
not acceptable and will be summarily rejected. 3. Submit shop drawings of all items proposed to be furnished and installed under this Section including items listed below. a. Welding
certifications: submit reports as required for piping work, b. Brazing certifications: submit reports as required for piping work. c. Manufacturers' recommended installation procedures
which, when approved, will become the basis for inspecting and accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Equipment and system components.
2. Coordination Drawings. 3. Guarantees and Warrantees. 4. Operating and Maintenance Manual. 5. Record As-Built Drawings. 6. Identification Markings. C. Submittals shall include the
following information on a cover sheet: 1. Job Name 2. Contractor's Name 3. Manufacturer's Name 4. Specification Section 5. Paragraph Number 6. Contractor Submission Number 7. List
drawings and/or sheets included 8. List variations from specifications and drawings 9. Space for Construction Manager’s, Architect’s and Engineer’s Review Stamps PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1
PIPE MATERIALS A. Storm piping above ground (up to and including 10" size) within building: Hubless cast iron pipe with no hub fittings CISPI 301 and "Clamp-All 125" or 4 and 6 band
"Huskey" clamps. All cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation
October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-3 Institute (CISPI) and be listed by NSF International. 2.2 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, A. Provide necessary structural members, hangers and
supports of approved design to keep piping in proper alignment and prevent transmission of injurious thrusts and vibrations. In all cases where hangers, brackets, etc., are supported
from concrete construction, do not weaken concrete or penetrate waterproofing. All hangers and supports shall be capable of screw adjustment after piping is erected. Hangers supporting
piping expanding into loops, bends and offsets shall be secured to the building structure in such a manner that horizontal adjustment perpendicular to the run of piping supported may
be made to accommodate displacement due to expansion. All such hangers shall be finally adjusted both in the vertical and horizontal direction, as required. Hangers in contact with
copper or brass pipe shall be copper plated steel or provided with felt sleeve. B. Pipe hangers shall be of the band type for piping 2" and smaller, clevis for pipe 2 1/2" and larger
except where otherwise noted. Hangers for generator exhaust and steam pipe 2" and smaller shall be of the clevis roller type and two rod roller type for pipe 2 1/2" and larger except
where otherwise noted. C. All vertical piping shall be supported by means of heavy wrought iron or steel clamps securely bolted or welded to the piping, and with end extension bearing
on the building. Riser clamps shall be constructed of two flat wrought steel bar yokes formed to fit the pipe and bolted together. D. Beam clamps - hangers supported from steel shall
be center loading beam clamps for hangers supporting piping 2 inches. For piping 2-1/2 inches and larger, I beam clamps shall be forged steel. "C" clamps are not to be used. E. Where
piping is run near the floor and not hung from the ceiling construction, but is supported from the floor or in a trench, such supports shall be of pipe stanchion with base flange and
adjustable top yoke with u-bolt retainer. F. Where piping is run above the floor, and is not hung from the ceiling construction or not supported from the floor, such piping shall be
supported from the wall with bracket hangers, expansion bolted or fish plated to the wall. Provide details for review by structural engineer. G. Piping in trenches shall rest or hang
from angle iron cross supports provided by this Contractor. H. Hanger rods shall be of galvanized steel not exceeding six (6) feet in length of the following diameters. Trim excess
rod to within 1" of the support. Supplementary steel shall be provided as necessary. Rods shall not be bent. PIPE SIZE ROD DIAMETER 2 inches and below 3/8 in. 2-1/2 & 3 in. 1/2 in.
4 & 5 in. 5/8 in. 6 in. 3/4 in. 8 in. and above 7/8 in. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-4 I. Support Schedule
All hanger components of hanger assembly shall be hot dip galvanized or cadmium plated. A.TYPE A.GRINNELL A. NATIONAL A.SUPER B.TOLCO A.CARPENTE R B.& PATTERSON A.M-CO B.Band B. 70
B.110/115 C.2 C.1A C.105 D.Clevis C.260 C.215 D.1 D.100 E. 401 F.Clevis roller D.181 D.250 E.324 E. 140 G.610 Two rod roller hanger H.171/177 E.255/260 F.322 F.109 I. 605 J.Riser Clamp
K. 261 F.420 G.6 G.126 L.510 M.Stanchion w/U-bolt N.259 G. X H.102 H.125 O.721 P.Wall Bracket Q.199 H.710 I.30H I.139 R.353 S.Insulation Shield T.167 I.307 J.220 J. 265 U.125 V.Insulation
Saddle W.160-165 J.310-340 K.260-265 K. 351-357 X. X Y.Beam Clamp Z.133/228 K.680/695 L.62 L.82/287 AA. 360/ 361 BB.Insert CC.281/282 L.600 M.309/31 0 M.108/650 DD.355 EE.Insert FF.
X M.555/560 561 N.107F/109 F 109 N.104M/104 F 143 GG. 320 HH.Guide II.255/256 A.120 A.420/421 A. S794 JJ. 650 KK. 651 A.Insulated Shield LL. X B.Pro-Shield B.X B. 265CVB 465CVB MM.123
NN.124 2.3 INSULATION A. Type A - Fiberglass Insulation 1. The insulation should be sectional pipe jacketed with an embossed barrier laminate. 3.5 pound density insulation with a maximum
thermal conductivity(k) as noted below (or maximum 0.29 Btu-in/hr-ft2-OF if not listed below) and rated to 850OF, composed of glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Insulation
to be faced with vapor barrier of white flame resistant UL rated Kraft paper bonded to reinforced aluminum foil. Vapor barrier to have a maximum permeance of 0.02 perms. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-5 2. Indoor Piping Pipe Size: Conductivity BTUin/(h*sf*F) Mean Temp Rating Under 1” 1” to
1-1/4” 1-1/2” to 3” 4” to 6” 8” & over Fitting Type Service: Thickness (in.): Horz. Roof Drains 0.21-0.27 75 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” G 3. Manufacturers: Owens-Corning, SSL II Johns Manville
- Micro-Lok HP Knauf 1000o Pipe Insulation B. Type B – Calcium silicate 1. Asbestos free, rigid hydrous calcium silicate, rated to 1200°F operating temperature. Minimum density = 12
PCF. Maximum conductivity = .4 at 200°F mean, .6 at 600°F mean. 2. Service: Thickness: Generator Exhaust
2" Generator Muffler 2" 3. Manufacturers: Owens-Corning, Kaylo 10 Industrial Insulation Group, Thermo-12 Gold 2.2 PIPE SLEEVES AND SEALS A. Masonry
walls and slabs: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with integral water stop flange. B. Piping seal (interior walls in contact with earth): interlocking expandable synthetic rubber
links, assembled with corrosion resistant bolts, nuts and pressure plates; equal to PSI "Link seal". C. Piping seal (interior walls and floors in contact with earth): interlocking expandable
synthetic rubber links, assembled with corrosion resistant bolts, nuts and pressure plates; equal to PSI "Link seal". D. Piping seal (interior floor slabs in contact with earth): seal
between pipe and sleeve with a flexible elastomeric caulk listed specifically as a pipe sealant. E. Sleeve adapters: coated cast iron, equipped with flashing clamp. F. Fire and smoke
seal: UL listed, approved and tested fire and/or smoke sealing material installed in all fire and/or smoke rated floor and partitions in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-6 2.3 DRAINS A. General: 1. Provide all poured in place drains with minimum
24" x 24" vinyl flashing. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide drain products by one of the following manufacturers…Josam, Watts, JR Smith, Zurn or Wade unless otherwise
noted below. B. Floor drain, areaways (D1): cast iron body, bottom outlet, threaded with no-hub adapter, 15" diameter cast iron top and combination seepage pan/membrane flashing clamp.
Manufacturer: JR Smith 2143T with 2646Y nh adapter. Wade 1400-NH. Zurn Z503-IP-C with Z1040 nh adapter. Trap Seal device: JR Smith Quad Close 2692 Zurn Z1072 Josam Trap Seal Insert
TSI C. Terrace drain (D2): heavy duty drain with, cast iron body, bottom outlet, 14" square cast iron heel proof grate, seepage pan and combination membrane flashing clamp. Manufacturer:
JR Smith 1410 series Wade 3100 series Zurn Z150 series D. Trench drain (D3): heavy duty 12" cast iron modular trench and loose set cast iron grate. System equipped with drain body and
extension modules, sediment bucket at drain body, bottom outlet, seepage pan and combination membrane flashing clamp. Manufacturer: JR Smith 2710 series Wade 2920 series Zurn Z665 series
E. Roof drain (D4): 15" diameter cast iron body, bottom outlet, 12" diameter cast iron dome, integral roof deck plate, adjustable extension collar, and combination membrane flashing
clamp/gravel guard. (no sump receiver or u.d. clamp req’d) Manufacturer: JR Smith 1015-RDP-CID Wade 3000ADF-42-52-53 Zurn ZC100-DP-EA 2.4 CLEANOUTS A. General: Provide all poured in
place cleanouts with 24" x 24" vinyl flashing. B. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide clean products by one of the following manufacturers…Josam, Watts, JR Smith, Zurn
or Wade unless otherwise noted below. C. Floor cleanout (DCO): areas incorporating floor finishes, adjustable round scoriated heavy duty nickel bronze secured top, cast iron body, flashing
flange and clamp, tapered bronze plug. Manufacturer: Smith 4020 series Wade 6000Z series Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING
220000-7 Zurn ZN-1400 series D. Floor cleanout (DCO): exposed concrete floor areas, adjustable round scoriated heavy duty cast iron secured top, cast iron body, flashing flange and
clamp, tapered bronze plug. Manufacturer: Smith 4220 series Wade 6000Z series Zurn Z-1400 series E. Floor cleanout (DCO): carpeted areas, adjustable round scoriated heavy duty nickel
bronze secured top, carpet marker, cast iron body, flashing flange and clamp, tapered bronze plug. Manufacturer: Smith 4020 series Wade 6000 series Zurn ZN-1400 series F. Floor cleanout
(DCO): exterior areas, adjustable round scoriated heavy duty cast iron top, cast ductile iron body, flashing flange and clamp, tapered bronze plug. Install cleanouts with 18" square
x 6" deep concrete apron in non-paved areas. Manufacturer: Smith 4250 series Wade 8300MF series G. Wall plate cleanout cover (WCO): provided at cast iron cleanouts with tapered bronze
plug a 6" x 6" chrome plated nickel bronze square frame and plate secured with vandal proof screws. Manufacturer: Smith 4730 series Wade 8480ST series Zurn ZANB-1460 series 2.5 ACCESS
DOORS IN WALLS AND CEILINGS A. At each valve, cleanout or plumbing device requiring access, furnish an access door for installation by other sections. Rigid construction with two hinges
and a latch. In plenum ceilings, provide felt between the door and frame to make an air tight seal. Access doors shall be flush mounted, prime coated with rust inhibitive paint, concealed
frame, flush screw driver operated locks with metal cams and anchors as required. Refer to division 8 for additional requirements. Access door sizes shall be: 12" x 12" at easily accessible
items. 16" x 16" where partial body access is required. 24" x 24" where full body access is required. Manufacturer: Milcor type M series. Cesco series. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL
A. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate a general arrangement of work. General design concepts indicated must be followed or bettered. Do not scale drawings. Consult Architectural
and Structural drawings for space conditions. Develop and submit coordination drawings as outlined in section 230000. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October
6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-8 B. Manufacturer's qualifications: firms regularly engaged in the manufacturer of fixtures, appliances, pipes and pipe fittings of types and
sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. C. Material qualifications: shall conform to all local, state, and national/federal
codes and regulations which may apply and nothing in these specifications shall be interpreted as an infringement of such codes or regulations. 3.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.
Except for concrete, corrugated metal, hub-and-spigot, clay, and similar units of pipe, provide factory-applied plastic end-caps on each length of pipe and tube. Maintain end-caps
through shipping, storage and handling, as required to prevent pipe-end damage, and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of pipe and tube. B. Where possible, store pipe and tube
inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping. C. Protect flanges and fittings from moisture
and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping. 3.3 DRIP PANS & LEAK DETECTION A. Drip pans and leak detectors shall be installed by Division
23 where drip pans are shown on the plumbing drawings. The plumbing contractor shall coordinate pipe routing and pipe elevations to facilitate installation of the drip pans. Refer
to mechanical drawings for drip pan installation details. 3.4 EQUIPMENT IN OTHER DIVISIONS AND/OR BY THE OTHERS A. Section 220000 shall provide and/or install traps, stops, faucets,
fittings, tailpieces, etc. including any miscellaneous trim and/or components not furnished by others but required for safe and proper operation, and connect the service B. Obtain certified
and approved prints of roughing drawings of equipment before starting work. C. Coordinate and verify all equipment locations, connections, and equipment requirements with the appropriate
Contractors (i.e. Kitchen, Laboratory, Laundry, Darkroom, etc.). Provide and install all piping and equipment necessary to operate all equipment properly and safely whether specifically
shown or not. D. All exposed piping, stops, cocks, and wastes which are visible to occupants shall be chrome plated. 3.5 COORDINATION OF WORK A. Carefully coordinate space requirements
with other trades to insure that all materials can be installed in spaces allotted thereto, including finished suspended ceilings. B. Prepare and submit coordination drawings as outlined
in section 230000.. 3.6 ALTERATION WORK Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-9 A. All equipment, fixtures, piping,
etc. to be removed, shall be disposed of, turned over to the Owner, or salvaged as directed by the owner. Equipment, fixtures, piping, devices, etc. shall not be removed from the premises
without the Owner's approval. B. All piping to remain shall be properly plugged, valved, capped and/or by passed such that upon completion of work all abandon systems are properly concealed,
and that existing systems to remain, remain operational. C. No dead ends shall be left on any piping systems upon completion of work. D. Existing exposed piping systems not to be reused,
and not specifically noted for removal shall be completely removed. E. All systems shall be left in working order to the satisfaction of the owner upon completion of all new work. F.
All existing exposed, unnecessary piping related to new work shall be completely removed. G. Re-route or remove all existing piping and systems where necessary to avoid new equipment,
structural, or masonry work as required by the proposed alterations. 3.7 PIPING GENERAL A. The word "piping" in this Specification shall mean pipe, fitting, flanges, nipples, and valves.
Install underground piping as soon as possible so that trenches may be closed as quickly as possible. B. No piping shall be covered until tested approved by the Authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Install all piping in correct relation thereto and the finished grades indicated on the drawings, and as required for coordination. D. All piping shall be run perpendicular and/or
parallel to floors, interior walls, etc. Piping and valves shall be grouped neatly and shall be run as to maximize headroom or passage clearance. All valves, controls and accessories
concealed in furred spaces and requiring access for operation and maintenance shall be arranged to assure the use of a minimum number of access doors. E. All pipe lines made with screwed
fittings must be provided with a sufficient number of flanges and/or unions to allow for easy and convenient dismantling of the system without breaking fittings. F. Check the drawings
for space limitations permitted for the installation of piping such as shafts, chases, and furred ceilings. G. All piping shall run concealed in furred spaces of occupied areas or chases
wherever construction permits. Contractor shall obtain permission from the Contracting Officer to run any exposed pipes. H. All pipes shall be reamed to full area before installation
and blown clear of chips and dirt. With threaded pipes apply compound to the male thread only. I. Cap all pipe and equipment outlets during construction and keep lines and inside of
equipment free of foreign materials. Provide for expansion without warping or dislocating lines or straining connected equipment. Install piping to clear building construction and
to avoid interference with other work. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-10 J. Provide and erect in a workmanlike
manner, according to the best practices of the trade, all piping shown on the drawings or required to complete the installation intended by these specifications. K. The drawings indicate
schematically the size and location of piping. Piping shall be set up and down and offset as required to meet field conditions. L. This Contractor shall inform himself from the general
construction specifications and plans, of the exact dimension of finished work and of the height of finished ceilings in all rooms where equipment or pipes are to be placed and arrange
his work in accordance with the schedule of interior finishes, as indicated on the architectural drawings. M. All piping below grade or building slab shall be coated with coal tar enamel.
N. Provide and install identification of piping and valves. Refer to other Division 23 Sections for installation requirements. O. Provide and install additional pipe protection (i.e.
concrete encasement, and /or laying condition, bedding type and methods.) for underground piping subject to excessive loading by depth of bury, traffic or other sources. P. Underground
piping shall be coordinated with concrete piers, footings and grade beams. Piping shall not be located adjacent to the concrete structure’s bed closer than a 45 degree angle from the
bottom of the concrete structure. Piping running below a wall footing or grade beam shall have a minimum non-bearing clearance of 6” above the pipe to the bottom of the concrete structure.
3.8 DRAINAGE PIPE INSTALLATION A. Run all soil, waste and vent piping shown or required by local codes. Piping shown is minimum and in accordance with State and Federal codes. If
local codes require additional venting or larger sizes, same shall take precedence. B. Make all connections through traps. Each trap to be vented, either by circuit, loop, or individual
vent, as required, but not less than shown, or as required by local code. C. Install exterior underground sanitary and storm drainage piping at least 30 inches below grade to top of
pipe unless otherwise specifically indicated. D. Vent pipes shall be graded to free themselves of any water or condensation. Pitch vents not less than 1/8" per foot up toward stack.
E. Install exterior cleanouts with an 18" square x 6" thick concrete apron. F. Pitch horizontal storm water and drains within or buried under the building not less than 1/8" per foot
unless otherwise indicated on drawings. G. Pitch horizontal sanitary and waste piping at 1/2" per ft. slope for piping 1-1/2" or less; 1/4" per ft. slope for piping 2" and 3" diameter;
and 1/8" per ft. slope for piping 4" to 6" diameter. H. Piping shall be laid true to line and grade as shown on the drawings, and in such a manner that a true and even surface at the
invert is made over joints and throughout the entire length of the line. Piping shall be graded by the tripod level and measuring rod method assuring a uniform slope of the pipe. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-11 I. All underground piping shall be laid on 6" sand and backfilled with clean fine
earth compacted to 12" above pipe. Complete backfill with available earth free of large boulders and sharp rocks. Tamp backfill in 6" elevations and overfill to allow for settlement.
3.9 PIPING SUPPORT A. General 1. Refer to Sections 230000, 230523, and 232000 for general requirements. 2. Protection shields shall be provided under all horizontally insulated piping
at each hanger. 3. Provide necessary structural members, hangers and supports of approved design to keep piping in proper alignment and prevent transmission of injurious thrusts and
vibrations. 4. Sway bracing shall be provided on piping 4” and larger at all changes of direction greater than 45 degrees, and/or as required by code. 5. Anchorage shall be provided
on piping 4” and larger at all changes of direction, at changes in diameter greater than 2 pipe sizes, and/or as required by code. B. Horizontal piping support 1. Cast iron soil pipe
shall be supported at not more than 5-foot intervals. Supports shall be of ferrous material. 2. Copper tubing shall be supported at approximately 6-foot intervals for piping l-l/2"
and smaller and 10-foot intervals for piping 2" and larger. Supports shall be of copper material. C. Vertical piping support 1. Cast-iron soil pipe. Cast iron soil pipe shall be supported
at not less than every story height and at its base. Supports shall be of ferrous material. 2. Bases of cast iron soil stacks shall be supported on concrete, or metal brackets attached
to the building structure, or any other methods designed to eliminate stress at the base of stacks and leaders approved by the local administrative authority. 3. Copper tubing shall
be supported at each story for piping l-l/2" and over and not more than 4-foot intervals for piping l-l/4" and smaller. Supports shall be of copper material. 3.10 SLEEVE INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Section 230000 and 230523 for general requirements. B. All piping through walls, floors or ceilings shall have sleeves and escutcheons. C. All piping penetrating a slab
on grade or foundation wall below grade and in contact with earth shall be provided with a poured in place schedule 80 galvanized steel water tight sleeve with integral water stop and
seal equal to "link seal". D. Furnish and set steel pipe sleeves of schedule 40 black steel for all locations of interior partitions, walls and floors providing at least 1/2" clearance
between pipe insulation and sleeve or pipe and sleeve. Wall sleeves shall be smooth cut and set flush with finished walls. Floor sleeves shall extended 2" above the finished floor.
Provide a two-piece chrome escutcheon Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-12 where piping passes through walls
or floors of finished spaces. E. Fill void spaces between piping and pipe sleeves penetrating fire/smoke walls and floors with an approved UL listed and fire tested sealing material.
3.11 DRAIN AND CLEANOUT INSTALLATION A. General: Provide and install all drains and cleanouts with 6# 24" x 24" vinyl flashing. B. Make all connections through traps. Each trap to
be vented, either by circuit, loop, or individual vent, as required, but not less than shown, or as required by local code. C. Cleanouts shall be installed at the base of all stacks,
at all changes of directions greater than 45 degrees and in runs to provide means of cleaning lines at maximum 50' intervals. Cleanouts shall be provided as noted and as required by
code on all horizontal runs, except where floor drains connect to mains with less than 3’-0” of horizontal run from trap and the authority having jurisdiction approves of this exception.
D. Coordinate floor drain locations with respect to equipment housekeeping pads. Place drains such that edge of the floor grate extends no further than 2 inches from the side of the
pad. E. Floor drains and floor sinks that penetrate rated suspended slabs shall be provided with two (2) layers of faced or unfaced Fire Resistive Wrap providing a total fire rating
equivalent to the slab, installed in accordance with Hilti Drawing No. FA1135a, FA 1137 or equivalent manufacturer’s instructions and U.L. System Numbers. 1. Manufacturer: a. FireMaster
Fast Wrap XL, b. FireMaster Fastwrap+, c. Pyroscat Ductwrap XL, d. Approved equal 3.12 PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE SEPARATIONS A. Fire and smoke seal: UL listed, approved and tested fire
and/or smoke sealing material installed in all fire and/or smoke rated floor and partitions in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.13 TESTS A. General: Test plumbing systems
to satisfaction of Building Official. Do not close in, conceal, or cover up any plumbing work until it has been tested, inspected, and approved. B. Test rough plumbing drainage system
with water or air at least as follows: 1. Water test: apply water test to drainage system either in its entirety or in sections. If applied to entire system, tightly close all openings
in piping, except highest, and fill system with water to point of overflow. If system is tested in sections, tightly plug each opening except highest opening of section under test,
and fill section with water. In testing successive sections at least upper 10 feet of next preceding section shall be tested, so that no joint or pipe in building (except uppermost
10 feet of system) shall have been submitted to a test of less than a 10 foot head of water. Keep water in system or in portion under test, for at least 15 minutes before inspection
starts; system shall then be tight at all points. C. Final test for gas and water tightness to be as follows: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020
Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-13 1. Smoke test: fill all traps with water, and then introduce into the system a pungent thick smoke produced by one or more smoke machines. When the
smoke appears at stack openings on the roof, they shall be closed, and a pressure equivalent to one inch water column shall be held for the test and inspection period. 2. Test all gas
piping in accordance with NFPA 54 Section 4 with no leakage noted. Coordinate test procedure and requirements with local utility company. D. Repair all leaks, defects or damage revealed
by the results of the testing and re-test the system. E. Do not insulate or conceal piping until the system has been tested and the results approved. F. Perform tests in the presence
of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Notify Architect and/or Engineer. 3.14 INSULATION - GENERAL A. All insulating materials shall be applied only by experienced workmen, in accordance
with the best covering practice. All piping, duct or equipment shall be blown out, cleaned, tested and painted prior to the application of any covering. B. At all openings insulation,
insulate edges neatly and protect with sheet metal frames. C. All items below described in general indicate the type of covering required, however, all piping, ductwork or equipment
that transmits heat or will form condensation shall be insulated. D. Insulate all piping, valves, fittings, and accessories that are part of the piping systems specified to be insulated
in specification section 230700. Insulate valves and strainers to permit removal of bonnets or baskets without damage to insulation on valve or strainer bodies. E. Where existing
insulation is damaged by requirements of the work, replace all damaged insulation to match existing insulation’s thermal value. F. All insulation at duct access doors shall be set in
sheet metal double-pan construction. G. No piping, ductwork, or equipment shall be insulated until tested and approved for tightness. All piping and ducts shall be dry when covered.
3.15 APPLICATION - PIPE INSULATION (TYPE A) A. Vapor barrier jacket: Seal longitudinal joints with vapor barrier adhesive, transverse joints sealed with vapor barrier strips and adhesive.
Ends of pipe insulation sealed off with vapor barrier adhesive at all flanges, valves and fittings, and at not more than 20 feet on continuous runs of pipe. B. Finish for concealed
pipe insulation: Secure all concealed pipe insulation with staples and vapor seal adhesive at longitudinal; standard all service jacket pasted on lap. C. Finish for exposed pipe insulation:
Finish with white 0.020”, 25/50 rated PVC pre-curled and pre-cut jacket, as manufactured by Proto LoSMOKE or Zeston, covering over all service jacket. For exposed vapor seal insulation,
same finish over vapor sealed all service jacket. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Storm System Rehabilitation October 6, 2020 Addendum No. 2 PLUMBING 220000-14 3.16 APPLICATION - GENERATOR
EXHAUST/MUFFLER (TYPE B) A. Apply insulation in two layers with staggered joints between layers. Each layer shall be secured with No. 14 gauge stainless steel wire. Apply a high rib
lath and two coats of vermiculite plaster over the insulation. B. Finish the surfaces with .016" thick aluminum jacketing with lock on joints. Provide 12" long, 16 gauge aluminized
steel shields at support points. END OF SECTION 220000 Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 1 SECTION
260000 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Attention is directed to the Contract and General Conditions and all Sections of Division 01 – General Requirements
which are hereby made a part of this specification. B. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specification for requirements therein affecting the Work of this Section.
C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting or affected by work of the Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. D.
Work of this Division shall be governed by the Contract Documents. Provide materials, labor, equipment, and services necessary to furnish, deliver and install work of this Division
as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and/or as required by job conditions. E. This Section 260000 governs general procedures, materials and workmanship as applicable to the
electrical work specified in the other Division 01 sections. Refer to Division 01 sections for additional general requirements. F. Perform the work in accordance with the requirements
and provisions of applicable codes and laws. G. Equipment, materials, and installation shall conform to applicable standards and requirements of the following organizations and documents:
ANSI - American National Standards Institute ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials AWS - American Welding Society CBM - Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association CSA -
Canadian Standards Association ETL - ETL Testing Laboratories FCC - Federal Communications Commission FM - Factory Mutual FS - Federal Specifications ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers
Association IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America NEC - National Electrical Code NECA - National Electrical
Contractors Association NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association NESC - National Electric Safety Code NETA - International Electrical Testing Association NFPA - National
Fire Protection Association OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 2 1.2 INTENT A. It is the intention of the specifications and drawings to obtain finished work, clean, tested, and ready for
operation. B. Items and services not shown on drawings, but mentioned in specifications, or vice versa, or items and services necessary to render the work complete and ready for operation,
even if not specified, shall be provided without additional cost. C. Where conflicts occur between drawings and specifications, or within either document, the Contractor shall ask for
and obtain a written clarification from the Architect prior to submitting his bid. Otherwise, the items or arrangements of superior quality, greater quantity or higher cost shall prevail
and be included in the contract price. 1.3 WORK INCLUDED A. The work under this Division shall include labor, material, equipment, services and administrative tasks required to complete
and make operable the electrical work shown on the drawings and specified herein, and including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation and submission of shop drawings, diagrams
and illustrations. 2. Procuring necessary permits and approvals, and paying required fees and charges in connection with the work of this Division. 3. Coordinating with, and complying
with requirements of, the local electric utility, telecommunications service provider, and other franchised utility and service companies as applicable to the scope of this work. 4.
Record drawings. 5. Operating and maintenance instructions and manuals. 6. Identification labels, tags, charts and diagrams. 7. Final connections to electrical equipment and devices.
8. Cutting, drilling, and patching required for the work of this Division. 9. Excavation and backfill for underground electrical work. 10. Concrete housekeeping pads for floor-mounted
electrical equipment. 11. Temporary light and power for construction purposes. 12. Maintain existing life safety systems in operation during construction. 13. Testing and adjustment
of systems and equipment furnished, installed, and/or connected under this Division. 14. Independent commissioning of new and modified systems and all associated components as described
herein. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 3 1.4 REFERENCES A. Section 018113 – Sustainable Design
for Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Limits for Adhesives, Sealants and Architectural Coatings B. Section 013300 – Submittal Procedures C. Section 018113 – Sustainable Design for LEED
Requirements D. Section 018113 – Sustainable Design for Construction IAQ Management E. Section 01543 – General Environmental Requirements for Construction Waste Management & Disposal
F. Section 019113 & Section 019114 - Commissioning 1.5 APPROVALS A. See General Conditions and Division 01 sections, in addition to the following requirements. B. Submit for approval
a list of manufacturers of equipment proposed for the work. Contractor's intent to use exact make specified does not relieve him of responsibility for submitting such a list. C. Where
any specific material, process or method of construction, or manufactured article is specified by name or by reference to catalog number of a manufacturer, or other standards, the intent
is not to take precedence over the basic duty and performance specified, noted on drawings, or as required for intended results. The Contractor shall verify the duty specified with
the specific characteristics of the equipment offered for approval. D. If material or equipment is installed before it is approved, the Contractor shall be liable for its removal and
replacement with no additional cost. 1.6 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Prepare complete set of drawings showing necessary slab openings, cuts or holes in structural members and
structural supports that require structural framing. Drawings shall clearly indicate sizes and location relative to established column lines. Drawings shall be made using the latest
backgrounds available from the architect. Drawings shall be completed in sufficient time to allow for structural steel fabrication so as not to delay project schedule. B. Shop drawing
submissions shall demonstrate knowledge of the work of other trades, and shall show the locations of the work of other trades that affect the work of this contract. 1.7 COORDINATION
DRAWINGS A. Coordination drawings shall be completed as required in Division 01. Refer to Section 230000 for requirements and sequence of drawing development. Johnson Museum of Art
Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 4 B. The electrical contractor shall add electrical work on the coordination drawings.
Electrical work to be shown on the coordination drawings shall include, but not be limited to, panelboards, switchgear, transformers, motor control centers, variable frequency drives,
and cable tray and conduit 2" and larger. Additional electrical work shall be shown on coordination drawings where close coordination is required. Access requirements shall be shown
for equipment. C. After other trades have included their work on the coordination drawings and noted conflicts, the trades shall meet to resolve conflicts and agree to acceptable solutions.
Each trade shall sign coordination drawings. Items not shown on the coordination drawings are the responsibility of the omitting contractor and the contractor is subject to additional
costs incurred by other trades. D. The Architect and Engineer are not part of the coordination drawing process. The Engineer will provide assistance relative to acceptability of proposed
installations to resolve conflicts. E. Submit final signed coordination drawing to engineer. Only submit items that are different from previously approved shop drawings. Revisions
shall be clearly indicated. F. Any work fabricated or installed prior to sign off by the applicable trades shall be removed and re-installed in conformance with coordination drawings.
G. The overall coordination of the coordination process is the responsibility of the general contractor. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawing Schedule 1. The Contractor shall submit, within
30 days of the award of his contract, a schedule of proposed shop drawing submissions. 2. The schedule shall include the following information. a. Item to be submitted b. Date of submission
c. Latest date for approval d. Manufacturers of the specified item. 3. Items not specifically listed as "approved equal" should be listed for consideration at this time. B. See Division
260000 equipment sections for specific submittals required. Unless otherwise indicated, submittals are required for electrical devices, equipment, and systems including basic construction
materials such as conduit, 600 volt building wire, and standard fittings and boxes. Submit only data which are pertinent. Mark each copy of manufacturer's standard printed data to identify
products, models, options, and other data pertinent to project. C. Manufacturers' Data 1. If catalog cuts of standard manufactured items show different types, options, finishes, performance
requirements, or other variations, those features that the Contractor proposes to furnish shall be clearly identified. If any variations from the catalog description are proposed or
required, such variations must be clearly noted on the cut. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000
- 5 D. Shop Drawings 1. Shop drawings shall clearly indicate details, sectional views, arrangements, working and erection dimensions, kinds and quality of materials and their finishes,
and other information necessary for proper checking and for fabrication and installation of the items, and shall include information required for making connections to other work. 2.
Shop drawings shall be numbered consecutively, and drawings related to various units comprising a proposed assembly shall be submitted simultaneously so that such units may be checked
both individually and as an assembly. 3. Shop drawings shall include a listing and labeling statement indicating products are listed and labeled by a certified testing laboratory or
agency for all electrical materials, devices, appliances and equipment. 4. Contractor shall keep on the site, in good order, a complete up-to-date set of approved shop drawings. Shop
drawings shall be made available for inspection by the Architect. 5. The approval of shop drawings will be for general conformance to drawings and specifications, and shall not be construed
as permitting any departure from the contract requirements. If the shop drawings show any variations from contract requirements because of standard shop practices or other reasons,
such variations shall be clearly identified on the drawings or specifically noted in the letter of transmittal, in order that, if acceptable, suitable action may be taken for proper
adjustment in other work affected thereby. If the Contractor fails to so identify such variations, he will not be relieved of responsibility for executing the work in accordance with
the contract, even though such shop drawings have been approved and the work installed. Approval shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any error in details, dimensions,
etc. that may exist on shop drawings, nor for the furnishing of materials or work required by the contract and not indicated on the shop drawings. Approval shall not be construed as
approved departure from details or instructions previously furnished by the Architect. 6. No work for which shop drawings are required shall be executed until the Architect's approval
is obtained. E. Submittals will be reviewed for conformance with the contract drawings and specifications. The engineer's review stamp will be affixed to submittals. One of the following
actions will be taken. 1. NO EXCEPTION - Submittal appears to comply with the contract drawings and specifications. Contractor is not relieved of responsibility to meet the requirements
of the contract drawings and specifications due to errors, omissions, or conflicts with other equipment or trades. 2. EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED - Submittal appears to comply with the contract
drawings and specifications except for the items noted by the engineer. Contractor is not relieved of responsibility to meet the requirements of the contract drawings and specifications
due to errors, omissions, or conflicts with other equipment or trades. 3. REVISE AND RESUBMIT - In the opinion of the engineer the nature and/or quantity of exceptions is sufficient
to require resubmission to demonstrate compliance. Submittals must be returned within 30 days for contingent acceptance to remain valid. Submittals will become rejected if not returned
within 30 days. 4. REJECTED - Submittal does not comply with contract drawings and specifications. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 6 1.9 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Provide "Record Drawings" in accordance with Article 4 of the General Conditions Governing all Contracts, indicating in
a neat and accurate manner a complete record of all revisions of the original design of the work. Include all changes and accurately record, on reproductions of the contract drawings
or appropriate shop drawings and in digital format (on compact disk in Adobe Acrobat PDF and AutoCAD 2012 (minimum) “.dwg” and “.dxf” format), all deviations between the work shown
on the contract documents and the work installed. B. Submit for approval bound sets of the required drawings, manuals and operating instructions. 1.10 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
A. Furnish manufacturers operating and maintenance instructions, parts lists and sources of supply for replacements in accordance with Division 01 - General Requirements. B. Provide
the following: 1. Complete sets of final and correct shop drawings, maintenance and replacement parts manuals, and operating instructions, for equipment supplied. 2. Bind each set within
a common binder. Index and organize with a table of contents, to permit quick and convenient reference. 3. One day of instruction in operation and maintenance of equipment to Owner's
maintenance force. Schedule a 2-week period, convenient to Owner, during which qualified personnel, including manufacturers' technicians and engineers will be available for Owner's
instruction. 4. Master Operating Manual (submit in quadruplicate) with PDF file to recreate manual on CD. 5. Manufacturer's mechanical and electrical equipment parts list of components
of the systems listed on the equipment schedules, control diagrams and wiring diagrams of controllers. 6. List shall give system number, unit number, manufacturer's model number, and
manufacturer's drawing numbers. 7. Step by step operating instructions for each system including preparation for starting, restarting after power failure, or re-setting after overcurrent
or short-circuit operation. 8. Maintenance instructions for each type of equipment. 9. Possible breakdowns and repairs for each type of equipment. 10. List of nearest local suppliers
for equipment. 11. Manufacturer's literature describing each piece of equipment listed on the fixture, panel and equipment schedules and in the specifications including wiring diagrams
and a copy of any applicable test reports. 12. As-installed control diagrams by the control manufacturer. 13. Recommended trouble shooting procedures in the event of foreseeable electrical
system failure. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 7 14. Complete "As-Installed" color coded
wiring diagrams of systems and electrical motor controller connections. 15. Copies of the following test reports or study reports: a. Dry type transformer. b. Computer grade isolation
transformer. c. Lighting control systems. d. Fire alarm system. e. Security system. f. Telephone/Data system. g. Short circuit, arc flash and coordination study with final settings.
h. Thermographic survey. 1.11 GUARANTEES AND SERVICES A. Workmanship, installation materials, and equipment shall be guaranteed as specified in the General Conditions and Division 01.
B. Contractor shall leave entire system installed under this Contract in proper working order, and shall replace any work or material which develops defects within the guarantee period,
including other work damaged as a result of such defects, without additional cost. 1.12 PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES A. Prior to proceeding with any installation, the Contractor shall prepare
and submit to the proper authorities for their approval working drawings required by them, and shall give necessary notices, obtain permits, and pay local, state and federal taxes,
fees and other costs in connection with this work. 1.13 SHORT CIRCUIT, ARC FLASH AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTION COORDINATION STUDY A. The equipment manufacturer shall perform and submit
for review and approval (1) a short circuit study and (2) an overcurrent protection coordination study in accordance with IEEE "Red Book" Standard 141 for service and distribution equipment
supplied, including (3) arc flash hazard calculations per IEEE 1584 and complying with NFPA 70E. The study shall include existing equipment and equipment shown on the single line diagram
and specified in: 262416 Panelboards and 260943 Digital Network Lighting Controls. Include all portions of the existing and proposed electrical distribution system from the normal
power incoming primary source down to and including all panels and distribution equipment shown on the drawings. Provide a computer generated format similar to SKM Systems Power Tools,
EDSA Easy Power, ETap, or approved equivalent. Study reports shall be reviewed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of New York with the appropriate seal annotated
on the title page. B. Reports shall include as minimum: 1. Single-line diagram(s) of service & distribution to include: a. Complete component identification to match project labels
b. Transformer KVA and temperature rise c. Circuit breaker & fuse type, frame & trip d. Conductor quantity, type, size and length e. UL listed component AIC rating, including rating
with upstream fuse, if applicable f. Calculated fault current at each node and labeled on the single-line diagram. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7,
2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 8 2. Short circuit summary & analysis for each power source scenario including: utility, generator and parallel or closed-transition
with motor contribution, as applicable. 3. Selective coordination summary & analysis as required by Code including: a. Elevator, emergency and legally required standby distribution.
4. Arc flash hazard analysis shall calculate: a. Listing of assumptions. b. Incident energies at each equipment, protective device, bus, and feeder. c. Incident energies at defined
working distances. d. Arc-flash protection boundary. e. Required protective flame resistant clothing class for arc flash areas. f. Recommendations for arc flash mitigation and reduction
of personal protective equipment categories. 5. Short circuit computer program results. 6. Analysis of short circuit results including discussion of any problem areas. 7. Recommended
solutions for any identified problem areas. 8. Branch & feeder composite computer generated time current curves (TCC) for equipment and protective devices in system. 9. Time current
curves including analysis of selective coordination results including discussion of any problem areas. TCC’s shall include: a. Individual devices in color with information labels to
match single line diagram descriptions. b. Inset containing single line diagram of components described in TCC. c. Component damage curves & inrush points for conductors, motors & transformers.
d. Truncate curves at maximum available fault current. e. Trip settings. 10. Table of recommended settings of protective devices. 11. Appendices with time current curves in color, UL
listings, manufacturer’s data, and supporting information used in study. C. Manufacturer shall document that overcurrent protection devices will perform in accordance with their U.L.
listings and ANSI/IEEE Standard 242. D. The short circuit, arc flash and coordination study shall be included with the submittals for equipment included in the study and as listed above.
Failure to include the study with the equipment submittals will cause the equipment submittals to be rejected. E. The contractor shall modify distribution equipment based on the results
of the study. F. The contractor shall be responsible for final field adjustment of ground fault, overload and short circuit settings of adjustable circuit breakers and replacement of
fused devices in compliance with the short circuit and coordination study recommendations. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 9 G. Provide labeling of equipment likely to require examination, adjustment, servicing or maintenance while energized to warn qualified persons of potential
electric arc flash hazards in accordance with the results of the study and NFPA 70E. 1.14 LOSS CONTROL SERVICES THERMOGRAPHIC SURVEY REPORTS A. Perform thermographic survey and inspection
of new and existing electrical equipment within one (1) year of installation to include: switchboards, sub-distribution switchboards and panelboards, branch circuit panelboards, disconnect
switches, transfer switches, fuses and circuit breakers, busway, transformers, cable splices, and equipment terminals as shown on the drawings. Perform thermographic survey of other
equipment as indicated on the drawings. Thermographic surveys shall be performed during periods of maximum loading using imaging equipment capable of detecting a minimum temperature
difference of 0.1ºC at 30ºC. Loose connections shall be tightened and re-surveyed to confirm adequate repair. Perform thermographic survey and inspection of all existing electrical
equipment prior to start of construction work and provide report to create a baseline for existing conditions. Upon completion of survey, submit a report to include the following: 1.
Complete description of equipment testing. 2. Any discrepancies found. 3. Temperature difference between the area of concern and the reference area. 4. Probable cause of temperature
difference. 5. Areas inspected to include inaccessible and unused areas and equipment. 6. Load conditions at time of inspection. 7. Thermographs and photographs of the deficient area.
8. Corrective action recommendations. 9. Results submitted in formal bound report. 1.15 LEED BUILDING REQUIREMENTS A. General: Cornell University requires the Contractor to implement
practices and procedures to meet the project’s environmental goals, which include achieving a LEED™ Green Building rating. Specific project goals, which may impact this area of work,
are listed in the applicable paragraphs of this specification section. The Contractor shall ensure that the requirements related to these goals, as defined in the sections below and
in related sections of the contract documents, are implemented to the fullest extent. Substitutions, or other changes to the work proposed by the Contractor or their Subcontractors,
shall not be allowed if such changes compromise the stated LEED BUILDING criteria. B. Submittals: Provide for all field-applied adhesives, sealants (used as fillers), and paints: Material
Safety Data Sheets, for all applicable products. Applicable products include, but are not limited to adhesives, sealants, paints and coatings applied on the interior of the building.
Material Safety Data Sheets shall indicate the Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) limits of products submitted (If an MSDS does not include a product’s VOC limits, then product data sheets,
manufacturer literature, or a letter of certification from the manufacturer can be submitted in addition to the MSDS to indicate the VOC limits). C. Performance Criteria: All field
applied adhesives, sealants (used as fillers), prime painting, and finished painting shall comply with the low VOC requirements called out in Division 1, Section 018113 - Volatile Organic
Compound (VOC) Limits for Adhesives, Sealants, & Architectural Paint and Coatings. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL
PROVISIONS 260000 - 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Materials and equipment and systems shall be new, bear manufacturer's name and trademark, and comply
with applicable standards specified. B. The UL label shall be borne on each piece of applicable material or equipment. C. Equipment shall be provided with required hardware for proper
installation, assembly, and operation. D. The descriptions cover basic equipment and operation but not complete details of design and construction. The use of singular in descriptions
does not limit the quantities of items to be furnished to provide the operation specified. Furnish equipment required to produce specified performance under installed conditions.
Provide trim, enclosures and accessories required to make a complete installation. E. Follow manufacturers' directions in delivery, storage, protection and installation of equipment
and materials. Notify Architect promptly, in writing, of any conflict between requirements of the contract documents and manufacturers' directions, and obtain Architect's written instructions
before proceeding with work. Bear any costs to correct deficiencies arising from failure to comply with the manufacturers' directions and instructions. F. Deliver equipment and materials
to the site and store in original containers, suitably sheltered from the elements. Store items subject to moisture damage in dry, heated spaces. Tightly cover and protect equipment
against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical injury, and against theft. G. Equipment and materials of the same general type shall be of the same manufacturer, make and model throughout
the work to provide uniform appearance, operation and maintenance. H. Where new products or components are indicated to be installed or connected to existing systems or equipment, verify
compatibility and performance with the manufacturer of the existing systems or equipment prior to purchase and installation. 2.2 EQUIPMENT DEVIATIONS A. Contractor shall use the specified
manufacturers. Any requests for substitutions, including ‘or equals’, must be submitted in writing ten (10) working days prior to the bid due date. Substitutions shall be justified
on the basis of need, cost or both, as long as there is no identified reduction in quality and that design parameters are met. Acceptance or rejection of a substitution will be issued
to bidders as an addendum. Substitutions will not be accepted after the Bid Date unless requested by the Architect. Note: Considering a manufacturer as an ‘or equal’ is considered
a substitution. B. Where the Contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than that specified or detailed on the drawings, and which requires any additional utilities or redesign
of the structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring or any other part of the mechanical or electrical layouts, such redesign and new drawings required thereby, with approval of
the Architect, shall be prepared by the Contractor without additional cost. Any changes in the project required to support alternates or substitutions shall be fully identified and
submitted on the shop drawings for the substitute or alternate product. Such changes shall be reflected in the coordination drawings and shall be approved by the affected trades. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 11 C. Where such approved deviation requires a different quantity
or arrangement of equipment from that specified or indicated on the drawings, the Contractor shall provide any structural supports, controllers, motors, starters, wiring, conduit, and
any other additional equipment required by the deviation, at no additional cost. D. It is the intent of these specifications that wherever a manufacturer of a product or a catalog number
is specified, and terms "or equal" or "or approved equal" are used, a substituted item must conform to the specified item. Consideration will not be given to claims that a substituted
item meets performance requirements with lesser construction. Performance as indicated in schedules and in specifications shall be interpreted as minimum acceptable performance. 2.3
ACCESS DOORS IN WALLS AND CEILINGS A. At each electrical component requiring access when located above ceiling or inside the wall not accessible by removal of grille, ceiling tile or
from the air shafts, furnish access panels for installation by trades responsible for wall and ceiling construction as specified under Division 08 – Access Doors and Panels. Size panels
sufficiently to access products requiring inspection, maintenance and adjustment, including but not limited to electrically operated valves, in-line controls, fire dampers, instruments
and smoke or heat detectors. 1. Minimum size for panels: 16 by 16 inches. 2. Size panels located in masonry walls to match masonry coursing. B. Locations: Locate panels in walls and
non-accessible ceilings of closets, storage rooms and other non-public spaces to the greatest extent possible. When access panels are required in corridors and public spaces, locate
panels as directed by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SITE INVESTIGATION A. Examine drawings, specifications, and site, and be responsible for the nature and location of work and
the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, electric power, roads, etc. 3.2
DRAWINGS A. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of systems and work required. Do not scale the drawings. Consult the Mechanical and Architectural drawings
and details for exact locations of equipment. B. Drawings shall be used in layout of work. Check reference drawings to verify spaces in which work will be installed, and maintain maximum
headroom and space conditions. Where headroom, working clearance or space conditions appear inadequate, Architect shall be notified before proceeding with installation. C. If directed
by the Architect, make minor modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. 3.3 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A. Closely schedule the work so that the work will be installed at the proper time and without delaying the project's completion. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 12 B. Where the work of this Division is to be installed in close proximity to the work of other trades, or where there
is evidence that the work will interfere with the work of other trades, assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory arrangement. If the work is installed before such
coordination with other trades, make necessary changes in the work as directed by the Architect to correct any conflicts or interferences, without additional cost to the Owner. 3.4
COORDINATION AND LAYOUT A. Study drawings and specifications to ensure completeness of work required. Include supplementary items normal to manufacturers' requirements or standard
accepted trade practices as necessary to complete the work, even if not explicitly shown or specified. B. Verify measurements and conditions in field before starting work. C. Examine
materials, surfaces, and structures to which work is to be applied and notify the Architect, in writing, of any conditions that are detrimental to proper and expeditious installation
of work. Starting of work shall be construed as acceptance of conditions. D. Confer with other trades to install work to avoid interference with other trades. The necessary adjustments
to conform to structural conditions and work of other trades, particularly ductwork and piping layouts, is included under this section. Assist other trades in the preparation of coordinated
layout drawings. 3.5 CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR BY OWNER A. Provide electrical connections to equipment and fixtures requiring such connections which
are supplied by Owner or under other Divisions. B. Provide conduit, wire, lugs, fittings, accessories, and trim for final connection of each item of equipment as required for complete
assembly and specified operation. 3.6 WORKMANSHIP A. Perform work in practical, neat, and workmanlike manner, with electricians skilled in the work they are performing, and using the
best generally recognized trade practices. B. No work shall be covered or hidden from view until it has been inspected and approved by the required Building Department personnel and
the Architect. C. Workmanship or materials not meeting with requirements of the specifications or drawings, or the satisfaction of the Architect, shall be rejected and shall be immediately
replaced in an acceptable manner without additional cost. 3.7 TESTS A. Notify Architect, in writing, at least one week prior to tests, of the proposed testing timetables. Perform tests
with the approval of and in the presence of the Architect or his representative. B. Provide temporary connections, necessary testing equipment, labor and materials, required for the
testing of the systems and equipment. Systems shall be prepared for testing and protected from damage. Measuring instruments shall be properly calibrated. The cost of tests shall
be included in the contract price. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 13 C. Verify and correct
as necessary the following: voltages, tap settings, trip settings, and phasing on equipment and devices furnished or installed. Secondary voltages shall be tested at the bus in the
main switchboard, at panelboards, and at such other locations on the distribution systems as necessary. Secondary voltages shall be tested under no-load and full-load conditions. D.
Electronic solid state trip units shall be set by a manufacturer's trained technician as follows: 1. Circuit breakers with solid state trip units shall be initially pre-set to the equivalent
LT, LTD, ST, STD setting of the thermal magnetic version of the same ampere rated circuit breaker. 2. Instantaneous setting shall be not less than 4X. E. The ground grid systems shall
be tested using the three terminal fall in potential method. A minimum of eight test points for each ground grid system shall be submitted for review by the Architect. The test points
shall be made along a straight line from the grid system to the reference terminal. The distance between the grid system and the reference terminal shall be consistent with normal
practices for ground testing. Grounding tests shall be performed during the dry season. Tests shall be performed before loaming and seeding or paving work has been performed. F. Provide
a written report on testing and device settings. Include a copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. G. Adjust occupancy sensors for proper operation including time delay, field
of view (masking), typed sensing and parallel operation. H. Test wiring, outlets, lighting fixtures, switches, controllers, starters, motors, etc., wired under this Division. Leave
free from grounds, crosses, shorts, opens, etc., and leave materials and apparatus in proper and satisfactory working condition. Perform additional tests as listed in the other Division
260000 specification sections. I. Lighting fixtures shall be tested with specified lamps in place for not less than ten hours; the fixtures may be checked in sections. J. Test for proper
operation of emergency lighting equipment under simulated emergency conditions. K. Test distribution equipment, motors, and three phase receptacles for proper phase connections and
phase rotation. L. Test service entrance, switchboards, panelboards, feeders, branch circuits and receptacles for proper neutral and grounding connections. M. Prior to energizing, test
insulation resistance of conductors and distribution equipment with a 500VDC megger, both phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground. Do not energize any circuits with a reading of less than
one megohm (1 million ohms) for #6 AWG wire and smaller or 250,000 ohms for #4 AWG wire or larger, between conductors and between conductor and the grounding conductor. Circuits under
megger insulation test shall be connected to respective final terminals but with switches and breakers in the "OFF" position. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 14 N. After fixtures, devices, and equipment are installed and connections completed to each panel, the contractor
shall disconnect the neutral feeder conductor from the neutral bar and the grounded enclosure and test insulation resistance. If this reading is less than 250,000 ohms, the contractor
shall disconnect the branch circuit neutral wires from the neutral bar. He shall then test each branch circuit separately to the panel until the low readings are found. The contractor
shall correct troubles, reconnect and retest until at least 250,000 ohms from the neutral bar to the grounded panel can be achieved with only the neutral feeder disconnected. O. Prior
to energizing, test for continuity and identification of each conductor. Identify both ends of each conductor. P. Perform additional tests required by Owner, Architect or any other
authorities having jurisdiction. Acceptance testing shall follow NETA ATS 2013 standards. Q. Correct or replace any circuit, material or equipment that is found to be defective by these
tests. Correct defects, whether due to faulty workmanship or material furnished, in a manner acceptable to Architect without additional cost. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Equipment 1. Identify
each item and the system or area it serves. Provide an engraved lamicoid nameplate in a visible location on each switchboard, panelboard, disconnect, switch, motor control center,
inverter, automatic transfer switch, annunciator and similar equipment. Provide stencils on major equipment. 2. Switchboard devices, panels, cabinets, junction boxes, switches, controllers,
motors, etc., shall be identified as to systems, voltage, phases, horsepower, fuse size, circuit breaker size, heater size, magnetic size, and feed location on their exteriors. 3. Provide
printed labels for all equipment in the system from the project short circuit, coordination & arc flash study file. Assume three (3) labels per equipment/bus in your estimate using
4” x 6” labels or one (1) 6” x 8” label per equipment bus. The labels shall be UV resistant vinyl labels (white with orange warning strip and black letters) conforming to ANSI-Z535.
The labels shall be printable directly from the power system software utilized for the study with a Duralabel, Brady PowerMark or GlobalMark printer. B. Wiring 1. Provide vinyl cloth
self-adhering labels for feeders and branch circuits in pull boxes, junction boxes, cabinets, and outlets to identify each feeder and circuit. Manufacturer: Panduit Pan-Code, Brady
or approved equal. 2. Cables and branch wiring shall be identified showing phasing, system designations, and items served. Identity is required in switchboards, panels, junction boxes,
switches, controllers, cabinets, etc. C. Provide complete, accurate, typewritten panelboard and switchboard directories mounted securely to panelboard doors and switchboard faces.
Directories to include for each circuit: room number or area served and load description. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 15 D. Label receptacle cover plates to indicate source panelboard and branch circuit breaker number at bottom of cover plate. Additionally, use an indelible
marker to inscribe panel and circuit number(s) on the back of each cover plate and provide a durable tag inside the outlet box. Provide typewritten self-adhering labels with black text
and clear background, Brady or approved equal. E. Label covers of pullboxes and junction boxes for systems operating over 600 volts with readily visible lettering at least ½-inch high
warning “DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE KEEP OUT.” Provide warning signs to unauthorized personnel at doors to buildings, rooms or enclosures containing equipment operating over 600 volts. F.
Label covers of pullboxes and junction boxes with readily visible lettering at least 1/4-inch high system, source panel, circuit number and voltage. Provide typewritten self-adhering
labels with black text and clear background, Brady or approved equal. G. Install a permanently affixed sign at the service entrance equipment indicating the type and location of the
on-site emergency power source. Install a sign on the main grounding box identifying all emergency and normal sources connected at that location. H. Provide a reduced size “as-built”
single line diagrams, framed under glass, and mounted in a conspicuous place adjacent to the main switchboard. 3.9 CUTTING, ALTERING AND PATCHING A. Provide cutting, chasing, drilling,
altering and rough patching required for the work of this division. 1. Including the restoring of existing work cut for or damaged by installation of new work, and where present work
is removed. 2. Materials and workmanship required in connection with cutting, altering and rough patching shall match the existing work in every respect. B. Do shoring, bracing, cutting,
patching, piecing out, filling in, repairing and refinishing of present work as made necessary by the alteration and the installation of new work. C. Holes and openings occurring in
the existing floors after equipment, partitions, floors, steel work, conduits are removed or installed shall be closed up with materials similar to the adjacent work. D. The size and
location of items requiring an opening, chase or other provisions to receive it shall be given by the trade requiring same in ample time to avoid undue cutting of any new work to be
installed. These provisions shall not relieve the Contractor from keeping informed as to the required opening, chases, etc., nor from responsibility for the correctness thereof, nor
for cutting and repairing after the new work is in place. E. Include cutting, repairing and patching in connection with the work that may be required to make the several parts come
together properly and fit it to receive or be received by the work of other trades, as shown on the drawings and/or specified, or reasonably implied by the drawings and specifications.
F. Repairing, patching, piecing-out, filling-in, restoring and refinishing shall be neatly done by mechanics skilled in their trade to leave same in condition satisfactory to the Owner.
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 16 G. Materials and their methods of application for patching
shall comply with applicable requirements of the specifications. 1. Materials and workmanship not covered by the specifications and items of work exposed to view adjoining existing
work to remain shall conform to similar materials and workmanship existing in or adjacent to the spaces to be altered. H. Cutting, repairing and patching shall include items shown on
the drawings, specified in the specifications or required by the installation of new work or the removal of existing work. I. Remove partitions, walls, suspended ceilings, etc., as
necessary to perform the required alterations or new construction work. Avoid damage to construction and finishes that are to remain. J. Protect and be responsible for the existing
building, facilities and improvements. Any disturbance or damage to the work, the existing building, and improvements, or any impairments of facilities resulting from the construction
operations, shall be promptly rectified, with the disturbed, damaged, or impaired work, restored, repaired or replaced at no extra cost. Alterations which are not indicated on the drawings
nor specified herein but necessary to make good existing work disturbed by reason of the work shall be restored to a condition satisfactory to the Owner. K. Holes in masonry floors
and walls are to be core drilled. Scan existing slabs and walls for concealed locations of equipment to include: conduits, piping, rebar and structural elements prior to being core
drilled. Prior to core drilling, notify the building occupants of the potential for an unscheduled power outage. The Project Manager shall inspect core holes before installing conduits,
sleeves, or poke-through devices. Conduits damaged during core drilling shall be restored immediately at the Contractor’s expense. L. Disturbed concrete and /or cement floor areas
shall be patched with approved type latex mortar. When cement mortar is used for patching, the surfaces shall be depressed a minimum depth of 1". M. Reinstall weather protection work
in waterproof manner. N. Openings in roofs shall be kept properly plugged and caulked, except when being worked on, to preclude the possibility of flooding due to storms or other causes.
After completion of work, openings shall be permanently sealed. O. Temporary openings cut in walls, floors or ceilings for conduit shall be closed off with non-combustible material
except when mechanics are actually working at the particular opening. 3.10 SLEEVES AND SEALING A. Install sleeves of Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe for conduits and cables penetrating
abovegrade floor slabs, and any concrete or masonry walls. Sleeves through walls shall terminate flush with wall surface on each side. Sleeves through floors shall terminate 2 inches
above finished floor. Neatly and completely grout sleeves in place. B. Sleeves shall be adequately sized for the conduits and cables to be installed, with sufficient free space to
install sealing caulk or putty. C. Sleeved conduits through slab-on-grade floors, below-grade foundation walls, shafts, [tanks, fountains,] and the like shall be provided with sealing
bushings to seal against fluid and gas pressure and installed in accordance with UL and manufacturer's instructions. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 17 D. Where penetrating floor slabs and fire-rated partitions, pack the annular space between the sleeves and the conduits
and cables with reusable fire-retardant modules, putty, sealant, or caulk. The sealant material shall be intumescent, asbestos free, and installed in accordance with UL and manufacturer's
instructions. Sealant materials shall be easily removed and replaced for addition or deletion of cables. 1. Penetrations with annular space greater than 1/2" shall be provided with
approved backing material. 2. Fire-retardant sealer and system shall be UL listed for the application and meet ASTM E84, ASTM E-814, and UL-1479 requirements. Use Hilti Firestop Systems,
CSD Sealing Systems, Nelson "FSP", Carborundum Co. "Fyre Putty", 3M "CP-25", IPC "Flamesafe", ROX System or approved equal. E. Where cable tray penetrates floor slabs, ceilings and
rated partitions, the cable tray shall stop at the floor, ceiling or wall. Provide a fire-rated pathway through floor, wall or ceiling of equivalent size to the cable tray dimensions.
The cable tray shall then be continued on the opposite side of the floor, ceiling or wall. The cable tray shall be grounded and bonded for electrical continuity. The contractor shall
maintain the floor, ceiling and wall rating. 1. Fire-rated pathway products: STI EZ-Path Series 22, 33 and 44 or approved equal by Wiremold or Hilti. F. Contractor shall photographically
document that proper sealing bushings, fire stopping, sleeving and pathway products have been provided before locations are hidden from view. Refer to Section 260500 for additional
information. 3.11 SEISMIC BRACING A. Prepare and make the submissions listed in accordance with the procedure specified in this Section. Contractor shall provide complete sealed seismic
calculations performed by an engineer currently licensed by the State of New York. This shall include seismic calculations for conduit and equipment required to be seismically braced
to comply with seismic requirements of the applicable Codes. 3.12 PLENUM APPLICATION A. Space above the hung ceilings shall not be used as a return air plenum (air transfer), except
where specifically indicated on the mechanical drawings and/or other drawings. Material in spaces so noted shall be suitable for use in plenum application. In spaces so noted, no
combustible materials shall be used. Wiring shall be in conduit, or shall be listed for the use, and shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70, Section 300-22, as well as other
applicable codes. Materials used in plenum spaces shall have flame spread/smoke developed ratings as required by code and/or authorities having jurisdiction. 3.13 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND
POWER A. Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain a temporary light and power system to provide the buildings, field offices, and project site with temporary light to provide
safe working conditions throughout, interior and exterior, and to supply construction power as required on the job. B. The system shall be furnished, installed, and operating at the
earliest possible date. C. Work for the system shall be in accordance with NEC Article 590, the requirements of the Utility Company, and as approved by the Owner and authorities having
jurisdiction. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 260000 - 18 D. The work shall include generally, but
not be limited to, the following: 1. Make arrangements with the utility company or the Owner to furnish and install the temporary light and power service. 2. Review and coordinate the
electrical needs of other trades on a continuing basis, until permanent power and light is available and the temporary system is removed and no longer needed. 3. Furnish, install, and
maintain required temporary system equipment, devices, and wiring. Remove when no longer needed, or at the direction of the Owner. Modify, add, or relocate equipment, devices, and
wiring as required to suit job conditions. 3.14 COMMISSIONING A. An independent commissioning agent (“agent”) has been hired by the Owner to verify the performance of the new and modified
central plant mechanical, electrical, and control systems. The commissioning agent shall include verifying operation of both the existing and new equipment and components as a complete
integrated system. B. The electrical contractor shall work closely with and cooperate fully with the agent, and attend all meetings and testing sessions as requested by the agent. C.
The electrical contractor shall correct all system and installation deficiencies identified by the agent to achieve the goals outlined on the construction documents. D. Testing shall
include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Demonstration of all control sequences described in the specifications and on the drawings to confirm correct equipment and control
system operation including but not limited to: a. Operation of existing and new fire alarm system. b. Operation of existing and new emergency lighting system. c. Operation of new lighting
control system. E. The commissioning agent submittals shall include the following: 1. Testing procedures including sample reports and checklists specific to the work of this project.
2. Final report documenting including test procedures, corrective actions taken, control point check-outs, and final system measurements. 3. Energy savings analysis and documentation.
4. Sub-consultants such as mechanical, electrical, testing and balancing, and controls contractors. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7,
2020 Construction Documents DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS 260050 - 1 SECTION 260050 DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Attention is directed to the Contract
and General Conditions and all Sections of Division 01 – General Requirements which are hereby made a part of this specification. B. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the
Specification for requirements therein affecting the Work of this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting or affected by work of the Section. Cooperate with
such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. D. Work of this section shall be governed by the Contract Documents. Provide materials, labor, equipment, and
services necessary to furnish, deliver and install work of this Section as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and/or as required by job conditions. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Perform
the work of this section in accordance with the requirements of Section 260000 General Provisions and Section 260500 Basic Materials. 1.3 SYSTEM INTERRUPTIONS A. The existing building
facility will be occupied and in operation during the performance of the Work. 1. When necessary to temporarily disconnect any existing feeder or branch circuit supplying occupied facilities,
confer with the Owner and schedule a mutually agreeable period of interruption. 2. Where replacement, relocation or modification of existing equipment is indicated, provide and maintain
temporary feeders, connections, circuit protection, and any other materials and appurtenances required to maintain services to occupied areas. B. No work shall be left incomplete, nor
any hazardous situation created, which will affect the life or safety of the public and/or building occupants. At no time shall the work interfere with or cut off any of the existing
services without the Owner's prior written permission. Do not tamper with fire protection devices including covering smoke detectors or turning off sprinkler valves. Work that may
cause a trouble or alarm condition on the fire alarm system or sprinkler system (dust, sprinkler flow, heat, electrical work, etc.) shall be performed only after temporarily shutting
down the respective life safety system. Shut downs shall be arranged and scheduled at least 24 hours in advance and coordinated with the Owner and Construction Manager and Cornell
Environmental Health & Safety. C. The Owner reserves the right to operate existing electrical and mechanical equipment not included in this work, and to perform required servicing and
repairs to same, at all times. D. The work indicated and/or specified shall be carried out with a minimum of interference to the established operations of the Building. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS 260050 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Products and materials furnished
for the work of this section shall comply with Section 260500 BASIC MATERIALS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING ELECTRIC WORK AND REMOVALS A. It is the intent of these specifications
to remove existing wiring in the existing building and grounds and replace with new. Existing conduit shall be reused in place only where indicated on the drawings or with specific
approval of the Engineer. B. Remove, reroute or relocate any conduit, wiring, lighting fixtures, outlets, and other electrical items that are laid bare in the course of, or interfere
with, the alterations. Remove exposed outlets, conduit and branch circuit work which interfere with the alterations. C. It is the intention of these specifications to provide for the
continuance of electrical services including: power, lighting, telephone, data, fire alarm, and security as presently installed in renovated areas until the replacement services are
complete. Provide conduit, wiring, and devices necessary to maintain services to these areas. D. Compare the plans with the existing conditions to determine the amount of work affected.
Remove unused exposed circuit work, outlets, fixtures and the like not required by the alterations. E. Materials to be removed and not reinstalled under this Division of the Work,
unless otherwise indicated, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site. F. Feeders and branch circuits to be removed: conductors and cables shall
be completely removed back to their source. Exposed or accessible conduits shall be removed completely; conduits embedded in concrete or masonry shall be cut off flush and the surface
patched smooth and level. G. All existing low voltage wiring, telecommunications and/or data systems wiring, fire alarm wiring, and security system wiring not scheduled to be reused
shall be removed in its entirety as required by NEC Articles 640, 645, 725, 760, 770, 800, 820, and 830. Wiring shall not be abandoned and left in place. 3.2 DISPOSAL OF REMOVED MATERIALS
A. Removed materials shall be disposed of using licensed carting service. B. Hazardous materials including polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) substances as found in transformers, switchgear,
lighting ballasts, mercury contaminated materials as found in fluorescent lamps, and the like shall be disposed of by an EPA approved, licensed disposal service. Contractor shall obtain
and have on file, waste disposal manifest and receipts stating how and where the waste was disposed of or converted as follows: 1. Fluorescent light ballasts shall be collected and
disposed of as hazardous waste containing PCB’s unless expressly labeled “No PCB’s”. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents DEMOLITION
AND REMOVALS 260050 - 3 2. Fluorescent lamps shall be collected and disposed of as hazardous waste containing mercury 3. Room temperature controlling thermostats that contain mercury
switches shall be collected and disposed of as hazardous waste containing mercury. C. The work specified under this contract specifically excludes the removal, sealing and/or patching
of "hazardous materials." This includes but is not limited to asbestos, PCBs and/or any other material having been designated by the Environmental Protection Agency as a hazardous
material. If this contractor finds anything which is suspected of being a hazardous material, it should be immediately brought to the Owner's attention. END OF SECTION 260050 Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 1 SECTION 260500 BASIC MATERIALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Attention is directed to the Contract and General Conditions and all Sections of Division 01 – General Requirements which are hereby made a part of this specification. B. Examine
all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specification for requirements therein affecting the Work of this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting or affected
by work of the Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. D. Work of this section shall be governed by the Contract Documents. Provide
materials, labor, equipment, and services necessary to furnish, deliver and install work of this section as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and as required by job conditions.
1.2 REFERENCES A. Perform the work of this section in accordance with the requirements of Section 260000 General Provisions. B. See other Division 26 sections for requirements of specific
electrical equipment and systems not included herein. 1.3 MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Factory wiring of components shall conform to state and local codes and laws. B. The criteria
of design and performance to produce the required operation are based on equipment of the named manufacturers. Equipment of other manufacturers will be considered, subject to acceptability
in the Engineer's judgment and opinion. The equipment must conform to the dimensions established by the drawings for mechanical spaces and other clearances. C. Materials and products
provided shall be suitable for, and where applicable UL listed and labeled for, the intended use or application. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturers' catalog data for the following
basic materials: 1. Wireway, trough, and fittings. 2. Cable hangers. 3. Wire and Cables (MC). 4. Wiring devices and wallplates. 5. Floor boxes and fittings. 6. Disconnect switches and
fuses. 7. Circuit breakers. 8. Low voltage lighting power supply. B. Submit scaled and dimensioned shop drawings for the following: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 2 C. Submit samples of the following: 1. Wiring device wall plates. 2. Wiring devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 600 VOLT
WIRE AND CABLE A. Wire and cable for secondary power and lighting circuits and for NEC Class 1 control circuits shall be fabricated of annealed 98% conductivity copper conductors with
600 volt, 90oC-rated, thermoplastic or cross-linked polymer insulation, manufactured in strict accordance with applicable requirements of UL, NEMA, ICEA and ASTM. B. Copper conductors
No. 10, 12, and 14 AWG shall be solid or concentric stranded Type THHN/THWN-2; No. 8 AWG through No. 1 AWG shall be concentric stranded Type THHN/THWN-2; No. 1/0 AWG and larger shall
be concentric stranded Type XHHW-2. C. Type MC metal-clad cable minimum requirements: 1. Conform to UL 1569 and NEC Article 330. 2. Acceptable sizes limited to: No. 12 AWG through No.
8 AWG copper conductors with THHN insulation. 3. Green-colored insulated ground conductor. 4. Galvanized steel interlocked armor sheath. Aluminum armor sheath is not acceptable on
this project due to electrical noise mitigation considerations. 5. Listed and labeled Type MC steel fittings per UL 514B. Type AC fittings are not acceptable. Die-cast fittings are
not acceptable. 6. Multi-wire homeruns shall contain a single, oversized neutral conductor, sized to accommodate non-linear loads. Provide AFC “Super Neutral Cable”, or approved equal.
7. Color coded conductors per Section 3.03. 8. Manufacturers: AFC Cable Systems or approved equals Southwire, United Copper Industries. D. Bare grounding conductors: See paragraph 2.08
Grounding Materials. 2.2 TERMINATIONS A. Terminations, splices and taps under 600 volts: 1. Copper conductors No. 10 and smaller: Provide with copper compression type or twist-on spring-loaded
connectors and nylon insulating covering. Connectors for outdoor conductors shall be suitable for direct burial installation. 2. Copper conductors No. 8 and larger: Provide hydraulic
copper compression type using manufacturer's recommended tooling, Burndy or approved equal; or mechanical bolted pressure type, Ilsco ClearTap or Cytolok spring compression terminator
or approved equal. Exception: Wiring terminations rated 100,000 amperes short circuit current and greater shall be provided with compression type lugs. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and
Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 3 3. Cable lugs and connectors: Provide compression type of tin-plated copper. Provide to
match cable, pre-filled with antioxidant compound, UL486B listed, with marking indicating size and type. Where oversized feeders are installed to reduce voltage drop and the equipment
terminations are not sufficient to accept the larger feeders, provide the proper equipment terminations or provide Burndy Type YE-series or approved equivalent compression adapters.
4. Lug connections to bus bars: Provide with tin plated lugs and Belleville compression washers. Use anti-seize compound on threads. Provide 2-hole type for ground lugs. 2.3 ELECTRICAL
BOXES A. Provide outlet, junction, pull, and floor boxes, complete with associated fittings and accessories, as indicated and specified, as required by codes, to suit job conditions,
and compatible with the associated wiring methods and devices. B. Interior Outlet Boxes 1. Provide galvanized pressed steel boxes of appropriate size and type. Provide each with appropriate
plaster ring to suite wall construction. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, or required by job conditions, provide boxes as follows: a. Flush wall power outlets in hollow partitions - 4"
square, 1-1/2" deep, with 1- or 2gang device cover; provide gang boxes for 3 or more adjacent outlets. b. Flush wall power outlets in masonry walls - 3-1/2" deep masonry boxes, with
number of gangs as required. c. Recessed switches - 3" x 2" x 3-1/2" deep, gangable. d. Surface mounted power devices - 4" square, 1-1/2" deep, with rounded corners and appropriate
raised cover. e. Flush or surface telecom outlets - 4" square, 2-1/8" deep, where 1" knockouts are required; 4-11/16" square, 2-1/8" deep, where 1-1/4" knockouts are required. f. Refer
to “Floor Box” product descriptions for specific floor box dimensions. C. Pull and Junction Boxes 1. General: NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's
standard enamel. 2. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Except as noted otherwise, with continuous hinge cover and flush latch. 3. Cabinets: Except as noted otherwise, with removable interior
panel and removable front. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Key latch to match panelboards. Include metal barriers to separate wiring of different
systems and voltage, and include accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 4. Outdoors or in wet areas, pull and junction boxes shall be NEMA 3R or NEMA 4 construction.
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 4 5. Manufacturers: a. Hoffman Engineering Co.; Federal-Hoffman,
Inc. b. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co. c. Erickson Electrical Equipment Co. D. Floor Boxes 1. Provide floor boxes as indicated, suitable for the application, complete with
compatible accessories including, but not limited to: trim rings, device plates, service fittings, tile or carpet flanges and protective rings for mechanical and wet mop protection.
2. Floor box fittings shall be equipped with gasketing and shall be constructed to meet or exceed UL scrub water exclusion requirements and be so listed. 3. Poke-through fittings shall
be UL listed to maintain fire rating of floor construction. Do not use in new slabs unless specifically noted. 4. Floor boxes shall be cast iron for installation in slab-on-grade floors
or wet floors, formed sheet steel for above-grade installations. Coordinate box depth with slab thickness and other job conditions. Boxes shall be adjustable before and after pour.
5. All floor boxes, regardless of whether poured-in-place or poke-thru types, shall be ADAapproved with regard to height above finished floor and surface slope ratio. 6. Where new floor
boxes are indicated in existing floors, provide required saw-cutting and patching of existing floors as required for flush installation. 7. Coordinate specific non-power connectivity
requirements with the Owner’s Information Technology and Telecommunication System vendors. 8. Poured-in-place and wood floor boxes shall be provided in types as follows: Label Shape
Trim/Cover Outlets Description Type 1 Square Aluminum-AL Two duplex receptacles and data. Provide with FPCTC** flanged cutout cover assembly for carpet/tile installation. Multi-service
box for installation in new concrete slabs. Wiremold/Walker Series RFB4[-CI]. (3-7/16”D max.) Provide RFB4-SS series for shallow floors (2-7/16”D max.) Provide cast iron (CI) for
slab on grade or wet locations unless otherwise noted. Type 2 Square Aluminum-AL Power and data. Multi-service furniture feed box for installation in new concrete slabs. Wiremold/Walker
Series RFB4[-CI]. (37/16”D max.) Provide RFB4-SS series for shallow floors (2-7/16”D max.) Provide cast iron (CI) for slab on grade or wet locations unless otherwise noted. 9. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 5 10. Floor boxes for combination audio/visual and power work shall be
provided in types as follows: Label Shape Trim/Cover Outlets Description Type 1V Square Brushed aluminum for carpeted or tiled floors Duplex IG receptacle and A/V. Steel flip-up cover
with cable fold back slot. Multi-service box for A/V and power installations in concrete slabs. 12.5”L x 10.5”W with interior angled brackets to provide mounting for power and signal
receptacles. FSR, Inc., #FL-500P-*-** **Choose: (Brass, S=Aluminum, BK=Black Paint, or OAK paint) **Choose: (2.25, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10”D max.) 11. Where different voltage systems are indicated
to occupy a common box, provide internal metal barriers or dividers between systems. 2.4 WIRING DEVICES A. Provide switches, receptacles, connectors, and other wiring devices complete
with associated hardware and wall plates, as indicated and specified. Devices of one type (such as switches and receptacles) shall be made by one manufacturer. Acceptable manufacturers
are: Hubbell, Pass and Seymour (P&S), Cooper, Bryant or Leviton. B. Provide ‘gray’ color for devices unless other noted. Verify device colors and plate materials and finishes with
the Architect. Unless otherwise noted, receptacles connected to emergency or standby power shall be “red”; isolated ground receptacles shall be factory embossed with an “orange” triangle.
C. Wiring devices shall comply with applicable UL and NEMA requirements and shall be UL labeled for the appropriate NEMA-classified document. D. Local Wall Switches (line voltage type)
1. Provide premium specification grade Decorator-style, quiet operating AC switches, rated 20 amperes at 120 volts. Switches shall be verified by UL to meet Federal Specification W-S896E.
2. Provide single pole, double pole, 3-way, or 4-way operation as indicated or required. 3. Switches shall be Hubbell HBL1221 series or approved equal. E. Duplex Convenience Receptacles
1. Receptacles shall be standard NEMA 5-20R Decorator-style configuration. 2. Receptacles shall be two-pole, three-wire grounding type, with molded nylon Decorator-style body and face,
premium specification grade, rated 20 amps at 125 volts. Receptacles shall meet Federal Specification W-C-596F. 3. Receptacles shall be Hubbell Inc. HBL2162, series or approved equal.
4. Where 15 ampere rated receptacles are indicated or required, provide Hubbell Inc. HBL2152, series or approved equal. 5. Provide weather-resistant (WR) receptacles for damp and wet
locations. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 6 6. Weatherproof lockable and flush covers for public
outdoor, wet or damp location outlets shall be specification grade enclosures with neoprene gasket seals and mortar tabs for positive holding means and retains weatherproof feature
with or without plug inserted. Provide Pass & Seymour heavy duty cast aluminum cover No. 4600 series or approved equal. 7. Weatherproof non-locking and flush covers for non-public
outdoor, wet or damp location outlets shall be specification grade enclosures with neoprene gasket seals and retains weatherproof feature with or without plug inserted. Provide Arlington
Products In Box Series or Taymac MX-3200 Series or approved equal. 8. Install receptacles with ground up or to the left when looking at receptacle. F. Special Purpose Receptacles and
Switches 1. Ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) receptacles shall comply with UL 2006 and shall be rated 20 amps with 20 amp feed-through rating, 125 volt duplex, NEMA 5-20R, Hubbell
#GF20LA series or approved equal. 2. Wallbox dimmers a. Provide wallbox dimmers rated for loads and voltages to be controlled. Do not gang-mount (mount side-by-side) dimmers in same
box or remove side sections so that dimmers may be used up to full rating. Provide separate wall boxes unless otherwise specifically noted on plans. b. Dimmers shall be "3-way" capable,
using "smart remotes" which allow dimming control from each switch location. c. Provide 1000-watt-rated Lutron Diva-series dimmers with power boosters and interface modules as appropriate
for loads to be controlled. d. Provide dimming ballasts as required per Section 265000. 3. Centrally-Controlled Occupancy/Vacancy Sensors – Refer to Section 260943 for Digital Lighting
Control Sensors. 4. Stand-alone Occupancy/Vacancy Sensors a. Sensors shall be automatic on (occupancy) or manual on (vacancy) as indicated on the drawings. Sensor operation shall incorporate
dual technology digital passive infrared (PIR) detection to detect occupant motion and microphonic to detect occupant sound. Provide integral photocell to prevent lights from turning
on if adequate daylight is available. Include a minimum on timer set at 15 minutes to preserve lamp life by eliminating short lamp cycles and a timer adjustable between 30 seconds
and 20 minutes, and set at 10 minutes, to turn off if no occupancy is detected. b. Ceiling mounted occupancy or vacancy sensor switches for single or multiple sensor operation with
separately mounted auxiliary power and control unit. Sensor receives control power from the auxiliary power and control unit, and operates power switching contacts in that unit. Provide
Sensor Switch CM-PDT 10 ceiling sensor with PP-20 series auxiliary power and control unit for each switched circuit and sPOD/sPOD-2P series low voltage wall switch for Manual On operation,
or Wattstopper DT-300 with BZ-Series power pack and DCC2 low voltage momentary wall switch with green LED for Manual On operation, or Cooper Greengate OMC Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 7 DT with switch pack and Model AML wall switch for Manual On operation. Provide additional
relay/power packs as required for larger or multiple loads controlled by single sensor switches. Provide auxiliary power packs for HVAC control where indicated on the drawings. c.
Wall mounted occupancy or vacancy sensor switches for control of single circuit lighting loads shall be intelligent self-adjusting multi-technology types with integral manual “on” and
“off” switch. Unit receives power directly from switch leg of the 120- or 277-V ac circuit it controls and operates integral power switching contacts rated 800 W at 120-V ac, and 1000
W at 277-V ac, minimum. Provide relay/power packs as required for larger or multiple loads controlled by single sensor switches. Provide Sensor Switch WSD-PDT VA rated 120/277 volts,
800/1200 watts, Wattstopper DW-100, or Cooper Greengate ONW-D-1001-DMV NeoSwitch, or Hubbell AD1277. d. Wall mounted occupancy or vacancy sensor switches for control of two circuit
lighting loads (inboard/outboard lamp switching) or light and small fan loads shall be two pole intelligent self-adjusting types with integral manual override OFF switch. Provide relay/power
packs as required for larger or multiple loads controlled by single sensor switches. Provide Sensor Switch WSD-2P (first pole auto on/second pole manual on) rated 120/277 volts, 800/1200
watts, Wattstopper DW-200, or Hubbell AD1277x2. G. Cover Plates 1. Provide screwless/snap-on style compatible wall plate for each outlet and switch installed. Plates shall be .040"
stainless steel with brushed finish. Color and finish to be selected by Architect. Refer to architectural/lighting consultant plans for engraving requirements. Submit sample to Architect
and obtain acceptance prior to installation. 2. Replace existing wall plates in renovated areas to match new device wall plates. 3. Where two or more switches or devices are indicated
at one location, mount under common plate. 4. Exterior cover plates shall be gasketed heavy duty die-cast zinc, with spring loaded, selfclosing gasketed lift cover which maintains weatherproof
integrity while in use. 5. Telecommunication outlets shall have cover plates to match area wiring device type and accommodate port configuration in each wall or floor box. Refer to
other Sections for exact types. H. See other Division 26 sections for wallbox dimmers, low voltage switches, and other specialpurpose devices. 2.5 GROUNDING MATERIALS A. Provide a complete
continuous grounding system to effectively ground the non-current carrying metal parts of every piece of installed equipment, and to provide a low impedance fault return to source.
B. Grounding materials shall be copper, bronze and/or brass construction with stainless steel or bronze threaded materials, listed and approved for the use. Cadmium or zinc-plated
threaded materials are not acceptable. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 8 C. Insulated grounding
conductors shall be copper with green colored insulation, or black insulation totally covered with green vinyl tape at all taps and terminations, as permitted by NEC. D. Conductors
to be direct-buried or installed in ductbank, manholes and handholes shall be bare, tinned, stranded copper. E. Connectors, clamps, straps, terminals, etc. shall be as manufactured
by Burndy, Dossert, Ilsco or approved equal. Provide two-hole compression grounding lugs; one-hole lugs are not acceptable. F. Ground rods shall be solid steel core with welded copper
cladding (Copperweld or equivalent), 3/4" diameter x 10' long. G. Use exothermic welding, Harger UltraShot or approved equivalent, for underground system connections and connections
to structural steel. H. Ground bus or grounding bars shall be bare annealed copper of rectangular cross-section, 2" wide x 1/4" thick unless otherwise indicated, complete with appropriate
mounting hardware, clamps, and connectors. Hardware used with copper bar shall be silicon bronze. I. Ground bars for the main telecommunications closet and satellite telecommunications
closet grounding shall be tinned copper, with 304 stainless steel mounting brackets and hardware with 2inch insulators and pre-drilled holes, as specified in ANSI J-STD-607-A. Manufacturer:
Erico Eritech series or approved equal by Harger or Panduit. 1. Telecommunications main grounding busbar (TMGB) shall be 4" high x 1/4" deep x minimum 24" long. One TMGB shall be installed
in the main telecommunications closet, or room. 2. Telecommunications grounding busbars (TGB's) shall be 2" high x 1/4" deep x minimum 18" long. TGB's shall be installed in each satellite
telecommunications closet. 2.6 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Provide safety switches where shown and required to comply with requirements of codes and enforcing agencies. Refer to Divisions
14 and 23 for additional information and requirements. Provide equipment by the same manufacturer as the service equipment. See other Division 26 sections for panelboard and switchboard
applications. B. Disconnect switches indicated by symbol of box with slash on drawings, for two and three-pole loads greater than 1/2 horsepower, shall be heavy duty NEMA Type HD complying
with NEMA KS 1 with quick-make/quick-break blades, rejection fuse holders, and equipment grounding kit; enclosures shall be NEMA Type 1 (interior dry locations), NEMA 3R (outdoor locations),
Type 4 (wet or damp indoor locations), Type 4X stainless steel (kitchen areas), Type 7C (hazardous locations) and as shown on drawings. Disconnect switches shall have a listed interrupting
capacity of no less than the interrupting capacity of the installed fuses, where applicable, and minimum of 100,000 amperes, unless otherwise noted. 1. Enclosures shall have hinged
door with interlock to prevent unauthorized door opening when switch is in "on" position, or closing of switch with door open. 2. Ampere ratings, voltage ratings, fusing and poles shall
be as indicated or required. Provide non-fused type unless otherwise noted. 3. Provision shall be made for padlocking in "off" position. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 9 4. Where fusing is indicated, and unless otherwise specified, provide as follows: a. Main service and feeder switches
0 - 600 amperes: Class RK1; specification grade, Bussmann Low-Peak, dual element, time-delay, 200 kA, Type LPN-RK (250 volt) or LPS-RK (600 volt) or approved equal by Ferraz Shawmut.
b. Motor and transformer branch circuits 0 - 600 amperes: Class RK5; Bussmann Fusetron, Type FRN-R (250 volt) or FRS-R (600 volt), time delay, 200 kA, or approved equal by Ferraz Shawmut.
c. Non-motor branch circuits 0 - 600 amperes: Class J; Bussmann Low-Peak Type LPJ, 600 volt, dual element, time-delay, 200 kA, or approved equal by Ferraz Shawmut. 5. Fuses shall be
of the same manufacturer. 6. Provide three (3) spare fuses of each type and size installed, in manufacturer's original packaging. C. Disconnect switches indicated by symbol SM on drawings,
for single-phase, one or two-pole loads, 1/2 horsepower and less, shall be toggle-type, AC manual motor starting switches with thermal overload protection to match the motor served.
Switches shall be U.L. 508 Listed. 1. Single-pole switches shall be rated 30 amperes at 120-240 VAC, 2 HP at 120 volts, 3 HP at 240 volts, with standard toggle with brown handle.
Provide key-type or pilot light types where specifically indicated. Mount with appropriate backbox and coverplate per Section 2.02; NEMA 1 where indoors; NEMA 4 where outdoors. Square
D Type FO1 or approved equal. 2. Two-pole switches shall be rated 30 amperes at 240 VAC (3 HP at 120 volts, 7.5 HP at 240 volts). Provide manufacturer's standard NEMA 1 enclosure where
indoors; NEMA 4 enclosure where outdoors enclosure for each unless otherwise noted. Square D Type FO2 or approved equal. D. Fusible shunt trip disconnect switches for elevators shall
include integral shunt-trip mechanisms and auxiliary contacts for connection to fire alarm system. 1. Switches shall be rated 600VAC and 200,000 amps RMS interrupting, for use with
Class J fuses. Switches shall have integral 120 volt control power transformer, control power fuses and blocks. 2. Provide fusible shunt trip switch ratings to match elevator horsepower
and amps for heavy duty applications (2.25 times FLA). Standard ratings: 30, 60, 100, 200, 400 ampere. Include: fire safety interface relay, control power transformer, isolation relay,
key-to-test switch, pilot lights, (2) Form C NC auxiliary switch contacts, and fire alarm voltage monitoring relay, in NEMA 1 enclosure. 3. Mount switch in elevator machine room, within
line-of-sight of elevator controller. 4. Manufacturers: Bussmann Power Module, Ferraz Shawmut Fusible Shunt Trip or approved equal. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 10 E. Provide accessory dry contacts in disconnect switches: 1. For motors controlled by an electronic variable frequency
drive unit. Provide interlock wiring from auxiliary contacts to drive "Run-Permit" circuit to prevent drive from attempting to start motor with remote disconnect open. F. Mount disconnect
switches 4'-6" above finished floor to center of operating handle. 2.7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Where protective devices are indicated to be circuit breakers, provide manually-operated stationary
mounting, U.L. listed types as follows: 1. Molded case circuit breakers up to and including 1200 ampere frame size unless otherwise noted. 2. Include adjustable magnetic trip from 100
ampere frame size up to 400 ampere frame size unless otherwise noted. 3. Breakers 400 ampere frame size and larger shall incorporate electronic trip units with fieldinterchangeable
rating plugs within frame size. For emergency and standby distribution, provide electronic trip units as necessary to achieve selective coordination in accordance with the equipment
manufacturer’s short circuit study and NEC Articles 700 and 701. 4. Provide insulated case, fixed mounting circuit breakers above 1200 ampere frame size unless otherwise indicated.
5. See other Division 26 sections for panelboard and switchboard applications. B. Electronic trip units shall include and display the following protective functions and features: 1.
Adjustable long-time pickup and delay. 2. Adjustable short-time pickup and delay. 3. Adjustable instantaneous pickup (up to 10X). 4. Trip target for each function. 5. Voltage on each
phase. 6. Instantaneous current on each phase. 7. Kilowatt hours & kilowatt demand. 8. Instantaneous kVA & kVA demand. 9. Power factor. 10. Harmonic distortion. 11. Phase failure. 12.
Shunt trip where indicated. 13. Adjustable ground-fault pickup and delay (up to 1200 amperes pickup & 1 sec delay maximum) where indicated. 14. Arc-fault where indicated. 15. Cause
of trip indicator target. C. Provide 100% rated circuit breakers where indicated for application at 100% of the breaker’s continuous current rating and UL 489 compliant. Circuit breaker
shall be marked: ‘Suitable for continuous operation at 100 percent of rating’. D. Provide circuit breakers with handle locking devices and padlocking hasps where indicated. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 11 E. Provide 100% rated circuit breakers where indicated for application
at 100% of the breaker’s continuous current rating and UL 489 compliant. Circuit breaker shall be marked: ‘Suitable for continuous operation at 100 percent of rating’. F. Enclosures:
NEMA AB 1, Type 1 unless otherwise indicated or required to meet environmental conditions of installed location and as follows: 1. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R. 2. Kitchen Areas: Type
4X, stainless steel. 3. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: Type 4. 4. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings: Type 7C. G. Provide equipment by the same manufacturer as the service
equipment. 2.8 CABLE SUPPORTS & CONDUIT VENTILATORS A. Provide cable supports for supporting electrical cables in vertical conduit risers per NEC Article 300-19. B. Cable supports shall
be clamping device type with ventilating capability suitable for nonarmored cables, 600 volts or less, O.Z. Gedney Type S or approved equal. C. Provide conduit ventilators to allow
movement of air through the vertical conduit riser where shown on the drawings; O.Z. Gedney Type KVM or KVF or approved equal. 2.9 CONDUIT AND CABLE SEALING BUSHINGS A. Conduit sealing
bushings for sealing conduit penetrations against fluid and air pressure shall be as follows as manufactured by O.Z. Gedney, Thunderline Corporation, Burndy or Thomas & Betts. 1. For
walls which have or will have membrane waterproofing: a. Cast-In-Place Installations: OZ/Gedney Co.’s Type FSK thru wall seal and Type FSKA membrane clamp adapter. b. Core drilled or
Sleeved Installations: OZ/Gedney Co.’s type CSM and type CSMC with membrane clamp adapter. 2. For walls which will not have membrane waterproofing: a. Cast-In-Place Installations: OZ/Gedney
Co.’s Type FSK. b. Core Drilled or Sleeved Installations: OZ/Gedney Co.’s Type CSM or Thunderline Corporation Link-Seal CS-316. 3. Provide abandonment plates for unused openings. B.
Cable sealing bushings for sealing power cables in conduit shall be Type CSB, by O.Z. Gedney, Burndy or Thomas & Betts. C. Cable seals for low voltage and signal cables shall be reusable
simplex, duplex or triplex split design as required by Tyco Electronics or approved equal. Empty/spare conduit closed end caps shall be low temperature shrink Type LTCP by Tyco Electronics
Raychem or approved equal. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 12 2.10 AUDIO-VIDEO (A-V) SYSTEM A.
Electrical contractor shall furnish and install a dedicated empty conduit system for the A-V System. Back boxes shall be furnished by the A-V system contractor and installed by electrical
contractor. A-V System wiring shall be in conduit, minimum size shall be 3/4-inch and sized for maximum 40% fill and as shown on the drawings. A-V System wiring and equipment shall
be furnished and installed as described in other Sections of specifications including Section 115200 and indicated on the A-V Consultant documents. B. Electrical contractor shall coordinate
with the audio consultant drawings and Section 115200 the specifications for A-V system device types and locations. Wire installation and termination is by the A-V system installer.
C. Electrical contractor shall submit shop drawings of A-V system conduit routing for the A-V system consultant and electrical engineer review. 2.11 LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING POWER SUPPLIES
A. Provide toroidal transformer low voltage power supplies designed with manual taps to achieve 12, 13, 14, and 15 volts for 12 volt operation and 24, 26, 28, and 30 volts for 24 volt
operation as indicated on drawings. Proper transformer wattage shall equal or exceed total lamping wattage without derating as indicated on drawings. 250 volt primary and 12 volt
or 24 volt secondary voltage compartments shall be separate. Power supply shall be inherently protected and include primary and secondary overcurrent circuit protection. Size power
supply overcurrent protection according to manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Indoor housing shall be suitable for recessed or surface mounting for both walls and ceilings with zero
clearance to combustible materials with damp locations label. Outdoor housing shall be UL listed for wet label direct burial. Provide 304 stainless steel diamond plate or bead blasted
bronze covers with stainless steel hardware as required for application. C. Products shall be QT (indoor) and QSET & QVAULT (exterior) Series by Q-Tran, Inc., or approved equals by
Semper Fi, Inc. 2.12 SHUNT RELAY DEVICES A. Provide shunt relay devices to power egress lighting regardless of fixture switch position where indicated on the drawings. The device shall
be capable of shunting around the local control including switch, dimmer, occupancy sensor or relay when normal utility power has been lost. An un-switched source of power on the same
branch circuit as the AC ballast is required. The device shall not affect normal fixture operation when wired to a direct, un-switched connection to a generator-supplied or central
inverter-supplied lighting circuit. B. The shunt relay device shall be a normally-closed, electrically-held relay wired in parallel with wall switch as detailed on drawings. Operation
shall be such that the manually controlled emergency lighting shall be automatically energized “on” during a power outage. Relay shall fit in a 4” x 4” x 2.125” junction box, maximum
1 watt power consumption, 120V or 277V coil rating as required, 20A contact rating up to 277V, UL 916 and UL924 compliant. Manufacturer: Lighting Controls & Design (LC&D) Emergency
Shunt Relay or approved equal. C. Refer to details on drawings for relay types and control configurations. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WIRING & RACEWAY - GENERAL A. The drawings show the general layout and typical details. Provide complete systems. Drawings
are based on the specified equipment. Raceway layouts, boxes, and wiring of the systems are subject to approved shop drawings. B. Ensure that items to be furnished fit the space available.
Make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements, including those for connections, and provide such sizes and shapes of equipment that final installation shall satisfy
the intent of the drawings and specifications. C. Locations of outlets, switches, appliances, etc. as shown on Electrical plans are approximate; coordinate with Architectural and Mechanical
plans and details, and with job conditions. Install switches with "OFF" position down and on the strike side of doors, unless otherwise noted. Install receptacles with grounding pole
in the up position for vertical mounting and at left for horizontal mounting. D. Locate and install electrical equipment, junction and pull boxes, panelboards, switches, controls, and
other apparatus requiring maintenance, inspection, and operation so as to be readily accessible. For finished locations, provide a suitable marked, hinged access panel only where approved
by the architect. 3.2 RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. Install conduit in accordance with the NECA “Standard of Installation”. 1. In architecturally finished spaces, conduits and cables shall
be run concealed in hung or furred ceilings, slabs, masonry, and partitions unless otherwise indicated. In unfinished spaces, raceways may be run exposed. 2. Raceway installation at
existing slabs, existing masonry walls and existing furred partitions in finished areas shall be as indicated in the raceway schedule listed in paragraph 2.01, saw-cut or chopped into
existing floor or partition and patched, unless otherwise specifically noted. Surface raceways shall only be used where specifically indicated or permitted by the Architect. 3. Submit
shop drawings for exposed conduits or raceways indicated on drawings in architecturally finished spaces. 4. Shop drawings shall demonstrate coordination with related trades and the
ability to provide a neat and workmanlike installation. B. Unless otherwise indicated, exact routing of raceways shall be determined by the Contractor to suit project requirements and
field conditions. C. Where raceways cross expansion or seismic joints, provide approved expansion fittings, or combinations of fittings, which allow deflection in all directions equal
to twice the movement allowed in the structural design. For conduits 1-1/4" trade size or smaller, a 24" length of flexible metal conduit, with bonding jumper, slack mounted, may be
used. D. Provide sealing bushings on the ends of underground conduits that terminate at indoor equipment, or interior conduits where subject to different temperatures or where condensation
is known to be a problem as in cold storage areas. Install appropriate sealant after installation and testing of cables. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 14 E. Raceways and cables shall be neatly arranged on hangers and supports, with fittings designed for the purpose, and shall
be installed parallel and perpendicular to walls, floors, structure and ceilings in a neat and workmanlike manner. Group related raceways; provide space for 25 percent additional raceways.
F. Raceways installed in close proximity to pipes of other trades shall be arranged to allow proper clearance for servicing, headroom and the like. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance
from steam, hot water, and flue piping. G. Conduit ends shall be reamed smooth and interiors shall be wiped clean and dry. H. Use of running threads is not permitted; use conduit unions
or split couplings in areas where threaded conduit cannot be turned. I. Conduits passing through roof construction shall be flashed watertight. J. Raceways shall be supported at intervals
less than or equal to code with seismic bracing as described in this section. K. Locate pull boxes, junction boxes, pull fittings, etc. to comply with code and to prevent recommended
values of wire and cable tensions and side wall pressures from being exceeded. L. Conduit in concrete or masonry shall be securely held in place during pouring and construction operations.
Change from non-metallic conduit to rigid steel conduit before rising above the floor or emerging from concrete. M. Where conduits are embedded in concrete above metal decking or suspended
below metal decking, provide spacers for 1-1/2 inch minimum gap between conduit and deck to avoid penetration of conduit by fasteners. N. Direct buried conduit and conduit below concrete
slabs: Unless otherwise shown on the plans, a layer of fine earth material, at least 4 inches thick (loose measurement) shall be placed in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the
conduit. The bedding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill, and it shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. The bedding material
shall be tamped until firm. Flowable backfill may alternatively used. Backfill using fine material no less than 6 inches above the top of the conduit placed in 6-inch lifts and thoroughly
tamped. O. Provide a suitable pullstring in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples less than 24 inches. P. Use suitable caps to protect empty conduit against entry of dirt and
moisture. Q. Conduits and/or sleeves shall not be placed in concrete slabs or walls without prior approval of the Architect. Prepare a submittal detailing the number, size, spacing
and layout of the proposed conduit and/or sleeves including material specifications. Adhere to the following limits in planning the conduit embedments: 1. Maximum outside diameter
of embedded conduit or sleeve: ¼ the thickness of the slab or wall. 2. Minimum center-to-center conduit spacing: Six (6) times the outside diameter of the conduit. 3. Conduits shall
be firmly supported at the mid-thickness of the slab or wall and shall be wired into place. 4. Conduits shall not be placed in contact with the concrete reinforcement. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 15 5. Use of aluminum conduit or sleeves for embedment in concrete is not permitted.
6. Conduit or sleeves shall not be placed in columns or beams. R. Close ends of conduits immediately after being placed to keep out foreign matter. The entire conduit system shall
be tested for obstructions, omissions and smooth joints by fishwire, and thoroughly swabbed out and made dry before pulling any wire. S. Install covers on boxes and raceway fittings.
Plug unused open knockouts and hubs. T. Do not install outlet boxes back-to-back in walls. The use of thru-wall boxes is strictly prohibited. U. Provide phenolic insulating connectors
for metal conduits containing BOTH normal ground AND isolated-ground conductors, where the conduit is NOT being used as the equipment grounding conductor. (For conduits containing
only a normal ground conductor or only an isolated ground conductor, where the conduit is also used as the equipment grounding conductor, provide galvanized couplings and connectors.)
V. Provide separate raceways, junction boxes, pull boxes and wireways for emergency system wiring. W. Optical Fiber/Communications Cable Raceway and fittings shall not be run exposed,
in concrete slabs or direct buried in earth except as shown on drawings. Color code: ORANGE for communications. 3.3 WIRING INSTALLATION A. Do not use wire smaller than No. 12 AWG for
any power or lighting circuit. Use larger sizes where indicated, as required by codes, and as follows: 30 ampere circuit: No. 10 40 ampere circuit: No. 8 50 ampere circuit: No. 6
60 ampere circuit: No. 6 1. Minimum homerun and branch circuit wiring sizes and maximum homerun conduit fill for 120 Volt, 20 ampere circuits shall be as follows: Circuit Home Run
Conduit Size Length Wire Size Wire Size (9 current-carrying conds.+ G) 0' to 50' #12 #12 3/4" 51' to 100' #12 #10 3/4" 101' to 200' #10 #8 1" (1-1/4” for 9 #8 AWG +G) Greater than
200' - Request Direction from Architect. Note: Provide derating per Code when installing more than 3 current-carrying conductors in conduit. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 16 2. Home runs and branch circuit wiring for 277 Volt, 20 ampere circuits shall be as follows: Circuit
Home Run Conduit Size Length Wire Size Wire Size (9 current-carrying conds.+ G) 0' to 100' #12 #12 3/4" 101' to 200' #10 #10 3/4" Greater than 200' - Request Direction from Architect.
Note: Provide derating per Code when installing more than 3 current carrying conductors in conduit. B. Do not use wire smaller than No. 14 AWG for control circuits unless otherwise
recommended by the equipment or system manufacturer on wiring shop drawings, and so approved by the Architect. C. Where greater than three (3) current-carrying conductors are installed
in any one conduit or cable, conductors must be derated and sizes increased, if needed, to accommodate conductor derating as required by NEC Article 310.15(B)(2)(a) Allowable Ampacities
of Insulated Conductors Rated 0-2000 volts. Do not install more than nine (9) current-carrying conductors in conduit or raceway without approval from the Engineer. D. Where conductors
in conduits supported above roofs are exposed to sunlight, apply ambient temperature ampacity adjustment factors per Table 310.15(B)(2)(c) according to distance above roof from bottom
of conduit. E. Make splices only at outlets or accessible junction boxes. Make splices No. 10 AWG and smaller with Buchanan B-Cap wire-nuts or equivalent insulated solderless twist-on
connectors. Make joints, taps, and splices in wires No. 8 AWG and larger with solderless mechanical connectors enclosed in molded covers. Splices shall be UL listed for the environment.
F. When pulling conductors through conduits, care shall be taken not to exceed manufacturer's maximum tension and side wall pressures. G. Wire shall not be installed until work which
may cause injury to wiring has been completed, and conduits are cleaned and dry. H. Conductors shall be completely installed and connected. Provide terminals, lugs, and connectors
to suit the application, and in compliance with equipment manufacturers' recommendations. I. Branch circuit wiring for lighting and other single phase applications shall be multi-wire,
utilizing common neutrals, except dimmer circuits shall have separate neutrals, and as otherwise indicated. 1. Under no circumstances shall any switch or circuit breaker break a neutral
conductor. 2. The circuit numbers indicated on the drawings are intended as a guide for proper connection of circuits at panels. However, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
to ensure that the final circuiting work fulfills the following conditions: a. Loads on panel busses shall be phase-balanced as evenly as possible. b. No neutral conductor shall be
common to more than one circuit conductor of the same phase leg. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500
- 17 3. Receptacle, fluorescent lighting, and electronic low voltage lighting (track or fixed) branch circuits shall be considered non-linear loads and shall be provided with either
individual dedicated 100% neutral wires, or a common neutral wire sized at 173% ampacity of the phase wires. 4. Provide multi-pole circuit breakers for multi-wire circuits and circuits
that supply devices or equipment on the same yoke or strap. J. Wire lubricant shall be used to ease the pulling of cables and conductors in conduits. The lubricant used shall be fully
compatible with the wire insulation or cable jacket material. K. Secondary Service, Feeder, and Branch-Circuit Conductors: Color-code throughout the secondary electrical system. 1.
Color-code 208Y/120-V system as follows: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue. d. Neutral: White. e. Ground: Green. 2. Color-code 480Y/277-V system as follows:
a. Phase A: Brown. b. Phase B: Orange. c. Phase C: Yellow. d. Neutral: White with a colored stripe or gray. e. Ground: Green with a yellow stripe. 3.4 GROUNDING & BONDING INSTALLATION
A. Install a complete building, equipment, and system grounding and bonding network as indicated and specified, and to meet or exceed the requirements of NEC Article 250 and the local
utility. B. Equipment Grounding 1. Install an insulated ground conductor, run in the raceway with the phase conductors, for each feeder serving: panelboards, lighting dimmer boards,
motor control centers, motors, equipment and appliances unless otherwise noted. 2. Include an insulated ground conductor in conduit runs containing sections of flexible conduit unless
otherwise noted. 3. Include an insulated ground conductor in branch circuit raceways or cables unless otherwise noted. 4. Note: Addition of equipment grounding conductor to AC circuits
run in metallic enclosures does not lessen the requirement for conductor enclosure continuity, since part of total ground fault current will flow through the raceway and enclosure system.
Therefore, the continuity of this system shall be maintained. 5. Provide bonding bushings and bonding conductors for boxes with concentric, eccentric or over-sized knockouts. The
bonding conductor shall be sized per NEC Table 250-122 and lugged to the box. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS
260500 - 18 6. Grounded service conductor (neutral) of distribution system shall be grounded at only one point: service neutral connection to the ground bus. Under no circumstances
shall system neutral be grounded at any other point. As part of final inspection procedures, demonstrate purity of system neutral. 7. Bond each separately derived system transformer.
Bond grounded conductor (X0) to the transformer case, to the nearest available interior metal water piping, to nearest grounded building steel, and to other metal piping in accordance
with requirements of NEC Article 250. If building steel does not exist (i.e., concrete structures), the transformer shall be grounded to main service ground bus. Size conductors per
NEC, but use no smaller than No. 4 AWG copper unless otherwise shown on the drawings. The transformer primary feeder ground is supplemental and shall be sized for primary feeder protection.
Refer to contract drawings for additional bonding requirements. 8. Install a common grounding electrode conductor serving each separately derived system. The common ground electrode
conductor size shall be #3/0 ASW bare tinned copper. Taps to each separately derived system shall be sized per NEC Table 250.66 and minimum #6 AWG bare copper. C. Low Voltage Telecommunications
Grounding & Bonding 1. Provide a proper grounding and bonding infrastructure serving low voltage telecommunications systems including voice, data, video, audio, fire alarm, security
and environmental control per ANSI-J-STD-607-A as indicated on the drawings and as follows: a. Provide a Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB), minimum size #3/0 AWG in 1-inch conduit
from the main service grounding electrode system to the Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) and to each Telecommunications Closet Busbar (TGB). The intent of the TBB is
to reduce or equalize potential differences between telecommunications systems. b. Where two or more vertical Telecommunications Bonding Backbones (TBB) are used in a multi-story building,
provide a #3/0 AWG horizontal grounding equalizer (GE) to each TBB at the top floor, bottom floor and every third floor. c. Metallic raceways for low voltage telecommunications systems
copper or fiber optic cabling shall be made electrically continuous for grounding purposes and bonded to the TGB or TMGB. Provide connections from each item to the ground bus or if
bonded in series provide a connection at each end for continuity. d. Bonds shall be hollow braided copper jumpers minimum 60A ampacity. Each bond terminal shall be irreversible compression
type with NEMA two-hole bolted connections to ground bus or exothermic weld connection. e. Provide additional #4 AWG ground cable connections from each TMGB and TGB to the closest building
steel and to the ground bus in the electric panel serving the outlets and equipment in the associated telecommunications room/closet. f. Ground each low voltage system to the TMGB or
TGB with a #4 AWG conductor. g. Grounding and bonding conductors shall be installed without splices. Exception: Irreversible compression-type connectors or exothermic welds. h. Conductors
may be insulated; if insulated the insulation shall meet the fire ratings of its pathway. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 19 2. Grounding or bonding conductors installed for Telecommunications Systems shall be labeled near their termination points. Labels shall be non-metallic
and include the following: a. “WARNING if this connector or cable is loose or must be removed, please call the Building Telecommunications Manager.” b. Labels and installation shall
meet the requirements of ANSI/TIA/EIA 606 and 607. D. Specialty Grounding 1. Provide ground connections for anti-static floor covering materials according to manufacturer’s installation
instructions. 2. Audio Isolated Ground Test - Verify the integrity of the audio isolated ground system, [as specified by the AV Consultant and]as follows: a. Confirm that continuity
is measured between each isolated ground receptacle/outlet neutral conductor and the grounding electrode connection at the audio isolation transformer. b. Disconnect the neutral bonding
link at each audio isolation transformer and confirm that the neutral buss is isolated from the building ground. Locate and remove connections between the neutral buss and the building
ground other than the main bonding jumper. Reconnect the neutral bonding link. c. Confirm that continuity is measured between each isolated ground receptacle/outlet ground conductor
and the grounding electrode at the audio isolation transformer. d. Disconnect the isolated ground bonding link at each audio isolation transformer and confirm that the isolated ground
buss is isolated from the building ground. Locate and remove connections between the isolated ground buss and the building ground other than the main bonding jumper. Reconnect the
isolated ground bonding link. e. Confirm that each isolated ground receptacle/outlet is wired with correct polarity. 3.5 RACEWAYS & CABLE PATHWAYS FOR SECURITY SYSTEM A. Provide empty
conduit raceway and cable pathway systems as described here and shown on the drawings for security work, complete with conduit, pull boxes, and outlet boxes, as indicated on the drawings
and to Category 6A UTP standards. Refer to raceways and cable pathways for Telecommunication System for additional requirements. 3.6 RACEWAYS & CABLE PATHWAYS FOR AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEMS
A. General 1. Prior to installation, the Electrical Contractor shall submit a riser diagram for audio system conduit. 2. No installation work shall proceed until the conduit riser has
been approved, in writing, by the Electrical Engineer and the Audio Designer. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS
260500 - 20 B. Installation – Wire groups in conduit 1. The audio location drawings and the audio schedule of terminations indicate the origins and destinations for audio cables. The
method of cable routing described in those documents indicates the maximum number of conduit runs required to install the audio systems. 2. The actual diameter and path of each conduit
run shall be determined by the Electrical Contractor in accordance with field conditions. 3. Should the Electrical Contractor choose to combine cable runs from individual terminations
into a common conduit, then they must conform to the wire grouping, conduit fill, and conduit separation requirements listed in this Section. 4. To prepare the required conduit riser
diagram, the Electrical Contractor must group cables by wiring type; determine the total number of cables in each conduit run; determine the diameter of each conduit run; determine
the actual routing of each conduit run. 5. Refer to Paragraph C of this Section for wiring group and conduit separation requirements. 6. Refer to Table 1 at the end of this Section
for audio cable specifications and conduit capacities. C. Installation – Conduit Separation 1. Audio system wiring is divided into separate groups according to their nominal voltage
levels. These wiring groups must never be intermixed within a given conduit run. See equipment manufacturer’s recommendations for wire type information. 2. Conduits carrying audio
wiring must maintain a minimum separation from conduits carrying other types of audio wiring. When necessary, ninety degree crossings in close proximity are acceptable. See paragraph
3 for audio conduit separation requirements. 3. Minimum conduit separation between conduits carrying wiring of different audio groups is as follows: Group A Group B Group C Group D
Group A adjacent 6" 12" 12" Group B -- adjacent 12" 6" Group C -- -- adjacent 6" Group D -- -- -- adjacent Wiring Type Group A Microphones and other sensitive wiring (0 to 100 millivolts)
Group B Line level wiring (100 millivolts to 10 volts) Group C Loudspeaker and control wiring (10 to 70 volts) Group D Telephone, video, control and digital circuits Note: These wiring
groups must never be intermixed within a given conduit run. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 21
4. Minimum conduit separation between conduits carrying audio wiring and other electrical service conduit is as follows: Group A Group B Group C Group D Dimmer controlled lighting 24"
12" 6" 12" 208 VAC circuits 6" 6" adjacent adjacent Other services without SCR’s 6" 6" adjacent adjacent Other services with SCR’s 24" 12" 6" 12" Note: Unusually heavy current demands
in or long parallel runs with the above services may dictate greater separations to avoid interference with the audio system. D. Installation – Metallic conduits for audio systems 1.
The metallic conduit system is specified by information called out in several Performance Audio System bid documents: a. The Performance Audio System indicate the location of each audio
device and the method of mounting each device. b. The schedule of audio terminations (Division 27) indicates the type of back box required for each audio device; the quantities, types,
and groupings of cables which run from each device; and the “run to” destination for cables exiting each device. 2. Refer to Table 1 at the end of this Section for audio cable specifications
and conduit sizing requirements. 3. In most cases, each run of this conduit system shall be bonded to the audio termination back boxes which are provided by the Audio Contractor. The
only exception is conduit which is routed to the audio equipment racks. Conduit runs entering or exiting the audio equipment racks shall be electrically isolated from the racks. PVC
or other nonconductive fittings shall be used to isolate the conduit from the audio equipment racks. E. Installation – Audio Cable Sleeves 1. Install per architectural detail drawings
with threaded cap at each end of sleeve. These caps shall be lubricated for easy removal and held captive by a chain. F. TABLE 1 - CONDUIT SIZING FOR AUDIO CABLES Note: Minimum conduit
size allowed for audio cables is 3/4 inch. Audio Cable Maximum number of audio cables allowed in each conduit size (based on 40% fill of EMT) Mfr Type Nom. O.D. Area 3/4" 1" 1 1/4"
1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" Belden 1279R 0.403 0.128 1 2 4 6 10 18 27 Belden 1419A 0.248 0.048 4 7 12 17 27 48 73 Belden 1421A 0.280 0.062 3 5 9 13 21 38 57 Belden 1502R 0.250 0.049 4 7 12
16 27 47 72 Belden 1505A 0.233 0.043 5 8 14 19 31 55 83 Belden 1583A 0.195 0.030 7 11 20 27 45 78 118 Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 22 Belden 1694A 0.274 0.059 3 6 10 14 22 39 60 Belden 1696A 0.234 0.043 4 9 13 18 31 54 82 Belden 1800B 0.177 0.025 8 14 24 33 54 95 143 Belden 1855A
0.159 0.020 10 17 30 41 67 118 178 Belden 7710A 0.770 0.466 0 0 1 1 2 5 7 Belden 7712A 0.970 0.739 0 0 0 1 1 3 4 Belden 7810A 0.405 0.129 1 2 4 6 10 18 27 Belden 7881A 0.241 0.046 4
7 13 17 29 50 76 Belden 8240 0.193 0.029 7 11 20 28 46 80 122 Belden 8281 0.305 0.073 3 4 8 11 18 32 48 Belden 8444 0.185 0.027 8 13 22 30 50 87 131 Belden 8445 0.194 0.030 7 11 20
27 45 79 119 Belden 8451 0.138 0.015 14 23 40 54 89 156 236 Belden 8465 0.282 0.062 3 5 9 13 21 37 56 Belden 8467 0.314 0.077 2 4 7 10 17 30 45 Belden 8471 0.274 0.059 3 6 10 14 22
39 60 Belden 8473 0.340 0.091 2 4 6 9 14 26 39 Belden 8477 0.386 0.117 2 3 5 7 11 20 30 Belden 8489 0.257 0.052 4 6 11 15 26 45 68 Belden 8620 0.382 0.115 2 3 5 7 11 20 31 Belden 8690
0.347 0.095 2 3 6 8 14 24 37 Belden 8691 0.433 0.147 1 2 4 5 9 16 24 Belden 8723 0.160 0.020 10 17 29 40 66 116 176 Belden 8734 0.194 0.030 7 11 20 27 45 79 119 Belden 8760 0.222 0.039
5 9 15 21 34 60 91 Belden 9156 0.327 0.084 2 4 7 9 16 28 42 Belden 9157 0.381 0.114 2 3 5 7 11 20 31 Belden 9161 0.475 0.177 1 2 3 4 7 13 20 Belden 9329 0.331 0.086 2 4 7 9 15 27 41
Belden 9421 0.229 0.041 5 8 14 19 32 57 86 Belden 9451 0.135 0.014 15 24 41 57 93 163 247 Belden 9460 0.230 0.042 5 8 14 19 32 56 85 Belden 9729 0.317 0.079 2 4 7 10 17 29 45 Belden
9844 0.390 0.119 1 2 5 6 11 19 29 Belden 9913 0.405 0.129 1 2 4 6 10 18 27 Belden 9914 0.403 0.128 1 2 4 6 10 18 27 Belden 9939 0.202 0.032 6 10 18 25 42 73 110 Belden 9941 0.230 0.042
5 8 14 19 31 55 84 Belden 27138A 0.450 0.159 1 2 3 5 8 14 22 Belden 83602 0.157 0.019 11 18 31 42 69 121 182 West Penn 291 0.141 0.016 13 22 38 52 86 150 226 West Penn 452 0.135 0.014
15 24 41 57 93 163 247 West Penn 77291 0.175 0.024 9 14 25 34 55 97 147 West Penn 77452 0.135 0.014 15 24 41 57 93 163 247 West Penn P806 0.305 0.073 3 4 8 11 18 32 48 #8 THHN 0.216
0.037 6 9 16 22 36 64 96 Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 23 #10 THHN 0.164 0.021 10 16 28 38
63 111 167 #12 THHN 0.130 0.013 16 26 45 61 101 176 266 #14 THHN 0.111 0.010 22 35 61 84 138 241 364 #16 TFFN 0.096 0.007 29 48 82 112 185 323 488 #18 TFFN 0.084 0.006 38 62 108 147
242 422 638 3.7 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WIRING A. Unless otherwise indicated or specified herein, motors, motor starters, motor controllers, variable speed/frequency drives, and associated
control devices are furnished by other Divisions and installed by this Division. Coordinate installation and locations with other Division contractors. B. Power wiring from the indicated
source to the starter/controller/drive unit, and from the starter/controller/drive unit to the motor, including any local disconnect switches provided and installed by this Division,
and associated lugs, terminals, and connections, is the work of this Division. C. Verify correct voltage, phase rotation and protection for equipment prior to start-up. Correct deficiencies
before energizing equipment. D. Control circuit wiring is generally furnished and installed under other Divisions, except that any such wiring shown on Electrical drawings is work of
this Division. E. Provide 120 volt power to temperature control panels (TCP's) supplied and installed by Division 23. Use emergency power sources when available. Coordinate power
requirements and panel locations with Division 23 Temperature Controls Contractor. F. Cooperate and coordinate with the other trades in the installation, connection, and testing of
mechanical equipment. Perform work of this section in accordance with equipment manufacturers' instructions. 3.8 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS A. Provide metal framing, supports and braces
for equipment installed. Provide floor mounted or free standing supports for equipment not mounted to concrete or block walls. Support panelboards, pull boxes and outlet boxes independently
of the conduit. B. Support single conduit runs by individual hangers. C. Support multiple conduit runs on trapeze hangers. Do not support conduit on hangers provided for mechanical
runs. D. Provide listed raceway roof support blocks. Wooden support blocks are not acceptable. E. Securely fasten electrical items including lighting fixtures and their supports to
the building structure, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use the ceiling-support wires or ceiling grid to support raceways and cables. Provide independent support wires, secured
at both ends. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 24 F. Do not support electrical items including
disconnect switches, motor controllers, variable frequency drives, or conduit from the equipment or supports of other divisions. G. Securely fasten electrical items and their supports
to the building structure, unless otherwise indicated. Do not support electrical items from the equipment or supports of other divisions. H. Hanger rods shall be threaded galvanized
steel, 3/8" minimum with galvanized double nuts, securely attached to the building structure. Provide sizes, quantities, and connections to safely support imposed loads. I. Support
horizontal and vertical conduits per code and to prevent visible deflections. Conduit shall be firmly fastened within 3 feet of each outlet box, junction box, cabinet or fitting. J.
Provide galvanized steel channel or angle as required for conduit and equipment supports. Provide independent support for items weighing 100 pounds, or more, mounted on gypsum board
partitions. K. Connect rod hangers to the building structure as follows: 1. In formed concrete slabs provide anchors by means of cast-in-place inserts. 2. To structural steel provide
anchors secured to the structure with beam clamps. Clip type (Caddy) conduit supports shall be used only for armored cable. 3. To existing work provide expansion bolts if structural
steel is not available. 4. Powder propelled inserts are not acceptable for this project. L. Support MC cable independent of supports for other mechanical or ceiling support systems.
1. Supports shall consist of “Caddy clips” attached to ¼” threaded rods, steel studs, and beams, and shall be installed in accordance with their listing and loading capacity. 2. To
existing work provide expansion bolts if structural steel is not available. 3. Beam clamps shall be bolt-on C-clamp types, NOT push-on friction-hold Caddy types. 4. Do not use “drop
wire” or “pencil rod” for supports. Do not use tie-wraps for attachment. 5. “Bridle ring” type supports may be used for support of up to six cables, as listed by the manufacturer,
where supported by bolt-on C-clamps. Adjust ampacity for more than three current carrying conductors in a cable or for more than twenty bundled cables and ensure compliance with NEC
Article 310.15(B)(2)(a) Exception No. 5. 6. MC cable shall be routed in a neat and workmanlike manner, parallel, and perpendicular to walls, floors, ceilings, and structure. 3.9 SEISMIC
REQUIREMENTS - Refer to Section 260548. 3.10 LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING POWER SUPPLIES A. Install according to manufacturer’s instructions. B. Mount where indicated on plans and install in
a manner that prevents transmission of vibration into the structure. Refer to Section 260548 for further information. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents BASIC MATERIALS 260500 - 25 3.11 OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSORS A. Upon completion of the installation, the system shall be adjusted by the manufacturer's
factory authorized technician or the electrician who will verify all adjustments and sensor placement to ensure a trouble-free occupancy-based lighting control system. B. Upon completion
of the system adjustment the factory authorized technician shall provide the proper training to the owner's personnel in the adjustment and maintenance of the sensors. END OF SECTION
260500 Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 1 SECTION 283100 ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM
SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE & RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Attention is directed to the Contract and General Conditions and all Sections of Division 01 – General Requirements which are
hereby made a part of this specification. B. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specification for requirements therein affecting the Work of this Section. C. Coordinate
work with that of all other trades affecting or affected by work of the Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. D. The work covered
by this section of the specifications includes the furnishing of labor, equipment, materials, and performance of operations in connection with the additions and modifications to the
existing Fire Alarm System as shown on the drawings and as herein specified. E. The requirements of the conditions of the Contract, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements,
apply to the work specified in this section. F. The complete installation is to conform to the applicable sections of NFPA-72, Local Code Requirements and National Electrical Code with
particular attention to Article 760. G. The work covered by this section of the specifications is to be coordinated with the related work as specified elsewhere under the project specifications.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Each item of the Fire Alarm System shall be listed as a product of a SINGLE fire alarm system manufacturer under the appropriate category by Underwriters' Laboratories,
Inc. (UL), and shall bear the "U.L." label. Equipment provided shall be listed under UL 864 9th Edition to insure the latest revision of control equipment. Equipment that does not
have UL 864 9th Edition or has 9th Edition pending will not be approved. Manufacturer shall provide copy of UL 9th Authorization letter if requested. Control equipment is to be listed
under UL category UOJZ as a single control unit. Partial listing shall not be acceptable. B. The equipment and installation supervision furnished under this specification is to be
provided by a manufacturer who has been engaged in production and/or installation of this type (software driven) of equipment for at least ten (10) years, and has a fully-equipped service
organization within fifty (50) miles of the installation. C. Before commencing work, submit data showing that the contractor has successfully installed fire alarm system of the same
type and design as specified or that they have a firm contractual agreement with a subcontractor having the required manufacture's training and experience. The contractor will include
the names and location of at least two installations of similar size and complexity where the contractor, or his subcontractor have installed such systems. Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 2 D. Control equipment must have transient protection devices to comply with
UL864 requirements. Provide an isolated loop protector device on any circuit including power, telephone, signal, initiating device, or notification appliance device circuit that extends
beyond the main building by either aerial, underground, or other method. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Prior to submittal of drawings: 1. First: Obtain Architect's approval for revisions to
layouts shown on Contract Documents. 2. Second: Submit shop drawings to the local Fire Marshal or other Authority Having Jurisdiction for review and approval prior to commencing construction.
B. Submit shop drawings for the following: 1. Intelligent addressable fire alarm control panel, manual pull stations, heat detectors, analog smoke detectors, alarm monitoring modules,
supervised control modules and accessories. 2. Conventional non-addressable devices as required for performance to this specification. 3. Audible and visual evacuation signals and devices.
4. Wiring and conduit to include circuit load and spare capacity. 5. Detailed sequence of operation. C. Data describing more than one type of item shall be clearly marked to indicate
the type the contractor intends to provide for a given application. The reviewing authority will assume that options not crossed out in submittal material will be furnished for the
project. Submittal material shall be complete. Partial submittals will not be accepted. Submit copies of UL listing or FM approval data showing compatibility of the proposed device
or appliance and the panel being provided. D. Complete drawings covering the following shall be submitted for the proposed system: 1. Floor plans showing initiating, end of line, supervisory,
notification appliances, and output control devices. 2. Wiring diagrams showing points of connection and terminals used for electrical connections to the existing system devices and
panels. 3. Submit project-specific, complete riser diagram showing interconnections of panels, modules, and point-to-point wiring between devices including wire types and major junction
boxes required for the project. 4. A complete proposed system database including a description of logic strings, control by event programming and point identification labels on a compact
disk (CD) and in a formatted printed form, required for off site editing, uploading and downloading shall be submitted for evaluation by the Owner. A programming manual shall accompany
the submitted program and shall be adequate to allow understanding, operation and editing by the system owner. E. Submit a schedule of initiating devices, listing device type, location,
zone (if applicable), and software address. F. Submit a matrix or table listing each output control function (e.g. fan shutdown, elevator recall, door release) and its corresponding
initiating addresses. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 3 G. Submit calculations
for the sizing of power supplies, batteries, and audio amplifiers (where applicable). H. Submit a copy of the field installer's NICET Level 3 certificate in Fire Protection Engineering
Technology, Fire Alarm Systems. I. For use in system test, a complete operation and maintenance manual with two sets of proposed installation drawings shall be submitted. 1. The following
information shall be inscribed on the cover: a. "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL" b. Building location. c. The name of the contractor, system manufacturer and system subcontractor.
d. The name and phone number of the fire department required to respond to alarms at the project location. 2. The manual shall be legible and easily read with large drawings folded
and contained in pockets. Included in the manual shall be circuit drawings, wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment
and a control sequence describing start up instructions. Included shall be installation instructions, maintenance instructions, safety precautions, test procedures, performance data,
and software documentation. J. Upon completion of the installation, "as-built" record drawings shall be submitted on each system before final acceptance of the work. Furnish to the
Engineer a set of "as-built" record drawings including updated system riser diagrams for each system. The record drawings masters shall be on reproducible vellum uniformly sized as
required for legibility and reproduction and on a compact disk (CD) in a DXF [DWG]format suitable for use in a CAD drafting program. Record drawings shall additionally be annotated
with the following: 1. Voltage drop calculations on a dedicated sheet. 2. Battery calculations on a dedicated sheet. 3. Amplifier power calculations on a dedicated sheet. 1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturers' technical product data for fire alarm system equipment and devices, and including description of operation, specifications, dimensions and finishes. Clearly
mark options and features furnished, and strike out items, options, and features not being furnished. B. Submit a minimum of (2) additional Factory Authorized Independent Distributors
within 50 miles of the project that can maintain, service, and add to the proposed system. 1.5 GENERAL A. Furnish and install a complete Fire Alarm System as described herein and as
shown on the plans. The system shall be microprocessor-controlled, intelligent reporting, electrically supervised, lowvoltage, power-limited, non-coded, utilizing one-way voice communication
with individually addressable manual and automatic initiating devices and circuits, and individually addressable output control functions. The system shall use closed loop initiating
device circuits with individual zone supervision, individual notification appliance circuit supervision, incoming and standby power supervision. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof
Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 4 1. Include a control panel, manual pull stations, automatic fire detectors, audible
devices, flashing lights, remote annunciator, remote control devices, conduit and wiring, connections to devices, outlet boxes, junction boxes, and other necessary material for a complete
operating system. 2. The fire alarm control panel shall allow for loading or editing special instructions and operating sequences as required. The system is to be capable of on site
programming to accommodate and facilitate expansion, building parameter changes or changes as required by local codes. Software operations are to be stored in a non-volatile programmable
memory within the fire alarm control panel. Loss of primary and secondary power shall not erase the instructions stored in memory. B. To accommodate and facilitate job site changes,
initiation circuits shall be individually configurable on site to provide either alarm/trouble operation, alarm only, trouble only, current limited alarm, no alarm, normally closed
device monitoring, a non-latching circuit or a alarm verification circuit. C. Design Requirements - Air Sampling Smoke Detection System 1. Shall consist of a highly sensitive LASER-based
smoke detector, aspirator, and filter. 2. The detection unit shall also include a scanning valve mechanism to identify which sampling pipe is carrying smoke. 3. It shall be modular,
with each detector optionally monitored by a Display featuring LED’s and a sounder. The system shall be configured by a Programmer that is either integral to the system, portable or
PC based. a. The system shall allow programming of: (1) four smoke threshold alarm levels per pipe (sector); (2) time delays; (3) faults including airflow, detector, power, filter and
network as well as an indication of the urgency of the fault; (4) seven or twelve configurable relay outputs for remote indication of alarm and fault conditions. 2. It shall consist
of an air sampling pipe network to transport air to the detection system, supported by calculations from a computer-based design modeling tool. 3. Optional equipment may include intelligent
remote displays and/or a high level interface with the building fire alarm system, or a dedicated VESDA System Management (VSM) graphics package. B. Performance Requirements 1. Shall
be tested and approved to cover up to 20,000 sq. ft. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100
- 5 2. Shall be approved to provide very early smoke detection and provide four output levels corresponding to Alert, Action, Fire 1 and Fire 2 per pipe (sector). These levels shall
be programmable and able to be set at sensitivities ranging from 0.0015–6% obsc/ft. For compliance to UL approval range is 0.0015-4% obsc/ft. 3. Shall report any fault on the unit by
using configurable fault output relays or via VSM. 4. Shall be self monitoring for filter contamination. Shall incorporate a flow sensor in each pipe and provide staged airflow faults.
D. Panels and peripheral devices shall be the standard product of a single manufacturer (unless otherwise specifically noted) and shall display the manufacturer's name on each component.
The materials specified under this section constitute the type, product quality, material, and desired operating features. E. If equipment of another manufacturer is submitted for
approval, the contractor shall state what, if any, specific points of system operation differ from the specified points of the system operation. This differentiation report is to reference
every paragraph of this specification. The following manufacturers are approved for bidding purposes on this project and other manufacturers are not acceptable: 1. Edwards (EST) 1.6
OPERATION A. Provide system with the following operation and control features: 1. Alarm reporting to remote supervising station (coordinate exact requirements with the Owner or local
Fire Department). 2. Alarm verification for automatic smoke detectors. 3. Subsequent alarm (second zone in alarm re-sounds the audible signals after silencing of the first alarm). 4.
Monitor fire pump controller (Per NFPA 20). 5. Monitor emergency generator per NFPA 110. 6. Voltage monitoring of elevator disconnect switches (Section 260500). 7. Control of auxiliary
services: a. Start-up and status indication of smoke exhaust fans, or stair and elevator pressurization fans. b. Magnetic door holder release. c. Release of magnetic door locks. d.
Close smoke dampers. e. Operation of automatic smoke vents. f. Elevator recall and shutdown from landing, machine room, and hoistway smoke and heat detectors, per ANSI A17.1. g. Close
fire shutter doors and motorized fire-rated doors. h. Interface with kitchen hood suppression systems. i. Interface with building fuel gas control panels and valves. 8. Detector sensitivity,
status, adjustment, and testing from the control panel and day/night sensitivity control. 9. Alarm initiation and bell activation from sprinkler flow switches. 10. Alarm initiation
from smoke detector operated doors and smoke hatches. 11. Supervisory indication from sprinkler valve tamper switches, with ring back upon correction. 12. Electrical supervision of
output control circuits. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 6 13. System status reports
consisting of hard copy, English-language printout, with time and date stamp, of system input and output activity. 14. Digital alarm communication to remote station via telephone line.
B. Under normal condition the front panel shall display a "SYSTEM NORMAL" message and the current time and date. C. Should an abnormal condition be detected the appropriate LED (Alarm,
Supervisory, or Trouble) shall flash. The panel audible signal shall sound steadily for alarm conditions and pulse for trouble and supervisory conditions. D. The panel shall display
the following information relative to the abnormal condition of a point in the system: 1. Custom location label (40 characters minimum) 2. Type of device (i.e. smoke, pull station,
waterflow) 3. Point status (i.e. alarm, trouble) These three characteristics relative to an abnormal condition of a point shall be displayed simultaneously. E. Pressing the appropriate
acknowledge button shall acknowledge the alarm or trouble condition. The acknowledge functions may be passcode protected. Systems not capable of password protected manual command
operations shall provide key operated switches for these functions. Function key switches shall be keyed differently from any other keyed switches or locks used within the system.
F. After all points have been acknowledged, the LED’s shall glow steady and the panel audible signal will be silenced. The total number of alarms, supervisory, and trouble conditions
shall be displayed along with a prompt to review each list chronologically. The end of the list shall be indicated. This feature shall be duplicated by the remote annunciator panel(s)
with both the main fire alarm control panel and remote annunciator panel(s) responding the same way. G. Alarm Silencing 1. Alarm silencing shall be duplicated by the remote annunciator
panel(s) with both the main fire alarm control panel and remote annunciator panel(s) responding in like manner. 2. Should the "Alarm Silence" button be pressed alarm signals shall cease
operation. 3. Signals shall not be silenced during alarm silence inhibit mode. H. System Reset 1. The "System Reset" button shall be used to return the system to its normal state after
an alarm condition has been acknowledged and cleared by authorized personnel. The display shall step the user through the reset process with simple English language messages. Messages
shall provide operator assurance of the sequential steps (i.e.: "IN PROGRESS", "RESET COMPLETED", and "SYSTEM NORMAL") as they occur, should alarm conditions be cleared. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 7 I. Fan Reset 1. The "Fan Reset" button shall be used to return
the previously shutdown mechanical systems to their normal state after an alarm condition has been acknowledged and cleared by authorized personnel. The display shall step the user
through the reset process with simple English language messages. Messages shall provide operator assurance of the sequential steps (i.e.: "FAN RESET IN PROGRESS", "FAN RESET COMPLETED",
and "FAN SYSTEMS NORMAL") as they occur, should alarm conditions be cleared. J. Function Keys 1. Additional function keys shall be provided to access status data for system points.
As a minimum the status data shall include Disable/Enable Status, Verification Tallies of Initiating Devices, Acknowledge Status, etc. K. History Logging 1. In addition to any required
printer output, the control panel shall have the ability to store a minimum of three hundred (300) events in an alarm log plus a minimum of three hundred (300) events in a separate
trouble log. These events shall be stored in a battery protected random access memory (RAM). Systems not having discrete alarm and trouble logging memory shall include an alternative
supervised (eg: floppy drive, tape cassette, zip drive) historic recording method with battery backup. Real time and date shall accompany history event recording. L. Walk Test with
History Logging 1. The system shall be capable of being tested by one person. While in testing mode, the alarm activation of an initiating device shall be silently logged as an alarm
condition in the historical data file. The panel shall automatically reset itself after logging of the alarm. M. Detection Operation 1. Smoke sensors shall be smoke density measuring
devices having no self contained alarm set point (fixed threshold). The alarm decision for each sensor shall be determined by the control panel. The control panel shall determine
the condition of each sensor by comparing the sensor value to the stored values. 2. The control panel shall continuously perform an automatic self-test routine on each sensor that will
functionally check sensor electronics and ensure the accuracy of the values being transmitted to the control panel. Any sensor that fails this test shall indicate a "SELF TEST ABNORMAL"
trouble condition with the sensor location at the control panel. 3. An operator at the control panel, having a proper access level, shall have the capability to manually access the
following information for each sensor: · primary status · device type · present average value · present sensitivity selected * · peak detection values * · sensor range (normal, dirty,
etc.) *Values shall be in "percent of smoke obscuration" format so that no interpretation is required by the operator. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 8 4. An operator at the control panel, having a proper access level, shall have the capability to manually control
the following for each sensor: · clear peak detection values · enable or disable the point · clear verification tally · control a sensor's relay driver output 5. It shall be possible
to program the control panel to automatically change the sensitivity settings of each sensor based on time-of-day and day-of-week (for example, to be more sensitive during unoccupied
times and less sensitive during occupied periods). There shall be a minimum of five (5) sensitivity settings available for each sensor. 6. The control panel shall have the capability
of being programmed for a pre-alarm or two-stage function. This function allows an indication to occur when, for example, a 3% sensor reaches a threshold of 1.5% smoke obscuration.
7. For increased smoke detection assurance, individually addressed smoke sensors shall be provided with alarm verification. Only a verified alarm shall initiate the alarm sequence
operation. 1.7 ALARM SEQUENCE A. The system alarm operation subsequent to the alarm activation of any manual station, automatic detection device, or sprinkler flow switch is to be as
follows: 1. Audible alarm notification appliances shall sound a non-coded digitized tone and voice message until silenced by the alarm silence switch at the control panel or remote
annunciator panel(s). 2. Visual alarm notification appliances (xenon strobes) shall display a continuous pattern until extinguished by the Alarm Silence Switch. 3. Doors normally held
open by door control devices shall release. 4. A supervised signal to notify an approved central station shall be activated. To accommodate and facilitate job site changes the type
of "city connection circuit" is to be on site configurable to provide either a "reverse polarity", "local energy", "shunt" or dry contact connection. 5. Air handling systems (supply
and return) larger than 2000 cfm, shall be automatically shutdown. Other systems and equipment shall also be shut down as indicated on the plans. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof
Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 9 6. Alarms shall be displayed on the panel display. The alarm LED shall flash on
the control panel until the alarm has been acknowledged at the control panel. Once acknowledged, this same LED shall latch on. A subsequent alarm received from another zone after
acknowledged shall flash the alarm LED on the control panel and the panel display shall show the new alarm information. A pulsing alarm tone shall occur within the control panel and
the remote annunciator until acknowledged. 7. Dry contact outputs from the fire alarm control panel (FACU) shall disable sound, projection and house lighting systems upon any alarm
condition. Sound and projection systems shall be silenced and disabled to allow audiences to understand the alarm message. Lighting levels shall return to egress brightness for safe
evacuation. B. The alarm activation of any elevator lobby, hoistway, or machine room smoke or heat detector shall, in addition to the operations listed above, cause the elevator cabs
to be recalled according to the following sequence: 1. If the alarmed detector is on any floor other than the main level of egress, the elevator cabs shall be recalled to the main level
of egress and the ‘fireman’s hat’ shall be illuminated flashing on the elevator cab control panel. 2. If the alarmed detector is on the main egress level, the elevator cabs shall be
recalled to the pre-determined alternate recall level as determined by the local authority having jurisdiction. 3. The activation of any heat detector in an elevator hoistway or machine
room shall automatically disconnect power to the elevator motor via addressable relay contacts activating the elevator feeder shunt-trip circuit breaker or fused switch (refer to drawings)
after the elevator has returned non-stop to the designated level. The shunt trip shall not be activated until the elevator car is at the designated level and doors opened. This contractor
shall coordinate programming of time delay with elevator contractor to allow elevator recall prior to shunt-trip. C. The activation of any carbon monoxide detector shall initiate an
audible alarm distinctive from a fire alarm signal and shall comply with the following: 1. Interconnections to the fire alarm system shall be via supervisory circuits only. 2. Operation
of carbon monoxide detectors shall not cause the fire alarm to activate central station fire alarm signals. 3. A fire alarm signal shall take precedence over any other signal, even
when the carbon monoxide signal is initiated first. 4. Short circuits, open circuits or any ground fault in this equipment or interconnection between the equipment and the fire alarm
shall not prevent alarm or trouble signal transmissions. D. The control panel is to have a dedicated supervisory service LED and a dedicated supervisory service acknowledge switch.
1. The activation of any standpipe or sprinkler valve tamper switch shall activate the system supervisory service audible signal, illuminate the LED at the control panel and activate
the electric sprinkler fire bell outside the building. Provide differentiation between valve tamper activation and opens and/or grounds on fire alarm initiation circuit wiring. Fire
bells shall be furnished and installed by Section 210000 and wired by this contractor. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 10 2. Activating the Supervisory Service Acknowledge Switch will silence the supervisory audible signal while maintaining the Supervisory Service
LED on indicating the tamper contact is still in the off-normal state. 3. Restoring the valve to the normal position shall cause the Supervisory Service LED to extinguish thus indicating
restoration to normal position. E. Alarm and trouble conditions shall be immediately displayed on the control panel front alphanumeric display. If more alarms or troubles are in the
system the operator may scroll to display new alarms. F. The system shall have an alarm list key that will allow the operator to display alarms, troubles, and supervisory service conditions
with the time of occurrence. This shall allow for the determination of not only the most recent alarm but also may indicate the path that the fire is taking. G. The control panel shall
be capable of supplying sufficient 24VDC power output to suit job conditions and expansion capability for system growth. Include a minimum of 20 percent spare capacity for 24 VDC notification
appliance circuits. 1.8 SUPERVISION A. The system shall contain a minimum of 2000 Class 'A' independently supervised initiation circuits so that a fault in any one zone shall not affect
any other zone. The alarm activation of any initiation circuit shall not prevent the subsequent alarm operation of any other initiation circuit. B. There shall be sprinkler supervisory
initiation device circuits for connection of sprinkler valve tamper switches to perform the Supervisory Service Operation. Wiring methods which affect any fire alarm initiation circuits
to perform this function shall be deemed unacceptable; i.e.: sprinkler and standpipe tamper switches (N/C contacts) shall NOT be connected to circuits with fire alarm initiation devices
(N/O contacts). This independent initiation circuit shall be labeled Supervisory Service and shall differentiate between tamper switch activation and wiring faults. C. Provide independently
supervised and independently fused notification appliance circuits for audible alarms and flashing alarm lamps. A trouble condition of any circuit shall not affect the operation of
other circuits. D. Auxiliary manual controls shall be supervised so that switches must be returned to the normal automatic position to clear system trouble. E. Each independently supervised
circuit shall include a discrete panel readout to indicate trouble conditions per circuit. F. The incoming power to the system shall be supervised so that any power failure must be
audibly and visually indicated at the control panel. A green "power on" LED shall be displayed continuously while incoming power is present. G. The system batteries shall be supervised
so that a low battery condition or disconnection of the battery shall be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel. H. The System Expansion Modules shall be electrically supervised
for module placement. Should a module become disconnected from the controls, the system trouble indicator must illuminate and audible trouble signal must sound. Johnson Museum of Art
Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 11 I. The system shall have provisions for disabling and enabling circuits
individually for maintenance or testing purposes. 1.9 POWER REQUIREMENTS A. The control panel shall receive 120 VAC emergency power (as noted on the plans) via dedicated fused cutout
switch(es). B. Speaker/Strobe Systems: During normal power failures, provide sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire system in a supervisory mode for a period of 24 hours
with 15 minutes of entire system alarm operation at the end of this period. Systems shall meet these requirements, including those with an emergency generator. The system shall automatically
transfer to the standby batteries upon power failure. Battery charging and recharging operations shall be automatic. C. Circuits requiring system operating power shall be 24VDC and
shall be individually fused at the control panel. 1.10 TRANSIENT & SURGE PROTECTION A. Provide protection against voltage transients and surges as follows: 1. On AC Input: A feed-through
(not a shunt-type) branch circuit transient arrestor such as the EFI HWM-120, Leviton OEM-120EFI, Northern Technologies TCS-HW, Transtector ACP100BWN3, or any approved equivalent UL
Listed device. Install suppressor in a listed enclosure near the electrical panelboard, and trim excess lead lengths. Wind small coil in the branch circuit conductor just downstream
of the suppressor connection. Coil to be 5 to 10 turns, about 1" diameter, and securely tie-wrapped. This series impedance will improve the effectiveness of the arrestor in suppressing
voltage transients. 2. On DC Circuits Extending Outside Building: Adjacent to the FACU, and also near point of entry to outlying building, provide "pi"-type filter on each leg, consisting
of a primary arrestor, series impedance, and a fast acting secondary arrestor that clamps at 30v-40v. Acceptable models: Innovative Technology D2S33-2ML, Simplex 2081-9027 and 2081-9028,
Transtector TSP8601, Ditek DTK-120HW series, Citel America B280-24V, and Northern Technologies DLP-42 or approved equivalent. UL 497B listing is a prerequisite for consideration of
alternative products. Devices using only MOV active elements are not acceptable. 1.11 ADDRESSABLE NETWORK A. Communication with addressable devices: The system must provide communication
with initiating and control devices individually. These devices are to be individually annunciated at the control panel. Annunciation shall include the following conditions for each
point: Alarm Short Trouble Ground Open Device Fail/or Incorrect Device B. Addressable devices are to have the capability of being disabled or enabled individually. C. Up to 60 addressable
devices may be connected to a single pair of wires. Systems that require factory reprogramming to add or delete devices are unacceptable. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 12 D. Format: The communication format must be a poll/response protocol to allow t-tapping of the wire
to addressable devices and be completely digital. A high degree of communication reliability must be obtained by using parity data bit error checking routines for address codes and
check sum routines for the data transmission protocol. Systems that do not utilize full digital transmission protocol (i.e. that may use time pulse width methods to transmit data etc.)
will not be acceptable since they are considered unreliable and prone to errors. E. Identification of Addressable Devices: Each addressable device must be uniquely identified by an
address code digitally entered on each device at time of installation. The use of jumpers to set address will not be acceptable due to the potential of vibration and poor contact.
F. Wiring Type, Distances, Survivability and Configurations: Wiring types will be approved by the equipment manufacturer. Existing wiring may be used in retrofit applications where
approved by the equipment manufacturer. The system must allow up to 2,500 feet wire length to the furthest addressable device. Provide Class A signaling line circuits as defined by
NFPA-72 for initiation with no “T” taps and Class A for notification appliance circuits with no “T” taps. The load connected to each notification appliance circuit shall not exceed
80% of rated module output. The voltage drop during alarm must not exceed 14% of the voltage measured across the batteries at that time. To achieve this, the installation shall consider
wire size, length of circuit, device load, inherent voltage loss within the FACU's power supply, etc. The contractor shall use power outage testing to verify that the NAC circuit was
designed and installed properly. G. For “campus” installations, where data/communication loops will run underground outdoors between buildings, provide manufacturer’s recommended lightning
surge suppression devices for each associated data loop. Locate devices at each point where loop(s) enters building(s) to protect associated system electronics. 1.12 ONE-WAY VOICE
COMMUNICATION A. The system shall incorporate one-way voice communication and tone generating capabilities. Audio amplifiers and tone generating equipment shall be electrically supervised
for normal and abnormal conditions. Provide two (2) amplifiers minimum and connect speakers to alternate circuits and arrange control equipment such that a loss of a portion of the
wiring on a floor will not render more than 60% of the devices of each type inoperative, and the devices shall remain so connected to circuitry (i.e. by means of alternate circuits)
as to maintain at least partial audibility/visibility throughout the entire floor. B. A central audio control module shall be provided for the necessary alarm message/tone generation,
main and remote microphone connections, music inputs, and mixer/pre-amplifier circuits. Continuous supervision shall be provided along with specific information as to the type of failure
should a problem occur (i.e. main microphone trouble, tone trouble, etc.). Audio outputs shall have individual gain control. C. A hand-held, push-to-talk microphone shall be provided,
recessed within a protective panel-mounted enclosure. The microphone shall be a noise-canceling communication type with a frequency range of 200 Hz to 4000 Hz and shall be equipped
with a self-winding five foot coiled cable. An LED indicator shall be provided to indicate the microphone push-to-talk button has been pressed and speaker circuits are ready for transmission.
The microphone shall be supervised for disconnection. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100
- 13 D. An audio control switch module shall be furnished to provide manual access to audio operations for authorized personnel. The module shall include an "ALL Circuits" switch,
"Aux Tone 1" switch, "Aux Tone 2" switch, tone generator stop switch, and "Audio Trouble Reset" switch. These switches and associated LED indicators shall be supervised for trouble
or failure. E. Audio power amplifiers shall be furnished with a self-contained filtered 24VDC power supply, transformer, and amplifier monitor circuits. The amplifiers shall provide
a 25 Volt or 70 Volt RMS output with a frequency response of 120 Hz to 12,000 Hz. Provide sufficient amplification to operate system speakers simultaneously plus ten (10) percent spare
capacity. Size amplifiers based on 2 watts minimum per speaker with 100% of speakers adjusted to the 2 watt tap setting. F. Automatic Voice Evacuation Sequence 1. The audio alarm signal
shall consist of an alarm tone for a maximum of 15 seconds followed by automatic pre-selected evacuation tone. At the end of each evacuation tone, the alarm tone shall resume. The
alarm tones shall sound alternately until the alarm silence switch at the fire alarm control panel has been operated. 2. Audio alarm operations (speaker circuit selection and alarm
tone/evacuation tone timing variations) shall be activated by the system software so that any required future changes to the evacuation sequence can be facilitated by authorized personnel
without any component rewiring. G. Voice Evacuation Zones 1. Provide a minimum of two (2) independent audio circuits from independent amplifiers to each voice evacuation zone as scheduled
on the drawings. 2. Each floor, stairway, elevator bank, and assembly space (>300 persons) shall be a separate communication zone. 3. Strobe lights shall not be installed in elevator
cars, stairways, or photo darkrooms. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (FACU) A. Modify the existing FACU’s as required to accept the new devices. Subject to compliance
with requirements, provide Fire Alarm Control Units manufactured by one of the following: 1. UTC Fire & Security/Edwards Model EST 3/EXT 3X Audio B. Construction shall be modular with
solid state, microprocessor based electronics. The FACU shall display only those primary controls and displays essential to operation during a fire alarm condition. Although the keypad/keyboard
can be used for control (firefighter/emergency) of the entire system, it shall only be used for maintenance purposes. Keyboards or keypads shall not be visible or required to operate
the system during fire alarm conditions. C. A local audible device shall sound during Alarm, Trouble, or Supervisory conditions. This audible device shall sound differently during
each condition to distinguish one condition from another without having to view the panel. This audible device shall also sound differently during each keypress to provide an audible
feedback (chirp) to ensure that the key has been pressed properly. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM
SYSTEM 283100 - 14 D. Primary Keys & Panel Display The Control Panel's display shall be backlit for enhanced readability. So as to conserve battery standby power, it shall not be lit
during an AC power failure unless an alarm condition occurs or there should be keypad activity. The display shall support both upper and lower case letters. Lowercase letters shall
be used for softkey titles and prompting the user. Uppercase letters shall be used for System Status Information. A cursor shall be visible when entering information. The display shall
include a back-lit alphanumeric Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). It shall include LED indications for Pwr, Test, CPU Fail, Grnd. Fault, Disable, Reset, Alarm Silence, Panel Silence, Drill,
as well as individual Ques for alarm, trouble, supervisory, and monitor events. E. Equipment Enclosures For system expansion, if required, provide cabinet(s) of sufficient size to accommodate
the aforementioned equipment. The cabinet(s) shall be equipped with locks and transparent door panel(s) providing freedom from tampering yet allowing full view of the various lights
and controls. Provide a separate enclosure for batteries larger than 15 ah. Enclosures shall be flush or semi-flush mounting unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Locks shall
be keyed to match the FACU lock. Colors of enclosures shall match where they are installed in the same area. 2.2 PERIPHERAL DEVICES A. Evacuation Signals, Voice Reproducing Voice reproducing
and visual alarm signals shall meet Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and UL Standard 1971 requirements shall have the following characteristics and capacities with provisions for
speaker only and strobe only installations as required: 1. Field selectable taps at 3db increments between 1/8 watt and 8 watts, driven at 25 volts rms or 70 volts rms, as shown on
the drawings. 2. Sound output rating of 96 db at full power tap. 3. Visual intensity: Field-selectable 15/30/75/110 or 135/185 candela for wall-mounted units; field-selectable 15/30/75/95
or 115/177 candela for ceiling-mounted units; xenon strobe, synchronized repetition of 1-3 Hz, 0.2 second pulse duration, clear white light (FIRE), white color housing, and back box.
The LEXAN lens shall be pyramidal in shape to allow better visibility, labeled "FIRE" complying with ADA guidelines. 4. Signals to be suitable for installation in audible only, audible/visual,
and visual only in combinations described above and below: a. Wheelock ET-Series (Honeywell Notifier SpectrAlert SP2 series; System Sensor SpectrAlert series; Edwards Genesis series).
Provide mounting (wall and/or ceiling) as required by plans. Flush mount with 4-inch square outlet boxes; surface mount with manufacturer's factory finished backbox. Set candela ratings
as indicated on plans. Appliances and associated wall plates shall be white. b. Concealed Series: Provide recessed and concealed notification appliances (wall or ceiling) as required
by plans. Concealite FA900 series (wall) or FAFX (ceiling), color: white. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 15 5. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, alarm speaker taps shall be set, as a minimum, to provide the following wattage levels for each location
type of alarm speaker: a. Each floor alarm speaker: Provide 1 watt of input power. b. Each toilet alarm speaker: Provide 1/2 watt of input power. c. Each mechanical room alarm speaker:
Provide 2 watts of input power. d. Each stairwell alarm speaker: Provide 1/2 watt of input power. e. Each elevator cab alarm speaker: Provide 1/8 watt of input power. B. Waterflow
Alarm Bells – Furnished under Section 21000; power supply and installation and connection by this contractor. C. Door Holders: Magnetic door holders shall have a minimum holding force
of 25 lbs. The door portion shall have an adjustable stainless steel pivotal mounted armature and contact plate with shock absorbing nylon bearing. Unit shall be capable of being
either surface, flush, semi-flush or floor mounted as required. Door holders shall be UL-listed for their intended purpose. Operation: 24 volts unless indicated as 120 volts on drawings.
Edwards 1500 series, Honeywell Notifier FM series. Coordinate final locations and hardware with Architect. 2.3 ADDRESSABLE DEVICE TYPES A. General The system control panel, over its
two wire multi-drop channel, must be capable of communicating with the types of addressable devices specified below. Each device shall be electronically addressed, tested and programmed
prior to installation using a UL-listed programmer/tester. Detectors shall be operational with relay bases, audible bases, and remote indicating LED's and programmable by the control
panel. Devices shall be located as shown on the drawings. Devices shall be electronically addressed and not require mechanical means of setting individual address’s for ease of service
and replacement. B. Smoke Detector, Photoelectric: Pulsed infrared light source, photodiode, self-compensating for ambient temperature and humidity, in-place sensitivity readout from
the control panel, two wire operation, dual LED alarm indication for 360° viewing angle, UL (UROX) Listed for open area coverage. Include sounder base for sleeping room installations.
Edwards Signature series. C. Smoke Detector, Photoelectric, Duct Mounted: Analog HVAC duct smoke detectors listed for installation in air duct sampling housings for the detection
of smoke in HVAC system ducts, with RF suppression and insect screen. Auxiliary SPDT relays or remote LED alarm indicators shall be installed where indicated. Provide remote LED alarm
indicators and test stations in accessible locations for duct detectors. Edwards Signature series. D. Heat Detector, Rate Compensated: Combination fixed temperature (135oF) and rate
of rise, LED alarm indication, automatically restorable, 900 square foot coverage. Provide higher fixedtemperature-only, 200oF rated detectors where indicated on plans. Edwards Signature
series or, each with addressable CZM interface. E. Heat Detector, Fixed Temperature, Non-addressable, Non-conditioned Spaces: Mechanical fixed temperature (135oF) 625 square foot coverage.
Provide higher fixed-temperature-only, 200oF rated detectors where indicated on plans. System Sensor 5600 series, Edwards 104 series or approved equal by FCI or Simplex. Connect
to system interface module in conditioned space as indicated on plans. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE
ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 16 F. Fire Detector Bases, Universal: Low profile twist lock type with screw clamp terminals and selfwiping contacts, with EMI and RFI immunization. Bases shall
be installed on 4" square or octagonal electrical outlet box. Where selective localized control of electrical devices is required for system operation, provide software programmed
addressable relay integral to the base. The relay shall switch electrical loads, as indicated on the drawings for controlled release of smoke hatches and shaft vents, and for shunt-trip
of elevator power disconnect. Detector bases shall be compatible with, and allow the installation of, detectors operating on the flame, ionization, photoelectric, or rate compensated
heat principles of detection. Edwards SIGA-SB, or approved equal. G. Manual Station: Double action and identifiable by the master fire alarm control panel. Manufactured from high
impact red Lexan with white raised lettering, mechanical latch upon operation, FACU-key operated manual reset. Flush or surface mounted as required, include manufacturer's back box,
red baked enamel finish. Edwards Model SIGA. . H. Remote Zone Module: Zone modules shall be used to interface normally open direct contact (nonaddressable) devices to an addressable
signaling line circuit. The module shall be identifiable by the master fire alarm control panel and contain an on board LED alarm indicator. Mounting: standard 4inch outlet box, flush,
surface and weatherproof as shown for the area indicated. I. System Interface Module: Interface modules shall be used to interface normally open direct contact non-addressable devices
to an addressable signaling line circuit to monitor alarm, trouble, supervisory or security devices. The module shall have Form C programmable control contacts for the management of
specified electrical loads as shown on the drawings. The module shall be identifiable by the master fire alarm control panel and contain an on board LED alarm indicator. Mounting:
standard 4-inch outlet box, flush, surface and weatherproof as shown for the area indicated. Edwards Signature series or approved equal. J. Supervised Control Module: Control modules
shall be used to supervise relays, contactors, audible signal circuits, visual signal circuits, distributed speaker circuits and two way fire fighters communication circuits. Controlled
circuits shall be power limited at 1.5 amperes. The module shall be identifiable by the master fire alarm control panel and contain an on board LED alarm indicator. Mounting: standard
4-inch x 2-inch deep or double gang x 3-inch deep outlet box, semi-flush or surface. K. Controllable Relay Module: Controllable relay modules shall be used to provide auxiliary control
of building functions such as door holder release, elevator capture, smoke control, lock release, shunt trip, etc. Each relay shall be supervised and include one set of SPDT contacts
rated at 2 amperes, 30 VDC/120 VAC resistive minimum. Edwards Signature series, or approved equal. L. Control Relay: Provide remote relays where required for relay contact requirements
above the approved rating of addressable relay modules for remote control of fans, dampers, door releases, motor controls, or status feedback. Relay shall be SPDT contacts rated at
10 amperes, 24 VDC/115VAC. A red LED shall indicate the relay is energized. PAM series or approved equal. 2.4 WIRING A. Fire alarm cable shall be "Teflon" jacketed, or the equivalent,
conforming with the requirements for type FPLP "Power-Limited Fire Protective-Signaling Circuits," having a temperature rating of 60oC or higher, solid conductor insulation with a minimum
average thickness of 7 mils, protected with a sheath and an outer jacket of 15 mils minimum, colored red. Cable shall be labeled for its entire length per UL 1424, size, voltage, and
temperature rating. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 17 B. Provide and install two
#14 AWG minimum twisted pair, shielded for initiating device analog loop circuits. C. Provide and install two #14 AWG minimum twisted pair, shielded for strobes, and non-shielded for
speakers and analog audible device loop circuits. D. Provide and install two #14 AWG minimum twisted pair, non-shielded for each waterflow alarm bell. E. Verify conductor sizes and
quantities with system manufacturer, prior to installation. F. Increase wire size to accommodate voltage drop per manufacturer's recommendations. Design circuits to a maximum of 75%
rated capacity to accommodate future device additions and sound level changes. Do not exceed manufacturer's maximum circuit lengths. G. Provide permanent wire markers to identify connections
at the FACU and other control equipment, at power supplies, and in terminal cabinets. H. In multi-story buildings, circuits leaving the riser on each floor shall feed through a labeled
terminal block in a hinged enclosure accessible from the floor. Terminal block screws shall have pressure wire connectors of the self-lifting or box lug type. I. Notification appliance
circuit booster (“ADA”) power supplies shall be individually monitored by the FACU and protected by a smoke detector per NFPA 72. Do not locate above ceilings or in nonconditioned
space. Note: A 24VDC power circuit service addressable control relays shall also be monitored for integrity. 2.5 ISOLATOR MODULE A. Provide isolator modules to automatically isolate
wire-to-wire short circuits on a signaling line circuit (SLC) loop at termination of circuit unless built-in to FACU. The isolator module shall limit the number of modules or detectors
that may be rendered inoperative by a short circuit fault on the SLC loop after each 25 initiating devices and control points or a lesser number where recommended by the manufacturer.
Modules must be readily accessible (not above ceiling) and clearly labeled. B. Operation: Isolator modules shall operate such that if a wire-to-wire short occurs, the isolator module
shall automatically open-circuit (disconnect) the SLC loop. When the short circuit condition is corrected, the isolator module shall automatically reconnect the isolated section. The
isolator module shall not require any address-setting, and its operations shall be totally automatic. It shall not be necessary to replace or reset an isolator module after its normal
operation. C. Mounting: The isolator module shall mount in standard 4-inch square, 2-1/8" deep electrical boxes. It shall provide a single LED that shall flash to indicate that the
isolator is operational and shall illuminate steadily to indicate that a short circuit condition has been detected and isolated. D. Labeling: Each isolation module must be clearly
labeled, readily accessible for convenient inspection (not above a lay-in ceiling), and shown on “as-built” record system drawings. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION DRAWINGS A. Show a general layout of the complete system
including equipment arrangement. Verify dimensions and assure compatibility with other systems interfacing with the fire alarm system. 1. Identify on the drawings, conduit and conductor
sizes and types with number of conductors in each conduit. Provide each conduit and device with a unique identification. 2. For addressable alarm initiation devices, the system identifier
shall be, as minimum, the system address for that device. Signals shall be sequentially numbered as the address of the controlling module. Provide additional identification labels,
room name, number and area, etc., as required by the Owner and coordinated with the Owner prior to final programming of the FACU. 3. Indicate on the point to point wiring diagrams,
interconnecting wiring within the panel between modules, and connecting wiring to the field device terminals. B. Air Sampling Pipe and Sampling Point Network: Show a general layout
of the complete system including equipment arrangement. Verify dimensions and assure compatibility with other systems interfacing with the fire alarm system. 1. Identify on the drawings,
conduit and conductor sizes and types with number of conductors in each conduit. Provide each conduit and device with a unique identification. For addressable alarm initiation devices,
the system identifier shall be the system address for that device. Signals shall be sequentially numbered as the address of the controlling module 2. Indicate on the point to point
wiring diagrams, interconnecting wiring within the panel between modules, and connecting wiring to the field device terminals. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Field installer shall be NICET Level
3 certified in Fire Protection Engineering Technology, Fire Alarm Systems. Perform work in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70, NFPA 72, and other requirements of local authority
having jurisdiction. B. Fasten equipment to structural members of building or metal supports attached to structure, or to concrete surfaces. 1. Use clamping devices for attaching to
structural steel, or when clamping is impractical, obtain written authority to weld or to drill. 2. Fasten equipment to concrete or masonry with expansion anchors. 3. Fasten equipment
to drywall by screws into studs, and to metal wall panels by weld studs, bolts or self-tapping metal screws. 4. Do not install conduit raceways and boxes in positions that interfere
with the work of other trades. 5. Attach nameplates on panels or other components as specified. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 19 C. Install equipment and devices where indicated; refer to architectural drawings for exact locations and mounting heights. D. Refer
to HVAC drawings and specifications (Division 23) for exact locations of duct-mounted smoke detectors. Coordinate with appropriate trade for the cutting of ducts and mounting of housings
and sampling tubes. E. Provide remote indicators for concealed smoke detectors and install in a readily visible location as close as possible to the location of the associated detector,
either flush wall mounted 5'-0" AFF, or flush ceiling mounted. Provide remote indicators for duct smoke detectors located outside of mechanical equipment rooms. Coordinate exact mounting
locations of remote indicators with architect in field. F. Smoke detectors shall not be located in a direct air flow nor be closer than three (3) feet from an air supply diffuser or
return air opening. Increase separation as required per NFPA 72. G. Provide a separate raceway system for fire alarm wiring. Power shall not be installed in raceways with low voltage
wiring. Raceway shall be electrical metallic tubing (EMT), minimum ¾-inch size, maximum 40% fill and as indicated on drawings. Refer to Section 260500 for raceway and installation
requirements. H. Unless otherwise indicated, backboxes shall be recessed, and conduits and cable shall be concealed. I. "Fire alarm system" decal shall be applied to junction box covers.
Junction box covers shall be painted “fire department red”. J. Each conductor shall be identified with wire markers at every splice and terminal point. Attach permanent wire markers
within 2 inches of the wire termination. Marker legends shall be visible. K. Splices shall not be made other than at terminal blocks or on terminal blocks at cabinets. Wire nuts and
crimp splices shall not be permitted. Connectors shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. L. Crimp-on type spade lugs shall be used for terminations
of stranded conductors to binder screw or stud type terminals. Spade lugs shall have upset legs and insulation sleeves sized for the conductors. M. Permanently label or mark each conductor
at both ends with permanent alpha-numeric wire markers. N. Use a consistent color code for fire alarm system conductors throughout the installation. O. Smoke detectors shall not be
installed until final construction clean-up has been completed. Replace detectors contaminated during construction. Caution: Covers supplied with smoke detector head do not provide
protection against heavy construction dust, spray painting, etc., and shall not be used for that purpose. Covers are suitable only during final, minor clean-up or touch-up operations.
P. The contractor shall clean dirt and debris from the inside and the outside of the fire alarm equipment after completion of the installation. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 20 Q. The manufacturer's authorized representative shall provide on-site supervision of installation.
Power shall not be applied to the system until a manufacturer’s factory trained representative is present. R. Identify individual devices. Assign each a unique number as follows,
in sequence starting at the FACU: (Addressable Loop # -- Device # -- Room/Space #). Show on the record drawings, and also permanently mount on each device’s base so that the identification
is readable standing on the floor below without having to remove the device. Exception: For detectors with housings (air duct, projected beam, air sampling) apply the identification
to a suitable location on the exterior of the device housing. Addressable device descriptors shall utilize room/space designations and numbers that will be used by the facility after
occupancy. Descriptors shall be approved by the architect. S. For each duct/plenum detector provide remote alarm indicator lamp/test switch installed in the nearest corridor or as
shown on plans. Identify each location by an engraved label affixed to the wall or ceiling. T. The contractor shall provide up to three fire alarm system reprogramming revisions as
directed by the Owner. U. The fire alarm voice evacuation system messages shall be as approved by the architect and custom messages shall be provided as directed. V. Label locations
of duct smoke detectors to indicate “Duct Smoke Detector Access”. 3.3 System Identification/Labeling A. Provide lettered plates for the following equipment, components, and accessories.
The plate shall contain the equipment identification (custom panel number, area served), as well as power circuit source and breaker number. Label shall be plastic lamicoid engraved
plated or approved equal. (Note: ALL Lettered plates shall be reviewed and approved by Cornell University’s Environmental Health and Safety prior to installation.) 1. Fire Alarm Control
Panels 2. Supplementary Notification Appliance Circuit [SNAC] Panels 3. Remote power supplies B. Provide type-written directories on the following equipment, components, and accessories:
1. Fire Alarm Control Panels (non-addressable systems) 2. Remote annunciators (non-addressable systems) C. Provide computer-generated adhesive labels and install on the bases of all
initiating device and notification appliances, as well as any remote test and monitoring station. The label shall indicate the address and must be legible from a standing position below.
1. Labeling guideline for signaling line circuit (SLC): FACP/Board – Loop/cct # - Device # 2. Labeling guideline for notification appliance circuit (NAC): FACP/Board – Loop/cct# - Device
# (where addressable) 3. Labeling guideline for initiating device circuit (IDC): Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 21 Loop/cct # D. Initiating, notification, signaling, and other fire alarm system wiring, circuits, and conductors shall be color coded and identified by
number at termination points (i.e., control panels, remote annunciators, etc.) and splice points (i.e., junction boxes, splice boxes, etc.). Wiring shall be consistent throughout the
system with no color changes on individual loops from the FACP. E. Junction and splice boxes containing fire alarm system wiring, circuits, and conductors shall have red covers and
marked “FIRE ALARM” in 3/4" (three-quarter inch) white letters. F. Fire alarm equipment supplied with 120 VAC power shall be labeled with the panel source information, including panel
name, room number and source breaker number. G. G. End-of-line resistors in Class B initiating device and Class B notification appliance circuits shall be located at the fire alarm
control panel, if feasible; otherwise, end-of-line resistors shall be installed in designated junction boxes with red covers and marked in accordance with the specifications of this
section (see Paragraphs D. and E. above). 3.4 WIRING OF COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. The Division 23 mechanical contractor shall be responsible for all wiring of combination
fire/smoke and smoke dampers, including all damper power as well as all damper control wiring. B. Obtain sources of electrical power as directed on the electrical plans, in the electrical
specifications, and herein. Provide such power wiring from the source of power to the dampers and associated controls as required for a complete system installation. C. Confer with
the Division 23 temperature control contractor to ensure damper control sequences are in accordance with the sequences of operation outlined in Section 230923. D. The Division 23 mechanical
and temperature control contractors shall be responsible for ALL damper control – this includes life safety shut-down and control, smoke purge / exhaust sequence control, as well as
standard operation for specified temperature control sequences. E. Refer to Section 230923 for additional requirements. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General Testing 1. Intelligent analog
devices shall be tested for correct address and sensitivity using test equipment specifically designed for that purpose. These devices and their bases shall be tagged with adhesive
tags located in an area not visible when installed, showing the system address, initials of the installing technician and date. 2. Wiring runs shall be tested for continuity, short
circuits and grounds before system is energized. Resistance, current and voltage readings shall be made as work progresses. a. A systematic record shall be maintained of readings using
schedules or charts of tests and measurements. Areas shall be provided on the logging form for readings, dates and witnesses. b. The acceptance inspector shall be notified before the
start of the required tests. Items found at variance with the drawings or this specification during testing or Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020
Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 22 inspection by the acceptance inspector shall be corrected. c. Test reports shall be delivered to the acceptance inspector
as completed. 3. Test equipment, instruments, tools and labor required to conduct the system tests shall be made available by the contractor. The following equipment shall be a minimum
for conducting the tests: a. Ladders and scaffolds as required to access installed equipment. b. Multi-meter for reading voltage (current and resistance). c. Intelligent device programmer/tester
(if required to set device addresses). d. Laptop computer with programming software for any required program revisions. e. Two way radios, flashlights, smoke generation devices and
supplies. f. A manufacturer recommended device for measuring air flow through air duct smoke detector sampling assemblies. g. Decibel meter. 4. In addition to the testing specified
to be performed by the contractor, the installation shall be subject to test by the acceptance inspector. 5. System wiring: Fire alarm circuits shall be tested for continuity, grounds,
and short circuits. B. Acceptance Testing 1. A written acceptance test procedure (ATP) for testing the fire alarm system components and installation will be prepared by the manufacturer
in accordance with NFPA 72, and this specification. The contractor shall be responsible for the performance of the ATP, demonstrating the function of the system and verifying the correct
operation of system components, circuits, and programming. a. Include two reprograms of the system by the manufacturer’s representative after the panel has been accepted by Cornell
University’s Environmental Health & Safety at no additional cost, charge, or fee to Cornell University. 2. Cornell University specific acceptance testing requirements are as follows:
a. Provide minimum (72) hours notice to Environmental Health & Safety (EH&S) and Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). b. Complete & submit ATP to EH&S. c. Ensure the system is pre-tested.
d. Contractor shall provide all testing equipment. e. Smoke detectors shall be tested by smoke. f. Heat detectors shall be tested by heat. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 23 3. The contractor shall prepare a program matrix referencing each alarm input to every
output function affected as a result of an alarm condition on that input. In the case of outputs programmed using more complex logic functions involving "any", "or", "not", "count",
"time", and "timer" statements; the complete output equation shall be referenced in the matrix. 4. A complete listing of device labels for alpha-numeric annunciator displays shall be
prepared by the contractor prior to the ATP. 5. The acceptance inspector shall use the system record drawings in combination with the documents specified under paragraph 3.01 during
the testing procedure to verify operation as programmed. In conducting the ATP, the acceptance inspector shall request demonstration of any or input and output functions. The items
tested shall include but not be limited to the following: a. System wiring shall be tested to demonstrate correct system response and correct subsequent system operation in the event
of: Open, shorted and grounded intelligent analog signaling circuit. Open, shorted and grounded network signaling circuit. Open and grounded conventional zone circuits. Open and grounded
signal and telephone circuits. Intelligent device removal. Primary power or battery disconnected. Incorrect device at address. b. System evacuation alarm notification appliances shall
be demonstrated as follows: Alarm notification appliances actuate as programmed. Audibility and visibility at required levels. c. System indications shall be demonstrated as follows:
Correct message display for each alarm input at the base building control panel and each remote alpha-numeric display. Correct annunciator light for each alarm input at each annunciator
as shown on the drawings. 6. After the Contractor has completed his own acceptance test following the ATP procedure, and after the authorized fire alarm equipment representative has
performed a 100% complete test of the system, an acceptance test of the fire alarm system will be conducted by the Contractor as directed by the Owner or his authorized representative.
7. In the event of system failure to perform as specified and programmed during the ATP procedure, at the discretion of the acceptance inspector, the test shall be terminated. a. The
contractor shall retest the system, correcting deficiencies and providing test documentation to the acceptance inspector. b. The acceptance inspector may elect to require the complete
ATP to be preformed again if, in his opinion, modifications to the system hardware or software warrant complete re-testing. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 24 8. Before Final payment, the System Supplier shall turn over, to the owner, a disc copy and hard copy
of the approved system custom program. Information shall be complete to allow for an alternate Factory Authorized Distributor to service, maintain, add, or delete devices as required.
Refer 3.6 PROJECT CLOSE OUT A. At completion of the project, the Project Manager shall be provided a complete set of fire alarm “Asbuilt” drawings that includes, but not limited to
the following information prior to the closeout of the project. “As-built” information shall comply with NFPA 72 requirements, the latest edition adopted by the NYSBC in effect at the
time of the project. Project manager will ensure these documents are delivered to Facilities Inventory Group for archiving. 1. Fire alarm control panel and Annunciator(s) locations.
2. Auxiliary panel (voice/speaker amplifiers; supplemental notification appliance circuit (SNAC) panels and power supplies) locations. 3. Initiation and notification device, relay,
and control module locations. 4. Special systems interface locations. 5. Complete fire alarm riser diagram that depicts wiring between FACP and all fire alarm system components. Such
detail shall include all major equipment and their locations (approved room number designation), zone/loop wiring connections to initiating devices, SNAC wiring to notification appliances,
and interconnections to other special systems as designed per this standard. 6. Circuit breaker locations for all fire alarm panels and accessory panels that receive building power.
Locations shall include room number in which the power panel is located, as well as the breaker number that serves the equipment. 3.7 SERVICES A. The contractor shall warrant the entire
system against mechanical and electrical defects for a period described in the contract general conditions. This period shall begin upon completed certification and test of the system
or upon first beneficial use of the system, whichever is earlier. B. The contractor or manufacturer shall offer for the owner’s consideration at the time of system submittal a priced
inspection, maintenance, test and repair contract in full compliance with the requirements of NFPA 72. 1. The services offered under this contract shall be performed at no charge during
the first year after system acceptance and the owner shall have the option of renewing for single or multiple years up to five years at the price quoted upon completion of the warranty
period. 2. The contractor performing the contract services shall be qualified and listed to maintain ongoing certification of the completed system to the UL for specific installed system
listing. C. Furnish training as follows for a minimum of four employees of the system user: 1. Training in the receipt, handling and acknowledgement of alarms. 2. Training in the system
operation including manual control of output functions from the system control panel. 3. Training in the testing of the system including logging of detector sensitivity, field test
of devices and response to common troubles. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283100 - 25
4. The total training requirement shall be a minimum of 24 hours or as required by the Owner, conducted on three successive days, but shall be sufficient to cover the items specified.
D. Prepare and start systems as directed by the Architect. 1. Include services of a certified technician to supervise adjustments and final connections, if required by the local authority
having jurisdiction, to include: speaker tap setting, strobe intensity, detector sensitivity and door release adjustment. 3.8 WARRANTY A. The contractor shall warrant the completed
fire alarm system wiring and equipment to be free from inherent mechanical and electrical defects for a period of one (1) year from the date of the completed and certified test or from
the date of first beneficial use. B. The equipment manufacturer shall make available to the owner a maintenance contract proposal to provide a minimum of two (2) inspections and tests
per year in compliance with NFPA-72 guidelines. 3.9 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Where work consists of connections, additions or extensions to replacing or modifying an existing system,
prior to starting work, establish that system is in proper working order. If condition exists which prevents normal operation of specified additions and extensions, bring this fact
to Architect's attention prior to doing work affecting existing system. B. Where work is done without such notification, it shall be assumed that connections have been made to a working
system, and performance requirements and guarantee will apply to entire system. C. The existing building will be in operation continuously. Refer to notes on drawings, Section 260050,
and elsewhere in this specification regarding system shutdowns. END OF SECTION 283100 Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
SITE CLEARING 311000-1 SECTION 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Compliance with the current edition of New York State Standards and Specifications
for Erosion and Sediment Control. 2. Protecting existing vegetation to remain. 3. Removing existing vegetation. 4. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil. 5. Removing above- and below-grade
site improvements. 6. Temporary site enclosure fence. 7. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 02 41 19 “Selective Demolition” for selective
demolition of existing concrete walls and stair structure and handrails. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Subsoil: Soil beneath the level of subgrade; soil beneath the topsoil layers of a naturally
occurring soil profile, typified by less than 1 percent organic matter and few soil organisms. B. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil
or existing in-place surface soil; the zone where plant roots grow. C. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation
Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SITE CLEARING 311000-2 1.5 MATERIAL
OWNERSHIP A. Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or otherwise remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project
site. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that establishes preconstruction
conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. 1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or video recordings. 2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific
wounds and damage conditions of each tree or other plant designated to remain. B. Topsoil stripping and stockpiling program. C. Record Drawings: Identifying and accurately showing locations
of capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Topsoil Stripping and Stockpiling Program: Prepare a written program
to systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow procedures and handle materials and equipment during the Work. Include dimensioned diagrams for placement and
protection of stockpiles. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site-clearing
operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate
routes around closed or obstructed trafficways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Utility Locator Service: Notify Dig Safely New York at 1-800-962-7962 for
area where Project is located before earth moving operations. C. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion- and sedimentationcontrol measures are in place. D.
Soil Stripping, Handling, and Stockpiling: Perform only when the soil is dry or slightly moist. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents SITE CLEARING 311000-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Satisfactory Soil Material: Requirements for satisfactory soil material are specified in Section 31 20 00 "Earth
Moving." 1. Obtain approved borrow soil material off-site when satisfactory soil material is not available on-site. B. Protection-Zone Fencing: Fencing fixed in position and meeting
the following requirements: 1. Temporary site enclosure fence: Chain-Link Fencing, galvanized-steel fencing fabricated from minimum 2-inch opening, 0.148-inch- diameter wire chain-link
fabric; minimum 8 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized-steel
bases for supporting posts. a. Gates: Double- swing access gate matching material and appearance of fencing; leaf width 36 inches or as indicated to allow access to work area. Provide
one gate minimum for each work area. C. Temporary silt fence: 1. Silt fence fabric and posts: NYSDOT 209-2.08 Silt Fence, Item No. 209.13. 2. Fabric shall meet the following requirements.
a. Grab tensile strength 90 lbs. b. Elongation at failure 50% c. Mullen Burst Strength 190 PSI d. Puncture Strength 40 lbs e. Slurry Flow Rate 0.3 gal/min/sf f. Equivalent
opening size 40-80 g. Ultraviolet radiation stability 90% 3. Prefabricated units may be used providing the units are installed in accordance with New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion
and Sediment Control; Mirafi® Envirofence by TenCate Geosynthetics of Pendergrass, GA, BioFence by ERC/Biomass Farms of Lakeville, MA, Geofab or equal. 4. Fence posts for prefabricated
units. Size as recommended by manufacturer of units. If no recommendation, material and size as necessary to support the units for the duration of project construction. 5. Fence Posts
for fabricated units. Wood posts shall be of sound quality hardwood with a minimum cross-sectional area of 3.0 square inches. The length of the posts shall be a minimum of 36” long.
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SITE CLEARING 311000-4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain
benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. B. Verify that trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated have been flagged and that
protection zones have been identified and enclosed. 1. Install protection zones according to requirements shown on Contract Drawings. C. Protect existing site improvements to remain
from damage during construction. 1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. 2. When Owner does not accept repaired improvements, replace damaged
site improvements. 3.2 TEMPORARY SITE ENCLOSURE FENCE A. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will
prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate
construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. 3.3 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL A. Provide
temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according
to erosion- and sedimentation-control Drawings and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install all temporary sediment control practices as per the current edition of
the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York State Standards and Specifications for Erosion and Sediment Control. C. Verify that flows of water redirected from
construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection zones. D. Inspect, maintain, and repair erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during
construction until permanent vegetation has been established. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SITE CLEARING 311000-5
E. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. 3.4 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Interrupting Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt
utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others, unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according
to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect not less than seven days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's
written permission. 3.5 REMOVING EXISTING VEGETATION A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. 1. Do not remove trees,
shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated. 2. Remove roots larger than 3 inches in diameter, obstructions, and debris to a depth of 12 inches below exposed
subgrade. 3. Use only hand methods or air spade for grubbing within protection zones. B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material
unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches and compact each layer to a density equal to
adjacent original ground. 3.6 TOPSOIL STRIPPING A. Remove sod and grass or existing vegetation before stripping topsoil. B. Strip topsoil to depth of 12 inches in a manner to prevent
intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste materials. 1. Remove subsoil and nonsoil materials from topsoil, including clay lumps, gravel, and other objects larger than 2 inches
in diameter; trash, debris, weeds, roots, and other waste materials. C. Stockpile topsoil away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil or other materials. Grade and
shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust and erosion by water. 1. Limit height of topsoil stockpiles to 72 inches. 2. Do not stockpile topsoil within
protection zones. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SITE CLEARING 311000-6 3. Stockpile surplus topsoil to allow
for respreading deeper topsoil. 3.7 SITE IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and necessary to facilitate new construction. B. Remove slabs,
paving, curbs, site improvement foundations, and aggregate base as indicated. 1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut along line of existing
pavement to remain before removing adjacent existing pavement. Saw-cut faces vertically. 2. Paint cut ends of steel reinforcement in concrete to remain with two coats of antirust coating,
following coating manufacturer's written instructions. Keep paint off surfaces that will remain exposed. 3.8 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus soil material,
unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. B. Burning waste and debris
is prohibited. C. Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other nonrecyclable materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials and transport
them to recycling facilities. Do not interfere with other Project work. END OF SECTION 31 10 00 Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents EARTH MOVING 312000-1 SECTION 31 20 00 EARTH MOVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Excavating and filling for rough grading the Site. 2. Excavating and backfilling
for storm drainage lines and structures. 3. Subbase course for concrete walks. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" for site grubbing, stripping and stockpiling
topsoil, and removal of above- and below-grade improvements and utilities. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation.
B. Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. C. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to
lines and dimensions indicated. 1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized
additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 2. Bulk Excavation: Excavation more than 10 feet in width and
more than 30 feet in length. 3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation,
as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation. D. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof
Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents EARTH MOVING 312000-2 E. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders
of rock material 3/4 cu. yd. or more in volume that exceed a standard penetration resistance of 100 blows/2 inches when tested by a geotechnical testing agency, according to ASTM D
1586. F. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed
above or below the ground surface. G. Subbase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and base course for hotmix asphalt pavement, or aggregate layer placed between the
subgrade and a cement concrete pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk. H. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately
below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials. I. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables as well as underground services within buildings.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct preexcavation conference at Project site. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following manufactured
products required: 1. Geotextiles. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Contractor shall submit fully detailed drawings and design computations for all sheeting and bracing systems signed and sealed
by a Professional Engineer registered in New York State. The submittal shall include dewatering systems and sequences of construction to be followed in placing and removing braces.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Material Test Reports: For each borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill as follows:
1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 1557. C. Plan for protection of persons passing excavations including diagram or description
of means and methods to protect Cornell Community from project hazards through Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents EARTH
MOVING 312000-3 duration of the project shall be submitted for review. Retain one or both of first two paragraphs below if explosives are permitted. Retain second paragraph only
if seismic survey is required with blasting. D. Preexcavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces
that might be misconstrued as damage caused by earth-moving operations. Submit before earth moving begins. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified
according to ASTM E 329 and ASTM D 3740 for testing indicated. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. All sheeting and bracing including the use of mobile shields shall conform to Public Law
91-596 (Williams Steiger Act); the Occupational Safety and Health Administration Act (OSHA) of 1970 and its amendments and regulations; or to the New York State Industrial Code Rule
23, entitled "Protection in Construction, Demolition and Excavation Operations" as issued by New York State Department of Labor, Board of Standards and Appeals; whichever is the most
stringent. 2. Conform to New York State Industrial Code Rule 53, entitled "Construction, Excavation and Demolition Operations at or Near Underground Facilities" as issued by the State
of New York Department of Labor, Board of Standards and Appeals. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Shoring and Bracing of Excavations: Contractors are advised that they are required to comply
with Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s (OSHA) standards pertaining to excavations. B. Barricading of Excavations: All excavations must be barricaded at all times using
either traffic or A-frame type barricades. Gaps between barricades may be up to 6” wide and must be blocked with caution tape. C. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads,
streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during earth-moving operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities
without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Utility Locator Service: Notify Dig Safely New York at 1-800-962-7962 for area where Project is located before earth moving operations. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents EARTH MOVING 312000-4 E. Do not commence earth-moving operations until temporary site fencing and erosion- and sedimentation-control
measures specified in Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" are in place. F. Do not commence earth-moving operations until plant-protection measures specified in Section 01 56 39 "Temporary
Tree and Plant Protection" are in place. G. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking
vehicles or equipment. 3. Foot traffic. 4. Erection of sheds or structures. 5. Impoundment of water. 6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. 7. Attachment of signs
to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated. H. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards protection zones. I. Prohibit heat sources, flames,
ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials
are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups; free of
rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups
GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups. 1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent
of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. D. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed
sand; NYSDOT Item 304.14 E. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; NYSDOT Item 304.15 Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents EARTH MOVING 312000-5 F. Select Structure Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture
of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; NYSDOT Item 203.21. Atterberg Limits: Non-Plastic Sieve Size Designation Percent Passing by Weight 2 in. 100
1/4 in. 25-60 No. 40 5-40 No. 200 0-10 Select Granular Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; NYSDOT
Item 304. 2.2 GEOTEXTILES A. Geotextile: Woven geotextile fabric, manufactured for separation applications, made from polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation less than 50
percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test methods referenced: 1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288. 2. Survivability: As follows: a. Grab Tensile
Strength: 200 lbf; ASTM D 4632. b. Sewn Seam Strength: 222 lbf; ASTM D 4632. c. Tear Strength: 75 lbf; ASTM D 4533. d. CBR Puncture Strength: 700 lbf; ASTM D 4833. 3. Apparent Opening
Size: No. 40 sieve, maximum; ASTM D 4751. 4. Permittivity: 0.05 per second, minimum; ASTM D 4491. 5. UV Stability: 70 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D 4355. 6. Manufacturer:
Mirafi 500X or equal. 2.3 EXCAVATION PROTECTION A. Trench Boxes: Fabricated steel or aluminum 1. All sheeting and bracing shall be designed and monitored by a Professional Engineer
licensed in New York State. 2. Design shall include all loading conditions to which the sheeting and bracing will be subjected during construction. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof
Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents EARTH MOVING 312000-6 3. Design sheeting and bracing systems against failure from the maximum loads that will occur
during construction, including surcharge loads and additional loading due to construction equipment. 4. Design sheeting and bracing systems to enable safe construction of structures,
utilities and appurtenances, and prevent excessive ground loss, displacement of adjacent foundations, and displacement of the bottom of the excavation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth-moving
operations. B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth-moving operations. C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost.
Remove temporary protection before placing subsequent materials. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades,
and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. 1. Reroute surface water runoff
away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. 3.3 EXCAVATION, GENERAL A. Unclassified Excavation:
Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and
obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions. 1. If excavated materials intended for fill and
backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials. 2. Remove rock to lines and grades indicated to permit installation of permanent construction
without exceeding the following dimensions: a. 24 inches outside of concrete forms other than at footings. b. 12 inches outside of concrete forms at footings. Johnson Museum of Art
Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents EARTH MOVING 312000-7 c. 6 inches outside of minimum required dimensions of concrete cast against grade.
d. Outside dimensions of concrete walls indicated to be cast against rock without forms or exterior waterproofing treatments. 3.4 EXCAVATION PROTECTION A. Provide all materials, equipment
and labor necessary to construct and maintain all required excavation support systems. B. Sheeting and bracing support systems shall include, but shall not be limited to, wall support
such as wood sheeting, ringwales, lagging, soldier piles, steel sheeting, trench boxes and bracing members such as stringers, wales, struts, rakers, shores, tieback anchors, etc. necessary
to prevent damage to the work and for the safety of workers, the general public or adjacent property. C. No excavation shall be performed below a line drawn down and away at a slope
of two horizontal and one vertical from the nearest footing or grade beam of the existing building or as shown on the drawings without providing sheeting, shoring and bracing to provide
lateral support for soils beneath the foundations of the building and to prevent damage to the building. D. Design of bracing shall be such as to permit proper installation of the
utilities as shown on the Drawings. E. Install sheeting and bracing systems in a logical sequence as excavation operations are performed. F. If a prefabricated mobile shield is used,
the bottom of the shield shall be maintained no greater than 2 feet above the bottom of the excavation. 3.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions
within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services
and other construction, and for inspections. 1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete
reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. B. Excavations at Edges of Tree- and Plant-Protection Zones: 1. Excavate by hand
or with an air spade to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. If excavating by hand, use narrow-tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. Do not break,
tear, or chop exposed roots. Do not use mechanical equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents EARTH MOVING 312000-8 3.6 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades.
3.7 SUBGRADE INSPECTION A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade. B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and
replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. C. Proof-roll subgrade with a pneumatic-tired and loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons
to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades. 1. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph.
2. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by Architect, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed. D. Authorized
additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures,
frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation. 3.8 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under
foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28-day compressive
strength of 2500 psi, may be used when approved by Architect. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by Architect. 3.9 STORAGE OF SOIL
MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent
windblown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents EARTH MOVING 312000-9 3.10 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: 1. Construction
below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents.
3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities. 4. Removing concrete formwork. 5. Removing trash and debris. 6. Removing temporary shoring, bracing, and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent
or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. 3.11 SOIL FILL A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up
sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:
1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material. 2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps, use select structure fill.
4. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill. C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. 3.12 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade
and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are
muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is
too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. 3.13 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth
for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents EARTH MOVING 312000-10 B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations
and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557: 1. Under
structures and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent. 2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact
top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent. 3. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade
and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 85 percent. 3.14 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply
with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out
soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. B. Site Rough Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding.
Finish subgrades to elevations required to achieve indicated finish elevations, within the following subgrade tolerances: 1. Turf or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch. 2. Pavements:
Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 3.15 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS A. Place subbase course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. On prepared subgrade, place
subbase course under pavements and walks as follows: 1. Install separation geotextile on prepared subgrade according to manufacturer's written instructions, overlapping sides and ends.
2. Shape subbase course to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. 3. Place subbase course 6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a single layer. 4. Place subbase course
that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick. 5. Compact subbase course at
optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557. Johnson Museum of
Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents EARTH MOVING 312000-11 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified
special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Determine prior to placement of fill that site has been prepared in compliance with requirements. 2. Determine that
fill material classification and maximum lift thickness comply with requirements. 3. Determine, during placement and compaction, that in-place density of compacted fill complies with
requirements. B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Allow testing agency to inspect and test
subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. D. Footing Subgrade:
At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may
be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Architect. E. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM
D 2167, ASTM D 2937, and ASTM D 6938, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: 1. Paved Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill
layer, at least one test for every 1000 sq. ft. or less of paved area or building slab but in no case fewer than three tests. 2. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill
layer, at least one test for every 25 feet or less of wall length but no fewer than two tests. F. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree
of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.17 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where
completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or
remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and recompact. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
EARTH MOVING 312000-12 C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct
surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.18 DISPOSAL
OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
B. Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated storage areas on Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Architect. 1. Remove waste materials, including unsatisfactory
soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 31 20 00 Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-1 SECTION 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Walks. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 02 41 19 "Selective
Demolition" for demolition and removal of existing concrete pavement. 2. Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving" for subgrade preparation, fill material, and unbound-aggregate subbase and
base courses. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans,
ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design
Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the
structure. 1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Owner’s Representative. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-2 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer of ready-mix concrete manufacturer and testing agency. B. Material
Certificates: For the following, from manufacturer: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 3. Admixtures. 4. Curing compounds. 5. Applied finish
materials. 6. Bonding agent or epoxy adhesive. 7. Joint fillers. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced
in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's
"Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities" (Quality Control Manual - Section 3, "Plant Certification Checklist"). B. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified
testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. C. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301 unless otherwise indicated. D. Installer Qualifications:
A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMS A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other approved
panel-type materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, and smooth exposed surfaces. 1. Use flexible or uniformly curved forms for curves with a radius of 100 feet or less.
B. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and that will not impair subsequent treatments
of concrete surfaces. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, fabricated from asdrawnsteel wire into flat sheets. B. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM
A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 plain-steel bars. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. C. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting,
and fastening reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic,
or precast concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete specified, and as follows: 1. Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will
not support chair legs. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of same type, brand, and source throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement:
ASTM C 150, gray portland cement Type II. B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 4S, uniformly graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size:
1-inch nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. 3. Coarse and fine aggregates shall be on the New York State DOT list of approved
aggregate sources and shall not be designated as having ASR potential. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CONCRETE PAVING
321313-4 4. Maximum bulk SSD specific gravity of course aggregates on the New York State DOT posted test results shall be 2.67. 5. Maximum absorption of the coarse aggregates on
the New York State DOT posted test results shall be 1.2% C. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M. D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. E. Chemical Admixtures: Admixtures
certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. 1. Water-Reducing
Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High-Range, Water-Reducing
Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M,
Type II. F. Waterproofing Admixture: Xypex “Admix C-500/C-1000” as appropriate or accepted equal. 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3000 psi. 2. Minimum Cement Factor: 5.0 Bags/ CY
3. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.62. 4. Maximum Slump Limit: 3 inches. 5. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-1/2” 2.4 CURING MATERIALS A. Moisture-Retaining
Cover: ASTM C 171, containing either an un-pigmented nonwoven polypropylene fabric or 10 oz. burlap. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Transguard 4000 by Reef Industries. b. UltraCure DOT by Sika, Bulene Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-5 B. Water: Potable. C. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular,
film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. ChemMasters, Inc. b. Sika Corporation. c. SpecChem, LLC. 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion joint fillers: ½ inch thick
Sonolastic® polyethylene closed-cell joint filler as manufactured by Sonneborn Building Products Division, ChemRex, Inc., or equal. B. Expansion joint sealant for all concrete pavement:
Pour grade one-part elastomeric selfleveling polyurethane sealant, light gray in color to match concrete color, meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25; Sonolastic® SL 1 as manufactured
by Sonneborn Building Products Division, ChemRex, Inc., or equal. Use compatible primer if sealant manufacturer recommends. C. Expansion joint sealant primer: Material recommended
by the joint sealant manufacturer for adhesion to joint substrates indicated. D. Surface sealer: Transparent penetrating silane, water repellent and anti-spalling sealer specifically
formulated to protect the concrete from moisture, salts and deicing chemicals; Provide sealer by one of the following manufacturers; 1. Certi-Vex ® Penseal 244 100% as manufactured
by Vexcon Chemicals, Inc., 2. ChemMasters, AquanilTM Plus 55 3. Sealkrete, SS-10 Clear Silane-Siloxane waterproofer. 2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according
to ACI 301, for each type and strength of normal-weight concrete, and as determined by either laboratory trial mixtures or field experience. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency
for preparing and reporting proposed concrete design mixtures based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Proportion mixtures to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties:
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-6 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 5000 psi. 2. Maximum
Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.40. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Exposure Class: ACI 318 F3 SO W1 C2 C. Add air-entraining admixture
at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normalweight concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows: 1. Air Content: 6 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent for
1-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. D. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. E. Chemical Admixtures: Use admixtures
according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water-reducing admixture in concrete as required for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture
when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. F. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than
portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 25 percent. 2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent. 3. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent. 4. Combined Fly Ash
or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete:
Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time
to 60 minutes. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-7 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine
exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance with requirements for dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances. 3.2 COMPACTION OF SOILS AND BACKFILLS A. Place backfill and
soils materials in layers not more that 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted
by hand-operated tampers. B. Place backfill and soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Compact
soil materials to not less than the the following percentages of maximum dry weight according to ASTM D 698. 1. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and
compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 92 percent 2. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill
or fill soil material at 85 percent. 3. For utity trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 85 percent. 3.3 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS
AND WALKS A. Place subbase course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. 1. Shape subbase course to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. 2. Place subbase course
6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a single layer. 3. Compact subbase course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thicknesses to not less
than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698. 3.4 PREPARATION A. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. Johnson
Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-8 3.5 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure
edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place
at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice,
or other bond-reducing materials. C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement.
D. Install welded wire reinforcement in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent
continuous laps in either direction. 3.7 JOINTS A. General: Saw cut construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edges true to line, with faces perpendicular to surface
plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline unless otherwise indicated. 1. When joining existing paving, place transverse joints to align with previously
placed joints unless otherwise indicated. B. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures,
other fixed objects, and where indicated. When sidewalk is not poured monolithically, provide expansion joints abuts the other. 1. Sidewalks: Provide 1/2-inch wide preformed expansion
joint filler as follows: a. Locate expansion joints at intervals of 50 feet unless otherwise indicated. b. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint. c. Terminate joint filler
not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface if joint sealant is indicated. d. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface if joint sealant is
not indicated. e. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint-filler sections together. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof
Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-9 f. During concrete placement, protect top edge of joint filler with metal, plastic, or other
temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. C. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete
into areas to match areas of existing sidewalk. Sidewalks: Construct contraction joints where shown for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows:
a. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch wide joints into concrete when cutting action will
not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before developing random contraction cracks. D. Edging: After initial floating, tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints in
concrete with an edging tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate edging-tool marks on concrete surfaces. Match existing walk finish.
3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, steel reinforcement, and items to be embedded or cast-in. B. Remove snow, ice, or frost
from subbase surface and steel reinforcement before placing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces. C. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete
is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. D. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing,
transporting, and placing concrete. E. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Engineer, but not to exceed the amount indicated
on the concrete delivery ticket. F. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move
concrete into place. G. Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping. 1. Consolidate concrete along
face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for
hand spreading and consolidation. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-10 Consolidate with care
to prevent dislocating reinforcement dowels and joint devices. H. Screed paving surface with a straightedge and strike off. I. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies
to impart an open-textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing
operations or spreading surface treatments. J. Cold-Weather Placement: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing, or low
temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 and the following: 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing
to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in design mixtures. K. Hot-Weather
Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows when hot-weather conditions exist: 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement.
Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated in total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool
concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.
3. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.9 FLOAT FINISHING
A. General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. B. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has disappeared and concrete
surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces
to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020
Construction Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-11 1. Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft-bristle broom across floatfinished concrete surface perpendicular to line
of traffic to provide a uniform, fine-line texture. 3.10 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
B. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection. C. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching
0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete but
before float finishing. D. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. E. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by a combination of
these as follows: 1. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moistureretaining cover, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12
inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears occurring during installation or curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. F. Surface
sealer 1. Apply as per manufacturer’s directions. 3.11 PAVING TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 117 and as follows: 1. Elevation: 3/4 inch. 2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus
1/4 inch. 3. Surface: Gap below 10-foot- long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/2 inch. 4. Alignment of Tie-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Paving Edge: 1/2 inch per
12 inches of tie bar. 5. Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Dowels: 1 inch. 6. Vertical Alignment of Dowels: 1/4 inch. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-12 7. Alignment of Dowel-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Paving Edge: 1/4 inch per 12 inches of dowel. 8. Joint
Spacing: 3 inches. 9. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. 10. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch, no minus. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a
qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according
to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 40 cu. yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency
of testing will provide fewer than five compressivestrength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch
if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for
each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when it is 80 deg F and above,
and one test for each composite sample. 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of three standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one specimen at seven days and two specimens at 28 days. a. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength
from two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at 28 days. C. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if average of any three consecutive compressive-strength
tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. Johnson Museum of Art
Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents CONCRETE PAVING 321313-13 D. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer,
and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing
and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type
of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. E. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole
basis for approval or rejection of concrete. F. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment,
compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. G. Concrete paving will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
H. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. I. Prepare test
and inspection reports. 3.13 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not comply with requirements in this Section.
Remove work in complete sections from joint to joint unless otherwise approved by Architect. B. Drill test cores, where directed by Architect, when necessary to determine magnitude
of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory paving areas with portland cement concrete bonded to paving with epoxy adhesive. C. Protect concrete paving from
damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and
spillage of materials as they occur. D. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep paving not more than two days before date scheduled
for Substantial Completion inspections. END OF SECTION 32 13 13 Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SOILS AND PLANTING
PREPARATION 329100-1 SECTION 32 91 00 SOILS AND PLANTING PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The scope of work in this section includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Harvest and stockpile existing site soils suitable for Planting Soil. 2. Install existing or modified existing soil for use as Planting Soil. 3. Fine grade Planting Soil. 4. Install
Compost into Planting Soil, if needed, as specified. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 329200 – Turf and Grasses C. Referenced Standards to be incorporated into the project specification.
1. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service, 2003. National Soil Survey Handbook, title 430-VI. Available online. 2. US Composting Council www.compostingcouncil.org
3. Methods of Soil Analysis, as published by the Soil Science Society of America (http://www.soils.org/). 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Acceptable drainage: to be determined by Owner’s Representative.
Drainage rate will be based on soil type, subgrade, and plants to be grown. B. Airspade: A supersonic air tool utilized to decompact and/or invigorate soils. C. Amendment: material
added to Topsoil to produce Planting Soil Mix. Amendments are classified as general soil amendments, fertilizers, and compost. D. Compacted soil: soil where the density of the soil
is greater that the threshold for root growth. E. Compost: well decomposed stable organic material as defined by the US Composting Council. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain
Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SOILS AND PLANTING PREPARATION 329100-2 F. Drainage: The rate at which soil water moves through the soil transitioning the
soil from saturated condition to field capacity. Most often expressed as saturated hydraulic conductivity (Ksat; units are inches per hour). G. Existing Soil: Mineral soil existing
at the locations of proposed planting after the majority of the construction within and around the planting site is completed and just prior to the start of work to prepare the planting
area for soil modification and/or planting. H. Fertilizer: amendment used for the purpose of adjusting soil nutrient composition and balance. I. Fine grading: The final grading of the
soil to achieve exact contours and positive drainage, often accomplished by hand rakes, drag rakes or other suitable devices. J. Finished grade: surface or elevation of Planting Soil
after final grading and 12 months of settlement of the soil. K. Graded soil: Soil where the A horizon has been stripped and relocated or re-spread; cuts and fills deeper than 12 inches.
L. Installed soil: Planting soil and existing site soil that is spread and or graded to form a planting soil. M. Minor disturbance: Minor grading as part of agricultural work that only
adjusts the A horizon soil, minor surface compaction in the top 6 inches of the soil, applications of fertilizers, installation of utility pipes smaller than 18 inches in diameter thru
the soil zone. N. Planting Soil: Topsoil, or Planting Soil Mixes which are imported or existing at the site, or made from components that exist at the site, or are imported to the site.
O. Scarify: Loosening and roughening the surface of soil and sub soil prior to adding additional soil on top. P. Scoop and Dump: Deep loosening of the soil with the addition a specified
amount of compost to the depths specified by using a backhoe. Q. Soil Ripping: Loosening the soil by dragging a ripping shank or chisel through the soil to the depths and spacing specified.
R. Soil Tilling: Loosening the surface of the soil to the depths specified with a rotary tine tilling machine, roto tiller, or spade tiller. S. Soil trenching: Cutting narrow trenches
thru the soil at the depths and spacing specified to loosen the soil profile. T. Subgrade: surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a
fill or backfill, before placing Planting Soil. U. Topsoil: naturally produced and harvested soil from the A horizon or upper layers or the soil. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof
Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SOILS AND PLANTING PREPARATION 329100-3 V. Undisturbed soil: Soils with the original A horizon intact that have not
been graded or compacted. Soils that have been farmed, subjected to fire, or logged but not graded and natural forested land will be considered as undisturbed. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product
data and certificates: For each type of manufactured product, submit data and certificates that the product meets the specification requirements, signed by the product manufacturer,
and complying with the following: 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s or supplier’s product data and literature or certified analysis for standard products and bulk materials, complying
with testing requirements and referenced standards. 2. Products: Products include Imported Topsoil; Compost; Coarse Sand; Fertilizer, Biological, and Other Amendments; Existing Soil;
and Modified Existing Soil. 1.5 OBSERVATION OF THE WORK A. The Owner’s Representative may observe the work at any time and may remove samples of materials for conformity to specifications.
Rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall pay the cost of testing materials not meeting specifications.
1. The Owner’s Representative may utilize the Contractor’s penetrometer and moisture meter at any time to check soil compaction and moisture. B. The Owner’s Representative will be informed
of the progress of the work so the work may be observed at the following key times in the construction process. Provide seven days’ notice of the key activity dates listed. Failure
of the Owner’s Representative to make field observations shall not relieve the Contractor from meeting all the requirements of this specification. 1. Existing Soil Condition: Prior
to the start of any soil modification that will utilize or modify the existing soil. 2. Excavation: Observe each area of excavation prior to the installation of any Planting Soil. 3.
Completion of Soil Modifications: Upon completion of all soil modification and installation of planting soil. 4. Completion of Fine Grading and Surface Soil Modification: Upon completion
of all surface soil modifications and fine grading but prior to the installation of shrubs, ground covers, or lawns. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: The installer
shall be a firm having at least 5 years of experience of a scope similar to that required for the work, including the preparation, mixing and installation of soil mixes to support planting.
Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SOILS AND PLANTING PREPARATION 329100-4 1. The installer’s crew shall be experienced
in the installation of Planting Soil, plantings, and irrigation (where applicable) and interpretation of planting plans, soil installation plans, and irrigation plans (where applicable).SITE
CONDITIONS B. Review and inspect all surface and subsurface conditions; notify the Owner’s Representative, in writing, of any circumstances that would negatively impact the health of
plantings. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 EXISTING SOIL (ACCEPTABLE FOR PLANTING WITH MINIMUM MODIFICATIONS) A.
General definition of existing soil: Surface soil in the areas designated on the soils plan as existing soil, that is not altered, compacted to root limiting density, graded or contaminated
before or during the construction process and considered acceptable for planting and long term health of the plants specified either as it exists or with only minor modification. 1.
Soil in the designated areas shall be suitable at the beginning of planting bed preparation work in that area. In the event that the work of this project construction has damaged the
existing soil in areas designated for use as Planting Soil to the point where the soil is no longer suitable to support the plants specified, the Owner’s Representative may require
modification of the damaged soil up to and including removal and replacement with soil of equal quality to the soil that existed prior to construction. Examples of damage include further
compaction, contamination, grading, creation of hardpan or drainage problems, and loss of the O, and or A horizon. B. Protect existing soil from compaction, contamination, and degradation
during the construction process. C. Unless otherwise instructed, remove all existing plants, root thatch, and non-soil debris from the surface of the soil using equipment that does
not increase compaction of soil to root limiting levels. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 SITE EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of Planting Soil, examine site to confirm that existing conditions
are satisfactory for the work of this section to proceed. 1. Confirm that the subgrade is at the proper elevation and compacted as required. Subgrade elevations shall slope toward the
under drain lines as shown on the drawings. 2. Confirm that all surface areas to be filled with Planting Soil are free of construction debris, refuse, compressible or biodegradable
materials, stones greater Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SOILS AND PLANTING PREPARATION 329100-5 than 2 inches
diameter, soil crusting films of silt or clay that reduces or stops drainage from the Planting Soil into the subsoil; and/or standing water. Remove unsuitable material from the site.
3. Confirm that no adverse drainage conditions are present. 4. Confirm that no conditions are present which are detrimental to plant growth. 5. Confirm that utility work, if any, has
been completed per the drawings. 6. Confirm that irrigation work, if any, which is shown to be installed below prepared soil levels, has been completed. B. If unsatisfactory conditions
are encountered, notify the Owner’s Representative immediately to determine corrective action before proceeding. 3.2 COORDINATION WITH PROJET WORK A. Coordinate with all other work
that may impact the completion of the work. B. Prior to the start of work, prepare a detailed schedule of the work for coordination with other trades. C. Coordinate the relocation of
any irrigation lines, heads or the conduits of other utility lines that are in conflict with tree locations. Root balls shall not be altered to fit around lines. Notify the Owner’s
Representative of any conflicts encountered. 3.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Weather: Do not mix, deliver, place or grade soils when frozen or with moisture above field capacity.
B. Protect soil and soil stockpiles, including the stockpiles at the soil blender’s yard, from wind, rain and washing that can erode soil or separate fines and coarse material, and
contamination by chemicals, dust and debris that may be detrimental to plants or soil drainage. Cover stockpiles with plastic sheeting or fabric at the end of each workday. C. All manufactured
packaged products and material shall be delivered to the site in unopened containers and stored in a dry enclosed space suitable for the material and meeting all environmental regulations.
D. Deliver all chemical amendments in original, unopened containers with original labels intact and legible, which state the guaranteed chemical analysis. Store all chemicals in a weather
protected enclosure. E. Bulk material: Coordinate delivery and storage with Owner’s Representative and confine materials to neat piles in areas acceptable to Owner’s Representative.
3.4 GRADE AND ELEVATION CONTROL A. Provide grade and elevation control during installation of Planting Soil. Utilize grade stakes, surveying equipment, and other means and methods to
assure that grades and contours conform to the grades indicated on the plans. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SOILS
AND PLANTING PREPARATION 329100-6 3.5 SITE PREPARATION A. Excavate to the proposed subgrade. Maintain all required angles of repose of the adjacent materials as shown on the drawings
or as required by this standard. Do not over excavate compacted subgrades of adjacent pavement or structures. Maintain a supporting 1:1 side slope of compacted subgrade material along
the edges of all paving and structures where the bottom of the paving or structure is above the bottom elevation of the excavated planting area. B. Remove all construction debris and
material including any construction materials from the subgrade. C. Confirm that the subgrade is at the proper elevation and compacted as required. Subgrade elevations shall slope approximately
parallel to the finished grade and/or toward the subsurface drain lines as shown on the drawings. D. In areas where Planting Soil is to be spread, confirm the subgrade has been scarified.
E. Protect adjacent walls, walks and utilities from damage or staining by the soil. Use 1/2 inch plywood and or plastic sheeting as directed to cover existing concrete, metal and masonry
work and other items as directed during the progress of the work. 1. At the end of each working day, clean up any soil spilled on any paved surface. 2. Any damage to the paving or site
features or work shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. 3.6 PLANTING SOIL INSTALLATION A. Prior to installing any Planting Soil from stockpiles or Planting Soil Mixes blended
off site, the Owner’s Representative will approve the condition of the subgrade. B. All equipment utilized to install or grade Planting Soils shall be wide track or balloon tire machines
rated with a ground pressure of 4 psi or less. All grading and soil delivery equipment shall have buckets equipped with 6 inch long teeth to scarify any soil that becomes compacted.
C. In areas of soil installation above existing subsoil, scarify the subgrade material prior to installing Planting Soil. Install a minimum 6” of planting soil for turf and 18” for
planting beds. 1. Scarify the subsoil of the subgrade to a minimum depth of 6 inches with the teeth of the backhoe or loader bucket, tiller or other suitable device. 2. Immediately
install the Planting Soil. Protect the loosened area 3. from traffic. DO NOT allow the loosened subgrade to become compacted. 4. In the event that the loosened area becomes overly compacted,
loosen the area again prior to installing the Planting Soil. D. Install the Planting Soil in a maximum of 12 inch lifts to the required depths. Apply compacting forces to each lift
as required to attain the required compaction. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SOILS AND PLANTING PREPARATION 329100-7
E. Installed Planting Soil Mix and the re-spread existing soil shall have a soil density through the required depth of the installed layers of soil, such that the penetrometer reads
approximately 75 to 150 psi for the same moisture content, assuming the soil is moist and not overly saturated. F. Phase work such that equipment to deliver or grade soil does not have
to operate over previously installed Planting Soil. Work in rows of lifts the width of the extension of the bucket on the loader. Install all lifts in one row before proceeding to the
next. Work from the furthest part of each bed from the soil delivery point to the edge of the each bed area. G. Existing soil that is modified by tilling, ripping or fracturing shall
have a density to the depth of the modification, after completion of loosening, such that the penetrometer reads approximately 75 to 150 psi at soil moisture approximately the mid-point
between wilting point and field capacity. Test with penetrometer every 6’ across the installation area. 3.7 OVER-COMPACTION REDUCTION A. Any soil that becomes compacted to a density
greater than the specified density shall be dug up and reinstalled. This requirement includes compaction caused by other sub- contractors after the Planting Soil is installed and approved.
B. Surface rototilling shall not be considered adequate to reduce over compaction at levels 6 inches or greater below finished grade. 3.8 FINE GRADING A. The Owner’s Representative
will approve all rough grading prior to the installation of Compost, fine grading, planting, and mulching. B. Grade the finish surface of all planted areas to meet the grades shown
on the drawings, allowing for settling. C. Utilize hand equipment, small garden tractors with rakes, or small garden tractors with buckets with teeth for fine grading to keep surface
rough without further compaction. Do not use the flat bottom of a loader bucket to fine grade, as it will cause the finished grade to become overly smooth and or slightly compressed.
D. Provide for positive drainage from all areas toward the existing inlets, drainage structures and or the edges of planting beds. Adjust grades as directed to reflect actual constructed
field conditions of paving, wall and inlet elevations. Notify the Owner’s Representative in the event that conditions make it impossible to achieve positive drainage. E. Provide smooth,
rounded transitions between slopes of different gradients and direction. Modify the grade so that the finish grade -- before adding mulch and after the soil has settled -- is one or
two inches below all paving surfaces or as directed by the drawings. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SOILS AND PLANTING
PREPARATION 329100-8 3.9 CLEAN-UP A. During installation, keep the site free of trash, pavements reasonably clean and work area in an orderly condition at the end of each day. Remove
trash and debris in containers from the site no less than once a week. No debris is to be buried on-site. 1. Immediately clean up any spilled or tracked soil, fuel, oil, trash or debris
deposited by the Contractor from all surfaces within the project or on public right of ways and neighboring property. 2. Equipment and vehicles shall not be washed on-site. B. Once
installation is complete, wash all soil from pavements and other structures. Ensure that mulch is confined to planting beds and that all tags and flagging tape are removed from the
site. The Owner’s Representative seals are to remain on the trees and removed at the end of the warranty period. 1. Make all repairs to grades, ruts, and damage to the work or other
work at the site. Other work to include compaction relief. 2. Remove and dispose of all excess Planting Soil, subsoil, mulch, plants, packaging, and other material brought to the site
by the Contractor. 3.10 PLANTING SOIL AND MODIFIED EXISTING SOIL PROTECTION A. Protect installed and/or modified Planting Soil from damage including contamination and over compaction
due to other soil installation, planting operations, and operations by other Contractors or trespassers. Maintain protection during installation until acceptance. Utilize fencing and
matting as required or directed to protect the finished soil work. Treat, repair or replace damaged Planting Soil immediately. B. Loosen compacted Planting Soil and replace Planting
Soil that has become contaminated as determined by the Owner’s Representative. Planting Soil shall be loosened or replaced at no expense to the Owner. 1. Till and restore grades to
all soil that has been driven over or compacted during the installation of plants. 2. Where modified existing soil has become contaminated and needs replacement, provide imported soil
that is of similar composition, depth and density as the removed soil. 3.11 PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Protect planting and related work and other site work from damage due to
planting operations, operations by other Contractors or trespassers. B. Conform to all Contract provisions for Plant and Root Protection 1. Maintain protection during installation until
the date of plant acceptance (see Cornell Design Standard 329300 – Planting). Treat, repair or replace damaged work immediately. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents SOILS AND PLANTING PREPARATION 329100-9 2. Provide temporary erosion control as needed to stop soil erosion until the site is stabilized
with mulch, plantings or turf. C. Damage done by the Contractor or any of their sub-contractors to existing or installed plants, or any other parts of the work or existing features
to remain including those on adjacent property, shall be cleaned, repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. The Owner’s Representative will determine when such
cleaning, replacement or repair is satisfactory. A certified arborist shall assess damage to existing trees. 3.12 FINAL ACCEPTANCE/SOIL SETTLEMENT A. At the end of the plant warranty
and maintenance period, the Owner’s Representative will observe the soil installation work and establish that all provisions of the contract are complete and the work is satisfactory.
1. Restore any soil settlement and or eroded areas to the grades shown on the drawings. When restoring soil grades, remove plants and mulch and add soil before restoring the planting.
Do not add soil over the root balls of plants or on top of mulch. B. If the work fails to pass final acceptance, repeat process above. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and
Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TURF AND GRASSES 329200-1 SECTION 32 92 00 TURF AND GRASSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings
and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:
1. Seeding 2. Turfgrass repair. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving" for temporary erosion and sediment controls, existing vegetation removal, excavation, subgrade
preparation, and temporary erosion and sediment controls. 2. Section 32 91 00 “Soil and Plant Preparation” 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting
soil. B. Imported Topsoil: Topsoil that is transported to Project site for use. C. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a
pest. Pesticides include insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and molluscicides. They also include substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator,
defoliant, or desiccant. D. Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage to plants, animals, or people. Pests include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks
(snails and slugs), rodents (gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria, and viruses. E. Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured
soil that has been modified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. See Section 329300 "Plants" and drawing designations for planting
soils. F. Subgrade: The surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TURF AND GRASSES 329200-2 G. Subsoil: Soil beneath the level of subgrade; soil beneath the topsoil
layers of a naturally occurring soil profile, typified by less than 1 percent organic matter and few soil organisms. H. Topsoil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing
soil profile. I. USCC: U.S. Composting Council. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For landscape Installer. B. Schedule: For installation of seeded areas, post-fertilization
and maintenance. C. Topsoil: Laboratory analysis only for imported topsoil. Include source information for imported topsoil. 1. Topsoil amendment procedure if testing confirms amendment
is required. D. Compost: Material certification, manufacturer’s product data, laboratory and nutrient analysis. E. Certification of Seed Mixes: From seed vendor for each grass-seed
monostand or seed mixture, stating the botanical and common name, percentage by weight of each species and variety, and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the
year of production and date of packaging. 1. Certification of each seed mixture. Include identification of source and name and telephone number of the supplier. F. Product Certificates:
For fertilizers, mulch, additives, and amendments, from manufacturer. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful
turf and meadow establishment. 1. Experience: Five years' experience in turf installation. 2. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced fulltime supervisor
on Project site when work is in progress. 3. NYSNLA Certified Nursery Professional or industry related degree Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020
Construction Documents TURF AND GRASSES 329200-3 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Seed and Other Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers
showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of compliance with state and Federal laws, as applicable. B. Bulk Materials: 1. Do not dump or store
bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants. 2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk
materials; discharge of soil-bearing water runoff; and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. 3. Accompany each delivery of bulk materials
with appropriate certificates. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Topsoil quantity and source: 1. Existing, on-site topsoil will be amended as specified and used in-place for seeding and planting
work. 2. It is assumed that on-site topsoil quantity is sufficient to meet project requirements. 3. Provide screened imported topsoil as determined and as directed by the Owner Representative,
only if existing on-site topsoil is not sufficient to complete the project requirements, or if existing topsoil condition is deemed unacceptable. 4. Provide testing of imported topsoil,
if required, as specified. Amend topsoil based on testing results to meet specified requirements. Provide re-testing of amended topsoil to confirm specified requirements have been met.
B. Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods with initial maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial
Completion. 1. Spring Planting: April 1 – May 30. 2. Fall Planting: August 15 – October 15. 3. Other periods which have written approval from the Owner’s Representative. Such approval
may include additional conditions. C. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial
and optimum results may be obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Seeding: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and
Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TURF AND GRASSES 329200-4 1. Lawn or turf grass areas: The Contractor may seed lawn areas by broadcast seeding
methods or by hydroseeding, unless directed otherwise by the Owner’s Representative. Broadcast seeding is permitted on slopes up to 1:8 (vertical to horizontal). Seeding on slopes steeper
than 1:8 shall be installed by hydroseeding. E. Proceed with and complete landscape work as portions of site become available, working within seasonal limitations for each kind of
landscape work required. F. Utilities: See General Conditions and Requirements for locating and avoiding damage to utilities. Maintain locating flags and grade stakes until removal
is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. G. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions,
notify Architect or Owner’s Rep. No planting under such conditions will occur until approved by Architect. H. Coordination with Plantings: Plant shrubs after final grades are established
and prior to planting of lawns, unless otherwise acceptable to the Owner’s Representative. If planting of shrubs occurs after lawn work, protect lawn areas and promptly repair damage
to lawns resulting from planting operations. 1.9 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY A. Warranty lawns through specified lawn maintenance period, and until final acceptance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1
TOPSOIL A. As specified in specification section 32 91 00 Soils and Planting Preparation. 2.2 WATER A. Water: Potable source; suitable for irrigation and free from ingredients which
are harmful to plant life and growth. 2.3 TURFGRASS SEED A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new-crop seed complying with AOSA's "Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances.
B. Schedule of Grass Seed Requirements: 1. All grass seed will be fresh, clean, new crop seed delivered in original unopened packages, bearing guaranteed analysis Johnson Museum of
Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TURF AND GRASSES 329200-5 2. Seed germination test results for each seed type and cultivar must be
performed within 10 months prior to landscape installation of seed and must have no less than ninety percent (85%) germination rate. 3. All grass seed cultivar purity must be no less
than ninety percent (95%) by weight. 4. All Grass Seed and Grass Seed Mixes used will consist of the following: a. Type 1- Cornell Turfgrass Seed Blend: This grass seed will be used
without exception for all non-athletic turf campus lawn seedings unless specified otherwise in writing by the Architect. This seed mix will consist of the following by weight: • 46%
of a minimum 2 varieties of endophyte enhanced perennial rye • 49% of a minimum 2 varieties of improved turf type tall fescue • 5% of either a Midnight-type or Mid–Atlantic –type Kentucky
Bluegrass. All seeds shall have performed in the top statistical grouping from the most recent NTEP trials conducted for the species. *This blend is on file at Banfield-Baker, Lakeside
Sod, Winfield and Crosman Seeds, or you may have your blend reviewed by Owner’s Representative and mixed by a seed dealer of your choice. 5. Seed may NOT be mixed on site. If seed mixed
by a dealer, the contractor shall furnish the owner the dealer’s guaranteed statement of the composition of the mixture. A sufficient number of All seed labels for seed used on campus
will be furnished to the Owner’s Representative for review, and then incorporated into the owner’s project files. 2.4 MULCHES A. Fiber Mulch: Biodegradable, dyed-wood, cellulose-fiber
mulch; nontoxic and free of plant-growth or germination inhibitors; with a maximum moisture content of 15 percent and a pH range of 4.5 to 6.5, and suitable for use on moderate slopes
of less than or equal to 2H:1V, Conwed Fibers Hydro Mulch 2000 or equal, as manufactured by Profile Products LLC, www.conwedfibers.com. 1. Permanent mulching and seeding application
rate: 45 lbs. per 1000 square feet or 2000 lbs. per acre. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPE MATERIALS A. Rolled erosion control product. 1. Erosion control jute mesh: a. Jute mesh meeting
NYSDOT 713-07. b. Anchor stakes: Wire sod staples, 8-gauge galvanized steel wire, 1” square head x 4” long. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020
Construction Documents TURF AND GRASSES 329200-6 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to be planted for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting
installation and performance of the Work. 1. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement,
plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil within a planting area. 2. Suspend planting operations during
periods of excessive soil moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results. 3. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable
or which is dusty. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present
in soil within a planting area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Architect and replace with new planting soil. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect structures; utilities; sidewalks;
pavements; and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and plantings from damage caused by planting operations. 1. Protect adjacent and adjoining areas from hydroseeding and hydromulching
overspray. B. Install erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
3.3 SPREADING IMPORTED TOPSOIL (IF NECESSARY) A. Provide imported topsoil only if required when existing, on-site topsoil is not satisfactory or available in suitable quantity, as determined
and directed by the Owner’s Representative. B. Topsoil shall not be placed when the subgrade is frozen, excessively wet, extremely dry, or in a condition otherwise detrimental to
seeding, planting, or proper grading. C. Spread topsoil in seeding areas as indicated, and all other areas not indicated to be otherwise treated. 1. Loosen subgrade of seeding areas
to a minimum depth of 4 inches. 2. Remove stones measuring over 1½ inches in any dimension. 3. Remove sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter. Johnson Museum of Art Roof
and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TURF AND GRASSES 329200-7 4. Limit preparation to areas that will be planted promptly after preparation. D.
Spread and manipulate topsoil to a thickness of 4 inches after settlement to form a smooth and uniform surface in accordance with the finished grades indicated. E. Coordinate topsoil
amendment procedure with topsoil spreading operation if amendment is confirmed by topsoil testing. F. Topsoil that is determined to be unacceptable shall be removed from the site,or
used only as earth fill under lawn areas. It shall not be used as earth fill under any portion of pavements or structures. 3.4 TURF REPAIR A. Repair turf damaged by Contractor's operations,
such as storage of materials or equipment and movement of vehicles. 1. Re-establish turf where settlement or washouts occur or where minor regrading is required. 2. Install new topsoil
as required. B. Remove sod and vegetation from diseased or unsatisfactory turf areas; do not bury in soil. C. Remove topsoil containing foreign materials, such as oil drippings, fuel
spills, stones, gravel, and other construction materials resulting from Contractor's operations, and replace with new planting soil. D. Mow, dethatch, core aerate, and rake existing
turf. E. Remove weeds before seeding. Where weeds are extensive, apply selective herbicides as required. Do not use pre-emergence herbicides. F. Remove waste and foreign materials,
including weeds, soil cores, grass, vegetation, and turf, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. G. Till stripped, bare, and compacted areas thoroughly to a soil depth of
6 inches. H. Install topsoil to fill low spots and meet finish grades. Where providing new soil, spread 4” minimum depth topsoil. I. Apply starter fertilizer required for establishing
new turf and mix thoroughly into top 4 inches of soil. If hydroseeding, incorporate and apply fertilizer with seeding slurry. J. Apply seed and protect with straw mulch or hydroseed
as required for new turf. K. Water newly planted areas and keep moist until new turf is established. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents TURF AND GRASSES 329200-8 3.5 TURF MAINTENANCE A. General: Maintain and establish turf areas by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and performing
other operations as required to establish healthy, viable vegetation. Regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and re-mulch to establish a uniform stand of vegetation. Provide materials
and installation the same as those used in the original installation. 1. Fill as necessary, areas of soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes. Replace materials
and turf damaged or lost in areas of subsidence. 2. In areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance operations, add new mulch and anchor as required to prevent displacement.
3. Apply treatments as required to keep turf and vegetation and soil free of pests and pathogens or disease. Use integrated pest management practices whenever possible to minimize the
use of pesticides and reduce hazards. 4. Manage weeds in rain garden areas by removal, spot-cutting or selective spottreatment with non-selective herbicides. Do not use selective herbicides
in meadow areas. B. Watering: Install and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and turf-watering equipment to convey water from sources and to keep turf and vegetation uniformly moist
to a depth of 4 inches. 1. Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy
or newly planted areas. 2. Water turf and vegetation with fine spray at a minimum rate of 1 inch per week unless rainfall precipitation is adequate. C. Mow turf as soon as top growth
is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified height without cutting more than one-third of grass height. Remove no more than one-third of grass-leaf growth in initial
or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. Schedule initial and subsequent mowings to maintain the following
grass height: 1. Mow turf-grass to a height of 2 to 3 inches. 2. Remove clippings. D. Turf Post-fertilization: Apply maintenance fertilizer at rate specified, at least 30 days after
seeding, after initial mowing and when grass is dry. 3.6 SATISFACTORY VEGETATION A. Turf installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by Owner’s Representative: 1.
Satisfactory Seeded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of vegetation has been established, free of weeds and surface Johnson Museum of Art Roof and
Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TURF AND GRASSES 329200-9 irregularities, with coverage exceeding 90 percent over any 10 sq. ft. and bare spots
of 12 by 12 inches not exceeding a maximum of 3% of vegetated areas. B. Use specified materials to reestablish turf areas that do not comply with requirements and continue maintenance
until permanent vegetation coverage and establishment is satisfactory. 3.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE PERIOD A. Turf Maintenance Service: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees of landscape
Installer. Maintain as required in "Turf Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable turf is established, but for not
less than the following periods: 1. Seeded Turf: 60 days from date of Substantial Completion. a. Provide a minimum of three mowings within the maintenance period. b. Provide a minimum
of one maintenance fertilizer application within maintenance service period. c. When initial maintenance period has not elapsed before end of planting season, or if turf is not fully
established, continue maintenance during next planting season. B. Turf maintenance becomes the Owner’s responsibility upon final acceptance of established satisfactory turf or vegetation.
3.8 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by turf and meadow work from paved areas. Clean wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto
roads, walks, or other paved areas. B. Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's
property. C. Erect temporary fencing or barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly seeded areas from traffic. Maintain fencing and barricades throughout initial maintenance
period and remove after vegetation is established. Temporary Lawn Protection: Shall include 1” x 1” hardwood stakes, 4’ (four feet) high a maximum of 10’ (ten feet) apart with a single
line of double stranded white polypropylene twine, flagged with 1” wide red weather resistant flag tape. The maximum length of the flagging tapes will be 4” (four inches). 1. Remove
nondegradable erosion-control measures after vegetation establishment period. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TURF
AND GRASSES 329200-10 END OF SECTION 32 92 00 Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August
7, 2020 Construction Documents TRANSPLANTING 329600-1 SECTION 32 96 00 TRANSPLANTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,
including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes transplanting non-nursery-grown trees by
tree spade. B. Owner-Furnished Material: On-site existing trees, installed during the initial site development phase. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving" for
excavation, filling and grading, and subgrade preparation. 2. Section 32 91 00 Soils and Planting Prpearation. 3. Section 32 92 00 “Turf and Grasses” for topsoil, compost, topsoil and
planting soil placement, and lawn repair. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: See definitions in ANSI A300 (Part 6) and in ANSI Z60.1 pertaining to fieldgrown trees, except as otherwise defined
in this Section. B. Caliper: Diameter of a trunk as measured by a diameter tape at a height 6 inches above the root flair for trees up to, and including, 4-inch size at this height;
and as measured at a height of 12 inches above the root flair for trees larger than 4-inch size. C. Root-Ball Depth: Measured from bottom of trunk flare to the bottom of root ball.
D. Root-Ball Width: Measured horizontally across the root ball with an approximately circular form or the least dimension for non-round root balls, not necessarily centered on the tree
trunk, but within tolerance according to ANSI Z60.1. E. Root Flare: Also called "trunk flare." The area at the base of the tree's stem or trunk where the stem or trunk broadens to form
roots; the area of transition between the root system and the stem or trunk. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TRANSPLANTING
329600-2 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified tree-service firm and arborist. B. Certification: From arborist, certifying that transplanted trees have
been protected during construction and that trees were promptly and properly treated and repaired when damaged. C. Maintenance Recommendations: From arborist, recommended procedures
to be established by Owner for care and protection of trees after completing the Work. 1. Submit before completing the Work. D. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees
indicated to be transplanted, which establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by construction activities. 1. Use sufficiently detailed color
photographs or video recordings. Color shall accurately depict hue condition of foliage and bark. 2. Include drawings and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions
of each tree designated to be transplanted. E. Tree-Transplanting Program: Submit before work begins. F. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. G. Tree-maintenance reports. 1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tree-Service Firm Qualifications: An experienced landscaping contractor or treemoving firm that has successfully completed transplanting work similar to that required
for this Project and that will assign an experienced, qualified arborist to Project site during execution of the Work. 1. Arborist Qualifications: Certified Arborist as certified by
ISA and NYS. B. Tree-Transplanting Program: Prepare a written plan by arborist for transplanting trees for the whole Project, including each phase or process, tree maintenance, and
protection of surrounding materials during operations. Describe in detail the materials, methods, and equipment to be used for each phase of the transplanting work. 1. Include transplanting
times appropriate for each species at the Project location unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or directed by arborist. 2. Include a transplanting schedule for each species to be
transplanted, coordinated with the Project schedule. 3. Include site plans clearly marked to show tree-moving routes from extraction to planting locations. Indicate proposed equipment,
weight, and turning radii. 4. Show details of temporary protective barriers where needed. 5. Include diagrams showing clearances to utility lines and other encumbrances along route.
6. Include care and maintenance provisions and eventual removal of tree stabilization. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents
TRANSPLANTING 329600-3 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis,
name and address of manufacturer, and indication of conformance with state and federal laws if applicable. B. Bulk Materials: 1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures,
utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or trees. 2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials, discharge of soil-bearing
water runoff, and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. 3. Accompany each delivery with appropriate certificates. C. Protect bark, branches,
and root systems from sun scald, drying, wind burn, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind-tie trees in such a manner as to destroy their natural
shape. D. Completely cover foliage when transporting trees while they are in foliage. E. Handle trees by root ball. Do not drop trees. F. Move trees after preparations for planting
have been completed, and install immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after moving, set trees in their appropriate aspect (sun, filtered sun, or shade), protect from
weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify final grade elevations and final locations of trees and construction contiguous
with trees by field measurements before proceeding with transplanting work. Perform transplanting only after finish grades are established. B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with transplanting
only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. Do not transplant during excessively wet or
frozen conditions. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. C. Coordination with Turf Areas (Lawns):
Perform transplanting before planting turf areas unless otherwise indicated. 1. When transplanting after planting turf areas, protect turf areas, and promptly repair damage caused by
transplanting operations. D. Coordination with Planting Beds: Perform transplanting before planting bedded areas unless otherwise indicated. 1. When transplanting after planting bedded
areas, protect bedding plants, and promptly repair damage caused by transplanting operations. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents TRANSPLANTING 329600-4 1.8 WARRANTY A. Installer's Special Warranty: Tree-service firm agrees to repair or replace trees and related materials that fail within specified
warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Death and unsatisfactory growth except for defects resulting from abuse, lack of adequate maintenance,
or neglect by Owner, or incidents that are beyond Contractor's control. b. Death and unsatisfactory growth is defined as more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition or failure
to meet general performance requirements at end of warranty period. c. Structural failures including trees falling or blowing over. d. Faulty performance of materials and devices related
to tree plantings including tree stabilization and watering devices. 2. Warranty Periods from Date of Substantial Completion: a. Trees: 12 months. 3. Include the following remedial
actions as a minimum: a. Remove dead trees and trees with unsatisfactory growth at end of warranty period; replace when directed. b. A limit of one replacement of each tree will be
required except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with requirements. c. Replace materials and devices related to tree plantings. d. Provide extended warranty for period
equal to original warranty period, for replaced trees. 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Provide tree maintenance by skilled employees of treeservice firm and
as required in Part 3. Begin maintenance immediately after trees are installed and continue until plantings are healthy and well established but for not less than maintenance period
below. 1. Maintenance Period: 12 months from date of Substantial Completion. B. Continuing Maintenance Proposal: From tree-service firm to Owner, in the form of a standard yearly (or
other period) maintenance agreement, starting on date initial maintenance service is concluded. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period and for future
renewal options. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Transplanted trees shall be healthy and resume vigorous growth within one year of transplanting
without dieback due to defective extracting, handling, planting, maintenance, or other defects in the Work. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020
Construction Documents TRANSPLANTING 329600-5 2.2 PLANTING MATERIALS A. Backfill Soil: Excavated soil mixed with planting soil of suitable moisture content and granular texture
for placing and compacting in planting pit around tree, and free of stones, roots, plants, sod, clods, clay lumps, pockets of coarse sand, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks,
cement, plaster, building debris, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 1. Mixture: Well-blended mix of one part excavated soil to one part planting soil. 2. Planting
Soil: Planting soil as specified in Section 32 91 00 Soils and Planting Preparation. 2.3 TREE-STABILIZATION MATERIALS A. Trunk-Stabilization Materials: 1. Upright and Guy Stakes 2.4
MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Mulch: As specified in Section 32 93 00 "Plants." B. Anti-desiccant: As specified in Section 32 93 00 "Plants." C. Fertilizer: As specified in Section 32 93
00 "Plants." D. Burlap: Non-synthetic, biodegradable. 2.5 FERTILIZERS A. Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing of shrubs, consisting of the following:
1. Type: Ground or shredded hardwood bark. 2. Size Range: 2 inches maximum, 1/2 inch minimum. 3. Color: Natural. B. Antidesiccant: Water-insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder,
film forming, for trees and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed, and fully labeled containers and mix according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Planting fertilizer: Granular
fertilizer and soil conditioner with organic amendments, beneficial mycorrhizal fungi and Nitrogen-fixing/Phosphorus solubizing bacteria. Subject to compliance with project requirements,
provide the following, or approved equal: 1. Plant Saver Granular Mycorrhizal Fungi Innoculant Plus 4-7-4 Fertilizer, manufactured by Plant Health Care, Raleigh, NC. Johnson Museum
of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TRANSPLANTING 329600-6 2. Nutrient Composition: 4 percent nitrogen, 7 percent phosphorous, and
4 percent potassium, by weight plus micronutrients. 3. Application rates: a. Shrubs and container plants: 4 oz. per 2-gallon container-sized plant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Examine the site to verify that temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures are in place. Verify that flows of water redirected from
construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross transplanting areas. B. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by arborist, listing conditions
detrimental to transplanting work and tree protection and health. C. Proceed with transplanting only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect
structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, other facilities, turf areas, and other plants and planting areas from damage caused by transplanting operations. B. Utility Locator Service:
Notify Dig Safely New York at 1-800-962-7962 for area where Project is located before earth moving operations. C. The Owner’s Representative shall locate and clearly identify trees
for transplanting with 1-inch flagging tape tied around each tree at 54 inches above the ground. D. Lay out individual transplant locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake locations,
outline areas, adjust locations when requested, and obtain Owner’s Representative's acceptance of layout before transplanting. Make minor adjustments as required. E. Apply anti-desiccant
to trees uniformly, using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks (before wrapping), branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect during extracting, handling, and transportation.
1. If deciduous trees are moved in full leaf, spray with anti-desiccant before extracting and again two weeks after transplanting. F. Wrap trees with burlap fabric over trunks, branches,
stems, twigs, and foliage to protect from wind and other damage during extracting, handling, and transporting. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020
Construction Documents TRANSPLANTING 329600-7 3.3 PREPARATORY PRUNING A. Root Pruning: Perform preparatory root pruning under direction of arborist as far in advance of extracting
each tree as the Project Schedule allows. B. Crown Pruning (Tip Pruning): Do not perform preparatory crown pruning. 3.4 EXCAVATION AND PLANTING EQUIPMENT A. Tree Spade: Track-mounted
mechanized tree mover; sized according to manufacturer's size recommendation for each tree being transplanted. 3.5 EXCAVATING PLANTING PITS A. General: Excavate under supervision of
the arborist. 1. Excavate planting pits or trenches with sides sloping. Trim perimeter of bottom leaving center area of bottom raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage
away from center. Do not further disturb base. Ensure that root ball will sit on undisturbed base soil. Scarify sides of planting pit smeared or smoothed during excavation. 2. Keep
excavations covered or otherwise protected until replanting trees. B. Subsoil removed from excavations may not be used as planting soil. C. Obstructions: Notify Owner’s Representative
if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees are encountered in excavations. D. Seepage: Notify Owner’s Representative if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage
into tree-planting pits. 3.6 EXTRACTING TREES A. General: Extract trees under supervision of the arborist. B. Root-Ball Width: Minimum 10 inches of root-ball diameter, or least dimension
for nonround root balls, for each inch of tree caliper being transplanted. 1. Out-of-Season Planting: If planting before or after the in-season period for tree, provide a minimum root-ball
diameter of 12 inches for each inch of tree caliper being transplanted. C. Root-Ball Depth: As determined by the arborist for each species and size of tree and for site conditions at
original and planting locations. D. Digging: Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TRANSPLANTING 329600-8 1. Dig and
clear a pit by hand or with tree spade to the depth of the root system. Do not use a backhoe or other equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. 2. Use narrow-tine spading forks to
comb soil to expose roots with minimal damage to root system. 3. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and redirect them
without breaking. 4. Cut exposed roots manually with sharp pruning instruments; do not break, tear, chop, or slant the cuts. Do not paint or apply sealants on cut root ends. 5. Temporarily
support and protect exposed roots from damage until they are permanently redirected and covered with soil. Cover roots with burlap and keep them moist until planted. E. Extracting with
Tree Spade: Use the same tree spade to extract the tree as will be used to transport and plant the tree. 1. Do not use tree spade to move trees larger than the manufacturer's maximum
size recommendation for the tree spade being used. 2. When extracting the tree, center the trunk within the tree spade and move tree with a solid ball of earth. 3.7 PLANTING A. Planting
Standard: Perform planting according to ANSI A300 (Part 6) unless otherwise indicated. B. Before planting, verify that root flare is visible at top of root ball. If root flare is not
visible, remove soil in a level manner from the root ball to where the top-most root emerges from the trunk. After soil removal to expose the root flare, verify that root ball still
meets size requirements. C. Ensure that root flare is visible after planting. D. Remove injured roots by cutting cleanly; do not break. Do not paint or apply sealants on cut root ends.
E. Set tree plumb and in center of planting pit with root flare set 1-inch above adjacent finish grades. 1. Use specified backfill soil for backfill. 2. If area under the tree was initially
dug too deep, add backfill to raise it to the correct level and thoroughly tamp the added soil to prevent settling. 3. After placing some backfill around root ball to stabilize plant,
begin backfilling. 4. Backfill around root ball in layers, tamping to settle soil and eliminate voids and air pockets. When planting pit is approximately one-half filled, water thoroughly
before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. 5. Redirect exposed root ends downward in backfill areas where possible. Handexpose roots as required
to bend and redirect them without breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and redirection Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation
August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TRANSPLANTING 329600-9 is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction and as required for root pruning.
6. Apply hydrogel at the specified rate to the top 6-inches of backfill and incorporate into soil. 7. Apply fertilizer at the specified rate to the top 12-inches of soil and incorporate
into soil. 8. Continue backfilling process. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of soil. F. Planting with Tree Spade: Use the same tree spade for planting as was used
to extract and transport the tree. Do not use tree spade for trees larger than the manufacturer's maximum size recommendation for the tree spade being used. G. Slopes: When planting
on slopes, set the tree so the root flare on the uphill side is flush with the surrounding soil on the slope; the edge of the root ball on the downhill side will be above the surrounding
soil. Apply enough soil to cover the downhill side of the root ball. 3.8 CROWN PRUNING A. Prune branches as directed by arborist. 1. Prune to remove only injured, broken, dying, or
dead branches. Do not prune for shape. 2. Do not remove or reduce living branches to compensate for root loss caused by cutting root system or to improve natural tree form. 3. Pruning
Standards: Perform pruning according to ANSI A300 (Part 1). B. Unless otherwise directed by arborist and acceptable to Owner’s Representative, do not cut tree leaders. C. Cut branches
with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. D. Do not paint or apply sealants to wounds. E. Provide subsequent maintenance during Contract period as recommended by arborist.
F. Chip removed branches and [spread over areas identified by Owner’s Representative] [stockpile in areas approved by Owner’s Representative] [dispose of off-site] <Insert requirement>.
3.9 TREE STABILIZATION A. As detailed and specified for new tree plantings per Section 329300 “plants.” Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction
Documents TRANSPLANTING 329600-10 3.10 MULCHING A. As detailed and specified for new tree plantings per Section 329300 “plants.” 3.11 INSTALLING SLOW-RELEASE WATERING DEVICE
A. As specified for new tree plantings per Section 329300 “plants.” 3.12 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Except for materials indicated to be recycled, remove surplus soil,
excess excavated material, waste materials, displaced plants, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. B. Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated
storage areas on Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Owner’s Representative. 3.13 TREE MAINTENANCE A. Perform tree maintenance as recommended by arborist. Maintain
arborist observation of transplanting work. B. Maintain trees by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, restoring planting saucers, adjusting and repairing
tree-stabilization devices, resetting to proper grades or vertical position, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable plantings. Treat as required to
keep trees free of insects and disease. C. Fill areas of soil subsidence with backfill soil. Replenish mulch materials damaged or lost in areas of subsidence. D. Apply treatments as
required to keep tree materials, planted areas, and soils free of pests and pathogens or disease. Use integrated pest management practices whenever possible to minimize the use of pesticides
and reduce hazards. Treatments include physical controls such as hosing off foliage, mechanical controls such as traps, and biological control agents. E. Pesticide Application: Apply
pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written instructions. Coordinate applications
with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before each application is performed. 1. Pre-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Non-Selective): Apply in accordance
with manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply to seeded areas. 2. Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Non-Selective): Apply only as necessary to treat already-germinated
weeds and in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TRANSPLANTING
329600-11 3.14 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace plantings and accessories that fail in materials, workmanship, or growth within specified warranty
period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from abuse, lack of adequate maintenance, or neglect
by Owner. b. Structural failures including plantings falling or blowing over. c. Faulty performance of tree stabilization. d. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials
beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Periods: 12 months from date of Substantial Completion. 3. Include the following remedial actions as a minimum: a. Immediately remove dead plants
and replace unless required to plant in the succeeding planting season. b. Replace plants that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition at end of warranty period.
c. Provide new trees of same size as those being replaced for each tree of 6 inches or smaller in caliper size. d. Species of Replacement Trees: Same species being replaced e. A limit
of one replacement of each plant is required except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with requirements. f. Provide extended warranty for period equal to original
warranty period, for replaced plant material. 3.15 MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. Maintenance for plantings: Provide maintenance by skilled employees of Installer. Maintain as required in "Tree
Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after plants are installed and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established, but for not less than maintenance
period below: B. Maintenance Period: 12 months from date of Substantial Completion. Maintenance period coincides with the warranty period. C. Plant maintenance becomes the Owner’s responsibility
upon final acceptance of plantings at the end of the warranty period. 3.16 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. General: Replace existing or new trees and other plants that are damaged by construction
operations, in a manner approved by Owner’s Representative. 1. Submit details of proposed pruning and repairs. 2. Perform repairs of damaged trunks, branches, and roots within 24 hours,
if approved. 3. Replace trees and other plants that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by Owner’s Representative. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof
Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents TRANSPLANTING 329600-12 B. Remove and replace trees that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition
before the end of the warranty period or are damaged during construction operations that Owner’s Representative determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern. 1. Provide
new trees of same size as those being replaced. 2. Species of Replacement Trees: Same species being replaced. 3.17 INSPECTION AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Inspection by Contractor during
the warranty period: 1. The Contractor shall make inspections of all plant materials after substantial completion at periods not over 60 days during the growing season or not over 120
days during the warranty period. 2. The Contractor shall report to the Owner in writing any deficiencies and cases where changes in the Owner's watering, spraying and other maintenance
procedures are desirable. 3. The reports shall be sent to the Owner’s Representative within ten (10) days following each inspection. B. Final inspection by the Owner’s Representative
will be performed at the end of the warranty period. In conjunction with the final inspection, the Contractor’s maintenance shall also include the following as directed by the Owner’s
Representative prior to release of retainage: 1. Remove all tree staking materials. 2. Remove watering saucers. 3. Renew mulch. 3.18 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. During transplanting,
keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly condition. B. Protect trees from damage due to transplanting operations and operations of other contractors and
trades. Maintain protection during transplanting and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged plantings. C. After planting and before Substantial Completion, remove tags,
markings, tie tape, labels, wire, burlap, and other debris from transplanted trees, planting areas, and Project site. D. At time of Substantial Completion, verify that tree-watering
devices are in good working order and leave them in place. Replace improperly functioning devices. END OF SECTION Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7,
2020 Construction Documents STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-1 SECTION 33 40 00 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions
of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe and fittings.
2. Manholes. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Manholes: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, frames, and covers.
2. Catch basins and trench drains. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, frames, covers, and grates. C. Video inspection and report of tie-in point to existing drainage system:
1. Submit video and report to the Cornell Project Manager. D. Post Construction inspection: 1. Video inspection and report by a third-party pipe inspection service. Submit to Cornell
Utilities Department for review proir to acceptance. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show pipe sizes, locations, and elevations. Indicate interface and spatial
relationship between manholes, piping, and proximate structures. B. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic manholes, pipe, and fittings
in direct sunlight. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-2 B. Protect pipe, pipe fittings,
and seals from dirt and damage. C. Handle manholes according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. D. Handle catch basins and trench drains according to manufacturer's written
rigging instructions. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Storm Drainage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted
under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner’s Representative no fewer than two days
in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of service without Owner’s Representative’s written permission. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PE PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Corrugated PE Drainage Pipe and Fittings NPS 3 to NPS 10: AASHTO M 252M, Type S, with smooth waterway for coupling joints. 1. Soiltight Couplings: AASHTO M 252M, corrugated, matching
tube and fittings. B. Corrugated PE Pipe and Fittings NPS 12 to NPS 60: AASHTO M 294M, Type S, with smooth waterway for coupling joints. 1. Soiltight Couplings: AASHTO M 294M, corrugated,
matching pipe and fittings. 2.2 NONPRESSURE TRANSITION COUPLINGS A. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining underground nonpressure
piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. B. Sleeve Materials: 1. For Dissimilar Pipes:
ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. 2.3 MANHOLES A. Standard Precast Concrete Manholes: 1. Description: ASTM C 478, precast, reinforced
concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES
334000-3 2. Diameter: 48 inches minimum unless otherwise indicated. 3. Ballast: Increase thickness of precast concrete sections or add concrete to base section as required to prevent
flotation. 4. Base Section: 8-inch minimum thickness for floor slab and 6-inch minimum thickness for walls and base riser section, and separate base slab or base section with integral
floor. 5. Riser Sections 6-inch minimum thickness, and lengths to provide depth indicated. 6. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type is indicated,
and top of cone of size that matches grade rings. 7. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990, bitumen or butyl rubber. 8. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923, cast or fitted into manhole walls,
for each pipe connection. 9. Steps: Individual FRP steps or FRP ladder, wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step.
Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 12-inch intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 60 inches. 10. Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete
rings, 3- to 12-inch total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover, and height as required to adjust manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. B. Manhole
Frames and Covers or Grates: 1. Description: Frames and Covers or Grates manufactured by EJ Group, Inc. as identified on the plans, or approved equal. 2.4 CONCRETE A. General: Cast-in-place
concrete according to ACI 318, ACI 350/350R, and the following: 1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel. 4.
Water: Potable. B. Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. 1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A 185/A 185M, steel, welded wire fabric,
plain. 2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (420 MPa) deformed steel. C. Manhole Channels and Benches: Factory or field formed from concrete. Portland cement design mix,
4000 psi minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. Include channels and benches in manholes. 1. Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as connected piping,
with height of vertical sides to three-fourths of pipe diameter. Form curved channels with smooth, uniform radius and slope. a. Invert Slope: 1 percent through manhole. 2. Benches:
Concrete, sloped to drain into channel. a. Slope: 4 percent. D. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi minimum, with 0.58 maximum water/cementitious materials
ratio. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-4 1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A 185/A 185M,
steel, welded wire fabric, plain. 2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (420 MPa) deformed steel. 2.5 SOIL MATERIALS A. Soil materials are specified in Section 31 20 00 "Earth
Moving." PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving." 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General Locations and
Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general location and arrangement of underground storm drainage piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account design
considerations. Install piping as indicated, to extent practical. Where specific installation is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install piping
beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings
according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. C. Install manholes for changes in direction unless fittings are
indicated. Use fittings for branch connections unless direct tap into existing sewer is indicated. D. Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or
materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited. E. Install gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:
1. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow. 2. Install piping with 18-inch minimum cover. 3. Install PE corrugated sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321. 3.3 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Join gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following: 1. Join corrugated PE piping according to ASTM D 3212 for push-on joints. 2. Join dissimilar pipe materials
with nonpressure-type flexible couplings. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-5 3.4
MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. General: Install manholes, complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated. B. Install precast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM
C 891. C. Where specific manhole construction is not indicated, follow manhole manufacturer's written instructions. D. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface unless
otherwise indicated. 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318. 3.6 ADJUST RIM ELEVATIONS A. Placement of frames for covers or grates: Covers, grates
and frames shall make firm, full and even bearing on their respective underlying surfaces and shall be non-rocking under traffic or other loads. Firmly seat cast iron frames and covers
in full beds of mortar, and position rims true to line and grade indicated on the contract drawings or approved by the Owner’s Representative. Support drainage structure frames,
and adjust to finish grade using a minimum of solid, hard burned brick masonry work, or precast concrete collar units, in the manner indicated on the Contract Drawings. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION
A. Materials and their installation are specified in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving." Arrange for installation of green warning tape directly over piping and at outside edge of underground
structures. 1. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether
line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place, and again at completion of Project. 1. Submit separate reports for each
system inspection. 2. Defects requiring correction include the following: a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. b. Deflection: Flexible
piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder of size not less than 95 percent of piping diameter. c. Damage: Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping.
d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. Johnson Museum of Art Roof and Roof Drain Rehabilitation August 7, 2020 Construction Documents STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-6 e.
Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. 3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. 4. Re-inspect
and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. B. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects.
1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval. 2. Test completed piping systems according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule
tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours' advance notice. 4. Submit separate report for each test. 5. Gravity-Flow Storm Drainage Piping: Test
according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, UNI-B-6, and the following: a. Exception: Piping with soil-tight joints unless required by authorities having jurisdiction.
b. Option: Test plastic piping according to ASTM F 1417. C. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. D. Replace leaking piping using new materials,
and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. 3.9 CLEANING A. New storm system: Clean the interior of newly installed piping of dirt and superfluous materials. Flush
with potable water. B. Existing storm system: Remove roots, sediment and debris from the existing storm system as identified on the utility plan. Inspect existing system through use
of video camera and provide for review. END OF SECTION 334000